FIBA GOAL 25/27 Flashcards
(2316 cards)
1
Q
The basket which a team defends is its own basket.
A
YES The basket which is defended by a team is its own basket. (OBR Art. 1.2.) (R1)
2
Q
The basket which a team attacks is its own basket.
A
NO The basket that is attacked by a team is the opponents’ basket. (OBR Art. 1.2.)
3
Q
Basketball is played by 2 teams of 5 players each.
A
YES Basketball is played by 2 teams of 5 players each. (OBR Art. 1.1) (R3)
4
Q
Basketball is played by 2 teams of 6 players each.
A
NO Basketball is played by 2 teams of 5 players each. (OBR Art. 1.1)
5
Q
The dimension of the court is 28 m x 15 m.
A
YES The dimension of the court is 28 m in length by 15 m in width. (OBR Art. 2.1)
6
Q
The dimension of the court is 26 m x 14 m.
A
NO The dimension of the court is 28 m in length by 15 m in width. (OBR Art. 2.1)
7
Q
The dimension of the court is 28 m x 15 m measured from the inner edge of the boundary line.
A
YES The dimension of the court is 28 m in length by 15 m in width measured from the inner edge of the boundary line. (OBR Art. 2.1) (R7)
8
Q
The dimension of the court is 28 m x 15 m measured from the outside edge of the boundary line.
A
NO The dimension of the court is 28 m in length by 15 m in width measured from the inner edge of the boundary line. (OBR Art. 2.1) (R8)
9
Q
The dimension of the court is 26 m x 14 m measured from the inner edge of the boundary line.
A
NO The dimension of the court is 26 m x 14 m measured from the inner edge of the boundary line. (R9)
10
Q
The dimension of the court is 26 m x 14 m measured from the outside edge of the boundary line. (R10)
A
NO The dimension of the court is 28 m in length by 15 m in width measured from the inner edge of the boundary line. (OBR Art. 2.1) (R10)
11
Q
The team A president, sitting on the bench as the accompanying delegation member, notifies the referees during the half-time of the scorer’s error by recording B2 shot for a goal with 3 points, instead of 2 points. The crew chief and the table officials shall verify whether the correctable error has occurred.
A
YES Should any accompanying delegation member become aware of any inaccuracy in scorekeeping, that member is expected to notify the referees immediately. (OBR Art. 1.2 and 44.2.) (OBRI F.2.3) (R11)
12
Q
The team A president, sitting on the tribune, approaches the referees during a time-out and notifies them of the scorer’s error by recording a B2 foul erroneously on A1. The president uses the mobile phone recording as an evidence. The crew chief and the table officials shall verify whether the correctable error has occurred. (R12)
A
NO Should any accompanying delegation member (which is not the case) become aware of any inaccuracy in scorekeeping, that member is expected to notify the referees immediately. (OBR Art. 1.2 and 44.2.) (OBRI F.2.3) (R12)
13
Q
The team A doctor, sitting on the bench as the accompanying delegation member, notifies the referees during the half-time of their error permitting erroneously B1 to attempt 2 free throws, instead of B4. The crew and the table officials shall verify whether the correctable error has occurred. (R13)
A
YES Should any accompanying delegation member become aware of any inaccuracy in scorekeeping, that member is expected to notify the referees immediately. (OBR Art. 1.2 and 44.2) (OBRI F.2.3) (R13)
14
Q
The team A head coach notifies the referees during the half-time of the scorer’s error by recording B2’s shot for a goal with 3 points, instead of 2 points. The head coach uses the mobile phone recording as an evidence. The crew chief and the table officials shall verify whether the correctable error occurred. (R14)
A
NO Should a head coach becomes aware of any inaccuracy in scorekeeping, that head coach is expected to notify the referees immediately. However, only the IRS equipment approved by the crew chief can be used for the IRS review. (OBR Art. 1.2 and 44.2.) (OBRI F.1.1.) (R14)
15
Q
The team A head coach notifies the referees at the end of the game of the scorer’s error by recording in the first quarter B2’s shot for a goal with 3 points, instead of 2 points. The head coach uses the mobile phone recording as an evidence. The crew chief and the table officials shall verify whether the correctable error occurred. (R15)
A
NO Should a head coach becomes aware of any inaccuracy in scorekeeping, that head coach is expected to notify the referees immediately. However, only the IRS equipment approved by the crew chief can be used for the IRS review. Moreover, the time limit to correct the error has already expired. (OBR Art. 1.2 and 44.2) (R15)
16
Q
The team A head coach notifies the referees during the half-time of the scorer’s error by recording B2’s shot for a goal with 3 points, instead of 2 points. The head coach shows an official TV video recorded as an evidence. The crew chief and the table officials shall verify whether the correctable error occurred.
A
YES Should a head coach becomes aware of any inaccuracy in scorekeeping, that head coach is expected to notify the referees immediately. Only the IRS equipment (official TV video recording)approved by the crew chief can be used for the IRS review. (OBR Art. 1.2 and 44.2) (OBRI F.2.3) (R16)
17
Q
The team A head coach notifies the referees at the end of the game of the scorer’s error by recording in the third quarter B2’s shot for a goal with 3 points, instead of 2 points. The head coach shows an official TV video recorded as an evidence. The crew chief and the table officials shall verify whether the correctable error occurred.(R17)
A
NO Should a HC become aware of any inaccuracy in scorekeeping, that HC is expected to notify the referees immediately. The time limit to correct the error has already expired.
18
Q
The centre line is part of the backcourt. (R18)
A
YES The centre line is part of the backcourt. (R18)
19
Q
The centre line is neither part of the backcourt nor the frontcourt.
A
NO The centre line is part of the backcourt. (OBR Art. 2.5.2. and ) (R19)
20
Q
The basket in the frontcourt is part of the frontcourt.
A
YES The basket in the frontcourt is part of the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 2.4.) (R20)
21
Q
The basket in the backcourt is part of the backcourt.
A
YES The basket in the backcourt is part of the backcourt. (OBR Art. 2.3) (R21)
22
Q
The baskets are neither part of the frontcourt nor of the backcourt.
A
NO The baskets are part of the frontcourt or the backcourt respectively. (OBR Art. 2.3 and 2.4) (R22)
23
Q
The team’s frontcourt and backcourt are exactly the same size.
A
NO The centre line is part of the backcourt therefore the backcourt is larger by 5 cm. (OBR Art. 2.3 and 2.4) (R23)
24
Q
All lines are 5 cm in width.
A
YES All lines shall be 5 cm in width. (OBR Art. 2.5) (R24)
25
All lines are 10 cm in width.
NO All lines shall be 5 cm in width. (OBR Art. 2.5) (R25)
26
The boundary lines are not part of the court. (R26)
YES The boundary lines are not part of the court. (OBR Art. 2.5.1) (R26)
27
The boundary lines are part of the court.
NO The boundary lines are not part of the court. (OBR Art. 2.5.1) (R27)
28
Any obstruction including seated head coach, first assistant coach, substitutes, excluded players and accompanying delegation members shall be at least 1 m from the court. (R28)
NO Any obstruction including seated head coach, first assistant coach, substitutes, excluded players and accompanying delegation members shall be at least 2 m from the court. (OBR Art. 2.5.1) (R28)
29
Any obstruction including seated head coach, first assistant coach, substitutes, excluded players and accompanying delegation members shall be at least 2 m from the court.
YES Any obstruction including seated head coach, first assistant coach, substitutes, excluded players and accompanying delegation members shall be at least 2 m from the court. (OBR Art. 2.5.1)
30
Thrower-in A1 touches with 1 foot the boundary line when passing the ball on the court. This is A1's violation
NO The boundary line is not part of the court. The player commits a violation only if the foot is over the inner edge of the boundary line. (OBR Art. 2.5.1 and 17.3.1)
31
The diameter of the centre circle is 3.60 m
YES The diameter of the centre circle shall be 3.60 m. (OBR Art. 2.5.2) (R31)
32
The diameter of the centre circle is 4.00 m.
NO The diameter of the centre circle shall be 3.60 m. (OBR Art. 2.5.2) (R32)
33
The radius of the centre circle and the free-throw semi-circle is the same.
YES The radius of the centre circle and the free-throw semi-circle shall be 1.80 m. (OBR Art. 2.5.2)
34
The free-throw line is 1.80 m long.
NO The free-throw line shall be 3.60 m long. (OBR Art. 2.5.3) (R34)
35
The free-throw line is 3.60 m long.
YES The free-throw line shall be 3.60 m long. (OBR Art. 2.5.3) (R35)
36
The free-throw line is 4.60 m from the endline
NO The free-throw line shall have its furthest edge 5.80 m from the inner edge of the endline. (OBR Art. 2.5.3) (R36)
37
The free-throw line is 5.80 m from the endline.
YES The free-throw line shall have its furthest edge 5.80 m from the inner edge of the endline. (OBR Art. 2.5.3) (R37)
38
The lines limiting the restricted area are part of the restricted area.
YES The lines limiting the restricted area, excluding the endlines, are part of the restricted area. (OBR Art. 2.5.3)
39
The lines limiting the restricted area are not part of the restricted area.
NO The lines limiting the restricted area, excluding the endlines, are part of the restricted area. (OBR Art. 2.5.3) (R39)
40
There are 6 free-throw rebound places along the restricted area.
YES There are 6 free-throw rebound places along the restricted area. (OBR Art. 2.5.3) (R40)
41
There are 5 free-throw rebound places along the restricted area.
NO There are 6 free-throw rebound places along the restricted area. (OBR Art. 2.5.3)
42
The free-throw line is 5.80 m from the centre of the basket.
NO The free-throw line shall have its furthest edge 5.80 m from the inner edge of the endline. (OBR Art. 2.5.3) (R42)
43
The backboard is 1.20 m from the endline.
YES The backboard shall be 1.20 m from the inner edge of the endline. (OBR Art. 2.5.7) (R43)
44
The shape of the restricted area is trapezoid.
NO The restricted areas shall be the rectangular areas. (OBR Art. 2.5.3) (R44)
45
The shape of the restricted area is rectangular.
YES The restricted areas shall be the rectangular areas. (OBR Art. 2.5.3) (R45)
46
The 3-point line is part of the 3-point goal area.
NO The 3-point line is not part of the 3-point goal area. If the player touches the line and scores, the goal counts 2 points. (OBR Art. 2.5.4) (R46)
47
The radius of the 3-point line is 6.25 m.
NO The radius of the arc of the 3-point line shall be 6.75 m. (OBR Art. 2.5.4) (R47)
48
The radius of the 3-point line is 6.50 m.
NO The radius of the arc of the 3-point line shall be 6.75 m. (OBR Art. 2.5.4) (R48
49
The radius of the 3-point line is 6.75 m.
YES The radius of the arc of the 3-point line shall be 6.75 m. (OBR Art. 2.5.4) (R49)
50
The radius of the 3-point line is 7.25 m.
NO The radius of the arc of the 3-point line shall be 6.75 m. (OBR Art. 2.5.4) (R50)
51
There must be 14 seats available in each team bench area.
NO There must be 16 seats available in each team bench area. (OBR Art. 2.5.5)
52
There must be 12 seats available in each team bench area. (R52)
NO There must be 16 seats available in each team bench area. (OBR Art. 2.5.5) (R52)
53
There must be 16 seats available in each team bench area
YES There must be 16 seats available in each team bench area. (OBR Art. 2.5.5) (R53)
54
The team bench area is 10 m long.
NO 14m - 5m = 9 m long. (OBR Art. 2.5.5) (R54)
55
The team bench area is 9 m long.
YES 14m - 5m = 9 m long.
56
The throw-in lines are marked on the court only opposite the scorer's table.
NO The throw-in lines shall be marked outside the court at both sidelines opposite and the table side of the court. (OBR Art. 2.5.6) (R56)
57
The throw-in lines are marked on the court only on the side of the scorer's table.
NO The throw-in lines shall be marked outside the court at both sidelines opposite and the table side of the court. (OBR Art. 2.5.6) (R57)
58
The throw-in lines are marked at the level of the top of the 3-point arc. (R58)
YES The throw-in lines shall be marked at the level of the top of the 3-point arc. (OBR Art. 2.5.6) (R58)
59
The throw-in lines are marked at the level of the free-throw line extended.
NO The throw-in lines shall be marked at the level of the top of the 3-point arc. (OBR Art. 2.5.6) (R59)
60
The centre point of the basket is 1.20 m from the endline.
NO The centre point of the basket shall be 1.575 m from the endline. (OBR Art. 2.5.7) (R60)
61
The no-charge semi-circle areas are under the baskets.
YES The no-charge semi-circles shall be marked under the baskets. (OBR Art. 2.5.7) (R61)
62
The radius of the no-charge semi-circle is 1.30 m.
YES The radius of the arc of the no-charge semi-circle shall be 1.30 m from the exact centre of the basket to the outer edge of the semi-circle. (OBR Art. 2.5.7) (R62)
63
The radius of the no-charge semi-circle is 1.5 m. (R63)
NO The radius of the arc of the no-charge semi-circle shall be 1.30 m. (OBR Art. 2.5.7) (R63)
64
The no-charge semi-circles end at the imaginary line of the front edges of the backboards. (R64)
YES The no-charge semi-circles shall end at the imaginary line of the front edges of the backboards (Basketball Equipment Appendix) (OBR Art. 2.5.7) (R64)
65
The no-charge semi-circles end at the endline.
NO The no-charge semi-circles shall end at the imaginary line of the front edges of the backboards (Basketball Equipment Appendix) (OBR Art. 2.5.7) (R65)
66
In the FIBA Youth Competitions, the arc of the 3-point line shall have the radius of 6.25 m.
NO In all competitions, the arc of the 3-point line shall have the radius of 6.75 m. (OBR Art. 2.5.4) (R66)
67
The centre line is part of the frontcourt.
NO The centre line is part of the backcourt. (OBR Art. 2.5.2.) (R67)
68
The no-charge semi-circle lines are part of the no-charge semi-circle areas. (R68)
YES The no-charge semi-circle lines are part of the no-charge semi-circle areas. (OBR Art. 2.5.7.) (R68)
69
A1 in the frontcourt is closely guarded by B2 and B1. Trying to avoid the defence, A1 steps on the centre line. This is a backcourt violation.
YES The centre line is part of the backcourt. (OBR Art. 2.5.2. and 30.1.2)
70
The no-charge semi-circles shall be marked on the court, limited by the semi-circle line with the radius of 1.25 cm measured from the point on the court beneath the exact centre of the basket and the inner edge of the semi-circle.
NO The no-charge semi-circles shall be marked on the court, limited by the semi-circle line with the radius of 1.30 cm measured from the point on the court beneath the exact centre of the basket and the outer edge of the semi-circle. The no-charge semi-circle lines are part of the no-charge semi-circle areas. (OBR Art. 2.5.7) (R70)
71
The backboards shall measure 1.800 mm horizontally and 1.050 mm vertically.
YES The backboards shall measure 1.800 mm horizontally and 1.050 mm vertically (Basketball Equipment Appendix 1.1.3). (OBR Art. 3) (R71)
72
The backboards shall measure 2.000 mm horizontally and 1.200 mm vertically
NO The backboards shall measure 1.800 mm horizontally and 1.050 mm vertically (Basketball Equipment Appendix 1.1.3). (OBR Art. 3) (R72)
73
The minimum size of the inside diameter of the ring is 450 mm
YES The ring shall have an inside diameter of a minimum of 450 mm and a maximum of 459 mm (Basketball Equipment Appendix 1.2.1). (OBR Art. 3) (R73)
74
The minimum size of the inside diameter of the ring is 500 mm.
NO The ring shall have an inside diameter of a minimum of 450 mm and a maximum of 459 mm (Basketball Equipment Appendix 1.2.1). (OBR Art. 3)
75
The height of the ring measured from the court is 3.05 m
YES The height of the ring shall be 3.05 m (Basketball Equipment Appendix, Diagram 1). (OBR Art. 3) (R75)
76
The height of the ring measured from the court is 2.90 m.
NO The height of the ring shall be 3.05 m (Basketball Equipment Appendix, Diagram 1). (OBR Art. 3) (R76)
77
The main game clock shall be a digital countdown clock.
YES The main game clock shall be a digital countdown clock (Basketball Equipment Appendix 4.1). (OBR Art. 3)
78
The main game clock shall be a digital count-up clock.
NO The main game clock shall be a digital countdown clock (Basketball Equipment Appendix 4.1). (OBR Art. 3) (R78)
79
The game clock shall be used for timing the time-outs.
NO The stopwatch or a suitable (visible) device (not the game clock) shall be used for timing time-outs. (OBR Art. 3) (R79)
80
When the game clock is stopped, the shot clock stops automatically.
YES When the game clock stops, the shot clock shall also stop (Basketball Equipment Appendix 5.4). (OBR Art. 3) (R80)
81
When the game clock is started, the shot clock shall have the possibility to be started manually.
YES When the game clock starts, the shot clock shall have the possibility to be started manually (Basketball Equipment Appendix 5.5). (OBR Art. 3) (R81)
82
When the game clock is started, the shot clock starts automatically.
NO When the game clock starts, the shot clock shall have the possibility to be started manually (Basketball Equipment Appendix 5.4). (OBR Art. 3) (R82)
83
When the shot clock is stopped and sounds, the game clock count stops automatically.
NO When the shot clock is stopped and sounds, the game clock count continues and may be stopped, if necessary, manually (Basketball Equipment Appendix 5.4). (OBR Art. 3)
84
When the shot clock is stopped and sounds, the game clock count continues and may be stopped, if necessary, manually.
YES When the shot clock is stopped and sounds, the game clock count continues and may be stopped, if necessary, manually (Basketball Equipment Appendix 5.5). (OBR Art. 3) (R84)
85
There must be 3 separate, distinctly different and loud sound signals for the shot clock operator and for the timer for the time-out/substitution.
NO There shall be 2 separate, distinctly different and loud signals, one for the shot clock operator and one for the timer. (OBR Art. 3) (R85)
86
There must be 3 separate, distinctly different and loud sound signals for the shot clock operator and for the timer.
NO There shall be 2 separate, distinctly different and loud signals, one for the shot clock operator and one for the timer. (OBR Art. 3) (R86)
87
There shall be 2 separate, distinctly different and loud signals, one for the shot clock operator and one for the timer.
YES There shall be 2 separate, distinctly different and loud signals, one for the shot clock operator and one for the timer. (OBR Art. 3) (R87)
88
There must be one type of the loud sound signal from the scorer's table.
NO There shall be 2 separate, distinctly different and loud signals, one for the shot clock operator and one for the timer. (OBR Art. 3) (R88)
89
The game clock and the shot clock shall be operated by 2 different persons.
YES There shall be 2 separate, distinctly different and loud signals, one for the shot clock operator and one for the timer. (OBR Art. 45.2.)
90
The game clock and the shot clock shall be operated by 1 person.
NO There shall be 2 separate, distinctly different and loud signals, one for the shot clock operator and one for the timer. (OBR Art. 45.2.)
91
If a player commits his 5th foul and must leave the game, that player shall go to his dressing room.
NO The player is an excluded (not disqualified) player and therefore may sit on the team bench. (OBR Art. 4.1.3 and 40.2) (R91)
92
A team member is eligible to play when has been authorised to play for a team according to the regulations, including regulations governing age limits, of the organising body of the competition.
YES A team member is eligible to play when has been authorised to play for a team according to the regulations, including regulations governing age limits, of the organising body of the competition. (OBR Art. 4.1.1) (R92)
93
A team member is entitled to play when the name has been entered on the scoresheet before the beginning of the game and as long as that player has neither been disqualified nor committed 5 fouls.
YES A team member is entitled to play when the name has been entered on the scoresheet before the beginning of the game and as long the player has neither been disqualified not committed 5 fouls. (OBR Art. 4.1.2) (R93)
94
After the game has started, team A head coach requests that player A12 shall be added on the scoresheet. The request shall be granted.
NO After the game has begun, no new player can be added on the scoresheet. (OBR Art. 4.1.2)
95
A10 requests to enter the game as a substitute for A4 at the next opportunity. During the next dead ball, but before a referee has beckoned A10 to enter the court, A4 commits a technical foul. A4's foul shall be considered as a player's foul
YES A substitute becomes a player when the referee beckons the substitute to enter the court. (OBR Art. 4.2.3) (R95)
96
A1 commits his 5th personal foul and must leave the game. The 5th personal foul shall be considered as a disqualifying foul.
NO During playing time a team member is an excluded (not disqualified) player when that player has committed 5 fouls and is no longer entitled to play. (OBR Art. 4.1.3)
97
A5 is a player/head coach. During an interval of play, A5 commits a technical foul. The technical foul shall be entered in the scoresheet against team A head coach's foul and recorded as 'C'. (R97)
NO During any interval of play, all team members entitled to play are considered as players. (OBR Art. 4.1.4 and 4.1.2) (R97)
98
A1 is wearing sufficiently padded protective equipment on the upper arm. A1 shall be permitted to participate in the game
YES It is permitted to wear sufficiently padded protective equipment for the upper arm. (OBR Art. 4.4.2) (R98)
99
During a time-out, A6 requests a substitution. A6 becomes a player when the time-out has ended.
NO A substitute becomes a player when during a time-out a substitute requests the substitution to the timer. (OBR Art. 4.2.3) (R99)
100
During an interval of play, all team members entitled to play are considered as players.
YES During any interval of play, all team members entitled to play are considered as players. (OBR Art. 4.1.4) (R100)
101
During an interval of play, all team members entitled to play are considered as substitutes
NO During any interval of play, all team members entitled to play are considered as players. (OBR Art. 4.1.4) (R101)
102
With 10 minutes before the start of the game, a technical foul is charged against B5 who is not listed as 1 of team B's 5 players to start the game. The foul shall be charged and entered on the scoresheet against the team B head coach. (R102)
NO During any interval of play, all team members entitled to play are considered as players. (OBR Art. 4.1.4) (R102)
103
With 15 seconds before the crew chief is ready to toss the ball for the opening jump ball, a technical foul is charged on A4 who is still sitting on the team bench. The foul shall be charged and entered on the scoresheet against the team A head coach.
NO During any interval of play, all team members entitled to play are considered as players. (OBR Art. 4.1.4) (R103)
104
During an half-time interval, A5 commits a technical foul. The foul shall count as 1 of the team fouls in the 3rd quarter.
YES During any interval of play, all team members entitled to play are considered as players. Therefore the technical foul shall be recorded against A5 and shall count also as 1 of the team fouls. (OBR Art. 4.1.4) (R104)
105
During an half-time interval, A5 who has already committed the 5th foul commits a technical foul. The foul shall be considered as a player's foul and recorded against the player.
NO A player who has committed 5 fouls is considered as an excluded player. Therefore the technical foul shall be charged against the team A head coach, recorded as 'B'. (OBR Art. 4.1.4 and 4.1.3.) (R105)
106
During an half-time interval, A5 who has already committed the 5th foul commits a technical foul. The foul shall be considered as 1 of the team fouls in the 3rd quarter.
NO A5's foul shall be charged against the team A head coach, recorded as 'B'. It shall not count as 1 of the team fouls in the following (3rd) quarter. (OBR Art. 4.1.4) (R106)
107
A maximum of 9 persons (excluding substitutes, head coach and/or excluded players) may sit on the team bench during the game.
NO Each team shall consist of a maximum 8 accompanying delegation members, including coaches who may sit on the bench. (OBR Art. 4.2.1) (R107)
108
A maximum of 10 accompanying delegation members may sit on the team bench.
NO A maximum of 8 accompanying delegation members may sit on the team bench. (OBR Art. 4.2.1) (R108)
109
A maximum of 8 accompanying delegation members (manager, physiotherapist, statistician etc.) may sit on the team bench
YES A maximum of 8 accompanying delegation members may sit on the team bench. (OBR Art. 4.2.1) (R109)
110
A team may have a maximum of 12 players.
YES Each team shall consist of no more than 12 team members entitled to play. (OBR Art. 4.2.1)
111
A team may have a maximum of 10 players.
NO Each team shall consist of no more than 12 team members entitled to play. (OBR Art. 4.2.1) (R111)
112
To start the game, 5 players from each team shall be on the court ready to play
YES A team shall lose the game by forfeit if a team is unable to field 5 players ready to play 15 minutes after the game is scheduled to start. (OBR Art. 4.2.2) (OBRI 20.1) (R112)
113
During playing time 6 players from each team shall be on the court.
NO During a playing time 5 team members from each team shall be on the playing court. (OBR Art. 4.2.2) (OBRI 20.1) (R113)
114
During time-out, A8 reports to the timer as a substitute. At this time A8 becomes a player. (R114)
YES A8 shall become a player when during the time-out the substitution request is made to the timer. (OBR Art. 4.2.3 and 49.1) (R114)
115
During a time-out, A8 reports to the timer as a substitute. A8 becomes a player when the time-out has ended. (R115)
NO A8 shall become a player when during the time-out the substitution request is made to the timer. (OBR Art. 4.2.3 and 49.1.) (R115)
116
A substitute becomes a player when the referee beckons the substitute to enter the court.
YES A substitute becomes a player when the referee beckons the substitute to enter the court. (OBR Art. 4.2.3) (R116)
117
A substitute becomes a player when the substitute enters the court.
NO A substitute becomes a player when the referee beckons the substitute to enter the court. (OBR Art. 4.2.3)
118
A substitute becomes a player and a player becomes a substitute when the player leaves the court. (R118)
NO A substitute becomes a player and a player becomes a substitute when the referee beckons the substitute to enter the court. (OBR Art. 4.2.3) (R118)
119
A substitute becomes a player and a player becomes a substitute when the timer sounds the signal for the substitution.
NO A substitute becomes a player and a player becomes a substitute when the referee beckons the substitute to enter the court. (OBR Art. 4.2.3 and 49.1.) (R119)
120
During a time-out, a substitute becomes a player when the referee beckons the substitute to enter the court.
NO During a time-out or an interval of play other than the half-time interval, a substitute must report to the timer before entering the game. (OBR Art. 4.2.3 and 19.3.7) (R120)
121
A substitution takes place during a time-out. The substitute becomes a player when that player reports to 1 of the referees.
NO During a time-out, a substitute must request the substitution only to the timer in order to become a player. (OBR Art. 4.2.3 and 19.3.7) (R121)
122
A10 is beckoned by a referee to substitute A4. While leaving the court, A4 impolitely addresses a referee and a technical foul is charged on A4. The technical foul shall be considered as player's foul and it counts towards the team A fouls in that quarter.
NO When the referee beckons A10 on the court, A4 becomes a substitute. Therefore the technical foul shall be recorded against team A head coach as 'B' and shall not count towards team A fouls in the quarter. (OBR Art. 4.2.3) (R122)
123
Team A is granted a time-out. A8 reports to the timer to substitute A3. While A3 goes to the bench, A3 commits a technical foul. The technical foul counts towards the team fouls in the quarter.
NO When requesting a substitution to the timer, A8 becomes a player and A3 becomes a substitute. The technical foul shall be recorded against the team A head coach as 'B' and shall not count towards team A fouls in the quarter. (OBR Art. 4.2.3)
124
During the game, the different players may wear the shoes of different colours.
YES During the game any player may wear the shoes of any colour combination. (OBR Art. 4.4.3.) (R124)
125
A team wears striped white/red shirts with white colour being a dominant colour. This is lega
YES The uniform of all team members shall consists of the shirts of the same dominant colour front and back as the shorts. (OBR Art. 4.3.1.) (R125)
126
The shirts must be of the same dominant colour front and back.
YES The uniform of all team members shall consists of the shirts of the same dominant colour front and back as the shorts. (OBR Art. 4.3.1) (R126)
127
The shorts must be of the same colour as the shirts. (R127)
YES The uniform of all team members shall consists of the shirts of the same dominant colour front and back as the shorts. (OBR Art. 4.3.1.) (R127)
128
The shorts may be of a different colour from the shirts.
NO The uniform of all team members shall consists of the shirts of the same dominant colour front and back as the shorts. (OBR Art. 4.3.1.) (R128)
129
The players on the court must tuck the shirts into the shorts.
YES All players must tuck the shirts into the shorts. (OBR Art. 4.3.1) (R129)
130
The player's shorts end below the knee. This is legal
NO The shorts must end above the knee. (OBR Art. 4.3.1) (R130)
131
The doctor may enter the court without permission of a referee if, in the doctor's judgement, the injured player requires immediate medical treatment.
YES Legal numbers are 0 and 00 and from 1 to 99. (OBR Art. 4.3.2) (R131)
132
The number 3 is a legal player number. (R132)
YES
133
The number 1 is a legal player number. (R133)
YES
134
The number 0 is a legal player number. (R134)
YES Legal numbers are 0 and 00 and from 1 to 99. (OBR Art. 4.3.2) (R134)
135
The number 00 is a legal player number.
YES Legal numbers are 0 and 00 and from 1 to 99. (OBR Art. 4.3.2) (R135)
136
The number 100 is a legal player number.
NO Legal numbers are 0 and 00 and from 1 to 99. (OBR Art. 4.3.2) (R136)
137
The number 99 is a legal player number.
YES Legal numbers are 0 and 00 and from 1 to 99. (OBR Art. 4.3.2) (R137)
138
One team A player wears number 0 and the other team A player wears 00. This is legal.
YES Legal numbers are 0 and 00 and from 1 to 99. (OBR Art. 4.3.2) (R138)
139
The player numbers must be placed on the front as well as on the back of the shirt
YES Each team member shall wear a shirt numbered on the front and back. (OBR Art. 4.3.2) (R139)
140
The player's number must be on the shorts. (R140)
NO
141
The player's number must be of the same size on the front and on the back of the shirt.
NO The numbers shall be clearly visible and those on the front shall be at least 8 cm high and those on the back shall be at least 16 cm high. (OBR Art. 4.3.2) (R141)
142
The 1st team named in the schedule (home team) shall wear the light-coloured shirts (preferably white). (R142)
YES The 1st team named in the schedule (home team) shall wear light-coloured shirts (preferably white). (OBR Art. 4.3.3) (R142)
143
The home team may choose the colour of its uniform and the visiting team shall choose a different colour.
NO The 1st team named in the schedule (home team) shall wear light-coloured shirts (preferably white) and the 2nd team in the schedule (visiting team) shall wear dark-coloured shirts. (OBR Art. 4.3.3) (R143)
144
The visiting team may choose the colour of its uniform and the home team shall choose a different colour.
NO The 1st team named in the schedule (home team) shall wear light-coloured shirts (preferably white) and the 2nd team in the schedule (visiting team) shall wear dark-coloured shirts. (OBR Art. 4.3.3) (R144)
145
The uniforms not permitted by the rules may be worn only, if approved by the FIBA Medical Commission beforehand.
NO Any equipment not specifically mentioned in the rules must be approved by the FIBA Technical Commission. (OBR Art. 4.4.5.) (R145)
146
A1 is wearing a metal brace on his finger. The brace is completely covered with soft padding. A1's equipment is legal.
NO The finger braces are not permitted even if covered with soft padding. (OBR Art. 4.4.2.)
147
During an interval of play between the 1st and 2nd quarter, B6 disrespectfully addresses a referee. Team B head coach shall be charged with a technical foul recorded as 'B'.
NO During an interval of play, all team members entitled to play are considered as players. (OBR Art. 4.1.4.) (R147)
148
Team A wears shirts that have a different colours on the front and on the back. Team A shirts are legal
NO The uniform of all team members shall consist of shirts of the same dominant colour front and back as the shorts. (OBR Art. 4.3.1) (R148)
149
A10 requests the substitution for A4. Before a referee has beckoned A10 to enter the court, A4 commits a technical foul. A4's foul shall be considered as a player foul.
YES All personal, technical, unsportsmanlike or disqualifying fouls of a player shall count into the team's penalty situation in the given quarter. (OBR Art. 4.1.3 and 41.1.1) (R149)
150
Team B players are wearing an arm compression garment. The garment must be of the same dominant colour as the shirts. (R150)
NO All players on the team must have all their arm and leg compression garments of the same solid colours (however not necessary of the same colour as the shirts). (OBR Art. 4.4.2) (R150)
151
A6 requests a substitution. A6 wears a non-compression T-shirt under the shirt. The request shall be granted. (R151)
NO The substitution shall not be granted. Only compression garments may be worn under the shirts. (OBR Art. 4.2.2) (R151)
152
A6 requests a substitution. A6 wears a compression leg garment above the knee. The request shall be granted. (R152)
YES The compression arm and leg garments of any length may be worn under the uniform. (OBR Art. 4.2.2) (R152)
153
A6 requests a substitution. A6 wears a compression leg garment below the knee. The request shall be granted. (R153)
YES The compression arm and leg garments of any length may be worn under the uniform. (OBR Art. 4.2.2) (R153)
154
A6 requests a substitution. A6 has a different colour taping than the uniform. The request shall be granted. (R154)
YES All players on the team must have the tapings of the same solid colour, not necessary the same as the uniform colour. (OBR Art. 4.2.2) (R154)
155
A1 has 2 tapings, one red and one yellow. The colour of tapings is legal. (R155)
NO
156
B1 is substituted by B6. Before the game clock has started, B6 commits a personal foul. This is B6’s fifth foul. B6 shall be substituted. (R156)
YES A team member is entitled to play as long as not committing 5 fouls. (OBR Art. 4.1.3.) (R156)
157
Players are permitted to wear visible T-shirts under the shirts.
NO
158
A10 reports to the timer during the time-out to substitute A4. Before the time-out ends, A4 commits a technical foul. A4's technical foul shall count towards team penalty situation in the quarter. (R158)
NO A substitute becomes a player when during the time-out a substitute requests the substitution to the timer. A4's technical foul shall not count towards team A penalty situation in the given quarter. (OBR Art. 4.2.3 and 41.1.1) (R158)
159
All players on the team must have all their arm and leg compression garments, including undershirts and undershorts, headgear, wristbands, headbands and tapings of the same solid colour. (R159)
YES All players on the team must have all their arm and leg compression garments, including undershirts and undershorts, headgear, wristbands, headbands and tapings of the same solid colour. (OBR Art. 4.4.2.) (R159)
160
Team players can have all their arm and leg compression garments, including undershirts and underpants, headgear, wristbands, headbands, headbands and tapings of the different colours. (R160)
NO All players on the team must have all their arm and leg compression garments, including undershirts and undershorts, headgear, wristbands, headbands and tapings of the same solid colour. (OBR Art. 4.4.2) (R160)
161
The game is stopped due to A1's injury. Team A has no more substitutes. A1 shall be provided with enough time for a recovery and may continue to participate, if recovered
YES If an injured player cannot continue to play immediately (within approximately 15 seconds), that player must be substituted unless the team is reduced to fewer than 5 players on the court. (OBR Art. 5.3) (R161)
162
After a rebound, A4 falls on the court and appears to be injured. B1 catches the ball and starts a fast break. The referee blows the whistle and stops the game immediately. (R162)
NO
163
Team A head coach gives the scorer a list of players entitled to play 40 minutes before the start of the game. During the warm-up 15 minutes before the start of the game a player on the list gets injured. The player shall be deleted from the team members entered on the scoresheet.
NO A team member is entitled to play when the name has been entered on the scoresheet before the start of the game, therefore that player may sit on the team bench. It is up to the team A head coach to decide, whether during the game this team member becomes a player or not. (OBR Art. 4.1.2) (R163)
164
Team A head coach gives the scorer a list of players entitled to play 40 minutes before the start of the game. During the warm-up 15 minutes before the start of the game a player on the list gets injured. The player shall remain the team member entered on the scoresheet. (R164)
YES A team member is entitled to play when the name has been entered on the scoresheet before the start of the game, therefore that player may sit on the team bench. It is up to the team A head coach to decide, whether during the game this team member becomes a player or not. (OBR Art. 4.1.2) (R164)
165
If it is necessary to protect an injured player, the referees may stop the game immediately. (R165)
YES The primary concern of the referees is the health and safety of the injured player. If it is necessary to protect an injured player, the referees may stop the game immediately. (OBR Art. 5.2) (R165)
166
A1 is injured. Team A first assistant coach enters the court and A1 recovers within 15 seconds. A1 shall be substituted. (R166)
YES If the injured player receives any treatment from own coaches, that player must be substituted unless the team is reduced to fewer than 5 players on the court. (OBR Art. 5.3) (OBRI OBRI 5-2d) (R166)
167
A1 appears to be injured. Team A head coach enters the court to treat the player. Team B head coach requests a time-out. At the end of the time-out, A1 has recovered and shall be entitled to continue to play. (R167)
YES If A1 recovers during the time-out, he may continue to play. (OBR Art. 5.7) (R167)
168
If the ball is live when an injury occurs, the referee shall not blow the whistle until the team in control of the ball has shot for a goal, lost control of the ball, withheld the ball from play or the ball has become dead.
YES If the ball is live when an injury occurs, the referee shall not blow the whistle until the team in control of the ball has shot for a goal, lost control of the ball, withheld the ball from play or the ball has become dead. (OBR Art. 5.2) (R168)
169
A player seems to be injured. The crew chief should stop the game immediately. (R169)
NO If the ball is live when an injury occurs, the referee shall not blow the whistle until the team in control of the ball has shot for a goal, lost control of the ball, withheld the ball from play or the ball has become dead. (OBR Art. 5.2) (R169)
170
If an injured player cannot continue to play immediately (within approximately 15 seconds), that player must be substituted unless the team is reduced to fewer than 5 players on the court. (R170)
YES If the injured player cannot continue to play immediately (within approximately 15 seconds), that player must be substituted unless the team is reduced to fewer than 5 players on the court. (OBR Art. 5.3) (R170)
171
If the injured player receives treatment, that player must be substituted unless the team is reduced to less than 5 players on the court
YES If the injured player receives treatment, that player must be substituted unless the team is reduced to fewer than 5 players on the court. (OBR Art. 5.3) (OBRI OBRI 5-1) (R171)
172
A2 is fouled and appears to be injured. Team A head coach enters the court but A2 insists to be able to continue playing. A2 must be substituted
YES If the injured player receives treatment, that player must be substituted unless the team is reduced to fewer than 5 players on the court. (OBR Art. 5.3) (OBRI OBRI 5-2c) (R172)
173
A4 is injured and the game is stopped. After 30 seconds team A head coach wants to keep A4 in the game. A4 must be substituted.
YES If the injured player cannot continue to play, that player must be substituted unless the team is reduced to fewer than 5 players on the court. (OBR Art. 5.3) (OBRI OBRI 5-2c) (R173)
174
A1 appears to have an injured ankle and the game is stopped. Team A doctor enters the court and treats A1. A1 shall be substituted. (R174)
YES If the injured player receives treatment, that player must be substituted unless the team is reduced to fewer than 5 players on the court. (OBR Art. 5.3.) (OBRI OBRI 5-2b) (R174)
175
A1 appears to have an injured ankle and the game is stopped. Team A doctor enters the court and treats A1. A1 may remain in the game if recovers within 15 seconds. (R175)
NO If the injured player receives treatment, that player must be substituted unless the team is reduced to fewer than 5 players on the court. (OBR Art. 5.3.) (OBRI OBRI 5-2b) (R175)
176
A1 appears to have an injured ankle and the game is stopped. Team B head coach enters the court and treats A1. A1 shall be substituted. (R176)
NO A1 shall be substituted only if team A head coach (or team members or the accompanying delegation members) has entered the court to treat A1. (OBR Art. 5.3.) (OBRI OBRI 5-2c) (R176)
177
A1 appears to have an injured ankle and the game is stopped. Team A doctor enters the court but A1 has already recovered. A1 shall be substituted even though has already recovered from the injury. (R177)
YES A1 is considered to have received treatment and shall be substituted. (OBR Art. 5.3.) (OBRI OBRI 5-2b) (R177)
178
A1 appears to have an injured ankle and the game is stopped. Team A doctor enters the court but A1 has already recovered. Team A doctor suggests that A1 should stay in the game. Team A doctor's suggestion shall be accepted. (R178)
NO A1 is considered to have received treatment and shall be substituted. (OBR Art. 5.3.) (OBRI OBRI 5-2b) (R178)
179
A1 appears to have an injured ankle and the game is stopped. Team A head coach enters the court and treats A1. A1 shall be substituted.
YES A1 is considered to have received treatment and shall be substituted. (OBR Art. 5.3.) (OBRI OBRI 5-2c) (R179)
180
A1 falls on the court and appears to be seriously injured. Team A head coach shall be permitted to enter the court and treat A1.
NO Only team A doctor (not team A head coach) may enter the court, without the permission of a referee if, in the doctor's judgement, the injured player requires immediate medical treatment. (OBR Art. 5.5) (OBRI OBRI 5-2d) (R180)
181
A1 appears to have an injured ankle and the game is stopped. Team A first assistant coach enters the court and treats A1. A1 shall be substituted.
YES A1 is considered to have received treatment and shall be substituted. (OBR Art. 5.3.) (OBRI 5-2d)
182
A1 appears to have an injured ankle and the game is stopped. Team A first assistant coach enters the court and treats A1. A1 may remain in the game. (R182)
NO A1 is considered to have received treatment and shall be substituted. (OBR Art. 5.3.) (OBRI OBRI 5-2d) (R182)
183
A1 is injured and the game is stopped. A1 is not able to continue to play immediately. A referee blows the whistle making the conventional sign for a substitution. Team A head coach (or team B head coach) requests a time-out before a substitute for A1 has entered the game. At the end of the time-out, A1 has recovered and requests to remain in the game. A1's request shall be accepted.
YES If A1 recovers during the time-out, A1 may continue to play. (OBR Art. 5.7.) (OBRI OBRI 5-15a) (R183)
184
A1 is injured and the game is stopped. A1 is not able to continue to play immediately. A referee blows the whistle making the conventional sign for a substitution. Team A head coach (or team B head coach) requests a time-out before a substitute for A1 has entered the game. At the end of the time-out, A1 has recovered and requests to remain in the game. A1 shall be substituted
NO If A1 recovers during the time-out, A1 may continue to play. (OBR Art. 5.7.) (OBRI OBRI 5-15a)
185
A1 is injured and the game is stopped. A1 is not able to continue to play immediately. A referee blows the whistle making the conventional sign for a substitution. Team A head coach (or team B head coach) requests a time-out after a substitute for A1 has entered the game. At the end of the time-out, A1 has recovered and requests to remain in the game. A1 shall be substituted.
YES The substitute for A1 has already entered the game. Therefore A1 cannot re-enter the game until the next game clock running period of the game ends. (OBR Art. 5.7.) (OBRI OBRI 5-15b) (R185)
186
A1 is injured and the game is stopped. A1 is not able to continue to play immediately. A referee blows the whistle making the conventional sign for a substitution. Team A head coach (or team B head coach) requests a time-out after a substitute for A1 has entered the game. At the end of the time-out, A1 has recovered and requests to remain in the game. A1 may remain in the game.
NO The substitute for A1 has already entered the game. Therefore A1 cannot re-enter the game until the next game clock running phase of the game ends. (OBR Art. 5.7) (OBRI OBRI 5-15b) (R186)
187
The doctor may enter the court without permission of a referee if, in the doctor's judgement, the injured player requires immediate medical treatment.
YES A doctor may enter the court without the permission of a referee if, in the doctor's judgement, the injured player requires immediate medical treatment. (OBR Art. 5.5)
188
A3 appears to be injured and the game is stopped. Team B head coach requests a time-out. At the end of the time-out, A3 has recovered and requests to remain in the game. A3 may remain in the game.
YES If the injured player recovers during a time-out taken by either team before the timer's signal for the substitution, that player may continue to play. (OBR Art. 5.6) (OBRI OBRI 5-15a) (R188)
189
During the game, any player who is bleeding or has an open wound must be substituted.
YES During the game, any player who is bleeding or has an open wound must be substituted. (OBR Art. 5.6) (OBRI OBRI 5-14) (R189)
190
A1 recovers during a time-out taken by either team before the timer's signal for the substitution. A1 may continue to play.
YES If the injured player recovers during a time-out taken by either team before the timer's signal for the substitution, that player may continue to play. (OBR Art. 5.6) (OBRI 5-15a)
191
While the game is played, B4 gets injured and team A head coach requests a time-out. A referee blows the whistle and stops the game. Despite B4 has recovered during the time-out, B4 must be substituted.
NO If the injured player recovers during a time-out taken by either team before the timer's signal for the substitution, that player may continue to play. (OBR Art. 5.7.) (OBRI OBRI 5-15a) (R191)
192
A1 recovers during a time-out taken by either team before the timer's signal for the substitution. A1 shall be substituted.
NO If the injured player recovers during a time-out taken by either team before the timer's signal for the substitution, that player may continue to play. (OBR Art. 5.7.) (OBRI OBRI 5-15a) (R192)
193
A5 is 1 of the starting 5 players but is injured 5 minutes before the start of the game. Team A head coach designates A6 to substitute A5. Team B head coach wants now to substitute 2 players in the starting 5 players. Team B head coach request shall be granted.
NO Players who have been designated by the head coach to start the game may be substituted in the event of injury. In this case, the opponents are also entitled to substitute the same number of players, if they wish. (OBR Art. 5.8.) (OBRI OBRI 5-17) (R193)
194
A1 appears to have an injured ankle and the game is stopped. Team A manager enters the court and treats A1. A1 shall be substituted.
YES A1 is considered to have received treatment and shall be substituted. (OBR Art. 5.3.) (OBRI 5-2d)
195
Team A is reduced to 5 players when A4 gets injured. Team A doctor has treated A4 who is now ready to continue play. A4 shall be substituted.
NO If an injured player receives treatment, that player must be substituted unless the team is reduced to fewer then 5 players on the court. (OBR Art. 5.3) (OBRI 5-2b)
196
A5 is 1 of the starting 5 players but is injured 5 minutes before the start of the game. Team A head coach designates A6 to substitute A5. Team B head coach can also substitute 1 player in the starting 5 players.
YES Players who have been designated by the head coach to start the game may be substituted in the event of an injury. In this case, the opponents are also entitled to substitute the same number of players, if they wish. (OBR Art. 5.8.) (OBRI OBRI 5-18) (R196)
197
A1 is awarded 2 free throws. After the first free throw the referees discover that A1 is bleeding. A1 is substituted by A6 who shall attempt the second free throw. Team B head coach now requests to substitute 2 players. The substitution shall be granted for 1 player.
YES Player who receives treatment between free throws may be substituted in the event of an injury. In this case, the opponents are also entitled to substitute the same number of players, if they wish. (OBR Art. 5.8.) (OBRI 5-18)
198
A1 is awarded 2 free throws. After the first free throw the referees discover that A1 is bleeding. A1 is substituted by A6 who shall attempt the second free throw. Team B head coach now requests to substitute 2 players. The substitutions shall be granted.
NO Player who receives treatment between free throws may be substituted in the event of an injury. In this case, the opponents are also entitled to substitute the same number of players, if they wish. (OBR Art. 5.8.) (OBRI OBRI 5-17) (R198)
199
A1 is awarded 2 free throws. After the first free throw the referees discover that B3 is bleeding. B3 is substituted by B6. Team A head coach requests to substitute 1 player. The substitution shall be granted.
YES Player who receives treatment between free throws may be substituted in the event of an injury. In this case, the opponents are also entitled to substitute the same number of players, if they wish. (OBR Art. 5.8.) (OBRI OBRI 5-18) (R199)
200
A1 is awarded 2 free throws. After the first free throw the referees discover that B3 is bleeding. B3 is substituted by B6. Team A head coach requests to substitute more than 1 player. The substitution shall be granted.
NO Player who receives treatment between free throws may be substituted in the event of an injury. In this case the opponents are also entitled to substitute the same number of players, if they wish. (OBR Art. 5.8.) (OBRI OBRI 5-18) (R200
201
A4 appears to be injured. Team A doctor enters the court but A4 insists being able to continue playing. A4 shall be substituted.
YES If a player appears to be injured and any own accompanying delegation members enter the court, that player is considered to have received treatment, whether or not the actual treatment has been performed. (OBR Art. 5.8.) (OBRI OBRI 5-2a) (R201)
202
A1 appears to be seriously injured. Team A doctor estimates that the A1's removal from the court may take 10 minutes. Team A head coach shall be charged with a time-out.
NO The doctor's opinion shall determine the appropriate time for the removal of the injured player from the court. (OBR Art. 5.3) (OBRI 5-13)
203
A1 appears to be seriously injured. Team A doctor estimates that the A1's removal from the court shall cause the game to be delayed by 10 minutes. Team A head coach shall be charged with a time-out.
NO The doctor's opinion shall determine the appropriate time for the removal of the injured player from the court. After the substitution, the game shall be resumed without any sanctions. (OBR Art. 5.3.) (OBRI 5-13)
204
It has been discovered during the game that A1's shirt is cut on the back. A1 shall receive an assistance on the court from own accompanying delegation members to fix the shirt at the next occasion when the game clock is stopped and ball is dead. A1 shall be substituted.
YES If any player receives any assistance from own coach, team members and/or accompanying delegation members, that player must be substituted unless the team is reduced to fewer than 5 players on the court. (OBR Art. 5.3) (OBRI OBRI 5-5) (R204)
205
During the game, A1 has lost his contact lense. A1 shall receive an assistance on the court from own accompanying delegation members to find the contact lense at the next occasion when the game clock is stopped and ball is dead. A1 shall be substituted.
YES If any player receives any assistance from own coach, team members and/or accompanying delegation members, that player must be substituted unless the team is reduced to fewer than 5 players on the court. (OBR Art. 5.3.) (OBRI 5-3)
206
It has been discovered during the game that A1's shirt is cut on the back. A1 shall receive an assistance on the court from own accompanying delegation members to fix the shirt at the next occasion when the game clock is stopped and ball is dead. A1 may continue to play.
NO If any player receives any assistance from own coach, team members and/or accompanying delegation members, that player must be substituted unless the team is reduced to fewer than 5 players on the court. (OBR Art. 5.3.) (OBRI OBRI 5-5) (R206)
207
During the game, A1 has lost his contact lense. A1 shall receive an assistance on the court from own accompanying delegation members to find the contact lense at the next occasion when the game clock is stopped and ball is dead. A1 may continue to play.
NO If any player receives any assistance from own coach, team members and/or accompanying delegation members, that player must be substituted unless the team is reduced to fewer than 5 players on the court. (OBR Art. 5.3.) (OBRI 5-3)
208
It has been discovered during the game that A1's shirt displays a wrong logo. A1 shall receive an assistance on the court from own accompanying delegation members to cover the logo at the next occasion when the game clock is stopped and ball is dead. A1 shall be substituted.
YES If any player receives any assistance from own coach, team members and/or accompanying delegation members, that player must be substituted unless the team is reduced to fewer than 5 players on the court. (OBR Art. 5.3.) (R208)
209
It has been discovered during the game that A1's shirt displays a wrong logo. A1 shall receive an assistance on the court from own accompanying delegation members to cover the logo at the next occasion when the game clock is stopped and ball is dead. A1 may continue to play.
NO If any player receives any assistance from own coach, team members and/or accompanying delegation members, that player must be substituted unless the team is reduced to fewer than 5 players on the court. (OBR Art. 5.3.) (R209)
210
B1 fouls dribbler A1. This is the 5th team B foul in the quarter. The referees now recognise that A1 has the wrong logo on the shirt. A1 receives assistance from the team manager to cover the logo and is therefore substituted by A6. The game is erroneously resumed with a team A throw-in instead of 2 free throws for A1. The referees recognised the error after the throw-in and stopped the game. A1's shirt is still not correct. A6 shall attempt 2 free throws.
YES The error is still correctable. If A1's shirt is not corrected yet, A6 shall attempt 2 free throws. The game shall continue as after any last free throw. (OBR Art. 5.3 and 44.2.5) (OBRI OBRI 44-14) (R210)
211
B1 fouls dribbler A1. This is the 5th team B foul in the quarter. The referees now recognise that A1 has the wrong logo on the shirt. A1 receives assistance from the team manager to cover the logo and is therefore substituted by A6. The game is erroneously resumed with a team A throw-in instead of 2 free throws for A1. The referees recognised the error after the throw-in and stopped the game. A1's shirts is now correct. A1 shall attempt 2 free throws.
YES The error is still correctable. If A1's shirt is now correct, A1 shall re-enter the court and shall attempt 2 free throws. The game shall continue as after any last free throw. (OBR Art. 5.3 and 44.2.5) (OBRI OBRI 44-14) (R211)
212
The team's president is the person to sign the scoresheet in case of protest.
NO The captain shall sign the scoresheet in the "Captain`s signature in case of protest" column. (OBR Art. 6.2) (R212)
213
It is the head coach responsibility to inform a referee that the team shall protest against the result of the game. (R213)
NO The captain shall inform the crew chief no later than 15 minutes following the end of the game, if the team is protesting against the result of the game and sign the scoresheet in the “Captain's signature in case of a protest” column. (OBR Art. 6.2.) (R213)
214
The captain of the team is the person to sign the scoresheet in case of protest. (R214)
YES The captain shall sign the scoresheet in the "Captain's signature in case of protest" column. (OBR Art. 6.2) (R214)
215
216
The captain shall inform the crew chief no later than 20 minutes following the end of the game, in case of protest (R216)
NO The captain shall inform the crew chief no later than 15 minutes following the end of the game, if the team is protesting against the result of the game and sign the scoresheet in the “Captain's signature in case of a protest” column. (OBR Art. 6) (R216)
217
The captain shall inform the crew chief no later than 30 minutes following the end of the game, in case of protest (R217)
NO The captain shall inform the crew chief no later than 15 minutes following the end of the game, if the team is protesting against the result of the game and sign the scoresheet in the “Captain's signature in case of a protest” column. (OBR Art. 6) (R217)
218
The player arrived to the team's bench 3 minutes before the start of the game. That player can participate in the game.
YES A player whose name is entered on the scoresheet is entitled to play, even if arrives after the start of the game. (OBR Art. 7.1) (R218)
219
The names and numbers of the players have been approved on the scoresheet by the head coach. Shortly before the start of the game, the scorer notifies a referee that 2 players are wearing the shirt numbers different to those on the scoresheet. The numbers on the scoresheet shall be corrected. The game shall start without any sanction.
YES "The wrong numbers shall be corrected without any sanction. " (OBR Art. 7.2.) (OBRI OBRI 7-2a) (R219)
220
Shortly after the start of the game, it is discovered that A1 on the court is not 1 of 5 players who were to start the game. A1 shall be replaced with the correct player from the starting 5 players.
NO The error shall be disregarded and the game shall continue without any sanction. (OBR Art. 7)
221
At least 40 minutes before the game, the head coach or the representative of the head coach shall give the scorer a list with the names of the players.
YES At least 40 minutes before the game is scheduled to start, each head coach or the team's representative shall give the scorer a list with the names and corresponding numbers of the team members who are eligible to play in the game. (OBR Art. 7.1) (R221)
222
The player arrived 10 minutes after the start of the game. That player may play if the name has been entered on the scoresheet.
YES All team members whose names are entered on the scoresheet are entitled to play, even if they arrive after the start of the game. (OBR Art. 7.1)
223
Team B head coach is charged with a technical foul for the first assistant coach action. Later in the game, team B head coach is charged with the 2nd technical foul for an action of the same first assistant coach. Later in the game, team B head coach is charged with 3rd technical foul for own personal unsportsmanlike behaviour. Team B head coach is game disqualified. Team B first assistant coach shall replace the head coach as a team B head coach
YES If there is a first assistant coach, that coach shall assume all duties and powers of the head coach if, for any reason, the head coach is unable to continue. (OBR Art. 7.7) (R223)
224
The head coach shall indicate the starting 5 players at least 10 minutes before the start of the game.
YES At least 10 minutes before the game is scheduled to start, each head coach shall confirm the names and corresponding numbers of the team members by signing the scoresheet. (OBR Art. 7.2) (R224)
225
Both the head coach and the first assistant coach shall sign the scoresheet before the game.
NO Only the head coach shall sign the scoresheet. (OBR Art. 7.2.) (R225)
226
Team A captain A5 commits the 5th foul therefore no longer entitled to participate. Team A head coach is then disqualified. There is no team A first assistant coach on the scoresheet. A5 shall take over the duties and powers of the team A head coach.
YES A5 team captain is an excluded (not disqualified) player therefore permitted to act as team A head coach. (OBR Art. 7.9 and 38.1.2) (R226)
227
During the game team A head coach chooses to remain seated. Team A first assistant coach shall be permitted to remain standing while team A head coach is seated.
YES Either the head coach or the first assistant coach, but only one of them at any given time, is permitted to remain standing during the game. (OBR Art. 7.6)
228
A5 is designated on the scoresheet as team A captain (CAP). A10 substitutes A5 and is now a team A captain on the court. While A5 is on the bench, team A head coach is charged with a disqualifying foul. There is no team A first assistant coach entered on the scoresheet. A10 shall take over the duties and powers of team A head coach. (R228)
NO A5 shall become the new team A head coach as A5 is designated as captain (CAP) on the scoresheet. (OBR Art. 7.9) (R228)
229
Team A captain A4 fouls B4. This is A4's 5th foul. A7 substitutes A4. During the same game clock stopped period, team A head coach commits a disqualifying foul. There is no team A first assistant coach entered on the scoresheet. A4 shall now take over the duties and powers of team A head coach.
YES A4 shall become the new team A head coach as A4 is designated as captain (CAP) on the scoresheet. (OBR Art. 7.9) (R229)
230
The head coach shall designate the free-throw shooter of own team in case of a technical foul.
YES he head coach shall designate the free-throw shooter of own team in all cases where the free-throw shooter is not determined by the rules. (OBR Art. 7.10) (R230)
231
The captain of the team shall designate the free-throw shooter of the team in case of a technical foul.
NO The head coach shall designate the free-throw shooter of the team in all cases where the free-throw shooter is not determined by the rules. (OBR Art. 7.10) (R231)
232
Team A head coach presents in due time the list of players to the scorer. The numbers of 2 players on the scoresheet are not the same as the numbers on their shirts or the name of 1 player is omitted on the scoresheet. This is discovered before the start of the game. The game shall start without any sanction.
YES The wrong numbers shall be corrected or the name of the player shall be added on the scoresheet woithout any penalty (OBR Art. 7,1,)(OBRI 7-2a) (R232)
233
Team A head coach presents in due time the list of players to the scorer. The numbers of 2 players on the scoresheet are not the same as the numbers on their shirts or the name of 1 player is omitted on the scoresheet. This is discovered before the start of the game. Team A head coach shall be charged with a technical foul.
NO The wrong numbers are corrected or the name of the player is added on the scoresheet without any penalty. (OBR Art. 7.1.) (OBRI OBRI 7-2a) (R233)
234
Team A head coach presents in due time the list of players to the scorer. The numbers of 2 players on the scoresheet are not the same as the numbers on their shirts. This is discovered after the start of the game. The referee shall ask the scorer to correct the numbers without any sanction.
YES The referee shall stop the game at a convenient moment so as not to disadvantage either team. The wrong numbers shall be corrected without any penalty. However, the name of the player cannot be added on the scoresheet. (OBR Art. 7.1.) (OBRI OBRI 7-2b) (R234)
235
Team A head coach presents in due time the list of players to the scorer. After the start of the game it is discovered that the name of 1 player is omitted on the scoresheet. The name of the player shall be added and team A head coach shall be charged with a technical foul.
NO The name of the player cannot be added on the scoresheet. The game shall continue without any penalty. However, the name of the omitted player cannot be added on the scoresheet. (OBR Art. 7.1.) (OBRI OBRI 7-2b) (R235)
236
When entering the court to begin the game it is discovered that 1 of the players is not the 1 indicated as starting 5 players. The player shall be replaced.
YES The player shall be replaced by 1 of the 5 players who were to start the game. The game shall begin without any penalty. (OBR Art. 7.2.) (OBRI 7-5a)
237
After the start of the game it is discovered that 1 of the players on the court is not the one indicated as starting 5 players. The game shall be stopped and the player shall be substituted.
NO If the error is discovered after the start of the game, the error shall be disregarded and the game shall continue without any penalty. (OBR Art. 7.3.) (OBRI OBRI 7-5b) (R237)
238
After the start of the game it is discovered that A1 on the court is not the one indicated as starting 5 players. A1 shall be substituted and team A head coach shall be charged with technical foul.
NO If the error is discovered after the start of the game, the error shall be disregarded and the game shall continue without any penalty. (OBR Art. 7.2.) (OBRI OBRI 7-5b) (R238)
239
After the start of the game, the scorer notifies a referee that A1 on the court is not the one indicated as starting 5 players. A1 shall be substituted at the first opportunity by a player who was indicated as one of the starting 5 players.
NO If the error is discovered after the beginning of the game, the error shall be disregarded and the game shall continue without any penalty. (OBR Art. 7.2.) (OBRI OBRI 7-5b) (R239)
240
After the beginning of the game, the scorer notifies a referee that A1 on the court is not the one indicated as starting 5 players. The error shall be disregarded and the game shall continue.
YES If the error is discovered after the start of the game, the error shall be disregarded and the game shall continue without any penalty. (OBR Art. 7.2.) (OBRI OBRI 7 - 5b) (R240)
241
A1 is charged with a technical foul. Team B first assistant coach designates one of the team B players to attempt the free throw.
NO Team B head coach shall designate the free-throw shooter of own team in all cases where the free-throw shooter is not determined by the rules. (OBR Art. 7.10) (R241)
242
A1 is charged with a technical foul. Team B captain designates one of the team B players to attempt the free throw.
NO Team B head coach shall designate the free-throw shooter of own team in all cases where the free-throw shooter is not determined by the rules. (OBR Art. 7.10) (R242)
243
Team captain is substituted. That player shall inform a referee of the number of the player who shall act as team captain on the court.
NO If the captain leaves the court, the head coach shall inform a referee of the number of the player who shall act as captain on the court. (OBR Art. 7.8.) (R243)
244
The home team A (mentioned first in the scoresheet) head coach shall be the first to confirm the list of players and to indicate the 5 players to begin the game.
YES Team A head coach shall be the first to provide this information. (OBR Art. 7.2.)
245
Before the start of the game it is discovered that A1's number is incorrectly recorded on the scoresheet. Team A head coach shall be charged with a technical foul, recorded as 'B'.
NO The wrong number shall be corrected on the scoresheet without any penalty. (OBR Art. 7.1.) (OBRI OBRI 7-2a) (R245)
246
After the start of the game it is discovered that A1's number is incorrectly recorded on the scoresheet. Team A head coach shall be charged with a technical foul, recorded as 'B'.
NO The wrong number shall be corrected on the scoresheet without any penalty. (OBR Art. 7.1.) (OBRI 7-2b)
247
If a payer/head coach commits the 5th foul, that player/head coach becomes an excluded player and may continue to act as the team head coach
YES If the player/head coach must leave the court for 5 personal fouls, that player/head coach may continue to act as head coach. (OBR Art. 7.9.) (R247)
248
Player/head coach commits the 2nd unsportsmanlike foul and is disqualified. Player/head coach may remain in the team bench area and continue to act as the team head coach.
NO The player/head coach must go and remain in the team's dressing room or shall leave the building. That player/head coach shall be replaced by the first assistant coach. If there is no first assistant coach, that player/head coach shall be replaced by the team captain. (OBR Art. 7.9.)
249
The crew chief enters the centre circle to administer the opening jump ball between A1 and B1. After the ball is tossed but before it is legally tapped, B2 pushes A2. B2 shall be charged with a personal foul. (R249)
YES An interval of play at the start of the first quarter has ended when the ball has left the hands of the crew chief on the toss for the jump ball. The fouls occurred during the playing time are personal fouls. (OBR Art. 8.6.)
250
During a jump ball, the interval of play ends when the ball is legally tapped by a jumper. (R250)
NO An interval of play to start the first quarter ends when the ball has left the hands of the crew chief on the toss for the jump ball. (OBR Art. 8.6.) (R250)
251
The game consists of 4 quarters of 10 minutes. (R251)
YES The game shall consist of 4 quarters of 10 minutes each. (OBR Art. 8.1) (R251)
252
The game consists of 2 halves of 20 minutes. (R252)
NO The game shall consist of 4 quarters of 10 minutes each. (OBR Art. 8.1) (R252)
253
The game consists of 4 quarters of 12 minutes. (R253)
NO The game shall consist of 4 quarters of 10 minutes each. (OBR Art. 8.1) (R253)
254
The intervals of play between the 1st and 2nd quarter and between the 3rd and 4th quarter are 2 minutes.(R254)
YES There shall be the intervals of play of 2 minutes between the first and second quarter (first half) and between the third and fourth quarter (second half). (OBR Art. 8.3) (R254)
255
The half-time interval of play is 15 minutes. (R255)
YES There shall be a half-time interval of play of 15 minutes. (OBR Art. 8.4) )
256
The half-time interval of play is 12 minutes. (R256)
NO There shall be a half-time interval of play of 15 minutes. (OBR Art. 8.4) (R256)
257
The half-time interval of play is 10 minutes. (R257)
NO There shall be a half-time interval of play of 15 minutes. (OBR Art. 8.4) )
258
The interval of play before the game is scheduled to start is 15 minutes.
NO There shall be an interval of play of 20 minutes before the game is scheduled to start. (OBR Art. 8.2) (R258)
259
The interval of play before the game is scheduled to start is 20 minutes.
YES There shall be an interval of play of 20 minutes before the game is scheduled to start. (OBR Art. 8.2)
260
The intervals of play between the 1st and 2nd quarter and between the 3rd and 4th quarter are 1 minute. (R260)
NO There shall be the intervals of play of 2 minutes between the first and second quarter (first half) and between the third and fourth quarter (second half). (OBR Art. 8.3) (R260)
261
The interval of play before each overtime is 2 minutes. (R261)
YES There shall be an interval of play of 2 minutes before each overtime. (OBR Art. 8.3) (R261)
262
The interval of play before each overtime is 5 minutes. (R262)
NO There shall be an interval of play of 2 minutes before each overtime. (OBR Art. 8.3) (R262)
263
A shot for a goal is in the air when the game clock signal sounds for end of the 1st quarter. After the signal has sounded but before the shot for a goal ends, A5 commits an unsportsmanlike foul. The foul has occurred during an interval of play. (R263)
YES An interval of play begins when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the quarter. (OBR Art. 8.5) (R263)
264
A time-out is considered as an interval of play. (R264)
NO A time-out is an interruption of the game requested by the head coach or first assistant coach. (OBR Art. 18.1) (R264)
265
The first interval of play begins 20 minutes before the game is scheduled to begin.
YES The first interval of play starts 20 minutes before the game is scheduled to start. (OBR Art. 8.5)
266
The first interval of play starts when the first quarter ends. (R266)
NO The first interval of play starts 20 minutes before the game is scheduled to start. (OBR Art. 8.5) (R266)
267
There are 4 intervals of play during a game (without an interval of play before any overtime). (R267)
YES There are 4 intervals of play - 1 before the game and 3 between the 4 quarters. (OBR Art. 8.3 and 8.4.) (R267)
268
The interval of play between quarters starts when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the quarter.
YES An interval of play starts when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the quarter. (OBR Art. 8.5)
269
The half-time interval of play begins when the teams have left the court.
NO The half-time interval of play starts when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the 2nd quarter. (OBR Art. 8.5)
270
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the quarter, after which A2 commits a foul. A2's foul has occurred during an interval of play, therefore it shall be disregarded.
YES An interval of play starts when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the quarter. (OBR Art. 8.5 and 10.3) (OBRI 8-3) (
271
The ball has been placed at A3's disposal to start the 2nd quarter. Before the ball has been legally touched by a player on the court, B4 fouls A4. B4's foul has occurred during an interval of play. (R271)
NO An interval of play between quarters ends (except before the 1st quarter) when the ball is at the disposal of a thrower-in. (OBR Art. 8.6 and 10.2) (R271)
272
A foul is committed during an interval of play between the 1st and 2nd quarter. The eventual free throws are part of the 1st quarter.
NO If a foul is committed during an interval of play, any eventual free throw(s) shall be administered before the start of the following quarter. (OBR Art. 8.9) (
273
The interval of play before the game ends when the ball leaves the hands of the crew chief on the toss for a jump ball.
YES An interval of play before the game ends when at the start of the first quarter the ball leaves the hands of the crew chief on the toss for the jump ball. (OBR Art. 8.6) (
274
The 2nd interval of play ends when, after the throw-in, the ball is touched by the player on the court. (R274)
NO The 2nd interval of play ends when the ball is at the disposal of the thrower-in. (OBR Art. 8.6) (R274)
275
The 2nd interval of play ends when a referee places the ball at the disposal of the thrower-in to start the 2nd quarter. (R275)
YES The 2nd interval of play ends when the ball is at the disposal of the thrower-in. (OBR Art. 8.6) (R275)
276
The score is tied at the end of the game. The game has ended.
NO If the score is tied at the end of the 4th quarter, the game shall continue with as many overtimes of 5 minutes duration each as necessary to break the tie. (OBR Art. 8.7)
277
The score is tied at the end of the game. There shall be 2 overtimes of 5 minutes each.
NO If the score is tied at the end of the 4th quarter, the game shall continue with as many overtimes of 5 minutes duration each as necessary to break the tie. (OBR Art. 8.7)
278
The score is A 86 - B 86. Almost simultaneously with the game clock signal sounding for the end of the 4th quarter, A4 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against B3. The referees consult each other and decide that the foul has occurred after the end of playing time. A4's foul shall be disregarded. (R278)
NO If an overtime is required, all fouls committed after the end of the 4th Q shall be considered to have occured during an interval of play before an overtime. The FT shall be administered before the start of the overtime.
279
The score is A 86 - B 86. Almost simultaneously with the game clock signal sounding for end of the 4th quarter, A4 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against B3. The referees consult each other and decided that the foul has occurred after the end of playing time. Before the start of the overtime, B3 shall attempt 2 free throws. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt, as the part of penalty for the unsportsmanlike foul.
YES A3 shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt. (OBR Art. 8.9 and 37.2)
280
A1 in the act of shooting is fouled by B1 simultaneously with the game clock signal sounding for the end of the quarter. The referees consult each other and decided that the foul occurred before the end of playing time. The referees determine the remaining playing time. A1 shall be awarded 2 free throws. The game shall resume as after any last free throw. (R280)
YES If a foul is committed near the end of a quarter, the referee shall determine the remaining playing time. A minimum of 0.1 second shall be shown on the game clock. (OBR Art. 8.8) (R280)
281
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the game clock signal sounds for the end the 2nd quarter. After the game clock signal, A1 commits a personal foul. A1's foul shall be considered as occurred during an interval of play.
YES An interval of play begins when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the quarter. As the playing time for the quarter has ended, A1's foul shall be disregarded. (OBR Art. 8.5. and 10.3.)
282
A1 in the act of shooting is fouled by B1 simultaneously with the game clock signal sounding for the end of the quarter. A1 is awarded 2 free throws. A1 shall complete the free throws after the interval of play has ended. (R282)
NO The free throws shall be administered immediately. The timer shall start the stopwatch for measuring the interval of play after the free throws have been completed. (OBR Art. 0) (R282)
283
A1 has the ball at the disposal to start the 2nd quarter when B1 commits a foul on the court. The foul shall be considered as being committed during an interval of play.
NO An interval of play ends at the start of the quarter when the ball is at the disposal of the thrower-in. (OBR Art. 8.6)
284
A5's shot for a goal is in the air when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the 1st quarter. While the ball still in the air, A5 commits a foul. A5's foul occurred during an interval of play. (R284)
YES An interval of play starts when the game clock signals for the end of the quarter. (OBR Art. 8.5) (R284)
285
The crew chief enters the centre circle to administer the opening jump ball between A1 and B1. After the ball is legally tapped, B2 pushes A2. B2 shall be charged with a personal foul. (R285)
YES The interval of play has ended when the ball left the hands of the crew chief on the toss for the jump ball. The fouls occurred during the playing time are personal fouls. (OBR Art. 8.6.) (R285)
286
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the 3rd quarter. While the ball still in the air, A4 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against B1. A4's unsportsmanlike foul occurred during an interval of play. (R286)
YES The playing time for the quarter has ended however A4's unsportsmanlike foul shall not be disregarded. Before the start of the 4th quarter, B1 shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt. (OBR Art. 8.5. and 9.8.) (R286)
287
The ball has left the hands of the crew chief on the opening jump ball but has not yet been legally tapped when B4 fouls A4. B4's foul occurred during an interval of play. (R287)
NO An interval of play ends at the start of the 1st quarter when the ball leaves the hands of the crew chief on the toss for a jump ball. (OBR Art. 8.6.) (R287)
288
During a throw-in that starts the 2nd quarter but before the throw-in has ended, a foul is committed. The foul occurred during the 2nd quarter. (R288)
YES An interval of play ends at the start of the 2nd quarter when the ball is at the disposal of the thrower-in. (OBR Art. 8.6.) (R288)
289
Shortly before the crew chief is ready to toss the ball for the jump ball, substitute A6 commits a technical foul. Team A head coach shall be charged with a technical foul. (R289)
NO An interval of play ends at the start of the first quarter when the ball leaves the hands of the crew chief on the toss for the jump ball. During an interval of play, all team members entitled to play are considered as players. A6 shall be charged with a technical foul. (OBR Art. 36.3.1 and 4.1.4.) (R289)
290
The crew chief enters the centre circle to administer the opening jump ball between A1 and B1. After the ball is legally tapped, B2 pushes A2. B2 shall be charged with a personal foul. (R290)
YES The interval of play has ended when the ball has left the hands of the crew chief on the toss for the jump ball. The fouls occurred during the playing time are personal fouls. (OBR Art. 8.6.) (R290)
291
The game shall start with an opening jump ball. (R291)
YES The first quarter starts when the ball leaves the hands of the crew chief on the toss for the jump ball in the centre circle. (OBR Art. 9.1.) (R291)
292
All quarters shall start with a jump ball. (R292)
NO All quarters other that the first one shall start when the ball is at the disposal of the thrower-in. (OBR Art. 9.2) (R292)
293
The first quarter shall start with a jump ball, the other quarters with the throw-ins. (R293)
YES All quarters other that the first one shall start when the ball is at the disposal of the thrower-in. (OBR Art. 9.1 and 9.2) (R293)
294
The first quarter shall start when the crew chief enters the centre circle to administer the jump ball. (R294)
NO The first quarter starts when the ball leaves the hands of the crew chief on the toss for the jump ball in the centre circle. (OBR Art. 9.1) (R294)
295
The first quarter shall start when the first player legally taps the ball during the jump ball. (R295)
NO The first quarter starts when the ball leaves the hands of the crew chief on the toss for the jump ball in the centre circle. (OBR Art. 9.1) (R295)
296
Both teams present 4 players ready to play and agree to start the game. The crew chief shall start the game. (R296)
NO
297
The crew chief enters the centre circle to administer the opening jump ball between A5 and B5. After the ball is tossed but before it is legally tapped, B2 pushes A2. The referee calls a technical foul against B2. (R297)
NO The interval of the play before the game has ended when the ball has left the hands of the crew chief on the toss for the jump ball in the centre circle. A technical foul is a player's non-contact foul, therefore B2 foul is a personal foul. (OBR Art. 9.1 and 36.2.1.) (R297)
298
At the start of the 2nd half, team B has only 4 players entitled to play. Team B shall start the 2nd half with 4 players only. (R298)
YES The game cannot start if one of the teams is not on the court with 5 players ready to play. This provision applies only for the start of the game. (OBR Art. 9.3) (OBRI 9-2) (R298)
299
The 2nd quarter can start even if one or both teams have less than 5 players on the court ready to play. (R299)
YES The game cannot start if one of the teams is not on the court with 5 players ready to play. This provision applies only for the start of the game. (OBR Art. 9.3) (R299)
300
Team A is present with 5 players, team B with 4 players on the court ready to start the game. Both teams agree to start the game. The crew chief shall start the game. (R300)
NO The game cannot start if one or both teams are not on the court with 5 players ready to play. (OBR Art. 9.3) (R300)
301
Team A is present with 5 players, team B with 4 players on the court ready to start the game. Team B head coach ensures the referees that the 5th player shall arrive within a few minutes and asks the referees to start the game. The crew chief shall start the game. (R301)
NO The game cannot start if one of the teams is not on the court with 5 players ready to play. (OBR Art. 9.3) (R301)
302
Team B arrives to the game with 5 players. At the first dead ball situation, B5 informs the referees of the intention to leave the game due to the serious family reasons. The game shall continue with only 4 team B players on the court. (R302)
YES The obligation to have 5 players ready to start a game is valid only at the start of the game. (OBR Art. 9.3) (OBRI 9-2) (R302)
303
Team B arrives to the game with 5 players. When the game is about to start,1 team B player informs the referees of not feeling well, thus not to start to play and that hopefully to recover for the 2nd period. The crew chief shall start the game. (R303)
NO The game cannot start if one of the teams is not on the court with 5 players ready to play. (OBR Art. 9.3) (R303)
304
With 20 minutes before the game, both head coaches agreed to exchange the team benches assigned to them by the rules. The crew chief shall agree with this exchange. (R304)
YES If the both teams agree, they may interchange the team benches. (OBR Art. 9.4) (R304)
305
Team B has fewer than 5 players on the court ready to start the game. After 15 minutes of the waiting time the crew chief decides that the game is forfeited in favour of team A with the score 20:0. (R305)
YES A team shall lose the game by forfeit if it the team is unable to present 5 players entitled to play 15 minutes after the game is scheduled to start. The game shall be awarded to the opponents with the score 20:0. Furthermore, the forfeiting team shall receive 0 classification point. (OBR Art. 9.3. and 20.2.1) (R305)
306
Team B has fewer than 5 players on the court ready to start the game. Team B manager is able to provide an acceptable guarantee for the possible late arrival of additional team B players. The game shall begin with fewer than 5 team B players. (R306)
NO The game cannot start if one of the teams is not on the court with 5 players ready to play. (OBR Art. 9.3.) (R306)
307
Team B has fewer than 5 players on the court ready to start the game. The remaining players have arrived 10 minutes after the scheduled start of the game. Team B head coach shall be charged with a technical foul. The game shall start with any team A player attempting 1 free throw, followed by the jump ball in the centre circle. (R295)
YES If the absent players arrive on the court ready to play before 15 minutes have passed, a technical foul (delay of the game) may be charged against head coach B recorded against him as 'B'. If so, any of the team A starting 5 players shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. The game shall start with a jump ball in the centre circle. (OBR Art. 36.2.1.)
308
Team B has fewer than 5 players on the court ready to start the game. The crew chief shall wait even 30 minutes to start the game until the players arrive. (R308)
NO If the absent players have not arrived on the court ready to play before 15 minutes have passed, the game shall be forfeited in favour of team A with the score 20:0. (OBR Art. 20.2.1) (R308)
309
Team A has fewer than 5 players on the court ready to start the 2nd half due to the injuries, disqualifications etc. Team A shall continue the game with fewer than 5 players.
YES The game cannot start if one of the teams is not on the court with 5 players ready to play. This provision applies only for the start of the game. (OBR Art. 9.3.) (OBRI 9-2)
310
On a neutral court, the choice of team benches and/or baskets is decided by a crew chief. (R310)
NO For all games, the first team named in the schedule (home team) shall have its team bench on the left side of the scorer's table, when facing the facing the court from the scorer's table. (OBR Art. 9.4) (R310)
311
Close to the end of the game, A1 commits the 5th foul and became an excluded player. Team A shall continue the game with only 4 players as the team has no more substitutes available. Team B is leading with 18 points and team B head coach, demonstrating fair play, wants to remove 1 of the players to play also with 4 players. The referee obliges team B to continue to play with 5 players.
YES The request of team B head coach to play with fewer than 5 players shall be rejected. As long as a team has sufficient players available, 5 players shall be on the court. (OBR Art. 9.4. and 20) (OBRI 9-3) (R311)
312
Close to the end of the game, A1 commits the 5th foul and became an excluded player. Team A shall continue the game with only 4 players as the team has no more substitutes available. Team B is leading with 18 points and team B head coach, demonstrating fair play, wants to remove 1 of the players to play also with 4 players. Team B shall play with fewer than 5 players too. (R312)
NO
313
After the game has started, the referee discovers that both teams are playing in the wrong direction. The game shall be stopped and the baskets exchanged. (R313)
YES The game shall be stopped as soon as possible without placing any team at a disadvantage. Teams shall exchange the baskets. (OBR Art. 1.2.) (OBRI 9-5) (R313)
314
Before the game, the home team shall choose the bench and the basket to attack.
NO For all games, the first team named in the schedule (home team) shall have its team bench on the left side of the scorer's table, when facing the court from the scorer's table. (OBR Art. 9.4) (R314)
315
On a neutral court, the choice of team benches and/or baskets is decided by a draw. (R315)
NO For all games, the first team named in the schedule (home team) shall have its team bench on the left side of the scorer's table, when facing the court from the scorer's table. (OBR Art. 9.4) (R315)
316
The home team shall have the team bench on the left side of the scorer's table facing the court
YES For all games, the first team named in the schedule (home team) shall have its team bench on the left side of the scorer's table, when facing the court from the scorer`s table. (OBR Art. 9.4) (R316)
317
The players are allowed to warm-up during the interval of play between the 1st and 2nd quarter. (R317)
NO The home team shall have its team bench on the left side of the scorer's table, when facing the court from the scorer's table. (OBR Art. 9.5) (R317)
318
The teams shall exchange baskets before each quarter. (R318)
NO Teams shall exchange their baskets only for the second half. (OBR Art. 9.5) (R318)
319
Before the overtime, a draw shall decide which team shall attack which basket. (R319)
NO In all overtimes, the teams shall continue to play towards the same baskets as in the fourth quarter. (OBR Art. 9.6) (R319)
320
The teams shall exchange the baskets before each overtime.
NO In all overtimes, the teams shall continue to play towards the same baskets as in the fourth quarter. (OBR Art. 9.6) (R320)
321
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the game clock signal sounds for the end the quarter. Immediately after the signal, B3 commits a personal foul against A1. B3's foul shall be disregarded as it occurred during an interval of play. (R321)
YES A quarter, an overtime or a game shall end when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the quarter or overtime. (OBR Art. 9.8) (R321)
322
After the start of the game, a referee realises that the teams are playing in the wrong direction. The game shall be stopped as soon as possible without placing any team at a disadvantage. The teams shall exchange the baskets. The game shall be resumed from the place nearest to where the game was stopped. (R322)
NO The game shall be resumed from the mirror-opposite place to where the game was stopped. (OBR Art. 1.2.) (OBRI 9-5) (R322)
323
After the start of the 2nd quarter, team A is defending its own basket when B1 erroneously dribbles towards own basket and scores a goal. Team A captain on the court shall be awarded 2 points.
YES If a player incidentally scores a goal in own basket, the goal counts 2 points and shall be entered on the scoresheet as having been scored by the captain of the opponent's team on the court. (OBR Art. 16.2.2)
324
On the opening jump ball, both teams face each other in the wrong directions. The game starts and A5 scores 2 points when the error is discovered. The 2 points scored by A5 shall be credited to the team B captain. (R324)
NO The teams shall exchange the baskets. Any points scored, time used, fouls charged etc. before the stopping of the game shall remain valid. (OBR Art. 44.1.2) (R324)
325
Before the game, both head coaches request that team A shall have the team bench and the warm-up half-court on the right side of the scorer’s table. The request shall be granted.
YES
326
If an overtime is necessary, the teams shall continue to play towards the same baskets as in the 4th quarter.
YES In all overtimes, the teams shall continue to play towards the same basket as in the fourth quarter. (OBR Art. 0) (R326
327
Team A has 7 players on the scoresheet but only 4 players are present when the game is scheduled to start. Team A head coach informs a referee that the remaining players are about to arrive. The game shall start with 4 team A players ready to play.
NO The game cannot start if one of the teams is not on the court with 5 players ready to play. (OBR Art. 9.3.) (R327)
328
During an interval of play before the game, A1 commits a technical foul. After the free throw, team B shall be awarded a throw-in at the centre line extended.
NO The first quarter starts when the ball leaves the hands of the crew chief on the toss for the jump ball in the centre circle. (OBR Art. 9.1.) (R328)
329
Team B is entitled to the alternating possession throw-in to start the 2nd half. After a throw-in, B1 dribbles and scores a goal. At this time it is discovered that both teams are playing in the wrong direction. B1's goal shall be cancelled. The 2nd half shall be resumed with a team B alternating possession throw-in. (R329)
NO If by confusion, any quarter starts with both teams attacking/defending the wrong baskets, the error shall be corrected as soon it is discovered without placing either team at a disadvantage. Any points scored before the error recognition shall remain valid. (OBR Art. 44.2.3) ( OBRI 9-5)
330
During a jump ball, the ball becomes live when the ball is tossed by the crew chief. (R330)
YES The ball becomes live when during the jump ball, the ball leaves the hands of the crew chief on the toss. (OBR Art. 10.2) (R330)
331
During a jump ball, the ball becomes live when it is legally tapped by a jumper. (R331)
NO The ball becomes live when during the jump ball, the ball leaves the hands of the crew chief on the toss. (OBR Art. 10.2) (R331)
332
During a throw-in, the ball becomes live when it is placed at the disposal of the thrower-in. (R332)
YES The ball becomes live when during the throw-in, the ball is at the disposal of the thrower-in. (OBR Art. 10.2) (R332)
333
During a throw-in, the ball becomes live when it touches or is legally touched by a player on the court.
NO The ball becomes live when during the throw-in, the ball is at the disposal of the thrower-in. (OBR Art. 10.2)
334
During a free throw, the ball becomes live when it is placed at the disposal of the free-throw shooter.
YES The ball becomes live when during a free throw, the ball is placed at the disposal of the free-throw shooter. (OBR Art. 10.2) (R334)
335
During a free throw, the ball becomes live when it is released by the free-throw shooter.
NO The ball becomes live when during a free throw, the ball is placed at the disposal of the free-throw shooter. (OBR Art. 10.2) (R335)
336
During a jump ball, the game clock shall start when the ball becomes live.
NO The game clock starts when during the jump ball, the ball is legally tapped by a jumper. (OBR Art. 10.2 and 49.2)
337
After an unsuccessful last free throw, the game clock shall start when the ball touches the ring. (R337)
NO The game clock starts when, after an unsuccessful last free throw and the ball continues to be live, the ball touches or is touched by any player on the court. (OBR Art. 10.2 and 49.2) (R337)
338
During a throw-in, the game clock shall start when the ball becomes live. (R338)
NO The game clock starts when during a throw-in, the ball touches or is legally touched by a player on the court. (OBR Art. 10.2 and 49.2)
339
A2's shot for a goal is on its upward flight when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the game. While the ball is still on its upward flight, it is touched by B2. While the ball is on its downward flight, it is touched by B3. B3's touch of the ball is the goaltending violation. (R339)
NO
340
A4 in the act of shooting for a 2-point goal is fouled by B4. Immediately after the foul is called, the shot clock signal sounds. After the signal the ball leaves A4's hands and enters the basket. A4's goal shall count.
YES A4 had the ball in the hands when B4 foul has occurred and before the shot clock expired. A4 shall attempt 1 additional free throw. The game shall be resumed as after any last free throw. (OBR Art. 10.3) (R340)
341
The ball becomes dead when a goal is made. (R341)
YES The ball becomes dead when any goal is made. (OBR Art. 10.3) (R341)
342
The ball becomes dead when a free throw is made.
YES The ball becomes dead when any free throw is made. (OBR Art. 10.3) (R342)
343
During the first of 2 free throws, the ball touches the ring but does not enter the basket. The ball becomes dead at that time. (R343)
YES The ball becomes dead when it is apparent that the ball shall not enter the basket on a free throw, to be followed by another free throw(s). (OBR Art. 10.3) (R343)
344
During the last free throw, the ball touches the ring but does not enter the basket. The ball becomes dead at that time.
NO The ball remains live on the last free throw when it is apparent that the ball shall not enter the basket. (OBR Art. 10.3) (R344)
345
During the last free throw to be followed with a throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt, the ball has touched the ring but does not enter the basket. The ball becomes dead at that time. (R345)
YES The ball becomes dead when it is apparent that the ball shall not enter the basket on the last free throw, to be followed by the possession of the ball. (OBR Art. 10.3) (R345)
346
The ball becomes become dead when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the quarter and the ball is still in the hands of a player.
YES The ball becomes dead when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the quarter. (OBR Art. 10.3) (R346)
347
The ball becomes dead when the shot clock signal sounds and the ball is still in the hands of a player.
YES The ball becomes dead when the shot clock signal sounds while a team is in control of the ball. (OBR Art. 10.3)
348
The ball becomes dead when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the quarter and the ball is the air on the pass.
YES The ball becomes dead when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the quarter. (OBR Art. 10.3) (R348)
349
The ball becomes dead when the shot clock signal sounds and the ball is in the air on a pass.
YES The ball becomes dead when the shot clock signal sounds while a team is in control of the ball. (OBR Art. 10.3)
350
The ball is on its upward flight on the shot for a goal when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the quarter. After the signal, B3 touches the ball while still on its upward flight. The ball becomes dead at that time.
YES The ball becomes dead when the ball in flight on the shot for a goal is touched by a player from either team after the game clock signal sounds for the end of the quarter. (OBR Art. 10.3)
351
The ball is on its upward flight on the shot for a goal when the shot clock signal sounds for the end of the quarter. After the signal, B3 touches the ball while still on its upward flight. The ball becomes dead at that time.
YES The ball becomes dead when the ball in flight on the shot for a goal is touched by a player from either team after the shot clock signal sounds for the end of the quarter. (OBR Art. 10.3) (R351)
352
B1 fouls A1 on the attempt for a 2-point goal. The ball on its upward flight is touched by B2. The ball enters the basket. The ball becomes dead when a referee has blown the whistle for the foul. (R352)
NO The ball becomes dead when the ball in flight on a shot for a goal is touched by a player from either team after the referee blows the whistle. (OBR Art. 10.3) (R352)
353
A4 in his act of shooting charges into B3. After A4's foul is called, A4 continues the act of shooting. The ball enters the basket. A referee calls a team control foul. A4's goal shall count.
NO The ball becomes dead when a referee blows the whistle while the ball is live. (OBR Art. 10.3) (R353)
354
A1 in his act of shooting charges into B1. After A1's foul is called, A1 continues the act of shooting. The ball enters the basket. The ball becomes dead when the referee calls A1's team control foul. (R354)
YES The ball becomes dead when a referee blows the whistle while the ball is live. (OBR Art. 10.3) (R354)
355
The game clock signal sounds for the end of the quarter when A5 is in the act of shooting for a goal. The ball becomes dead immediately. (R355)
YES The ball becomes dead when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the quarter. (OBR Art. 10.3) (R355)
356
After the jump ball, A5 gains control of the ball in its backcourt. A5 then attempts a shot for a goal into own basket. In confusion, B5 fouls A5 before the ball has left A5's hands. The ball becomes dead when B5's foul occurs
YES A5 is not in the act of shooting for a goal as A5 is not attempting a shot at the opponents' basket. The ball becomes dead immediately when the foul occurred. (OBR Art. 10.3 and 15.1.1) (R356)
357
After the jump ball, A5 gains control of the ball in its backcourt. A5 then attempts a shot for a goal into own basket. In confusion, B5 fouls A5 before the ball has left A5's hands. The ball enters the basket. A5's goal shall not count. The teams shall exchange the baskets. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in. (R357)
YES A5 is not in the act of shooting for a goal as A5 is not attempting a shot at the opponents' basket. The ball becomes dead immediately when the foul occurred. A5's goal shall not count. The teams shall exchange baskets. The game shall be resumed from the mirror-opposite place where the game was stopped. (OBR Art. 10.3) (R357)
358
After the jump ball, A5 gains control of the ball in its backcourt. A5 then attempts a shot for a goal into own basket. In confusion, B5 fouls A5 before the ball has left A5's hands. The ball enters the basket. A5's goal shall count. A5 shall be awarded 1 free throw into opponent's basket. (R358)
NO A5 is not in the act of shooting for a goal as A5 is not attempting a shot at the opponents' basket. The ball becomes dead immediately when the foul occurred. A5's goal shall not count. The teams shall exchange baskets. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in. (OBR Art. 10.3) (R358)
359
After the jump ball, A5 gains control of the ball in its backcourt. A5 then attempts a shot for a goal into own basket. In confusion, B5 fouls A5 before the ball has left A5's hands. A5's goal shall count, if made. (R359)
NO A5 is not in act of shooting for a field goal as A5 is not attempting the shot at the opponents' basket. The ball becomes dead immediately when the foul occurred. The goal shall not count, if made. The teams shall exchange baskets. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in. (OBR Art. 10.3) (R359)
360
A4 in the act of shooting is fouled by B4. Immediately after the foul occurred, the game clock signal sounds for the end the quarter. A4 releases the ball in a continuous motion. The ball enters the basket. A4's goal shall count. A4 shall be awarded 1 additional free throw.
NO The ball has not left A4’s hands before the game clock sounded for the end of the quarter. However, as B4's foul occurred before the game clock signal sounded, the referee shall reset the game clock to the time remaining. A4’s goal shall not count. A4 shall be awarded 2 free throws. (OBR Art. 10.3 and 10.4) (R360)
361
A4 in the act of shooting is fouled by B4. Immediately after the foul occurred, the game clock signal sounds for the end the quarter. A4 releases the ball in a continuous motion. The ball enters the basket. The goal shall not count. A4 shall be awarded 2 free throws.
YES The ball has not left the shooter's hands before the game clock signal sounded for the end of the quarter. A4's goal shall not count. However as the foul occurred before the game clock signal sounded and the act of shooting has already begun, A4 shall be awarded 2 free throws. (OBR Art. 10.3 and 10.4) (R361)
362
A1 in the act of shooting with the ball in the hands commits a team control foul on B4. A1 releases the ball in the continuous motion. The ball enters the basket. A1's goal shall count.
NO The ball becomes dead when a referee blows the whistle when the ball is live. (OBR Art. 10.3) (R362)
363
The ball enters the basket on a shot for a goal. The ball becomes dead at this time. (R363)
YES
364
The ball becomes dead when a referee calls a traveling violation.
YES The ball becomes dead when a referee blows the whistle while the ball is live. (OBR Art. 10.3) (R364)
365
A referee calls A2's foul on illegal screen when A3 has already started the act of shooting with the ball still in the hands. The ball enters the basket. A3's goal shall count.
NO The ball becomes dead when a referee blows the whistle while the ball is live. (OBR Art. 10.3)
366
During a throw-in, the ball becomes live when it touches or is touched by a player on the court.
NO
367
The ball enters the basket on a free throw. The ball becomes dead at this time. (R367)
YES The ball becomes dead when any free throw is made. (OBR Art. 10.3) (R367)
368
The ball has left the shooter's hands when a referee blows the whistle for a foul. The ball becomes dead at this time. (R368)
NO The ball does not become dead and the goal counts, if made when the ball is in flight on a shot for a goal and a referee blows the whistle. (OBR Art. 10.4) (R368)
369
The ball has left the shooter's hands when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball becomes dead at this time
NO The ball does not become dead and the goal counts, if made when the ball is in flight on a shot for a goal and the shot clock signal sounds. (OBR Art. 10.4) (R369)
370
The ball has left the shooter's hands when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the quarter. The ball becomes dead at this time. (R370)
NO The ball does not become dead and the goal counts, if made when the ball is in flight on the shot for a goal and the game clock signal sounds for the end of the period. (OBR Art. 10.4) (R370)
371
The ball has left the free-throw shooter's hands when a referee blows the whistle for a violation by a player in the free-throw rebound place. The ball becomes dead at this time.
NO The ball does not become dead and the free throw counts, if made when the ball is in flight on a free throw and a referee blows the whistle for any rule infraction other than by the free-throw shooter. (OBR Art. 10.4) (R371)
372
A4 in the act of shooting is fouled by B4. A4 releases the ball in the continuous motion towards the basket. The ball becomes dead when the foul occurred.
NO The ball does not become dead and the goal counts, if made when the ball is in control of a shooter for a goal who finishes the shot with a continuous motion which started before the foul is committed by any opponent player. (OBR Art. 10.4) (R372)
373
A4 in the act of shooting is fouled by B4. A4 releases the ball in the continuous motion towards the basket. The ball becomes dead when the ball rebounds from the ring and it becomes obvious that the ball shall not enter the basket.
YES The ball does not become dead and the goal counts, if made when a referee blows the whistle. The goal was not made therefore the ball became dead. (OBR Art. 10.4)
374
A4 in the act of shooting is fouled by B4. A4 releases the ball in the continuous motion towards the basket. The ball enters the basket. The ball becomes dead when the ball enters the basket. (R374)
YES The ball does not become dead and the goal counts, if made when the ball is in control of a shooter for a goal who finishes the shot with a continuous motion which started before the foul is committed by any opponent player. (OBR Art. 10.3) (R374)
375
A4's shot for a goal is in the air when B5 fouls A5. This is the 3rd team B foul in the quarter. The ball enters the basket. A4's goal shall count. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in.
YES The ball does not become dead and the goal counts, if made when the ball is in flight on a shot for a goal and a referee blows the whistle. If the foul is committed on a player not in the act of shooting, the game shall be resumed with a throw-in for the non-offending team from the place nearest to the infraction. (OBR Art. 10.4)
376
A1's successful last free throw is in the air when A2 and B2 commit a double foul. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from any place behind the endline. (R376)
YES The ball does not become dead and the goal counts, if made when the ball is in flight on a free throw and a referee blows the whistle for any rule infraction other than by the free-throw shooter. If the double foul is committed when the last free throw is made, the game shall be resumed with a throw-in for the non-scoring team from any place behind the endline. (OBR Art. 10.4) (R376)
377
A4's shot for a goal is in the air when A5 and B5 commit a double foul. The ball enters the basket. The arrow favours team A. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in according to the alternating possession procedure.
NO The ball does not become dead and the goal counts, if made when the ball is in flight on a shot for a goal and a referee blows the whistle. If the double foul is committed when the goal is made, the game shall be resumed with a throw-in for the non-scoring team from any place behind the endline. (OBR Art. 10.4.)
378
A1 in the act of shooting is fouled by B4. The ball enters the basket. The ball becomes dead when the foul occurred. (R378)
NO
379
A1 in the act of shooting is fouled by B4. The ball enters the basket. A1's goal shall count.
YES The ball does not become dead and the goal counts, if made when the ball is in control of a shooter for a goal who finishes his shot with a continuous motion which started before the foul is charged against any opponent's player. (OBR Art. 10.4) (R379)
380
A1 is in the act of shooting with the ball still in the hands when A4 fouls B4. A1 releases the ball in the continuous motion. The ball enters the basket. A1's goal shall count.
NO The ball becomes dead when a referee blows the whistle while the ball is live. (OBR Art. 10.4)
381
A1 is in the act of shooting with the ball still in the hands when A4 fouls B4. A1 releases the ball in the continuous motion. The ball enters the basket. The ball becomes dead when the foul occurred. (R381)
YES
382
The ball has left A1's hands in the act of shooting when A2 fouls B2. This is the 3rd team A foul in the quarter. The ball enters the basket. The ball becomes dead when the foul occurred. (R382)
NO
383
The ball has left A1's hands in the act of shooting when A4 fouls B4. A1's goal shall count, if made.
YES The ball does not become dead and A1's goal shall count, if made. A4 has committed a foul when the ball was in the air (not anymore in the hands of shooter A1). The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from behind its endline, except from behind the backboard. (OBR Art. 10.4)
384
A4's shot for a goal rebounds from the ring when A5 commits a foul. The ball then enters the basket. A4's goal shall count. (R384)
YES The ball does not become dead and the goal shall count. (OBR Art. 10.4) (R384)
385
A1 is in the act of shooting with the ball still in the hands when A2 fouls B4. A1 releases the ball in the continuous motion. The ball enters the basket. A1's goal shall count. (R385)
NO The ball become dead when a referee blows the whistle when the ball is live. (OBR Art. 10.3.) (R385)
386
A1 is in the act of shooting with the ball still in the hands when B2 fouls A4. A1 releases the ball in a continuous motion. The ball enters the basket. A1's goal shall count.
YES The ball does not become dead and the goal shall count when the ball is in control of a player in the act of shooting for a goal who finishes the shot with a continuous motion which has started before a foul is committed by any opponent player. (OBR Art. 10.4) (R386)
387
A1's jump shot for a 2-point goal is in the air when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the quarter. After the signal with A1 still in the air, B1 fouls A1. The ball enters the basket. A1 is awarded 2 points. B1's foul shall be disregarded.
YES The ball does not become dead and the goal counts when the ball is in flight on a shot for a goal and the game clock signal sounds for the end of quarter. B1's foul shall be disregarded unless unsportsmanlike foul or disqualifying foul. (OBR Art. 10.4.) (R387)
388
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. B1 touches the ball on its upward flight. The ball becomes dead immediately. (R388)
YES
389
A1's shot for a goal rebounds from the ring when A2 pushes B2. The ball enters the basket. A1's goal shall count.
YES The ball does not become dead and A1's goal counts when the ball is in flight on a shot for a goal and a referee blows the whistle. (OBR Art. 10.4.) (R389)
390
A1 is in the act of shooting for a goal when A2 and B2 commit a double foul. A1 releases the ball in a continuous motion. The ball enters the basket. A1's goal shall count. (R390)
NO A1's goal shall not count. A referee has blown the whistle for the double foul before the ball has left the shooter's hands. (OBR Art. 10.3.) (R390)
391
The ball becomes dead when the shot clock signal sounds
NO The ball does not become dead and the goal counts, if made when the ball is in flight on a shot for a goal and the shot clock signal sounds. (OBR Art. 10.4.) (R391)
392
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the quarter. B1 touches the ball on its upward flight. The ball enters the basket. A1's goal shall count. (R392)
NO The ball becomes dead when the ball in its flight on A1's shot for a goal is touched by a player from either team after the game clock signal has sounded for the end of the quarter. (OBR Art. 10.3.) (R392)
393
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. B1 touches the ball on its upward flight. The ball enters the basket. A1's goal shall not count.
YES The ball becomes dead when the ball is in flight on A1's shot for a goal is touched by a player from either team after the shot clock signal has sounded. (OBR Art. 10.3.)
394
B1 fouls A1 in the act of shooting when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the quarter. After the signal, A1 releases the ball in a continuous motion. The ball enters the basket. A1's goal shall not count. A1 shall be awarded 2 free throws. (R394)
YES The ball becomes dead when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the quarter. Therefore A1's goal shall not count. A1 was fouled in the act of shooting before the game clock has sounded for the end of the quarter. Therefore A1 shall be awarded 2 free throws attempted after the end of the quarter. (OBR Art. 10.4.) (R394
395
B4 fouls A4 in the act of shooting for a 2-point goal when the shot clock signal sounds. After the signal, A4 releases the ball in a continuous motion. The ball enters the basket. A4's goal shall count. (R395)
NO The ball becomes dead when the shot clock signal sounds while a team is in control of the ball. (OBR Art. 10.3) (R395)
396
B4 fouls A4 in the act of shooting for a 2-point goal. A4 continues the act of shooting and releases the ball which is touched by B5 on its upward flight. The ball enters the basket. A4's goal shall count.
NO The ball becomes dead when the ball in flight on A4's shot for a goal is touched by a player from either team after a referee blows his whistle. (OBR Art. 10.3) (R396)
397
A1 shot for a goal is in the air when A2 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against B2. B2 then commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A2. The ball does not enter the basket. The game shall be resumed with a jump ball situation. (R397)
YES The ball becomes dead when a referee blows the whistle while the ball is live. The game shall be resumed according to the alternating possession procedure. (OBR Art. 10.4. and 12.5.) (R397)
398
Team A has scored a goal. Team B players do not want to take the ball for a throw-in from behind its endline, thus delaying the game. The referee shall place the ball on the floor close to the team B thrower-in and starts a 5-second count
YES The ball becomes live when during a throw-in the ball is at the disposal of the thrower-in. By placing the ball on the floor the ball is considered to be at player's disposal. (OBR Art. 10.2.) (R398)
399
The ball becomes live when a referee enters the restricted area to administer a free throw.
NO The ball becomes live during the free throw when the ball is at the disposal of the free-throw shooter. (OBR Art. 10.2.) (R399)
400
The ball becomes live when the thrower-in has the ball at his disposal. (R400)
YES The ball becomes live when during the throw-in, the ball is at the disposal of the thrower-in. (OBR Art. 10.2.) (R400)
401
The game clock must be always stopped when the ball becomes dead. (R401)
NO The ball becomes dead when a goal is made but the game clock continues to run (unless the goal is scored in last 2 minutes of the game). (OBR Art. 49.2.) (R401)
402
The player who is in the air touching the ball has the same status as touching the ball on the place of the court where that player was before jumping into the air.
YES The location of the player is determined by where that player is touching the court. While airborne, the player retains the same status by where that player had last touched the court. (OBR Art. 11.1) (R402)
403
A1's bad pass from the frontcourt is about to go into the backcourt. A2 jumps from the frontcourt, deflects the ball back to the frontcourt and lands in the backcourt. A3 catches the ball in the frontcourt. This is a legal play by team A.
YES A2 in the air retains the same status when had last touched the court. Having jumped from the frontcourt, A2 was still in the frontcourt when deflected the ball back. Team A did not commit a backcourt violation. (OBR Art. 11.1)
404
After A4 released the ball on the alternating possession throw-in, but before it has touched a player on the court, a double foul occurs. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in
NO Alternating possession throw-in ends when the ball touches or is legally touched by any player on the court. A foul by either team during the alternating possession throw-in does not cause the team entitled to the throw-in to lose that alternating possession. (OBR Art. 12.6.6 and 12.4.2) (R404)
405
During the jump ball, each jumper shall stand with both feet inside the half of the centre circle nearest to own basket, with one foot close to the centre line. (R405)
YES During a jump ball, each jumper shall stand with both feet inside the half of the centre circle nearest to own basket, with one foot close to the centre line. (OBR Art. 12.2.1 and 1.2) (R405)
406
During the jump ball, A1 and A2 are occupying adjacent positions. B1 wishes to stand between them. The referee shall order A1 and A2 to allow B1 to stand between them
YES During a jump ball, the team-mates may not occupy adjacent positions around the circle if an opponent wishes to occupy one of those positions. (OBR Art. 12.2.2)
407
During the jump ball, the jumper may tap the ball with both hands.
YES During a jump ball, the ball must be tapped with the hand(s) of at least one of the jumpers after it has started its downward flight. (OBR Art. 12.2.4) (R407)
408
The crew chief is tossing the ball on the jump ball. One of the jumpers does not jump but leaves immediately the position to catch the tapped ball. This is a legal play.
NO During a jump ball, neither jumper shall leave the position until the ball has been legally tapped. (OBR Art. 12.2.5)
409
During the jump ball, one jumper catches the tossed ball. This is a legal play.
NO During a jump ball, neither jumper may catch the ball until it has touched one of the non-jumpers or the court. (OBR Art. 12.2.6) (R409)
410
During the jump ball, the ball is touched first by A1 and then by B1, after which A1 catches the ball. This is a legal play
NO During a jump ball, neither jumper may catch the ball until it has touched one of the non-jumpers or the court. (OBR Art. 12.2.6) (R410)
411
During the jump ball, the ball is touched first by A1 and then by B1, after which A1 touches the ball 2 more times. This is a legal play. (R411)
NO During a jump ball, neither jumper may tap the ball more than twice until it has touched one of the non-jumpers or the court. (OBR Art. 12.2.6) (R411)
412
During the jump ball, the ball is touched first by A1 and then by B1. After that the ball touches the court and then B1 catches the ball. This is legal. (R412)
YES During a jump ball, after the ball has touched the court, any jumper may catch it. (OBR Art. 12.2.6) (R412)
413
During the jump ball, A2 taps the ball twice with both hands simultaneously. This is a violation by A2. (R413)
NO During a jump ball, the ball can be tapped with the hand(s) twice by each jumper. Tapping the ball with both hands simultaneously is considered as one tap. (OBR Art. 12.2.6) (R413)
414
During the jump ball, the ball touches the court without being touched by either jumper. The game shall continue. (R414)
NO During a jump ball, if the ball is not tapped by at least one of the jumpers, the jump ball shall be repeated. (OBR Art. 12.2.7) (R414)
415
During the jump ball, the ball touches the court without being touched by either jumper. The jump ball shall be repeated.
YES During a jump ball, if the ball is not tapped by at least one of the jumpers, the jump ball shall be repeated. (OBR Art. 12.2.7) (R415)
416
Before A1's alternating possession throw-in ended, A4 commits a disqualifying foul. Team B shall be entitled to the next alternating possession throw-in. (R416)
NO During the alternating possession throw-in, a foul by either team does not cause the team entitled to the throw-in to lose that alternating possession. (OBR Art. 12.6.6) (R416)
417
Before the ball has left A1's hands on the unsuccessful last free throw, A2 and B2 enter the restricted area. This is a jump ball situation.
YES A jump ball situation occurs when a double free-throw violation occurs during an unsuccessful last free throw. (OBR Art. 12.3 and 43.3.3) (R417)
418
A1's throw-in lodges between the ring and the backboard. This is a jump ball situation. (R418)
YES A jump ball situation occurs when during a throw-in a live ball lodges between the ring and the backboard. (OBR Art. 12.3.) (R418)
419
Before B1's alternating possession throw-in ended, A2 and B2 simultaneously touched the ball on the court after which the ball goes out-of-bounds. The game shall be resumed with a team A alternating possession throw-in.
YES The alternating possession throw-in ends when the ball is touched by any player on the court. A jump ball situation occurs when a ball goes out-of-bounds and the referees are in doubt about which of the opponents last touched the ball. (OBR Art. 12.4.2) (R419)
420
Before A1's alternating possession throw-in ended, a double foul occurs. Team B shall be entitled to the next alternating possession throw-in. (R420)
NO During the alternating possession throw-in, a foul by either team does not cause the team entitled to the throw-in to lose that alternating possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.6.6) (R420)
421
The arrow favours team B. A1 commits a travel violation. Thrower-in B1 commits a violation during the throw-in resulting from the A1's travel violation. Team A shall be now entitled to the next alternating possession throw-in. (R421)
NO In case of the travel violation, the ball shall be awarded to the opponents for a throw-in from the place nearest to infraction. The team B throw-in violation shall not be considered as an alternating possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.5) (R421)
422
The arrow favours team A. During the half-time interval, B1 commits a technical foul. Any team A player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the centre line extended, opposite the scorer’s table. Team B shall be still entitled to the next alternating possession throw-in
YES If neither team had control of the ball when a technical foul was committed, a jump ball situation occurs. The game shall be resumed with the team A throw-in from the centre line extended, according to the possession arrow. (OBR Art. 12.6.6 and 36.3.2) (R423)
423
Thrower-in A1 commits a violation during an alternating possession throw-in. Team B shall be entitled to the next alternating possession throw-in.
YES A violation by a team during its alternating possession throw-in causes that team to lose the alternating possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.6.5) (R424)
424
Before A1's alternating possession throw-in ended, A2 commits an unsportsmanlike foul. Team A shall be still entitled to the next alternating possession throw-in.
YES A foul by either team during the alternating possession throw-in does not cause the team entitled to the throw-in to lose that alternating possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.6.6) (R425)
425
A1 has the ball for the alternating possession throw-in when A2 commits a disqualifying foul. Team A shall be still entitled to the next alternating possession throw-in. (R426)
YES A foul by either team during the alternating possession throw-in does not cause the team entitled to the throw-in to lose that alternating possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.6.6) (R426)
426
A1 commits a violation during the alternating possession throw-in to start the 4th quarter. Team B shall be awarded a throw-in as the result of A1's violation. Team A shall be still entitled to the next alternating possession throw-in.
NO A violation by a team during its alternating possession throw-in causes that team to lose that alternating possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.6.5) (R427)
427
A1 has the ball in the hands for the alternating possession throw-in. Before the ball is released, A2 fouls B2. Team B shall be entitled to the next alternating possession throw-in.
NO A foul by either team during the alternating possession throw-in does not cause the team entitled to the throw-in to lose that alternating possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.5.6)
428
During the jump ball, A1 taps the ball to A2 who is out-of-bounds. The jump ball shall be repeated.
NO The ball is out-of-bounds when it touches a player who is out-of-bounds. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in as the result of team A's out-of-bounds violation. (OBR Art. 12.6.2. and 23.1.2.)
429
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when A3 and B3 commit a double foul. The ball enters the basket. The game shall be resumed with an alternating possession arrow throw-in.
NO If at approximately the same time as the double foul occurs a valid goal is scored, the ball shall be awarded to the non-scoring team for a throw-in from any place behind that team's endline. (OBR Art. 12.3 and 35.2) (R430)
430
A3 commits a 3-second violation after which A2 and B2 commit technical fouls. The arrow favours team A. The game shall be resumed with a team A alternating possession throw-in.
NO If at approximately the same time the 3-second violation and a double technical foul occur, a team that was entitled to the ball shall be awarded a throw-in from the place nearest to the infraction (3-second violation), except from directly behind the backboard. (OBR Art. 12.3 and 35.2.) (R431)
431
During A4's unsuccessful attempt to dunk, the ball rebounds from the ring after which the shot clock signal sounds in error. This is a jump ball situation. (R432)
NO If the shot clock signal sounds in error while neither team has control of the ball, the signal shall be disregarded and the game shall continue. (OBR Art. 29.2.8.) (R432)
432
After the ball has left A3's hands on his unsuccessful last free throw, A4 and B4 in their free-throw rebound places commit a violation. This is a jump ball situation.
YES A jump ball situation occurs when a double free-throw violation occurs during an unsuccessful last free throw. (OBR Art. 12.4 and 43.3.3) (R433)
433
A2 and B2 firmly hold the ball. A referee calls a held ball. The game shall be resumed with a jump ball.
NO The jump ball situation occurs when a held ball is called. The alternating possession is a method of causing the ball to become live with a throw-in rather than a jump ball. (OBR Art. 12.4 and 12.5) (R434)
434
A3 and B3 firmly hold the ball. A referee calls a held ball. The game shall be resumed with a throw-in according to the alternating possession arrow. (R435)
YES The jump ball situation occurs when a held ball is called. The alternating possession is a method of causing the ball to become live with a throw-in rather than a jump ball. (OBR Art. 12.4 and 12.4.1.) (R435)
435
A4 is awarded 2 free throws. During the 2nd free throw the ball lodges between the ring and the backboard. This a jump ball situation.
YES A jump ball situation occurs when a live ball lodges between the ring and the backboard. (OBR Art. 12.4) (R436)
436
A4 is awarded 2 free throws. During the 1st free throw the ball lodges between the ring and the backboard. This is a jump ball situation. (R437)
NO A jump ball situation occurs (except between free throws) when a live ball lodges between the ring and the backboard. (OBR Art. 12.4) (R437)
437
The 2nd quarter is to start. This considered as a jump ball situation. (R438)
YES A jump ball situation occurs when all quarters other than the first one are to start. (OBR Art. 12.4) (R438)
438
The 2nd half (3rd quarter) shall start with a jump ball. (R439)
NO A jump ball situation occurs when all quarters other than the first one are to start. (OBR Art. 12.4 and 17.2.3) (R439)
439
The 2nd quarter has started with a team B's alternating possession throw-in. Few seconds later, a held ball occurs. The game shall be resumed with a team A alternating possession throw-in.
YES A jump ball situation occurs when a held ball is called. The direction of the alternating possession arrow shall be reversed immediately when the alternating possession throw-in ends. Team A shall be awarded a throw-in, as the arrow now favours team A. (OBR Art. 12.4. and 12.6.4.) (R440)
440
The 2nd quarter has started with a team B's alternating possession throw-in. Few seconds later, a held ball occurs. The arrow favours team A. No other jump ball situations occurred later in the 2nd quarter. The 3rd quarter shall start with a team B alternating possession throw-in. (R441)
YES A jump ball situation occurs when all quarters other than the first one are to start. In all jump ball situations teams shall alternate possession of the ball for a throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.4 and 12.6.1.) (R441)
441
Team A gains control of the live ball after the jump ball. The alternating possession arrow shall be directed towards the team A basket indicating that team B shall be entitled to the next alternating possession throw-in. (R442)
YES The team that does not gain control of the live ball after the jump ball shall be entitled to the first alternating possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.4 and 12.6.2.) (R442)
442
Whenever a jump ball situation occurs and the game resumes according to the possession arrow, the throw-in shall be administered at the centre line extended, opposite the scorer's table. (R443)
NO In all jump ball situations teams shall alternate possession of the ball for a throw-in from the place nearest to where the jump ball situation occurs. (OBR Art. 12.4 and 12.6.1) (R443)
443
Either jumper may strike the ball with the fist
NO A player shall not strike the ball with the fist. (OBR Art. 13.2.) (R444)
444
After the ball has been placed at A3's disposal for an alternating possession throw-in, but before it has touched a player on the court, A5 commits a disqualifying foul. Team A shall be entitled to the next alternating possession throw-in. (R445)
YES A foul by either team during the alternating possession throw-in does not cause the team entitled to the throw-in to lose that alternating possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.6.6)
445
During A1's alternating possession throw-in to start the 2nd quarter, A2 legally touches but does not control the ball after which a foul is called. Team A shall be entitled to the next alternating possession throw-in. (R446)
NO Alternating possession throw-in ends when the ball is legally touched by any player on the court. (OBR Art. 12.6.2)
446
During the jump ball, jumper A4 commits a violation. During the following team B's throw-in, thrower-in B3 commits a violation. The alternating possession arrow shall remain untouched. (R447)
YES Thrower-in B3 has gained the first possession of the ball for the team. Team A shall be entitled to the next alternating possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.6.2)
447
During the jump ball, A3 enters the centre circle before 1 of the jumpers legally taps the ball. A referee calls the violation and awards a throw-in to team B. The next alternating possession arrow shall favour team A. (R448)
YES The team B thrower-in has gained the first possession of the ball for the team. Team A shall be entitled to the next alternating possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.6.2)
448
During the jump ball, A4 legally taps the ball to A5 who catches the ball in the air and lands out-of-bounds. A referee calls the violation and awards a throw-in to team B. The next alternating possession shall favour team A.
NO When catching the ball in the air, A5 has gained the first possession of the ball for the team. Therefore team B shall be entitled to the next alternating possession throw-in. The team B's throw-in is not the result of a jump ball situation. After team B's throw-in has ended, the alternating possession arrow shall remain in favour of team B. (OBR Art. 12.6.2 and 14.1) (R449)
449
A1 and B1 have both hands firmly on the ball. While attempting to pull the ball from B1's hands, A1 touches the sideline. The arrow favours team A. Team B shall be awarded a throw-in as a result of A1's out-of-bounds violation. (R450)
NO It is a jump ball situation when one or more players from opposing teams have one or both hands firmly on the ball that neither player can gain control without undue roughness. If one of the players touches the boundary line, a jump ball situation shall be called instead of a violation. (OBR Art. 12.6.2.) (R450)
450
During the jump ball, jumper A1 taps the ball out-of-bounds. After B1's throw-in, A2 is the first player to gain control of the live ball. The next alternating possession arrow shall favour team B.
NO The team that does not gain control of the live ball after the jump ball shall be entitled to the first alternating possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.6.2.)
451
During the jump ball, jumper A1 commits a violation. After B1's throw-in, A2 deflects the pass and team A gains control of the live ball. Team B shall be entitled to the first alternating possession throw-in. (R452)
NO The team that does not gain control of the live ball after the jump ball shall be entitled to the first alternating possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.6.2.) (R452)
452
During the jump ball, jumper A1 taps the ball out-of-bounds. B1 has the ball in the hands for the throw-in when A2 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against B4. With B4 having the ball at the disposal for the 1st free throw, team B has gained the control of the live ball. Team A shall be entitled to the next alternating possession throw-in
YES With B4 having the ball at the disposal for the 1st free throw, team B has gained the control of the live ball. Team A shall be entitled to the next alternating possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.6.2.) (R453)
453
During the jump ball between A1 and B1, the ball is legally tapped. Immediately after a held ball between A2 and B2 occurs. The jump ball between A1 and B1 shall be repeated.
NO The crew chief shall administer another jump ball in the centre circle between A2 and B2. (OBR Art. 0) (R454)
454
The game clock signals sounds for the end of the 1st quarter when B1 commits an unsportsmanlike foul aganist A1. The arrow favours team B. The 2nd quarter shall start with a team B alternating possession throw-in.
NO After A1's free throws, the 2nd quarter shall start with team A throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt, as part of an unsportsmanlike foul penalty. The possession arrow shall remain in favour of team B. (OBR Art. 12.6.6.)
455
The arrow favours team A. Before the start of the overtime, team A head coach is charged with a technical foul. After the free throw, the game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in
YES Any team B player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. The overtime shall start with a team A throw-in from the centre line extended, according to the possession arrow. The team that does not gain control of the live ball shall be entitled to the next alternating possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.6.6. and 12.6.3.) (R456)
456
During A1's alternating possession throw-in, the ball lodges between the ring and the backboard. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the place of the original throw-in. (R457)
NO The jump ball situation occurs when the ball lodges between the ring and the backboard. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the place nearest to where the jump ball situation occurs, except from directly behind the backboard. (OBR Art. 12.6.1.) (R457)
457
A1 and B1 are holding firmly the ball. In an attempt to gain control of the ball, A1 moves both feet. This is a jump ball situation. (R458)
YES t is a jump ball situation when one or more players from opposing teams have one or both hands firmly on the ball that neither player can gain control without undue roughness. If one of the players moves the feet while attempting to gain control of the ball, the jump ball shall be called instead of a violation. (OBR Art. 12.1.2.) (R458)
458
The arrow favours team B. A5 commits a travelling violation. B3 then commits a violation during the resulting throw-in. Team A shall be now entitled to the next alternating possession throw-in. (R459)
NO B3's throw-in is not the result of a jump ball situation. Team B continues to be entitled to the alternating possession throw-in at the next jump ball situation. (OBR Art. 12.6.5) (R459)
459
Alternating possession thrower-in A3 commits a violation. Team B is awarded a throw-in as a result of the violation. Team B shall be entitled to the next alternating possession arrow throw-in.
YES A violation by the team during its alternating possession throw-in causes that team to lose the alternating possession throw-in. The direction of the alternating possession arrow shall be reversed immediately when the A3's throw-in violation is committed. Team B shall be entitled to the next alternating possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.6.5) (R460)
460
Alternating possession thrower-in A3 commits a violation to start the 2nd quarter. Team B is awarded a throw-in as a result of the violation. Team A shall continue to be entitled to the next alternating possession throw-in.
NO A violation by a team during its alternating possession throw-in causes that team to lose the alternating possession throw-in. The direction of the alternating possession arrow shall be reversed immediately when the A3's throw-in violation is committed. Team B shall be entitled to the next alternating possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.6.5) (R461)
461
Alternating possession thrower-in A2 commits a violation. Team B shall be entitled to the alternating possession throw-in at the next jump ball situation. (R462)
YES A violation by a team during its alternating possession throw-in causes that team to lose the alternating possession throw-in. The direction of the alternating possession arrow shall be reversed immediately when the A2's throw-in violation is committed. Team B shall be entitled to the next alternating possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.6.5) (R462)
462
A3 has the ball at the disposal for an alternating possession throw-in. Before the ball is released, A4 fouls B4. Team B shall be entitled to the next alternating possession throw-in
NO A foul by either team during the alternating possession throw-in does not cause the team entitled to the throw-in to lose that alternating possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.6.6) (R463)
463
Jumper A1 may catch the ball after it has been tapped by jumper B1. (R464)
NO Neither jumper may catch the ball until it has touched one of the non-jumpers or the court. (OBR Art. 12.2.6.) (R464)
464
The arrow favours team A. During an interval of play, A1 is charged with a technical foul. Team A shall remain entitled to the next alternating possession throw-in. (R465)
YES
465
A4 commits a violation during the alternating possession throw-in. Team B is awarded a throw-in as a result of the violation. Team B shall be entitled to the next alternating possession throw-in.
YES A violation by a team during its alternating possession throw-in causes that team to lose the alternating possession throw-in. The direction of the alternating possession arrow shall be reversed immediately when the A4's throw-in violation is committed. Team B shall be entitled to the next alternating possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.6.5)
466
The arrow favours team A to start the 2nd quarter. During an interval of play, B4 and A4 commit the technical fouls. The 2nd quarter shall start with a team A alternating possession throw-in. (R467)
YES A foul by either team during the interval of play before the start of a quarter does not cause the team entitled to the throw-in to lose that alternating possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.6.6.) (R467)
467
A3 has the ball at the disposal for an alternating possession throw-in when A5 commits an unsportsmanlike foul. Team A shall be entitled to the alternating possession throw-in at the next jump ball situation.
YES A foul by either team during an alternating possession throw-in does not cause the team entitled to the throw-in to lose that alternating possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.6.6)
468
A2 has the ball at the disposal for an alternating possession throw-in to start the 2nd quarter when team A head coach is charged with a technical foul. Team B shall be entitled to the alternating possession throw-in at the next jump ball situation.
NO A foul by either team during an alternating possession throw-in does not cause the team entitled to the throw-in to lose that alternating possession. Any team B player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the centre line extended, according to the alternating possession procedure. (OBR Art. 12.6.6) (R469)
469
The arrow favours team A. During an interval of play, A1 is charged with a technical foul. Team A shall retain its alternating possession throw-in. (R470)
YES A foul by either team before the start of the quarter does not cause the team entitled to the throw-in to lose that alternating possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.6.6) (R470)
470
Jumper A4 touches the ball with both hands simultaneously, after jumper B4 touches it with 1 hand. Later A4 touches the ball with 1 hand and the ball then touches the court. B4 catches the ball and starts dribbling. This is a legal play by B4. (R471)
YES Neither jumper may catch the ball or tap it more than twice until it has touched one of the non-jumpers or the court. (OBR Art. 12.2.6.) (R471)
471
Immediately after the ball is legally tapped by jumper A1, a held ball between A2 and B2 occurs. A referee decided for another jump ball between A2 and B2. (R460)
YES The control of a live ball has not yet been established. A referee cannot use the alternating possession arrow to award the possession. The crew chief shall administer another jump ball in the centre circle with A2 and B2. (OBR Art. 12.4.) (OBRI 12-5a) (R472)
472
Immediately after the ball is legally tapped by jumper A1, a double foul between A2 and B2 occurs. A referee decided for another jump ball between any two opponents. (R473)
NO The control of a live ball has not yet been established. A referee cannot use the alternating possession arrow to award the possession. The crew chief shall administer another jump ball in the centre circle with A2 and B2. (OBR Art. 12.4) (R473)
473
Immediately after the ball is legally tapped by jumper A1, a double foul between A2 and B2 occurs. A referee decided for another jump ball between any two opponents.
NO The control of a live ball has not yet been established. A referee cannot use the alternating possession arrow to award the possession. The crew chief shall administer another jump ball in the centre circle with A2 and B2. (OBR Art. 12.4) (OBRI 12-5b) (R474)
474
Immediately after the ball is legally tapped by jumper A1, a double foul between A2 and B2 occurs. A referee decided for another jump ball between A2 and B2.
YES Team B is awarded a throw-in as the result of the A1's violation. As soon as the ball shall be placed at the disposal of the team B thrower-in, team A shall be entitled to the first alternating possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.6.2) (OBR12-6a) (R475)
475
Jumper A1 taps the ball directly out-of-bounds. Team B has the ball for the throw-in. The arrow shall favour team B. (R476)
NO Team B is awarded a throw-in as the result of the A1's violation. As soon as the ball shall be placed at the disposal of the team B thrower-in, team A shall be entitled to the first alternating possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.6.2) (R476)
476
Immediately after the ball is legally touched by jumper A1, the ball is caught by A1. Team B has the ball for the throw-in. The arrow shall be in favour of team A.
YES Team B is awarded a throw-in as the result of the A1's violation. As soon as the ball shall be placed at the disposal of the team B thrower-in, team A shall be entitled to the first alternating possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.6.2) (OBR12-6b) (R477)
477
Immediately after the ball is legally tapped by jumper A1, the ball is caught by A1. Team B has the ball for the throw-in. The arrow shall be in favour of team B.
NO Team B is awarded a throw-in as the result of the A1's violation. As soon as the ball shall be placed at the disposal of the team B thrower-in, team A shall be entitled to the first alternating possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.6.2) (R478)
478
Simultaneously with the game clock signal for the end of the 1st quarter, B1 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A1. Before the start of the 2nd quarter, A1 attempts 2 free throws with no line-up. The arrow favours team A. The 2nd quarter shall start with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt. The arrow shall be reversed. (R479)
NO Before the start of the 2nd quarter, A1 shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with team A throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt, as part of the unsportsmanlike foul penalty. Team A shall not lose its right to the alternating possession throw-in at the next jump ball situation. (OBR Art. 12.6.2) (R479)
479
Simultaneously with the game clock signal for the end of the 1st quarter, B1 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A1. After an interval of play, A1 attempts 2 free throws. The arrow favours team B. The 2nd quarter shall start with a team B throw-in according to the alternating possession procedure.
NO Before the start of the 2nd quarter, A1 shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt, as part of the unsportsmanlike penalty. Team B shall not lose its right to the next alternating possession throw-in at the next jump ball situation. (OBR Art. 12.6.2.) (OBRI 12-10)
480
A1 jumps with the ball in the hands. A1's shot is legally blocked by B1. Both players with having one or both hands firmly on the ball return to the court. A referee calls a held ball.
YES A held ball occurs when one or more players from opposing teams have one or both hands firmly on the ball so that neither player can gain control without undue roughness. (OBR Art. 12.1.2.) (OBRI 12-12)
481
A1 jumps with the ball in the hands. A1's shot is legally blocked by B1. Both players with having one or both hands firmly on the ball return to the court. A referee calls A1's travel violation. (R482)
NO A held ball occurs when one or more players from opposing teams have one or both hands firmly on the ball so that neither player can gain control without undue roughness. (OBR Art. 12.1.2) (R482)
482
A1 and B1 in the air have their hands firmly on the ball. After returning to the court, A1 lands with 1 foot on the boundary line. This is a held ball situation.
YES A held ball occurs when one or more players from opposing teams have one or both hands firmly on the ball so that neither player can gain control without undue roughness. (OBR Art. 12.1.2) (OBRI 12-14) (R483)
483
A1 and B1 in the air have their hands firmly on the ball. After returning to the court, A1 lands with 1 foot on the boundary line. Team B shall be awarded a throw-in. (R484)
NO A held ball occurs when one or more players from opposing teams have one or both hands firmly on the ball so that neither player can gain control without undue roughness. (OBR Art. 12.1.2) (R484)
484
A1 jumps with the ball in the hands from the frontcourt and is legally blocked by B1. Both players return to the court with both of them having 1 or both hands firmly on the ball. A1 lands with 1 foot in the backcourt. This is a held ball situation. (R485)
YES A held ball occurs when one or more players from opposing teams have one or both hands firmly on the ball so that neither player can gain control without undue roughness. (OBR Art. 12.1.2) (OBRI 12-15) (R485)
485
A1 jumps with the ball in the hands from the frontcourt and is legally blocked by B1. Both players return to the court with one or both hands firmly on the ball. A1 lands with one foot in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation.
NO A held ball occurs when one or more players from opposing teams have one or both hands firmly on the ball so that neither player can gain control without undue roughness. (OBR Art. 12.1.2) (OBRI 12-15)
486
A1's shot for a goal lodges between the ring and the backboard. The arrow favours team A. After the throw-in from its endline, team A shall have the time remaining of the shot clock. (R487)
NO After the throw-in from behind the endline, the shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A. (OBR Art. 12.3.) (R487)
487
A1's shot for a goal lodges between the ring and the backboard, with 4 seconds on the shot clock. The arrow favours team A. After the throw-in from its endline, team A shall have a new 24 second period. (R488)
NO After the throw-in from the endline, the shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A. (OBR Art. 12.3.) (R488)
488
A1's shot for a goal lodges between the ring and the backboard, with 4 seconds on the shot clock. The arrow favours team A. After the throw-in from its endline, team A shall have a new 14 second period.
YES After the throw-in from the endline, the shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A. (OBR Art. 12.3.) (OBRI 12-17a) (R489)
489
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball lodges between the ring and the backboard. This is a violation by team A.
NO A jump ball situation occurs when a live ball lodges between the ring and the backboard. The game shall be resumed according to the alternating possession procedure. (OBR Art. 12.3.) (OBRI 12-18)
490
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball lodges between the ring and the backboard. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in. (R491)
NO This is a jump ball situation. The game shall be resumed according to the alternating possession procedure. (OBR Art. 12.3.) (R491)
491
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when B2 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A1. The ball does not enter the basket. During the A1's last free throw, the ball lodges between the ring and the backboard. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from any place behind the endline, except from directly behind the backboard. (R492)
NO A jump situation occurs when a live ball lodges between the ring and backboard, except after the last free throw followed by a throw-in from the throw-in line in the team's frontcourt. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt, as part of the unsportsmanlike foul penalty. (OBR Art. 12.3 and 37.2.2.) (R492)
492
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when B2 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A1. The ball does not enter the basket. During the A1's last free throw, the ball lodges between the ring and the backboard. A1 shall be awarded 1 new free throw.
NO A jump situation occurs when a live ball lodges between the ring and backboard, except after the last free throw followed by a throw-in from the throw-in line in the team's frontcourt. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt, as part of the unsportsmanlike foul penalty. (OBR Art. 12.3. and 37.2.2.) (R493)
493
A1 with the ball in the hands is in the act of shooting when B1 places the hands firmly on the ball. A1 makes now more steps than allowed by the traveling rule. This is travelling violation by A1.
NO A held ball occurs when one or more players from opposing teams have one or both hands firmly on the ball so that neither player can gain control without undue roughness. (OBR Art. 12.1.2) (R494)
494
A1 with the ball in the hands is in the act of shooting when B1 places the hands firmly on the ball. A1 makes now more steps than allowed by the traveling rule. This is a held ball situation. (R495)
YES A held ball occurs when one or more players from opposing teams have one or both hands firmly on the ball so that neither player can gain control without undue roughness. (OBR Art. 12.1.2.) (OBRI 12-23) (R495)
495
During A2's alternating possession throw-in, A1 is charged with a foul for an illegal screen. Team A shall lose its right to the alternating possession throw-in. (R496)
NO
496
Alternating possession thrower-in A2 commits a 5-second violation. The possession arrow is changed immediately to favour team B. After the team B's throw-in, the arrow shall favour team A. (R497)
NO
497
Alternating possession thrower-in A2 commits a 5-second violation. The possession arrow is changed immediately to favour team B. After the team B's throw-in, team B shall be still entitled to a throw-in at the next jump ball situation. (R498)
YES A violation by a team during its alternating possession throw-in causes that team to lose the possession throw-in. Team A has lost the right for the possession arrow due to its violation. Team B shall be entitled to the alternating possession throw-in at the next jump ball situation. (OBR Art. 12.6.5.) (R498)
498
The arrow favours team A. Before the start of the overtime, team A head coach is charged with a technical foul. Any team B player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt.
NO The overtime shall begin with a team A's throw-in from the centre line extended, according to the possession arrow. The team that does not gain control of the live ball shall be entitled to the next alternating possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.6.6. and 12.5.3.)
499
The arrow favours team A. During an interval of play before the 2nd quarter, A4 and B4 commit technical fouls. The 2nd quarter shall start with a team A alternating possession throw-in.
YES A foul by either team before the start of the quarter does not cause the team entitled to the throw-in to lose that alternating possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.6.6.) (R500)
500
Jumper A1 touches the ball and then the ball touches the court. Jumper B1 now catches the ball and starts dribbling. This is a legal play by B1.
YES Neither jumper may catch the ball until it has touched one of the non-jumpers or the court. (OBR Art. 12.2.6.) (R501)
501
A1 commits a technical foul during an interval of play before the 2nd quarter. The arrow favours team B. The 2nd quarter shall start with any team B player attempting 1 free throw with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the centre line extended.
YES A foul by either team before the start of the quarter does not cause the team entitled to the throw-in to lose that alternating possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.6.6.) (R502)
502
B1 commits a technical foul during an interval of play before the 1st quarter. Any team A player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up before the jump ball. When the ball becomes live for the free throw, the alternating possession arrow shall be reset to indicate that team B shall be entitled to the ball at the next jump ball situation. (R503)
NO A foul by either team before the start of the quarter other than the first one does not cause the team entitled to the throw-in to lose that alternating possession throw-in. Any team A player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. The game shall start with the jump ball in the centre circle. (OBR Art. 12.6.6. and 9.1.) (R503)
503
Alternating possession thrower-in A1 has the ball at the disposal when team A head coach commits a technical foul. Team B shall be entitled to the next alternating possession throw-in. (R504)
NO
504
During an interval of play to start the 2nd quarter, B1 commits a technical foul. The arrow favours team A. After the free throw, the 2nd quarter shall start with a team A alternating possession throw-in. (R505)
YES A foul by either team before the start of the quarter does not cause the team entitled to the throw-in to lose that alternating possession. The 2nd quarter shall start with any team A player attempting 1 free throw with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the centre line extended. (OBR Art. 12.6.6) (R505)
505
During the interval of play to start the 3rd quarter, team B head coach commits a technical foul. The arrow favours team A. The 3rd quarter shall start with any team A player attempting 1 free throw, followed with a team A throw-in at the centre line extended. Team B shall be entitled to the next alternating possession throw-in.
YES A foul by either team before the start of a quarter does not cause the team entitled to the throw-in to lose that alternating possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.6.6) (R506)
506
Alternating possession thrower-in A1 to start the 2nd quarter passes the ball to A2. Before the ball touches A2 on the court, A3 commits a foul. A3's foul occurred during an interval of play. (R507)
NO An interval of play ends at the start of the 2nd quarter when the ball is at the disposal of the thrower-in. (OBR Art. 8.6.) (R507)
507
Alternating possession thrower-in A4 has the ball at the disposal when team A head coach commits a technical foul. Team B shall be entitled to the next alternating possession throw-in
NO A foul by either team during the alternating possession throw-in does not cause the team entitled to the throw-in to lose that alternating possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.6.6) (R508)
508
A1's alternating possession throw-in lodges between the ring and the backboard. Team B shall be automatically entitled to the alternating possession throw-in at the next jump ball situation.
NO A jump ball situation occurs when a live ball lodges between the ring and the backboard. The game shall be resumed according to the alternating possession procedure. (OBR Art. 12.4.) (R509)
509
Alternating possession thrower-in A1 has the ball at the disposal when A2 commits a foul. Team B is awarded a throw-in. After the throw-in, the arrow shall favour team B. (R510)
NO A foul by either team during the alternating possession throw in, does not cause that team entitled to the throw in to lose that alternating possession throw in.
510
A1's throw-in lodges between the ring and the backboard. This is a jump ball situation.
YES A jump ball situation occurs when a live ball lodges between the ring and the backboard. (OBR Art. 12.4.) (R511)
511
The direction of the alternating possession arrow shall be reversed when the alternating possession throw-in ends. (R512)
YES The direction of the alternating possession arrow shall be reversed immediately when the alternating possession throw-in ends. (OBR Art. 12.6.4.) (R512)
512
After team B alternating possession throw-in ends, the arrow erroneously remains unchanged. A held ball then occurs and team B is awarded the alternating possession throw-in again. Thrower-in B1 has the hall at the disposal when the referees recognised the error. The referees corrected the error and awarded a throw-in to the team A. (R513)
NO A throw-in ends when the ball touches or is legally touched by any player on the court. After the throw-in ended, the error cannot be corrected. As the result of the error, team B shall not lose its right to the next alternating possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.9 and 17.1.2) (R513)
513
After team B alternating possession throw-in ends, the arrow erroneously remains unchanged. A held ball then occurs and team B is awarded the alternating possession throw-in again. Thrower-in B1 passes the ball to B2 when the referees recognised the error and awarded a throw-in to the team A. The error shall be corrected. (R514)
NO A throw-in ends when the ball touches or is legally touched by any player on the court. After the throw-in ended, the error cannot be corrected. As the result of the error, team B shall not lose its right to the next alternating next possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.9 and 17.1.2) (R514)
514
After team B alternating possession throw-in ends, the arrow erroneously remains unchanged. A held ball then occurs and team B is awarded the alternating possession throw-in again. Thrower-in B1 passes the ball to dribbler A2 when the referees recognised the error. The referees corrected the error and awarded a throw-in to the team A. (R515)
NO
515
After team B alternating possession throw-in ends, the arrow erroneously remains unchanged. A held ball then occurs and team B is awarded the alternating possession throw-in again. Thrower-in B1 passes the ball to B2 who scores a goal when the referees recognised the error. The referees corrected the error and awarded a throw-in to the team A. (R516)
NO A throw-in ends when the ball touches or is legally touched by any player on the court. After the throw-in ended, the error cannot be corrected. As the result of the error, team B shall not lose its right to the next alternating possession throw-in. (OBR Art. 12.9. and 17.1.2) (R516)
516
After team B alternating possession throw-in ends, the arrow erroneously remains unchanged. A held ball then occurs and team B is awarded the alternating possession throw-in again. Thrower-in B1 passes the ball on the court when a held ball between A2 and B2 occurs. The referees recognised the error and awarded a throw-in to the team A.
NO A throw in ends when the ball touches or is legally touched by any player on the court. After the throw in ended, the error cannot be corrected. As the result of the error, team B shall not lose its right to the next alternating possession throw in.
517
A1 passes the ball to A2 who is running towards the opponents' basket on the fast break. Before A1 catches the ball with the hands, A1 touches the ball deliberately with the head. This is a legal play by A2. (R518)
NO During the game, the ball is played with the hands only and may be passed, thrown, tapped, rolled or dribbled in any direction subject to the restrictions in the rules. (OBR Art. 13.1) (R518)
518
A1 rolls the ball on the court towards A2 who catches the ball. This is a legal play.
YES The ball may be rolled in any direction. (OBR Art. 13.1.) (R519)
519
It is a violation when the ball accidentally touches the foot of a player.
NO To accidentally come into contact with the ball with any part of the leg is not a violation. (OBR Art. 13.2) (R520)
520
It is a violation when a player accidentally touches the ball with the leg and gains an advantage. (R521)
NO To accidentally come into contact with the ball with any part of the leg is not a violation. (OBR Art. 13.2) (R521)
521
It is a foul when a player strikes the ball with the fist. (R522)
NO It is a violation when a player strikes the ball with the fist. (OBR Art. 13.2) (R522)
522
A1 pass to A2 is deflected by B1 with the fist. This is a legal play. (R523)
NO
523
A1 deliberately touches the ball with the forehead. This is a legal play. (R524)
NO The ball is played with the hand(s) only. (OBR Art. 13.1.) (R524)
524
B1 deliberately blocks A1's pass to A2 with the upper leg. This is a legal play. (R525)
NO
525
The ball is in the air on A1's throw-in to A2. Team A has control of the ball at this time.
YES Team control of the ball starts when a player of that team is in control of a live ball by holding it. Team control continues when the ball is passed between team-mates. (OBR Art. 14.1) (R526)
526
A1 has started the act of shooting but the ball has not yet been released. Team A has control of the ball at this time.
YES Team control of the ball starts when a player of that team is in control of a live ball by holding it. (OBR Art. 14.1)
527
If a player is in control the ball, the team is also in control the ball. (R528)
YES
528
If a player holds the ball, the team is in control of the ball at this time. (R529)
YES Team control of the ball starts when a player of that team is in control of a live ball by holding it. (OBR Art. 14.1.1) (R529)
529
A1's shot for a goal on its upward flight is blocked by B1. The ball returns to A1 while still in the air. A1 lands on the court with the ball in the hands. This is a travel violation by A1. (R530)
NO Team A control of the ball ended when the ball left A1's hands on a shot for a goal. When the ball returns to A1, he may now attempt a shot for a goal or to start a new dribble or to pass the ball to the team-mate. (OBR Art. 14.1.3.) (R530)
530
A1 passes the ball to A2. The ball is deflected by B1 who is running after the ball to catch it. Team A is in control of the ball at this time. (R531)
YES Team A control of the ball ends when team B gains control of the ball. The deflecting of the ball by B1, team B does not establish the new team control of the ball. (OBR Art. 14.1.2) (R531)
531
A1's shot for a goal on its upward flight is blocked by B1. The ball returns to A1 while still in the air. A1 lands on the court with the ball in the hands. This is a legal play by A1. (R532)
YES Team A control of the ball ends when the ball left A1's hands on a shot for a goal. When the ball returns to A1, he may now attempt a shot for a goal or to start a new dribble or to pass the ball to the team-mate. (OBR Art. 14.1.3) (R532)
532
A4 attempts a shot for a goal from the backcourt. The ball rebounds from the ring directly to A5 who is also in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team A. (R533)
NO Team A control of the ball ends when the ball left A4's hands on the shot for a goal. The new team A control shall start when A5 gains control of the ball in the backcourt. (OBR Art. 14.1.3) (R533)
533
A4 has been in the restricted area for almost 3 seconds when A5 releases the ball on a shot for a goal. The ball touches the ring and it is rebounded by A4 who is still in the restricted area. This is a 3-second violation. (R534)
NO Team A control of the ball ends when the ball left A5's hands on a shot for a goal. (OBR Art. 14.1.3) (R534)
534
A1's last fee throw is in the air when a double foul between A1 and B2 occurs. The ball does not enter the basket. This is a jump ball situation. (R535)
YES If approximately the same time when the double foul occurred neither team had control of the ball nor was entitled to the ball, a jump ball situation occurs. (OBR Art. 35.2) (R535)
535
A1's shot for a goal is in the air. Team A is in control of the ball at this time. (R536)
NO Team A control of the ball ends when the ball has left A1's hands on a shot for a goal. (OBR Art. 14.1.3) (R536)
536
A1 passes the ball to A2. The ball is deflected by B1 who is running after the ball to catch it. Neither team is in control of the ball at this time. (R537)
NO Team A control of the ball ends when team B gains control of the ball. The deflecting of the ball by B1 does not establish the new team B control of the ball. (OBR Art. 14.1.3) (R537)
537
Thrower-in A3 steps on the court when passing the ball on the court. Team A is still considered to be in control of the ball after a referee called a throw-in violation. (R538)
NO Team control ends when the ball becomes dead. (OBR Art. 14.1.3) (R538)
538
Thrower-in A3 passes the ball to A4. In order to get free, A4 pushes-off B4. This is a team A control foul. (R539)
YES Team control continues when the ball is passed between team-mates. (OBR Art. 14.1.2) (R539)
539
A3 has been in the restricted area for 2 seconds when A1 releases the ball on a shot for a goal. The ball touches the ring and it is rebounded by A3 who remains in the restricted area for another 2 seconds. This is a 3-second violation. (R540)
NO Team A control of the ball ends when the ball has left A3's hands on a shot for a goal. A3's rebound of the ball establishes the new team A control of the ball. The new 3-second count shall start. (OBR Art. 14.1.3) (R540)
540
A1 releases the ball on a shot for a goal. Returning on the court, A1 charges into B1 who is in a legal guarding position. A referee calls a team control foul against A1. This is a team control foul as A1 is still in the act of shooting when the contact occurs. (R541)
NO Team A control of the ball ends when the ball has left A1's hands on a shot for a goal. (OBR Art. 14.1.3) (R541)
541
A1 in the air passes the ball to A2. Returning on the court, A1 charges into B1 who is in a legal guarding position. A referee calls a team control foul against A1. This is a team control foul. (R542)
YES Team control continues when the ball is passed between team-mates. (OBR Art. 14.1.2) (R542)
542
During a throw-in or during a free throw, regardless whether the game clock is stopped or not, a player deliberately delays the process of taking the ball. It is a correct procedure for a referee to place the ball on the floor at this time
YES
543
During a throw-in or during a free throw, regardless whether the game clock is stopped or not, in the judgement of a referee a player deliberately delays the process of taking the ball. A referee places the ball on the floor. The ball becomes live at this time.
YES The ball becomes live and team control starts when the referee places the ball at the disposal of the player on the floor nearest to the throw-in place or on the court at the free-throw line. The 5-second count shall start at this time. (OBR Art. 10.2. ) (OBRI 14-2)
544
During a throw-in or during a free throw, regardless whether the game clock is stopped or not, a player deliberately delays the process of taking the ball. A referee calls a technical foul. (R545)
NO The ball becomes live and team control starts when the referee places the ball at the disposal of the player on the floor nearest to the throw-in place or on the court at the free-throw line. The 5-second count shall start at this time. (OBR Art. 10.2.) (R545)
545
Team A has been in control of the ball for 15 seconds. A1 passes the ball to A2 and the ball moves across the boundary line. B1 is trying to save the ball from going out-of-bounds and jumps from the court over the boundary line. B1 still in the air taps the ball with 1 hand and the ball returns to the court where it is caught by A2. Team A remains in control of the ball
YES Team A control of the ball continues when the ball is passed between team-mates. B1's tap does not establish the new team B control of the ball. Team A remains in control of the ball. The shot clock shall continue. (OBR Art. 14.1.2) (OBRI 14-3a) (R546)
546
Team A has been in control of the ball for 15 seconds. A1 passes the ball to A2 and the ball moves across the boundary line. B1 is trying to save the ball from going out-of-bounds and jumps from the court over the boundary line. B1 still in the air taps the ball with 1 hand and the ball returns to the court where it is caught by A2. With B1's tapping the ball, team B has gained control of the ball.
NO Team A control of the ball continues when the ball is passed between team-mates. B1's tap does not establish the new team B control of the ball. Team A remains in control of the ball. (OBR Art. 14.1.2) (R547)
547
Team A has been in control of the ball for 15 seconds. A1 passes the ball to A2 and the ball moves across the boundary line. B1 is trying to save the ball from going out-of-bounds and jumps from the court over the boundary line. B1 still in the air taps the ball with 1 hand and the ball returns to the court where it is caught by A2. Team A remains in control of the ball. The shot clock shall continue.
YES
548
Team A has been in control of the ball for 15 seconds. A1 passes the ball to A2 and the ball moves across the boundary line. B1 is trying to save the ball from going out-of-bounds and jumps from the court over the boundary line. B1 still in the air taps the ball with 1 hand and the ball returns to the court where it is caught by A2. Team B has gained control of the ball and the shot clock shall be reset. (R549)
NO Team A control of the ball continues when the ball is passed between team-mates. B1's tap does not establish the new team B control of the ball. Team A remains in control of the ball. The shot clock shall continue. (OBR Art. 14.1.2) (R549)
549
Team A has been in control of the ball for 15 seconds. A1 passes the ball to A2 and the ball moves across the boundary line. B1 is trying to save the ball from going out-of-bounds and jumps from the court over the boundary line. B1 still in the air catches the ball with both hands and passes the ball to the court where it is caught by A2. Team A regained control of the ball. The shot clock shall be reset. (R550)
YES Team A control of the ball starts when a player of that team is in control of a live ball by holding it. Team B has gained control of the ball when B1 caught the ball with both hands. The shot clock for team A shall be reset. (OBR Art. 14.1.1) (OBRI 14-3b) (R550)
550
Thrower-in A1 has the ball in the hands. A1 has established team A control of the ball.
YES Team A control of the ball starts when a player of that team is in control of a live ball by holding it. (OBR Art. 14.1.1.) (R551)
551
A1 releases the ball on the jump shot for a goal, lands on one foot and charges into B1 who is in the legal guarding position. This is a team A control foul. (R552)
NO Team A control of the ball ends when the ball has left A1's hands on the shot for a goal. (OBR Art. 14.1.3.) (R552)
552
A1 has the ball in the hands when A2 fouls B1.This is the 5th team A foul in the quarter. B1 shall be awarded 2 free throws.
NO Team control of the ball starts when a player of that team is in control of a live ball by holding it. A2's foul is a team A control foul. (OBR Art. 14.1.1.) (R553)
553
The team may be in the control of the ball even if the game clock is stopped. (R554)
YES The team is in the control of the ball when the game clock is stopped during a throw-in and during a free throw. (OBR Art. 14.1.1.) (R554)
554
"Thrower-in A1 has not yet the ball at the disposal when A5 commits a technical foul. This is a team A control foul."
NO Team control of the ball starts when a player of that team has a live ball at the disposal. (OBR Art. 14.1.1)
555
Dribbler A1 loses control of the ball. A2 now fouls B1. This is still a team A control foul. (R556)
YES Team A control of the ball ends when team B gains control of the ball. (OBR Art. 14.1.3.) (R556)
556
When a player loses the control of the ball, the team of that player loses the control of the ball too.
NO The team control of the ball ends when an opponent gains control of the ball. (OBR Art. 14.1.3.)
557
A5 has the ball in the hands for the last free throw when A4 fouls B4. This is the 5th team A foul in the quarter. B4 shall be awarded 2 free throws.
NO Team control of the ball starts when a player of that team is in control of a live ball by holding it. A4's foul is a team A control foul. (OBR Art. 14.1.1) (R558)
558
A1's shot for a goal misses the ring. A1 follows the ball and catches it before it touches the court. This is a violation by A1.
NO Team control of the ball ends when the ball has left A1's hands on a shot for a goal. (OBR Art. 14.1.3.) (R559)
559
B1 taps the ball away from dribbler A1 in the frontcourt. While the ball is bouncing towards team B frontcourt, A1 pushes B1 to prevent B1 from starting a fast break. This is a team A control foul. (R560)
YES Team A control of the ball has not ended as team B did not gain the control of the ball yet. (OBR Art. 14.1.3.) (R560)
560
The act of shooting ends when the ball leaves the shooter's hands
YES The act of shooting ends when the ball has left the player's hands. (OBR Art. 15.1.2) (R561
561
The team control and the act of shooting always end at the same time.
NO Team control ends when the ball has left the player's hands on a shot for a goal. The act of shooting ends when the ball has left the player's hands and, in case of an airborne shooter, both feet have returned to the court. (OBR Art. 15.1.2. and 14.1.3) (R562)
562
Airborne shooter A1 releases the ball on the shot for a goal. A1 returns to the court with one foot when fouled by B1. B1's foul is committed during A1's act of shooting
YES If the shooter is airborne, the act of shooting ends when the shooter returns with both feet to the court. (OBR Art. 15.1.2.) (OBRI 15-5) (R563)
563
Airborne shooter A1 with the ball in the hands tosses the ball from the left hand to the right hand before releasing the ball on the shot for a goal. A1 ended the act of shooting when tossing the ball in the hands.
NO The act of shooting ends when the ball has left the player's hands and, in case of an airborne shooter, both feet returned to the court. (OBR Art. 15.1.2 and 15.1.3) (R564)
564
A1 taps the ball towards the basket when fouled by B1. The ball enters the basket. The goal shall count.
YES The definition of the player in the act of shooting states that a tap for a goal occurs when the ball is directed with the player's hands towards the opponents' basket. (OBR Art. 15.1.1) (R565)
565
A1 taps the ball towards the basket when fouled by B1. The ball does not enter the basket. A1 shall be awarded 2 free throws.
YES The definition of the player in the act of shooting states that a tap for a goal occurs when the ball is directed with the player's hands towards the opponents' basket. (OBR Art. 15.1.1)
566
A1 dunks and scores. B1 fouls A1 who has not yet returned with both feet to the court. This is the 5th team B foul in the quarter. A1 shall be awarded 2 free throws.
NO B1's foul was committed against A1 in the act of shooting. The goal shall count and A1 shall be awarded 1 free throw. (OBR Art. 15.1.1 and 34.2.2) (R567)
567
A1's tap towards the basket is considered as a shot for goal. (R568)
YES The definition of the player in the act of shooting states that a tap for a goal occurs when the ball is directed with the player's hands towards the opponents' basket. (OBR Art. 15.1.1) (R568)
568
Successive attempts to score by tapping the ball towards the opponents' basket are considered as an act of shooting only if made with two hands. (R569)
NO Player is considered in the act of shooting when taps the ball towards the opponents' basket with the hand(s). (OBR Art. 15.1.1.) (R569)
569
In the case of an airborne shooter, the act of shooting ends when the ball leaves the shooter's hands.
NO The act of shooting ends when the ball has left the player's hands and, in case of an airborne shooter, both feet returned to the court. (OBR Art. 15.1.2) (R570)
570
A3 started the act of shooting when B2 commits an away-from-ball foul against A4. This is the 5th team B foul in the quarter. A3 continues the act of shooting and the ball enters the basket. A3's goal shall count. A4 shall be awarded 2 free throws. (R571)
YES The ball does not became dead and the goal counts, if made when the ball is the control of a player in the act of shooting for a goal and who finishes the shot with a continuous motion which started before a foul is charged against any opponent's player. (OBR Art. 15.1.2 and 10.4) (R571)
571
During the rebound, A4 taps the ball towards the basket. B4 fouls A4 before A4 returns with both feet to the court. The ball does not enter the basket. A4 shall be awarded 2 free throws.
YES The act of shooting (tap) ends when the ball has left the player's hand and, in case of an airborne shooter, both feet returned to the court. (OBR Art. 15.1.2) (R572)
572
During A1's lay-up, B1 hits A1's arm. A1 continues the shooting motion and scores a goal. A1's goal shall count. (R573)
YES The act of shooting ends when the ball has left the player's hands. (OBR Art. 15.1.2) (R573)
573
A1 has the ball in the hands on the drive to the basket. B2 fouls A1. After the foul is called, A1 makes 3 steps before the shot for a 2-point goal. The ball enters the basket. A1's goal shall count. (R574)
NO The act of shooting in a continuous movement on drive to the basket starts when the player starts the shooting motion preceding the release of the ball for a goal. The ball becomes dead when a referee blows the whistle when the ball is live. A1 shall be awarded 2 free throws. (OBR Art. 15.1.3 and 10.3.) (R574)
574
B1 fouls A1 just before A1 has received a pass from A2. A1 catches the pass and immediately scores a goal. A1's goal shall count.
NO A1's goal shall not count. The ball becomes dead when a referee blows the whistle while the ball is live. (OBR Art. 15.1.2. and 10.3.)
575
B1 fouls A1 under the basket just before A1 has started the act of shooting. A1 now dunks and scores a goal. A1's goal shall not count. (R576)
YES A1's goal shall not count. The act of shooting ends when an entirely new act of shooting is made. The ball becomes dead when a referee blows the whistle while the ball is live. (OBR Art. 15.1.2. and 10.3.) (R576)
576
A1 ends the act of shooting with a dunk. A1 has still the ball in one hand and only a part of the ball is below the level of the ring when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the quarter. A1 scores a goal. A1's goal shall count. (R577)
NO The end of shooting (dunk) ends when the ball has left the player's hands (which is not the case). A goal is made when a live ball enters the basket from above and passes the basket entirely. The ball becomes dead when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the quarter. (OBR Art. 16.1.1 and 10.3.) (R577)
577
B1 fouls A1 during the drive to the basket (act of shooting) for a goal. While A1 airborne is on the shot for a goal, B2 taps the ball out of A1’s hands. A1 catches it again in the air and scores a goal. A1’s goal shall count. (R578)
YES The act of shooting starts when a player starts to move the ball upwards to the opponents’ basket. The act of shooting ends when the ball has left the player’s hands on the shot for a goal. The ball did not leave the A1’s hands on the shot for a goal, the ball was tapped by the defensive player out of A1’s hands who caught it again in the air and ended the continuous movement with a shot for a goal. (OBR Art. 15.1.2) (R578)
578
Airborne shooter A1 releases the ball on the shot for a goal. A1 did not return to the court with either foot yet when fouled by B1. B1's foul is committed during A1's act of shooting.
YES If the shooter is airborne, the act of shooting ends when the shooter returns with both feet to the court. (OBR Art. 15.1.2) (R579)
579
A1 ended the dribble under the opponents' basket with the ball in both hands. At this time B1 fouls A1. This is the 3d team B foul in the quarter. Immediately after the foul is called, A1 jumps and scores a goal. A1's goal shall count.
NO The act of shooting starts when a player starts, in the judgement of a referee, to move the ball upwards towards the opponents' basket. B1's foul against A1 was not committed during A1's act of shooting. Moreover, B1's foul caused the ball to become dead, therefore A1's goal shall not count. Team A shall be awarded a throw-in from behind the endline. (OBR Art. 10.3.)
580
The ball did not leave A1's hands on the shot for a 2-point goal as B1 was holding A1's arm. B1 fouled A1 in the act of shooting despite that the ball did not leave A1's hands.
YES During the act of shooting the player might have the arm(s) held by an opponent, thus preventing that player from scoring. In this case it is not essential that the ball leaves the player's hands. (OBR Art. 15.1.5)
581
A1 ends dribble in the backcourt with the ball in the hands. B1 fouls A1. This is the 5th team B foul in the quarter. Immediately after, A1 attempts a shot a 3-point field goal from the backcourt. The ball enters the basket. A1's goal shall count. (R582)
NO The act of shooting in a continuous movement on drive to the basket starts when the player starts the shooting motion preceding the release of the ball on the shot for a goal. The goal shall not count. A1 shall be awarded 2 free throws. (OBR Art. 15.1.3 and 10.3.) (OBRI 15-2) (R582)
582
A1 dribbles in the backcourt. B1 fouls A1 shortly before A1 catches the ball with both hands. This is the 3rd team B foul in the quarter. Immediately after, A1 attempts a shot for a 3- point goal from the backcourt. The ball enters the basket. A1's goal shall count. (R583)
NO A1 was not in the act of shooting yet when B1 fouls A1. The ball becomes dead when a referee blows the whistle when the ball is live. Team A shall be awarded a throw-in from its backcourt. (OBR Art. 15.1.3. and 10.3.) (R583)
583
B1 has the arm extended within the cylinder while guarding dribbler A1. A1 catches the ball and with the hand pushes-off B1's extended arm on the move towards the basket. This is the A1's team control foul during the act of shooting. (R584)
YES A1 is in the continuous motion (act of shooting) on the drive to the basket with ball in the hands. The offensive player shall not cause contact with the defensive player in a legal guarding position by using the arms to create more space (pushing off) for the move towards the basket. (OBR Art. 15.1.3 and 33.2.) (R584)
584
B1 has the arm extended within the cylinder while guarding dribbler A1. A1 attempts to draw a foul on the drive towards the basket by extending the shooting arm under B1's arm and contact occurs. This is the A1's team control foul during the act of shooting. (R585)
YES A1 is in the continuous motion (act of shooting) on the drive to the basket with ball in the hands. The offensive player shall not cause contact with the defensive player in a legal guarding position by using the arms to create more space (pushing off) for the move towards the basket. (OBR Art. 15.1.3. and 33.2.) (R585)
585
B1 fouls dribbler A1. Immediately after the call, A1 catches the ball and starts the act of shooting ending it with a successful dunk shot. A1's goal shall count. (R586)
NO The act of shooting starts when the player starts to move the ball upwards to the opponents' basket. A1 was not in the act of shooting (did not have the ball in the hands) when B1's foul occurred. The ball becomes dead when a referee blows the whistle when the ball is live. (OBR Art. 15.1.2. and 10.3.) (R586)
586
A1 is in the act of dunking when B2 commits an away-from-ball foul against A2. A1 dunk is successful. A1's goal shall count. (R587)
YES B2's foul is against A2 (not against shooter A1). The ball does not become dead and the goal counts, if made when the ball is in control of the player in the act of shooting for a goal and who finishes the shot with a continuous motion which started before the foul is charged against any opponents' player. (OBR Art. 15.1.3 and 10.4.) (R587)
587
"During the dunk shot, A1 grasps the ring with the free hand in order to facilitate the dunk shot. The ball enters the basket. A1's goal shall count. " (R588)
NO A1 is in the act of shooting to dunk. A technical foul is a player non-contact foul of a behavioural nature for grasping the ring on the dunk shot, unless a player is trying to prevent the injury to anybody (which was not the case). (OBR Art. 36.2.1.) (R588)
588
After the dunk shot, A1 grasps momentarily the ring with the hand. A1's goal shall count.
YES A1 is in the act of shooting to dunk. A technical foul is a player non-contact foul of a behavioural nature for hanging on the ring unless a player grasps the ring momentarily following a dunk shot. (OBR Art. 36.2.1)
589
A1 in the backcourt attempts a shot for a 3-point goal when B1 fouls A1. This is the 3rd team B foul in the quarter. The ball enters the basket. A1's goal shall count.
YES The ball does not become dead and the goal counts, if made when the ball is in control of a player in the act of shooting for a goal who finishes the shot with a continuous motion which started before a foul is charged against any opponents' player. A1's 3-point goal counts and in addition, A1 shall be awarded 1 free throw. (OBR Art. 10.4) (R590)
590
B1 fouls A1. This is the 5th team B foul in the quarter. Immediately after, A1 attempts a shot for a 3-point goal from the backcourt. The ball enters the basket. A1's goal shall count.
NO A1 was not in the act of shooting when B1 fouls A1. The ball becomes dead when a referee blows the whistle when the ball is live. A1 shall be awarded 2 free throws as a result of the 5th team B foul in the quarter. (OBR Art. 10.4) (R591)
591
B1 extends the arm within the cylinder while guarding dribbler A1. A1 catches the ball and with the hand pushes-off B1's extended arm on the move towards the basket to score. The ball enters the basket. This is the A1's team control foul during the act of shooting. A1's goal shall count. (R592)
NO A1 is in the continuous motion (act of shooting) on the drive to the basket with ball in the hands. The offensive player shall not cause contact with the defensive player in a legal guarding position by using the arms to create more space (pushing-off) for the move towards the basket. The goal shall not count. (OBR Art. 15.1.3. and 33.2.) (R592)
592
A1 is in the act of dunking when A2 commits an away-from-ball foul against B2. A1 dunk is successful. A1's goal shall count. (R593)
NO A1 is in the act of shooting to dunk. A2's foul against B2 is a foul of A1's team-mate. The ball becomes dead when a referee blows the whistle while the ball is live. A1's goal shall not count. Team B shall be awarded a throw-in from its backcourt. (OBR Art. 10.3.) (R593)
593
"During the dunk shot, A1 grasps the ring with the free hand in order to facilitate the dunk shot. The ball enters the basket. A1's goal shall count. " (R594)
NO A1 is in the act of shooting to dunk. A technical foul is a player non-contact foul of a behavioural nature for grasping the ring on the dunk shot, unless a player is trying to prevent the injury to anybody (which was not the case). (OBR Art. 36.2.1.) (R594)
594
"With 0.2 second on the game clock, thrower-in A4 has the ball at the disposal. After A4's pass, team A player can score a valid goal only by tapping or directly dunking the ball. " (R595)
NO If the game clock shows 0.2 or 0.1 second, the only type of a valid goal that can be made is by tapping or directly dunking the ball. (OBR Art. 16.2.5) (R595)
595
Thrower-in A3 in the frontcourt passes the ball to A5 in the frontcourt. A5 in the confusion dribbles to own basket and scores. A5's goal shall count. (R596)
YES If a player accidentally scores a goal in own basket, the goal shall count 2 points and shall be entered on the scoresheet as having been scored by the captain of the opponents' team on the court. (OBR Art. 16.2.2.) (R596)
596
The ball enters the basket but comes out (did not pass the basket entirely) due to the tight net. The goal shall count. (R597)
NO The goal is made when a live ball enters the basket from above and remains within or passes through the basket entirely. (OBR Art. 16.1.1) (R597)
597
The ball enters the basket but comes out (did not pass the basket entirely) due to the tight net. The goal shall not count. The game shall continue. (R598)
YES The goal is made when a live ball enters the basket from above and remains within or passes through the basket entirely. (OBR Art. 16.1.1) (R598)
598
The goal shall count when the live ball enters the basket from above and remains within or passes through the basket entirely. (R599)
YES The goal is made when a live ball enters the basket from above and remains within or passes through the basket entirely. (OBR Art. 16.1.1) (R599)
599
The ball is considered to be within the basket when the slightest part of the ball is within and below the level of the ring. (R600)
YES The ball is within the basket when the slightest part of the ball is within and below the level of the ring. (OBR Art. 16.1.2) (R600)
600
The goal released from a free throw shall count 1 point. (R601)
YES A goal released from a free throw counts 1 point. (OBR Art. 16.2.1) (R601)
601
The field goal shall count 1 point. (R602)
NO A goal released from the field goal area counts 2 or 3 points. (OBR Art. 16.2.1) (R602)
602
A4 in the backcourt gains control of the ball after being legally tapped on the jump ball. A4 accidentally scores in own basket. A4's goal shall count. (R603)
YES "If a player accidentally scores a goal in own basket, the goal counts 2 points and shall be entered on the scoresheet as scored by the captain of the opponent's team on the court. " (OBR Art. 16.2.2) (R603)
603
After the last free throw, the ball rebounds from the ring. The ball is touched by B1 and the ball enters the basket. B1's goal shall count 1 point. (R604)
NO A goal released from the 2-point goal area counts 2 points. (OBR Art. 16.2.1) (R604)
604
After the last free throw, the ball rebounds from the ring. The ball is touched by B1 and the ball to enter the basket. B1's goal shall count 2 points. (R605)
YES A goal released from the 2-point goal area counts 2 points. (OBR Art. 16.2.1) (R605)
605
A1 in the 3-point goal area passes the ball to A5.The ball enters the basket without being touched by any player. A1 shall be awarded 3 points. (R606)
YES A goal released from the 3-point goal area counts 3 points. (OBR Art. 16.2.1) (R606)
606
A5 accidentally scores a goal in own basket. A5's goal shall count. (R607)
YES If a player accidentally scores a goal in own basket, the goal counts 2 points and shall be entered on the scoresheet as scored by the captain of the opponents' team on the court. (OBR Art. 16.2.2) (R607)
607
A2 accidentally scores a goal in own basket. Team B captain on the court shall be awarded 2 points. (R608)
YES If a player accidentally scores a goal in own basket, the goal counts 2 points and shall be entered on the scoresheet as scored by the captain of the opponents' team on the court. (OBR Art. 16.2.2) (R608)
608
Both teams have started to play the 2nd half in the wrong direction. A1 accidentally scores a goal in own basket. A1's goal shall count.
YES If a player accidentally scores a goal in own basket, the goal counts 2 points and shall be entered on the scoresheet as scored by the captain of the opponents' team on the court. (OBR Art. 16.2.2)
609
Both teams have started to play the 2nd half in the wrong direction. A1 accidentally scores a goal in own basket. Team B captain who is sitting on the team bench shall be awarded 2 points.
NO If a player accidentally scores a goal in own basket, the goal counts 2 points and shall be entered on the scoresheet as scored by the captain of the opponents' team on the court. (OBR Art. 16.2.2) (R610)
610
After enterning the court, A4 loses orientation and scores a goal in own basket. Team B catpain on the court shall be awarded 3 points. (R611)
NO If a player accidentally scores a goal in his team's basket, the goal counts 2 points and shall be entered on the scoresheet as scored by the captain of the opponents' team on the court. (OBR Art. 16.2.2) (R611)
611
A4 accidentally scores a goal in own basket and is fouled by B4 in the act of shooting. Team B captain on the court shall be awarded 2 points.
NO The goal shall not count. The player is not considered in the act of shooting because that player is not shooting towards the opponents' basket. The ball becomes dead when the foul is called. Team A shall be awarded a throw-in from the free-throw line extended. (OBR Art. 16.2.2 and 15) (R612)
612
A2 accidentally scores a goal in own basket. The goal shall count 2 points regardless of the place on the court where the shot for a goal was taken from. (R613)
YES If a player accidentally scores a goal in own basket, the goal counts 2 points and shall be entered on the scoresheet as scored by the captain of the opponents' team on the court. (OBR Art. 16.2.2) (R613)
613
With 5 seconds on the game clock in the 4th quarter and with the score A 88 - B 86, team A is entitled for a throw-in from its backcourt. Team A should win the game by 6 points to become the group winner. To make the game tied and to extend the game into the overtime, A3 deliberately scores a 2-point goal into his own basket. A3's goal shall count.
NO If a player deliberately scores a goal in own basket, it is a violation and the goal shall not count. (OBR Art. 16.2.3) (R614)
614
With 5 seconds on the game clock in the 4th quarter and with the score A 88 - B 86, team A is entitled for a throw-in from its backcourt. Team A should win the game by 6 points to become the group winner. To make the game tied and to extend the game into the overtime, A3 deliberately scores a 2-point goal into own basket. A3 shall be charged with a technical foul. (R615)
NO If a player deliberately scores a goal in own basket, it is a violation and the goal shall not count. (OBR Art. 16.2.3) (R615)
615
A3 deliberately scores a goal in own basket. A3`s goal shall count.
NO If a player deliberately scores a goal in own basket, it is a violation and the goal shall not count. (OBR Art. 16.2.3) (R616)
616
A3 deliberately scores a goal in own basket. A3 shall be charged with a technical foul.
NO If a player deliberately scores a goal in own basket, it is a violation and the goal shall not count. (OBR Art. 16.2.3) (R617)
617
A3 deliberately causes the ball to pass through the basket from below. A3 shall be charged with a technical foul. (R618)
NO If a player causes the entire ball to pass through the basket from below, it is a violation. (OBR Art. 16.2.4) (R618)
618
A1’s throw-in pass touches A3 and the ball passes through the basket from below. The game shall continue without game clock being stopped.
NO If a player causes the entire ball to pass through the basket from below, it is a violation. (OBR Art. 16.2.4) (R619)
619
A1's throw-in pass touches A3 and the ball passes through the basket from below. Team B shall be awarded a throw-in. (R620)
YES If a player causes the entire ball to pass through the basket from below, it is a violation. Team B shall be awarded a throw-in. (OBR Art. 16.2.4) (R620)
620
A1 accidentally causes the ball to pass through the basket from below. This is a jump ball situation.
NO If a player causes the entire ball to pass through the basket from below, it is a violation. Team B shall be awarded a throw-in. (OBR Art. 16.2.4)
621
With 0.2 second on the game clock, A3 is awarded 1 free throw. The ball rebounds from the ring. A4 catches the ball and attempts a jump shot. The game clock signal sounds when the ball has left A4's hands. The ball enters the basket. A4's goal shall count. (R622)
NO The game clock must show 0.3 (3 tenths of a second) or more for a player to gain control of the ball on a rebound after the last free throw in order to attempt a shot for a goal. If the game clock shows 0.2 or 0.1 second, the only type of a valid goal that can be made is by tapping or directly dunking the ball. (OBR Art. 16.2.5) (R622)
622
With 0.2 second on the game clock, A3 is awarded 1 free throw. The ball rebounds from the ring and A4 directly dunks the ball. A4's goal shall count. (R623)
YES The game clock must show 0.3 (3 tenths of a second) or more for a player to gain control of the ball on a rebound after the last free throw in order to attempt a shot for a goal. If the game clock shows 0.2 or 0.1 second, the only type of a valid goal that can be made is by tapping or directly dunking the ball. (OBR Art. 16.2.5) (R623)
623
With 0.1 second on the game clock, A2 is awarded 1 free throw. The ball rebounds from the ring and A3 taps the ball into the basket. The game clock signal sounds for the end of the quarter. Team B head coach asks the crew chief to use the Instant Video Replay (IRS). The crew chief does not use the IRS and decides A3's goal shall count. (R624)
YES The game clock must show 0.3 (3 tenths of a second) or more for a player to gain control of the ball on a rebound after the last free throw in order to attempt a shot for a goal. If the game clock shows 0.2 or 0.1 second, the only type of a valid goal that can be made is by tapping or directly dunking the ball. (OBR Art. 16.2.5) (R624)
624
With 0.1 second on the game clock, team A is awarded a throw-in. Thrower-in A4 passes the ball to A3 who taps the ball into the basket. The game clock signal sounds for the end of the quarter. Team B head coach asks the crew chief to use the Instant Video Replay (IRS). The crew chief does not use the IRS and decides A3's goal shall count. (R625)
YES
625
During A1's last free throw, the ball rebounds from the ring. B1 accidentally taps the ball into the basket. A1 shall be awarded 1 point. (R626)
NO If a player accidentally scores a goal in own basket, the goal counts 2 points and shall be entered on the scoresheet as scored by the captain of the opponents' team on the court. (OBR Art. 16.2.1.) (R626)
626
A1 causes the ball to go through the basket from below. The team entitled to the ball according to the alternating possession procedure shall be awarded a throw-in. (R627)
NO
627
With 0.2 second on the game clock, team A is awarded a throw-in. Thrower-in A1 passes the ball to A2 who in the air directly dunks the ball into the basket. A2's goal shall count. (R628)
YES If the game clock shows 0.2 or 0.1 second, the only type of a valid goal that can be made is by tapping or directly dunking the ball. (OBR Art. 16.2.5.) (R628)
628
A1 attempts a shot from the 3-point goal area. The ball on its upward flight is legally touched by B1 who is in the team A 2-point goal area. The ball enters the basket. A1 shall be awarded 3 points. (R629)
YES A1's shot was released from the 3-point goal area. A1 shall be awarded 3 points. (OBR Art. 16.2.1) (R629)
629
A1 attempts a shot from the 3-point goal area. The ball on its upward flight is legally touched by B1 who is in the team A 2-point goal area. The ball enters the basket. A1 shall be awarded 2 points. (R630)
NO A1's shot was released from the 3-point goal area. A1 shall be awarded 3 points. (OBR Art. 16.2.1) (R630)
630
A1 attempts a shot from the 2-point goal area. The ball on its upward flight is legally touched by B1 who is in the team A 3-point goal area. The ball enters the basket. A1 shall be awarded 2 points. (R631)
YES A1's shot was released from the 2-point goal area. A1 shall be awarded 2 points. (OBR Art. 16.2.1) (OBRI 16-3) (R631)
631
A1 attempts a shot from the 2-point goal area. The ball on its upward flight is legally touched by B1 who is in the team A 3-point goal area. The ball enters the basket. A1 shall be awarded 3 points. (R632)
NO A1's shot was released from the 2-point goal area. A1 shall be awarded 2 points. (OBR Art. 16.2.1) (R632)
632
With 0.3 second on the game clock, team A is awarded a throw-in. A2 catches the pass and immediately releases the ball on the shot for a goal. The ball enters the basket. A2's goal shall count. (R633)
YES The game clock must show 0.3 (3 tenths of a second) or more for a player to gain control of the ball on the throw-in in order to attempt a shot for a goal. (OBR Art. 16.2.5) (OBRI 16-12a) (R633)
633
With 0.3 second on the game clock, team A is awarded a throw-in. Team A player may score a goal only if the throw-in pass is tapped to the basket or directly dunked. (R634)
NO The game clock must show 0.3 (3 tenths of second) or more for a player to gain control of the ball on the throw-in in order to attempt a shot for a goal. If the game clock shows 0.2 or 0.1 second, the only type of a valid goal that can be made is tapping or directly dunking the ball. (OBR Art. 16.2.5) (OBRI 16-12a) (R634)
634
With 0.2 second on the game clock, team A is awarded a throw-in. Team A player may score a goal only if the throw-in pass is tapped to the basket or directly dunked. (R635)
YES If the game clock shows 0.2 or 0.1 second, the only type of a valid goal that can be made is tapping or directly dunking the ball. (OBR Art. 16.2.5) (OBRI 16-12b) (R635)
635
With 0.2 second on the game clock, team A is awarded a throw-in. After the throw-in, A1 gains control of the ball and immediately attempts a jump shot. The ball enters the basket. A1's goal shall count. (R636)
NO If the game clock shows 0.2 or 0.1 second, the only type of a valid goal that can be made is tapping or directly dunking the ball. (OBR Art. 16.2.5) (R636)
636
A1 is fouled by B1 in the act of shooting for a 2-point goal. In the continuing motion, A1 commits a travelling violation. The ball enters the basket. A1's goal shall count. A1 shall be awarded 1 free throw. (R637)
NO The ball becomes dead when a referee blows the whistle. A1's goal shall not count. A1 shall be awarded 2 free throws. (OBR Art. 15.1.2) (OBRI 15-11) (R637)
637
A1 is fouled by B1 in the act of shooting for a 2-point goal. In the continuing motion, A1 commits a travelling violation. The ball enters the basket. A1's goal shall not count. A1 shall be awarded 2 free throws. (R638)
YES The ball becomes dead when a referee blows the whistle. A1's goal shall not count. A1 shall be awarded 2 free throws. (OBR Art. 15.1.2) (OBRI 15-11) (R638)
638
Thrower-in A1 passes the ball to the team's backcourt to start the second quarter. The ball goes directly out-of-bounds without being touched by any other player on the court. The referee awards the ball to the team B for a throw-in from the frontcourt with 14 seconds on the clock shot. The direction of the possession arrow shall be reversed immediately. (R640)
NO The thrower-in shall not cause the ball to touch out-of-bounds, after it has been released on the throw-in. A violation by the team during its alternating possession arrow causes that team to lose the alternating possession arrow. The direction of the arrow shall be reversed immediately.The ball shall be awarded to the opponents for a throw-in from the place of the original throw-in with 24 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 17.3.1, 17.4, OBRI 17-23) (R640)
639
With 1:58 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, B2 fouls A3 in the backcourt with 6 seconds on the shot clock. This is the 3rd team B foul in the quarter. Team A is granted a time-out. If team A head coach decides to resume the game with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt, team A shall have 24 seconds on the shot clock. (R641)
NO Team A shall resume the game with14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 17.2.4.) (R641)
640
A1 dribbles in the backcourt when a double foul is called in A1's frontcourt. The throw-in shall be administered from the place nearest to where the ball was located when the double foul was called, which is in the backcourt.
NO Team A shall be awarded a throw-in from the place nearest to the infraction, which is in the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 17.2.2 and 35.2) (R642)
641
A1 dribbles in the backcourt when a double foul is called in A1's frontcourt. The throw-in shall be administered from the place nearest to where the double foul occurred, which is in the frontcourt.
YES Team A shall be awarded a throw-in from the place nearest to the infraction, which is in the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 17.2.2 and 35.2.) (R643)
642
The entire ball passed through the basket from below. This is a violation. The throw-in shall be administered from the free-throw line extended.
NO The throw-in shall be administered from the place nearest to the infraction, which is from behind the endline, except from directly behind the backboard. (OBR Art. 17.2.2) (R644)
643
The 2nd quarter shall start with a throw-in from the centre line extended, opposite the scorer's table.
YES The throw-in shall be administered from the centre line, opposite the scorer's table at the start of all quarters and all overtimes, other than the first quarter. (OBR Art. 17.2.3) (R645)
644
Thrower-in A1 is straddling the centre line to start the 2nd quarter. A1 makes one normal lateral step towards the frontcourt. A1 passes the ball to A2 who is in the backcourt. This is a team A backcourt violation (R646)
NO A1 keeps the original throw-in position. A1 is entitled to pass the ball either to the frontcourt or to the backcourt. (OBR Art. 17.2.3) (R646)
645
The 2nd quarter shall start with a jump ball at the centre circle. (R647)
NO The throw-in shall be administered from the centre line, opposite the scorer's table at the start of all quarters and all overtimes, other than the first quarter. (OBR Art. 17.2.3 and 9.1.) (R647)
646
The 2nd quarter shall start with a throw-in from the centre line extended, in front of the scorer's table. (R648)
NO The throw-in shall be administered from the centre line, opposite the scorer's table at the start of all quarters and all overtimes, other than the first quarter. (OBR Art. 17.2.3) (R648)
647
After a technical foul, a throw-in shall be administered from the centre line extended, opposite the scorer's table. (R649)
NO After a technical foul, the game shall be resumed with a throw-in from the place nearest to where the ball was located when the technical foul was committed, unless otherwise stated in the rules. (OBR Art. 17.2.6) (R649)
648
The 4th quarter shall start with a throw-in from the centre line extended, opposite the scorer's table. The thrower-in may pass the ball to the backcourt.
YES The throw-in shall be administered from the centre line, opposite the scorer's table at the beginning of all quarters other than the first one. The player shall be entitled to pass the ball to a team-mate at any place on the court. (OBR Art. 17.2.3)
649
After an unsportsmanlike foul, a throw-in shall be administered from the centre line extended, opposite the scorer's table.
NO After an unsportsmanlike foul, the game shall be resumed with a throw-in from the throw-in line at the team's frontcourt. (OBR Art. 17.2.7)
650
The 1st quarter ends with team A alternating possession throw-in. During an interval of play, B4 and A4 commit the technical fouls. The 2nd quarter shall start with team A alternating possession throw-in from the centre line extended, opposite the scorer’s table.
YES A foul by either team does not cause the team entitled to the throw-in to lose that alternating possession. At the start of all quarters and all overtimes, except the first quarter, the throw-in shall be administered from the centre line extended, opposite the scorer's table. (OBR Art. 17.2.3 and 12.5.6) (R652)
651
With 1:27 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A5 scores a goal. Team B is granted a time-out. Team B head coach has the right to decide whether the game shall be resumed with a throw-in from team's frontcourt or from the team's backcourt
YES
652
With 1:27 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A3 commits a travelling violation in the frontcourt. Team A is granted a time-out. After the time-out, the game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt, at the same side of the court as the original throw-in. (R654)
NO Team B entitled to the possession of the ball from its backcourt did not request a time-out. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from behind its sideline or endline place nearest to where the travelling violation occurred. (OBR Art. 17.2.4) (R654)
653
With 1:27 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A4 commits a travelling violation in the frontcourt. Team B is granted a substitution. After the substitution, the game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt, opposite the scorer's table. (R655)
NO
654
With 1:27 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A4 scores the last free throw. Team B is granted a time-out. After the time-out, the game shall be resumed automatically with a team B throw-in from the free-throw line extended in its frontcourt, opposite the scorer's table. (R656)
NO When the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the fourth quarter, after a time-out taken by the team entitled to the possession of the ball in its backcourt, the head coach of that team has the right to decide where the game shall be resumed from. If from the frontcourt, it shall be resumed from the throw-in line in the team's frontcourt. The head coach shall have also the right to decide whether from the table side or from the opposite side. (OBR Art. 17.2.4) (R656)
655
With 1:27 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A5 scores a goal. Team B is granted a time-out. After the team B's time-out, team A is also granted a time-out. Team B head coach has the right to decide whether the game shall be resumed with a throw-in from team's frontcourt or from the team's backcourt. (R657)
YES When the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the fourth quarter, after a time-out taken by the team entitled to the possession of the ball in its backcourt, the head coach of that team has the right to decide where the game shall be resumed from. If from team's frontcourt, the head coach shall have also right to decide whether from the table side or from the opposite side. (OBR Art. 17.2.4) (R657)
656
With 1:27 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, thrower-in A1 holds the ball in the backcourt when a referee stops the game because of water on the court. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt, opposite the scorer's table.
NO Team A entitled to the possession of the ball from its backcourt did not request a time-out. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from behind the sideline or endline place nearest to where the game was stopped. (OBR Art. 17.2.4)
657
With 1:27 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A4 is fouled on successful shot for a goal. A4 scores also an additional 1 free throw. Team B is granted a time-out. Team B head coach has the right to decide whether the game shall be resumed with a throw-in from team's frontcourt or from the team's backcourt. If from the team's frontcourt, the head coach shall have also the right to decide whether from the table side or from the opposite side. (R659)
YES
658
With 1:27 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A3 causes the ball to go out-of-bounds in team B backcourt. Team A is granted a time-out. After the time-out, team B throw-in shall be administered from the centre line extended in its frontcourt, opposite the scorer’s table. (R660)
NO Team B entitled to possession of the ball from its backcourt did not request a time-out. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from behind the sideline or endline place nearest to where the ball went out-of-bounds. (OBR Art. 17.2.4) (R660)
659
Team A scores a goal, after which A4 in the restricted area commits a foul. This is the 3rd team A foul in the quarter. Thrower-in B1 shall be permitted to run along the endline before releasing the ball on the throw-in. (R661)
NO The player taking the throw-in shall not move from the designated throw-in place exceeding a total distance of 1m before releasing the ball. (OBR Art. 17.2.5 and 17.3.1) (R661)
660
A2's goal is cancelled because of the travelling violation. Team B shall be awarded a throw-in from behind the endline. (R662)
NO
661
A2's goal is cancelled because of the travelling violation. Team B shall be awarded a throw-in from behind the sideline at the free-throw line extended. (R663)
YES
662
A2's last free throw is cancelled because of the violation. Team B shall be awarded a throw-in from behind the sideline at the free-throw line extended. (R664)
YES Whenever the ball enters the basket, but the goal is not valid, the game shall be resumed with a throw-in from the free-throw extended. (OBR Art. 17.2.9.) (R664)
663
A3 scores a goal. Team B is granted a time-out. After the time-out, thrower-in B4 runs along the endline before releasing the ball. This is a violation by B4.
NO After a successful goal, the thrower-in may move behind the endline line laterally and/or backwards. (OBR Art. 17.2.10.) (R665)
664
A3 scores a goal. Team B is granted a time-out. After the time-out, thrower-in B4 passes the ball to B3 who is also out-of-bounds behind the endline. B3 then passes the ball to B5 on the court. This is a legal play by team B. (R666)
YES After a successful goal, the ball may be passed between the team-mates behind the endline. The 5-second count starts when the ball is at the disposal of the first player out-of-bounds. (OBR Art. 17.2.10. and 17.3.1) (R666)
665
A3 scores a goal. Thrower-in B4 bounce-passes the ball to B5 who is also out-of-bounds behind the endline. The ball shall become dead when it touches the floor on the bounce-pass. (R667)
NO After a successful goal, the ball may be passed between the team-mates behind the endline. The 5-second count starts when the ball is at the disposal of the first player out-of-bounds. (OBR Art. 17.2.10. and 17.3.1) (R667)
666
The thrower-in can run along the endline whenever the throw-in is administered from behind the endline. (R668)
NO
667
The referee shall hand the ball to a player before any throw-in
NO
668
B4 commits a goaltending violation. Team A is awarded 2 points. Thrower-in B3 with the ball in the hands runs along the endline before releasing the ball. This is a legal play by B3.
YES The thrower-in run along the endline is legal after the successful goal. (OBR Art. 17.2.10.)
669
A3 scores a last free throw. Team B is granted a time-out. After the time-out, thrower-in B1 with the ball in the hands runs along the endline before releasing the ball. This is a violation by B1. (R671)
NO The thrower-in run along the endline is legal after the successful last free throw. (OBR Art. 17.2.10.) (R671)
670
A1 scores a last free throw. Team B is granted a time-out. After the time-out, thrower-in B4 with the ball in the hands runs along the endline and passes the ball to B5 who is also out-of-bounds behind the endline. B5 then passes the ball on the court. This is a legal play by team B.
YES The thrower-in run along the endline is legal after the successful last free throw. (OBR Art. 17.2.10.)
671
A1 scores a goal after which a referee stops the game to clean the court. Thrower-in B3 with the ball in the hands runs along the endline before releasing the ball. This is a legal play by B3.
YES The thrower-in run along the endline is legal after the successful goal. (OBR Art. 17.2.10.) (R673)
672
A1 scores a goal or a last free throw. Team B is granted a time-out. After the time-out, thrower-in B3 places the ball on the floor after which B2 takes the ball. This is a legal play by team B.
YES The thrower-in may pass the ball to the team-mates behind the endline. The 5-second count starts when the ball is at the disposal of the first player out-of-bounds. (OBR Art. 17.2.10. and 17.3.1) (R674)
673
Thrower-in A2 takes 3 small steps in the same direction (not extending 1 m) before releasing the ball. This is a violation by A2.
NO The thrower-in shall not move from the designated throw-in place behind the boundary line laterally in one or both directions, exceeding a total distance of 1m before releasing the ball. (OBR Art. 17.3.1)
674
During a throw-in, the 5-second count shall continue until the ball touches the player on the court.
NO The thrower-in shall not take more than 5 seconds to release the ball. (OBR Art. 17.3.1) (R676)
675
Thrower-in A2 passes the ball on the court, steps on the court and touches the ball before the ball is touched by another player. This is violation by A2.
YES
676
Thrower-in A2 passes the ball on the back of B1 on the court. A2 steps on the court, catches the ball and scores. This is a legal play by A2.
YES The thrower-in may touch the ball on the court after it has touched another player. (OBR Art. 17.3.1) (R678)
677
The thrower-in has 5 seconds to pass the ball on the court. (R679)
YES The thrower-in shall not take more than 5 seconds to release the ball. (OBR Art. 17.3.1) (R679)
678
Thrower-in A3 passes the ball to A1 for an alley-oop but the ball enters the basket directly. The goal shall count. (R680)
NO The thrower-in shall not cause the ball to enter the basket directly. (OBR Art. 17.3.1) (R680)
679
With 1:27 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 commits a violation on the last free throw. Team B shall be awarded a throw-in from the throw-in line extended in its frontcourt. (R681)
NO
680
Thrower-in A3 with the ball in the hands moves backwards 4-5 meters and then passes the ball on the court. This is a legal play by A3.
YES The thrower-in is permitted to move directly backwards from the boundary line as fast as the circumstances allow. (OBR Art. 17.3.1) (R682)
681
Thrower-in A4 rolls the ball on the court. A5 does not touch the ball in order not to start the game clock. A4 has committed a 5-second throw-in violation as the ball is not legally touched by a player on the court after 5 seconds elapsed. (R683)
NO The thrower-in shall not take more than 5 seconds to release the ball. (OBR Art. 17.3.1) (R683)
682
Thrower-in A5 with the ball in the hands steps on (but not over) the boundary line. This is a violation by A5. (R684)
NO The thrower-in shall not step into the court while having the ball in the hands. The boundary line is not part of the court. (OBR Art. 17.3.1 and 2.4.1) (R684)
683
Thrower-in A2 may move laterally 1m in one direction, return to the original place and then move 1m laterally in the opposite direction. This is a legal play by A2.
NO The thrower-in shall not move from the designated place behind the boundary line laterally in one or both directions, exceeding a total distance of 1m before releasing the ball. (OBR Art. 17.3.1) (R685)
684
Thrower-in A4 hands the ball to A5 who is on the court. This is a legal play by team A. (R686)
NO The thrower-in must release the ball on the throw-in. (OBR Art. 17.3.1) (R686)
685
During a throw-in, the 5-second count shall end when the ball leaves thrower-in hands. (R687)
YES The thrower-in shall not take more than 5 seconds to release the ball. (OBR Art. 17.3.1) (R687)
686
During an endline throw-in, B4 throws the ball over the backboard. This is a violation by B4.
NO The ball is out-of-bounds when it touches the back of the backboard. (OBR Art. 17.3.1 and 23.1.2) (R688)
687
Thrower-in A1 pivots 3-4 steps behind the boundary line before releasing the ball. This is a legal play by A1
YES A pivot is a legal movement in which a player holding the ball steps once or more than once with the same foot while the other foot is kept at its point of contact with the floor. (OBR Art. 17.3.1 and 25.1.2) (R689)
688
Thrower-in A5 passes the ball on the court but it incidentally enters the basket without being touched by a player on the court. Team A shall be awarded a substitute throw-in from the place of the original throw-in.
NO The thrower-in shall not cause the ball to enter the basket directly. The ball shall be awarded to the opponents for a throw-in from the place of the original throw-in. (OBR Art. 17.3.1 and 17.4) (R690)
689
Thrower-in A1 hands the ball over the boundary line so that the ball is above the court. B1 grabs or taps the ball out of A1's hands without any physical contact with A1. This is a violation by B1. (R691)
YES This is a violation by B1. In addition, a warning shall be given to B1 and communicated to the team B head coach. This warning shall apply to all team B players for the remainder of the game. Any repetition of a similar action by any team B player may result in a technical foul. The throw-in shall be repeated. (OBR Art. 17.1 and 36.1.4.) ( OBRI 17-2a) (R691)
690
Thrower-in A1 hands the ball over the boundary line so that the ball is above the court. B1 grabs or taps the ball out of A1's hands without any physical contact with A1. B1 shall be charged with a technical foul. (R692)
NO This is a violation by B1. In addition, a warning shall be given to B1 and communicated to the team B head coach. This warning shall apply to all team B players for the remainder of the game. Any repetition of a similar action by any team B player may result in a technical foul. The throw-in shall be repeated. (OBR Art. 17.1 and 36.1.4.) (R692)
691
Thrower-in A1 hands the ball to A2 on the court. This is a violation by team A.
YES The ball must leave A1's hands in order for the throw-in to be considered legal. (OBR Art. 17.3) (OBRI-17-7)
692
Thrower-in A1 hands the ball to A2 on the court. This is legal.
NO The ball must leave A1's hands in order for the throw-in to be considered legal. (OBR Art. 17.3) (R694)
693
Thrower-in A2 behind the sideline places the ball on the floor. A2 on the court goes out-of-bounds, takes the ball and executes the throw-in. This is a violation by team A. (R695)
YES During the throw-in, other player(s) shall not have any part of their bodies over the boundary line before the ball has been thrown-in across the boundary line. (OBR Art. 17.3.2.) (OBRI 17-10a) (R695)
694
Thrower-in A2 behind the sideline places the ball on the floor. A2 on the court goes out-of-bounds, takes the ball and executes the throw-in. This is a legal play by team A. (R696)
NO During the throw-in, other player(s) shall not have any part of their bodies over the boundary line before the ball is passed on the court. (OBR Art. 17.3.2.) (R696)
695
Thrower-in A1 has the ball in the hands. A2 on the court goes out-of-bounds and A1 hands to ball to A2. This is a violation by team A. (R697)
YES During the throw-in, other player(s) shall not have any part of their bodies over the boundary line before the ball has been thrown-in across the boundary line. (OBR Art. 17.3.2.) (OBRI 17-10b) (R697)
696
Team A scores a goal, after which A4 fouls B1 in the restricted area. This is the 3rd team A foul in the quarter. Thrower-in B3 shall be permitted to run along the endline before releasing the ball. (R698)
NO The thrower-in shall not move from the designated throw-in place behind the boundary line laterally, exceeding a total distance of 1m before releasing the ball. (OBR Art. 17.3.1) (R698)
697
With 1:23 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, team A is awarded a throw-in from its backcourt when a referee stops the game to clean the court. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the centre line extended, opposite the scorer’s table. (R699)
NO
698
After a successful goal, thrower-in A1 passes the ball to A2 who is also out-of-bounds behind the endline. The new 5-second count starts when A2 catches the ball.
NO The ball may be passed between team-mates behind the endline but the 5-second count starts when the ball is at the disposal of the first player out-of-bounds. (OBR Art. 17.2.10.)
699
Thrower-in A1 has the ball in the hands. A2 on the court goes out-of-bounds and A1 hands the ball to A2. This is a legal play by team A. (R701)
NO During the throw-in, other player(s) shall not have any part of their bodies over the boundary line before the ball has been thrown-in across the boundary line. (OBR Art. 17.3.2.) (R701)
700
A1 scores a goal or a last free throw. Team B is granted a time-out. After the time-out, thrower-in B1 places the ball on the floor and B2, who is also behind the endline, takes the ball. This is team a legal play by team B. (R702)
YES After a successful goal or a last free throw, the players behind the endline may pass the ball between them but the 5-second count starts when the ball is at the disposal of the first player out-of-bounds. (OBR Art. 17.2.10.) (R702
701
A1 scores a goal or a last free throw. Team B is granted a time- out. After the time-out, thrower-in B1 hands the ball to B2, who is also behind the endline. This is a violation by team B.
NO After a successful goal or a last free throw, the players behind the endline may pass the ball between them but the 5-second count starts when the ball is at the disposal of the first player out-of-bounds. (OBR Art. 17.2.10.) (R703)
702
With 0:46 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 dribbles in the backcourt when B1 taps the ball out-of-bounds at the free-throw line extended. Team B is granted a time-out. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the free-throw line extended in its backcourt. (R704)
YES Team A shall resume the game with a throw-in from the free-throw line extended in its backcourt as team A was not the team granted the time-out. (OBR Art. 17.2) (R704)
703
With 0:46 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 dribbles in the backcourt when B1 taps the ball out-of-bounds at the free-throw line extended. Team B is granted a time-out. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt.
NO
704
With 0:46 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 dribbles in the backcourt when B1 taps the ball out-of-bounds at the free-throw line extended. Team A is granted a time-out. Team A head coach has the right to decide whether the game shall be resumed with a throw-in from the throw-in line in the team's frontcourt or from the team's backcourt
YES When the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the fourth quarter, after a time-out taken by the team that is entitled to the possession of the ball from its backcourt, the head coach of that team has the right to decide where the throw-in shall be taken from. (OBR Art. 17.2.4) (OBRI 17-13) (R706)
705
With 0:46 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 dribbles in the backcourt when B1 taps the ball out-of-bounds at the free-throw line extended. Team A is granted a time-out. Team A head coach has the right to decide whether the game shall be resumed with a throw-in from the throw-in line in the team's frontcourt or from the team's backcourt. (R707)
YES When the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the fourth quarter, after a time-out taken by the team that is entitled to the possession of the ball from its backcourt, the head coach of that team has the right to decide where the throw-in shall be taken from. (OBR Art. 17.2.4.) (OBRI 17-13) (R707)
706
With 0:46 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 commits a violation during the last free throw. Team B is granted a time-out. Team B head coach has the right to decide whether the game shall be resumed with a throw-in from the throw-in line in the team's frontcourt or from the team's backcourt.
YES Team B head coach has the right to decide whether the game shall be resumed with a throw-in from the throw-in line in the team's frontcourt or from the team's backcourt. If from the frontcourt, the game shall be resumed automatically from the throw-in line on the opposite site. (OBR Art. 17.2.4.) (OBRI 17-15) (R708)
707
With 1:58 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when B1 taps the ball to team A backcourt where A3 starts to dribble. B2 fouls A3 in team A's backcourt with 6 seconds on the shot clock. This is the 3rd team B foul in the quarter. Team A is granted a time-out. If team A head coach decides to resume the game with a throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt, team A shall have 6 seconds on the shot clock.
NO Team A shall resume the game with 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 17.2.4.) (R709)
708
With 0:45 on the game clock in the 4th period, A1 dribbles for 6 seconds in the backcourt when B1 taps the ball out-of-bounds. Team A is granted a time-out. Team A head coach has the right to decide whether the game shall be resumed with a throw-in from the throw-in line in the team's frontcourt or from the team's backcourt. (R710)
YES When the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the fourth quarter, after a time-out taken by the team that is entitled to the possession of the ball from its backcourt, the head coach of that team has the right to decide where the throw-in shall be taken from. If from the frontcourt, team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 17.2.4.) (OBRI 17-16a) (R710)
709
With 0:45 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 dribbles for 6 seconds in the backcourt when B1 taps the ball out-of-bounds. Team A is granted a time-out. Team A head coach has the right to decide whether the game shall be resumed with a throw-in from the throw-in line in the team's frontcourt or from the team's backcourt. If from the frontcourt, team A shall have 18 seconds on the shot clock. (R711)
NO When the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the fourth quarter, after a time-out taken by the team that is entitled to the possession of the ball from its backcourt, the head coach of that team has the right to decide where the throw-in shall be taken from. If from the frontcourt, team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 17.2.4.) (OBRI 17-16a) (R711)
710
With 0:45 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when B1 taps the ball to team A backcourt where A2 starts to dribble. B2 now taps the ball out-of-bounds in the team A backcourt with 6 seconds remaining on the shot clock. Team A is granted a time-out. Team A head coach has the right to decide whether the game shall be resumed with a throw-in from the throw-in line in the team's frontcourt or from the team's backcourt. If from the frontcourt, team A shall have 6 seconds on the shot clock. (R712)
YES When the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the fourth quarter, after a time-out taken by the team that is entitled to the possession of the ball from its backcourt, the head coach of that team has the right to decide where the throw-in shall be taken from. If from the frontcourt, team A shall have 6 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 17.2.4.) (OBRI 17-17a) (R712)
711
With 0:45 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when B1 taps the ball to team A backcourt where A2 starts to dribble. B2 now taps the ball out-of- bounds in the team A backcourt with 6 seconds remaining on the shot clock. Team A is granted a time-out. Team A head coach has the right to decide whether the game shall be resumed with a throw-in from the throw-in line in the team's frontcourt or from the team's backcourt. If from the frontcourt, team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (R713)
NO
712
With 1:37 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when B1 taps the ball to team A backcourt where A2 starts to dribble. B2 now taps the ball out-of-bounds in the team A backcourt with 17 seconds remaining on the shot clock. Team A is granted a time-out. Team A head coach has the right to decide whether the game shall be resumed with a throw-in from the throw-in line in the team's frontcourt or from the team's backcourt. If from the frontcourt, team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock.
YES When the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the fourth quarter, after a time-out taken by the team that is entitled to the possession of the ball from its backcourt, the head coach of that team has the right to decide where the throw-in shall be taken from. If from the frontcourt, team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 17.2.4.) (OBRI 17-17b) (R714)
713
B1 scores a goal. Team A is granted a time-out. After the time-out, thrower-in A1 passes the ball to A2 who is also behind the endline. A2 then passes the ball to A3 who is on the playing court. This is a legal play by team A.
YES After a successful goal, the ball may be passed between the team-mates behind the endline, but the 5-second count starts when the ball is at the disposal of the first player out-of-bounds. (OBR Art. 17.2.10) (R715)
714
A1's throw-in from the endline goes out-of-bounds at the opposite endline of the court without being touched by a player on the court. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from behind the endline where the ball went out-of-bounds. (R716)
NO The player shall take the throw-in from the place nearest to the infraction, which is the original throw-in place. (OBR Art. 17.2.2) (R716)
715
A1 is awarded a throw-in from behind the sideline. A1 takes 3 small steps in the same direction before releasing the ball but does not move a distance exceeding 1 meter. This is a throw-in violation by A1.
NO
716
A1 scores a goal. Thrower-in B1 bounce-passes the ball to B2 at the same endline. The ball becomes dead when it touches the floor on the bounce-pass. (R718)
NO The ball may be passed between team-mates behind the endline but the 5-second count starts when the ball is at the disposal of the first player out-of-bounds. (OBR Art. 17.2.10) (R718)
717
Thrower-in A1 at the centre line extended commits a throw-in violation. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the place of the original throw-in. (R719)
YES The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the place of the original throw-in, which is the centre line extended. (OBR Art. 17.2.) (R719)
718
With 1:58 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when B1 taps the ball to team A backcourt where A3 starts to dribble. B2 fouls A3 in team A backcourt with 6 seconds on the shot clock. This is the 3rd team B foul in the quarter. Team A is granted a time-out. If team A head coach decides to resume the game with a throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt, team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (R720)
YES When the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the fourth quarter, after a time-out taken by the team that is entitled to the possession of the ball from its backcourt, the head coach of that team has the right to decide where the throw-in shall be taken from. If from the frontcourt, team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 17.2.4.) (OBRI 17-18a) (R720)
719
With 1:58 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when B1 taps the ball to team A backcourt where A3 starts to dribble. B2 fouls A3 in team A backcourt with 6 seconds on the shot clock. This is the 3d team B foul in the quarter. Team A is granted a time-out. If team A head coach decides to resume the game with a throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt, team A shall have 6 seconds on the shot clock. (R721)
NO When the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the fourth quarter, after a time-out taken by the team that is entitled to the possession of the ball from its backcourt, the head coach of that team has the right to decide where the throw-in shall be taken from. If from the frontcourt, team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 17.2.4.) (R721)
720
With 1:58 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when B1 taps the ball to team A backcourt where A3 starts to dribble. B2 fouls A3 in team A backcourt with 17 seconds on the shot clock. This is the 3rd team B foul in the quarter. Team A is granted a time-out. If team A head coach decides to resume the game with a throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt, team A shall have 17 seconds on the shot clock.
NO Team A shall resume the game with 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 17.2.4.) (OBRI 17-17b)
721
Thrower-in A1 passes the ball to A2. The ball touches a referee out-of-bounds before it is caught by A2 on the court. This is a throw-in violation by team A.
YES The thrower-in shall not cause the ball to touch out-of-bounds, after it has been released on the throw-in. (OBR Art. 17.3.1.) (R723)
722
A1 dribbles in the backcourt for 5 seconds when A6 and B6 are disqualified for entering the court during a fighting situation. The foul penalties cancel each other. Team A is granted a time-out. Team A shall resume the game with a throw-in from its backcourt.
YES If approximately the same time when the game was stopped because of the fighting a team had control of the ball, the ball shall be awarded to that team for a throw-in from the place nearest to where the ball was located when the fight has begun. (OBR Art. 17.2.8. and 39.3.2.) (R724)
723
A1 dribbles in the backcourt for 5 seconds when A6 and B6 are disqualified for entering the court during a fighting situation. The foul penalties cancel each other. Team A is granted a time-out. Team A shall resume the game with a throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt. (R725)
NO If approximately the same time when the game was stopped because of the fighting a team had control of the ball, the ball shall be awarded to that team for a throw-in from the place nearest to where the ball was located when the fight has begun. (OBR Art. 17.2.8. and 39.3.2.) (R725)
724
A1 dribbles in its backcourt for 5 seconds when A6 and B6 are disqualified for entering the court during a fighting situation. The foul penalties cancel each other. Team A is granted a time-out. Team A shall resume the game with throw-in from the centre line extended, opposite the scorer's table
NO
725
Thrower-in A1 at the centre line extended, opposite the scorer's table commits a violation. Team B is awarded a throw-in from the place of the original throw-in. Thrower-in B1 may pass the ball to either the frontcourt or the backcourt.
YES B1's throw-in occurs at the centre line extended and therefore B1 has a right to pass the ball either to the frontcourt or to the backcourt. (OBR Art. 17.2.2.) (R727)
726
Thrower-in A1 passes the ball over the basket when B1 touches it by reaching through the basket from below. This is a violation by B1.
YES Interference occurs when a player reaches through the basket from below and touches the ball. (OBR Art. 17.2 and 31.2.4) (OBRI 17-28)
727
Thrower-in A1 passes the ball over the basket when B1 touches it by reaching through the basket from below. This is a legal play by B1. (R729)
NO Interference occurs when a player reaches through the basket from below and touches the ball. (OBR Art. 17.2 and 31.2.4) (R729)
728
Thrower-in A1 passes the ball towards the basket and it lodges between the ring and the backboard. This is a jump ball situation.
YES A jump ball situation occurs when a live ball lodges between the ring and the backboard. (OBR Art. 17.2 and 12.4) (OBRI 17-30) (R730)
729
Thrower-in A1 passes the ball towards the basket and it lodges between the ring and the backboard. This is a violation by A1.
NO A jump ball situation occurs when a live ball lodges between the ring and the backboard. (OBR Art. 17.2 and 12.4) (R731)
730
Thrower-in A1 passes the ball towards the basket and it lodges between the ring and the backboard. This is a jump ball situation. The arrow favours team A. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds.
NO A jump ball situation occurs when a live ball lodges between the ring and the backboard. The game shall be resumed according to the alternating possession procedure. Team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 17.2 and 12.4) (R732)
731
Thrower-in A1 passes the ball towards the basket and it lodges between the ring and the backboard. This is a jump ball situation. The arrow favours team A. The shot clock shall remain unchanged. (R733)
NO A jump ball situation occurs when a live ball lodges between the ring and the backboard. The game shall be resumed according to the alternating possession procedure. Team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 17.2 and 12.4) (R733)
732
With 5 seconds on the shot clock, thrower-in A1 passes the ball towards the basket where it touches the ring. The shot clock shall not be reset as the game clock did not start yet. (R734)
YES The shot clock operator shall not reset the shot clock as the game clock did not start yet. The game clock and the shot clock shall be started simultaneously when the ball is touched by either player. (OBR Art. 17.2 and 50.1) (R734)
733
With 5 seconds on the shot clock, thrower-in A1 passes the ball towards the basket. The ball rebounds from the ring and A2 catches it. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds
YES The shot clock operator shall reset the shot clock as the game clock has started when A2 rebounded the ball. Team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 17.2 and 50.1) (R735)
734
Thrower-in A1 without moving, bounces the ball out-of-bounds and catches it again. This is a legal play by A1. (R736)
YES This is a legal play and the 5-second count shall continue. (OBR Art. 17.3.1) (R736)
735
Thrower-in A1 without moving, bounces the ball which touches the court and A1 catches it again. This is a legal play by A1. (R737)
NO The thrower-in shall not touch the ball before it has touched another player on the court. (OBR Art. 17.3.1) (R737)
736
A1 scores a goal. Team B is granted a time-out. After the time-out, thrower-in B1 places the ball on the floor behind the endline. The ball is taken by B2 who is also standing behind the endline. This is a violation by team B. (R738)
NO After a successful goal, the ball may be passed between team-mates behind the endline, but the 5-second count starts when the ball is at the disposal of the first player out-of-bounds. (OBR Art. 17.2.10.) (R738)
737
Thrower-in A1 pass goes out-of-bounds without touching any player on the court. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the place nearest to where the ball went out-of-bounds. (R739)
NO
738
Thrower-in A1 passes the ball to A2. A2 receives the ball with one foot touching the boundary line. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the place nearest to where A2 touched the line. (R740)
YES The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the place nearest to where A2 touched the boundary line. (OBR Art. 17.3.) (OBRI 17-35) (R740)
739
Thrower-in A1 passes the ball to A2. A2 receives the ball with one foot touching the boundary line. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the place of the original throw-in. (R741)
NO The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the place nearest to where A2 touched the boundary line. (OBR Art. 17.3.) (R741)
740
Thrower-in A1 is close to the centre line in the backcourt. A1 takes 1 normal lateral step towards the frontcourt. While in the frontcourt, A1 passes the ball to A2 in the backcourt. This is a legal play by team A. (R742)
YES A1 keeps the initial throw-in position and right to pass the ball either to the frontcourt or to the backcourt. (OBR Art. 17.3.1.) (OBRI 17-36) (R742)
741
Thrower-in A1 is close to the centre line in the backcourt. A1 takes 1 normal lateral step towards the frontcourt. While in the frontcourt, A1 passes the ball to A2 in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team A. (R743)
NO A1 keeps the initial throw-in position and right to pass the ball either to the frontcourt or to the backcourt. (OBR Art. 17.3.1.) (R743)
742
A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when B1 commits a technical foul. A5's free throw is successful. Team A is granted a time-out. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the centre line extended, opposite the scorer's table.
NO Following the free throw resulting from a technical foul, team A shall resume the game with a throw-in from the place nearest to where the ball was located when the technical foul occurred. (OBR Art. 17.2.6.) (OBR 17-46)
743
A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when A2 commits a technical foul. B5's free throw is not successful. Team A is granted a time-out. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt.
NO Following the free throw resulting from a technical foul, team A shall resume the game with a throw-in from the place nearest to where the ball was located when the technical foul occurred. (OBR Art. 17.2.6.) (OBRI 17-46)
744
Thrower-in A1 moves laterally one small step in one direction along the boundary line and returns to the original throw-in place. A1's movements cover a total distance of less than 1 meter. A1 has committed a violation for moving in more than one direction. (R746)
NO The thrower-in may move from the designated throw-in place behind the boundary line in one or both directions, if not exceeding a total distance of 1 m before releasing the ball. (OBR Art. 17.3.1.) (R746)
745
A1 scores a goal. Thrower-in B1 bounce-passes the ball to B2 who is also standing behind the endline. B2 then passes the ball on the court to B3. This is a legal play by team B.
YES Following the free throw resulting from a technical foul, team A shall resume the game with a throw-in from the place nearest to where the ball was located when the technical foul occurred. (OBR Art. 17.2.10.)
746
With 1:35 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 charges into B1 and then releases the ball which enters the basket. A referee calls a team control foul and cancels the goal. Team B is granted a time-out. The game shall be resumed automatically with a team B backcourt throw-in from the free-throw line extended. (R748)
NO When the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the fourth quarter, after a time-out taken by the team that is entitled to the possession of the ball in its backcourt, the head coach of that team has the right to decide where the game shall be resumed from. If from the frontcourt, it shall be resumed from the throw-in line in the team's frontcourt with 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 17.2.4. and 29.2.4.) (R748)
747
B1 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A1. After the free throws, thrower-in A3 at the throw-in line in the frontcourt commits the throw-in violation. Team B is granted a time-out after which team A is granted a time-out. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the place of the original throw-in. (R749)
YES If the team commits the throw-in violation, the ball is awarded to the opponents for a throw-in from the place of the original throw-in. (OBR Art. 17.4.) (R749)
748
Thrower-in A1 with the ball in the hands crosses over the boundary line. B1 grabs the ball and now both A1 and B1 are holding firmly the ball. This a jump ball situation. (R750)
NO This is a violation by B1 for interfering with the throw-in, therefore delaying the game. A warning shall be given to B1. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the original throw-in place. (OBR Art. 0) (R750)
749
With 1 :23 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 commits a travelling violation in his frontcourt. Team A is granted a time-out. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt.
NO Team B entitled to the possession of the ball from its backcourt did not request a time-out. The throw-in shall take place from the sideline or endline place nearest to where the travelling violation occurred. (OBR Art. 17.2.4.) (R751)
750
With 1:23 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 commits a travelling violation in his backcourt. Team B is granted a time-out. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in its front court.
NO Team B which requested a time-out is entitled to the possession of the ball from its frontcourt. The throw-in shall take place from the sideline nearest to where the travelling violation occurred. (OBR Art. 17.2.4.) (R752)
751
B1 fouls dribbler A1 in the restricted area before A1 started the act of shooting. This is the 3rd team B foul in the quarter. A1 ends the dribble and releases the ball which enters the basket. A referee cancels the goal. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the free-throw line extended. (R753)
YES
752
With 0:55 on the game clock in the 1st quarter, A1 commits a travelling violation in the frontcourt. Team B is granted a time-out. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt. (R754)
NO
753
With 3:47 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 commits a travelling violation in the frontcourt. Team B is granted a time-out. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the centre line extended. (R755)
NO Team B which requested a time-out is entitled to the possession of the ball from its backcourt, but the game clock does not show 2:00 or less in the fourth quarter. The throw-in shall take place from the sideline nearest to where the travelling violation occurred. (OBR Art. 17.2.4.) (R755)
754
With 6 seconds on the shot clock, thrower-in A1 from behind the sideline passes the ball towards team B basket where it touches the ring. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds immediately
NO The game clock and the shot clock shall be started simultaneously when the ball is touched on the court by either player. If team A gains the control of the ball, the shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds. If team B gains the control of the ball, the shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds. (OBR Art. 29.2.6.) (R756)
755
With 0:58 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A4 is fouled on the successful shot for a goal. Team B is granted a time-out. After A4's successful 1 free throw, the game shall be automatically resumed with a team B throw-in from the centre line extended.
NO When the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the fourth quarter, after a time-out taken by the team that is entitled to the possession of the ball from its backcourt, the head coach of that team has the right to decide where the throw-in shall be taken from. If from the team's frontcourt, the head coach shall have also the right to decide whether from the table side or from the opposite side. (OBR Art. 17.2.4.) (R757)
756
With 0:58 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A4 is fouled on the successful shot for a goal. After A4's successful 1 free throw, team B is granted a time-out. The game shall be automatically resumed with a team B throw-in from the centre line extended. (R758)
NO
757
With 1:37 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, all throw-ins from the backcourt must be taken from the throw-in line in the team's frontcourt. (R759)
NO When the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the fourth quarter and the team is entitled to the possession of the ball from its backcourt, only the head coach of the team which requested a time-out has the right to decide where the throw-in shall be taken from. (OBR Art. 17.2.4.) (R759)
758
With 0:34 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, dribbler A1 causes the ball to go out-of-bounds in the backcourt. Team A is granted a time-out. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the free-throw line extended, opposite the scorer’s table.
NO Team B head coach did not request a time-out. The throw-in shall take place in team B frontcourt, from behind the sideline or endline place nearest to where the ball went outof-bounds. (OBR Art. 17.2.4) (R760)
759
A4's throw-in from behind the sideline is touched on the court by B4. The ball goes out-of-bounds at the opposite sideline without touching an another player. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place of the original throw-in. (R761)
NO Team A player shall take the throw-in from the place nearest to where the ball went out-of-bounds. (OBR Art. 17.2.2) (R761)
760
B4 scores a goal. Thrower-in A4 holds the ball for 2 seconds before passing the ball to A5 who is also standing behind the endline. A5 shall have 5 seconds to release the ball on the throw-in.
NO After a successful goal the ball may be passed between the team-mates behind the endline. The 5-second count starts when the ball is at the disposal of the first player out-of-bounds. (OBR Art. 17.2.10.)
761
Thrower-in A1 has the ball at the disposal behind the sideline. A1 places the ball on the floor. A2 comes from the court to behind the sideline and passes the ball on the court. This is a legal play by team A. (R763)
NO During the throw-in, other player(s) shall not have any part of their bodies over the boundary line before the ball has been thrown-in across the boundary line. (OBR Art. 17.3.2.) (OBRI 17 - 10a) (R763)
762
With 0:28 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, thrower-in A1 is closely guarded by B1. A1 requests a referee for a permission to move 2 meters along the boundary line before releasing the ball. A1's request shall be granted. (R764)
NO The player taking the throw-in shall not move from the designated throw-in place laterally in one or both directions, exceeding a total distance of 1 m before releasing the ball. (OBR Art. 17.3.1.) (R764)
763
The shot clock shall be reset when the ball touches the ring on a team A's throw-in.
NO After the ball has touched the ring, the shot clock shall be started with 14 seconds when any team A player touches the ball and team A remains in control of the ball. (OBR Art. 29.2.6.)
764
With 1:33 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, B1 commits an unsportsmanlike foul in the frontcourt against dribbler A1. Team A is granted a time-out. After 2 free throws with no line-up, the game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the centre line extended.
NO Following an unsportsmanlike foul, the game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line at team's frontcourt. (OBR Art. 17.2.7.)
765
Thrower-in A1 moves the hands with the ball over the boundary line. B1 taps the ball out of A1's hands without any physical contact with A1. This is a legal play by B1. (R767)
NO This is a violation by B1 for interfering with the throw-in, therefore delaying the game. A warning shall be given to B1. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the original throw-in place. (OBR Art. 17.3.1) (R767)
766
With 0:15 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, thrower-in A1 straddling the centre line extended commits a throw-in violation. Team B head coach requests a time-out and then team A head coach requests a time-out. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the centre line extended. (R768)
YES Team B which has requested a time-out is not is a team entitled to the possession of the ball from its backcourt. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from its frontcourt at the centre line. (OBR Art. 17.4.) (R768)
767
Thrower-in A1 in the backcourt passes the ball to A2 in the frontcourt. A2 starts a dribble when a referee realises that the game clock did not start. After the correction of the error, the game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in in its frontcourt from the place nearest to where the game was stopped.
YES Team A player shall take the throw-in from the place nearest to where the game was stopped. (OBR Art. 17.2.2.)
768
With 0:45 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 dribbles for 6 seconds in the backcourt when B1 taps the ball out-of-bounds. Team A is granted a time-out. The game shall be automatically resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt. (R770)
NO
769
With 1:38 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 steps on the free-throw line during the last free throw. Team B head coach requests a time-out. After the time-out, the game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt on the table side. (R772)
NO When the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the fourth quarter, after a time-out taken by the team that is entitled to the possession of the ball from its backcourt, the head coach of that team has the right to decide where the throw-in shall be taken from. If from the frontcourt, the game shall be resumed automatically from the throw-in line on the opposite side. (OBR Art. 0 and OBRI 17-15) (R772)
770
771
Thrower-in A1 attempts a throw-in from behind the sideline on the table side within the team B bench area. A1 tries to move 1m along the sideline, however team B head coach occupies the direction where A1 wants to move. The referee shall order the team B head coach to free the place where A1 wants to move. (R774)
NO The player shall take the throw-in from the place nearest to the infraction or from the place where the game was stopped. (OBR Art. 17.2.2) (R774)
772
With 1:32 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 commits a 5-seconds violation during the last free throw. Team B head coach requests a time-out. After the time-out, the game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt on the table side. (R775)
NO When the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the fourth quarter, after a time-out taken by the team that is entitled to the possession of the ball from its backcourt, the head coach of that team has the right to decide where the throw-in shall be taken from. If from the frontcourt, the game shall be resumed automatically from the throw-in line on the opposite side. (OBR Art. 0 and OBRI 17-15) (R775)
773
Team B first assistant coach requests a time-out. The time-out shall be granted. (R776)
YES A time-out is an interruption of the game requested by the head coach or first assistant coach. (OBR Art. 18.1) (R776)
774
Team A head coach requests 2 time-outs in the first half after each other without game clock running period between them. The time-outs shall be granted. (R777)
YES Each team may be granted 2 time-outs during the first half. (OBR Art. 18.2.5.) (R777)
775
The timer's signal sounds when 50 seconds of the time-out elapsed. Team B must finish the time-out within 10 seconds and return to the court immediately. (R778)
YES Each time-out shall last 1 minute. (OBR Art. 18.2.1) (R778)
776
Team A head coach requests a time-out. Few seconds later, team B head coach also requests a time-out. Team A scores a goal. Team A head coach shall be granted the time-out, as making the request first
NO A time-out shall be charged against the team whose head coach first made a request unless the time-out is granted following a goal scored by the opponents and without an infraction occurred. (OBR Art. 18.2.7.) (R779)
777
Team B head coach requests a time-out shortly before A5 scores a goal. The timer stops the game clock and attempts to notify the referees of the time-out request. The referees cannot hear the signal because of an excessive noise. Following B1's first pass from behind the endline, A3 gains control of the ball on the court and scores a goal. At this time, the time-out request is brought to the attention of the referees. A3's goal shall count
NO The ball becomes dead when A5's goal is made. The table officials should do their best (even by throwing an additional ball on the court) to attract the attention of the referees and players that the game should be stopped. After the time-out is granted, team B shall be awarded a throw-in from behind its endline. (OBR Art. 18.2.3 and 49.2) (R780)
778
A4 is awarded 1 free throw. After a referee entered the restricted area, but before the ball is placed at A4's disposal, team B head coach requests a time-out. The time-out shall be granted.
YES The time-out opportunity ends when the ball is at the disposal of a player for a first free throw. (OBR Art. 18.2.3 and 18.2.4) (R781)
779
A4 is awarded 2 free throws. After the successful last free throw, but before the ball is at B1's disposal for the throw-in, team A head coach requests a time-out. The time-out shall be granted. (R782)
YES The time-out opportunity ends when the ball is at the disposal of a player for a throw-in. (OBR Art. 18.2.3 and 18.2.4) (R782)
780
In the 1st quarter, A5's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball enters the basket. Team A head coach requests a time-out. The time-out shall be granted. (R783)
NO The time-out opportunity starts, for the non-scoring team, when a goal is scored. (OBR Art. 18.2.3) (R783)
781
Free-throw shooter A1 commits a violation during the last free throw. The time-out can be granted to either team. (R784)
YES The time-out opportunity starts for both teams when the ball becomes dead and the game clock is stopped. (OBR Art. 18.2.3) (R784)
782
A2 scores a goal. Team A head coach requests a time-out. The time-out shall be granted. (R785)
NO The time-out opportunity starts, for the non-scoring team, when a goal is scored. (OBR Art. 18.2.3) (R785)
783
A2 scores a goal. Team B head coach requests a time-out. The time-out shall be granted. (R786)
YES The time-out opportunity starts, for the non-scoring team, when a goal is scored. (OBR Art. 18.2.3) (R786)
784
The ball goes out-of-bounds. The time-out may be granted to either team. (R787)
YES
785
A1 commits a foul. The time-out may be granted to either team. (R788)
YES The time-out opportunity starts for both teams when the ball becomes dead and the game clock is stopped. (OBR Art. 18.2.3) (R788)
786
A1 commits a violation. The time-out may be granted to either team. (R789)
YES The time-out opportunity starts for both teams when the ball becomes dead and the game clock is stopped. (OBR Art. 18.2.3) (R789)
787
With 1:46 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A3 scores a goal. The time-out may be granted to either team. (R790)
NO A time-out shall not be granted to the scoring team when the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the fourth quarter following a successful goal, unless a referee has interrupted the game. (OBR Art. 18.2.8) (R790)
788
With 1:46 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A3 scores a goal. Team A may be granted a time-out.
NO A time-out shall not be granted to the scoring team when the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the fourth quarter after a successful goal, unless a referee has interrupted the game. (OBR Art. 18.2.8) (R791)
789
With 1:46 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A3 scores a goal. Team B may be granted a time-out. (R792)
YES The time-out opportunity starts, for the non-scoring team, when a goal is scored. (OBR Art. 18.2.3) (R792)
790
During a throw-in, the time-out opportunity shall end when the ball is placed at the thrower-in disposal. (R793)
YES The time-out opportunity ends when the ball is at the disposal of the thrower-in. (OBR Art. 18.2.4) (R793)
791
A3 scores 2 free throws. Before the ball is at the thrower-in B1 disposal from behind the endline, team A head coach requests a time-out. The time-out shall be granted
YES The time-out opportunity ends when the ball is at the disposal of the thrower-in. (OBR Art. 18.2.4) (R794)
792
During the 1st overtime, team A did not use the time-out to which it is entitled. The game is tied and it goes to the 2nd overtime. Team A shall be entitled to 2 time-outs in the 2nd overtime. (R795)
NO
793
During the 1st quarter, team A used 2 time-outs. During the 2nd quarter, team A may use 1 of the remaining 3 time-outs
NO Each team may be granted 2 time-outs during the first half. (OBR Art. 18.2.5)
794
During the 3rd quarter, team A used 1 time-out. Team A may use also either 1 or both of the remaining time-outs in the 4th quarter. (R797)
YES Each team may be granted 3 time-outs during the second half. (OBR Art. 18.2.5) (R797)
795
During the 1st half, 2 time-outs may be granted to each team at any time. (R798)
YES
796
During the 2nd half, only 2 time-outs shall be granted to each team. (R799)
NO Each team may be granted 3 time-outs during the second half with a maximum of 2 of these time-outs when the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the fourth quarter. (OBR Art. 18.2.5) (R799)
797
During the 2nd half, 3 time-outs may be granted to each team at any time
NO
798
During each overtime, 2 time-outs may be granted to each team at any time. (R801)
NO Each team may be granted 1 time-out during each overtime. (OBR Art. 18.2.5) (R801)
799
During the 1st half, team A used only 1 time-out. The unused 1 time-out may be carried over to the 2nd half. (R802)
NO
800
Team A head coach requests a time-out. Few seconds later, team B head coach also requests a time-out. The ball goes out-of-bounds. The time-out shall be granted to team A head coach.
YES A time-out shall be charged on the team whose head coach first made a request unless the time-out is granted after a goal scored by the opponents and without an infraction occurred. (OBR Art. 18.2.7) (R803)
801
Team A head coach requests a time-out. Few seconds later, team B head coach also request a time-out. A4 scores a goal. The time-out shall be granted to team A head coach.
NO A time-out shall be charged on the team whose head coach first made the request unless the time-out is granted after a goal scored by the opponents and without an infraction occurred. (OBR Art. 18.2.7) (R804)
802
Any person permitted to sit on the team bench may go to the scorer’s table to request a time-out. (R805)
NO
803
The first assistant coach shall have the right to request a time-out.
YES Only a head coach or first assistant coach has the right to request a time-out. (OBR Art. 18.3.1) (R806)
804
The player/head coach may request a time-out directly to the 1 of the referees.
NO The request for a time-out shall be made to the scorer's table, making the proper conventional sign with the hands. (OBR Art. 18.3.1)
805
The player on the court may request a time-out.
NO Only a head coach or first assistant coach has the right to request a time-out. (OBR Art. 18.3.1) (R808)
806
A time-out request may be cancelled only before the timer's signal has sounded for such a request. (R809)
YES A time-out request may be cancelled only before the timer's signal has sounded for such a request. (OBR Art. 18.3.2) (R809)
807
During the time-out, the players may leave the court and sit on the team bench. (R810)
YES During the time-out, the players may leave the court and sit on the team bench. (OBR Art. 18.3.5) (R810)
808
During the time-out, any of the persons permitted to sit on the team bench may enter the court provided they remain within the vicinity of their team bench area.
YES During the time-out, any of the persons permitted to sit on the team bench may enter the court provided they remain within the vicinity of their team bench area. (OBR Art. 18.3.5) (R811)
809
B2 fouls A2 on the successful shot for a goal. Team B head coach commits a technical foul. A3's free throw resulting from the team B head coach technical foul is successful. Before the ball has become live for A2's free throw resulting from B2's foul against A2 on the successful shot for a goal, team A head coach requests a time-out. The time-out shall be granted.
YES A time-out opportunity starts when the ball becomes dead and the game clock is stopped. In the event of consecutive sets of free throws and/or possession of the ball resulting from more than 1 foul penalty, each set is to be treated separately. (OBR Art. 18.2.3. and 18.3.6.) (R812)
810
A4's last free throw is successful. Before the ball becomes live, A5 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against B4. Team A head coach now requests a time-out. The time-out shall be delayed until B4 completed the free throws.
NO A time-out opportunity starts when the ball becomes dead and the game clock is stopped. In the event of consecutive sets of free throws and/or possession of the ball resulting from more than 1 foul penalty, each set is to be treated separately. Team A head coach request for a time-out shall be granted immediately. (OBR Art. 18.3.6)
811
A4 has the ball at the disposal for the last free throw when a time-out is requested by either team. A4's free throw is successful. The time-out shall be granted before B1's throw-in. (R814)
YES
812
A3 dribbles in the backcourt when B3 commits a technical foul. Any team A player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up, followed by a team A throw-in from its backcourt. The free throw is not successful. Before thrower-in A2 has the ball at the disposal, team B head coach requests a time-out. The time-out shall be granted. (R815)
YES
813
A3 is awarded 2 free throws. After the 1st successful free throw, either team requests a time-out. The time-out shall be granted before A3 has the ball at the disposal for the 2nd free throw. (R816)
NO
814
A3 is awarded 2 free throws. After the 1st free throw but before the ball is at the A3's disposal for the 2nd free throw, team A head coach requests a time-out. A3 commits a violation during the 2nd free throw. The time-out shall be granted.
YES The time-outs cannot be granted between the free throws. The time-out opportunity starts for the both teams when the ball becomes dead and the game clock is stopped. (OBR Art. 18.2.3 and 18.3.6.)
815
B2 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A2. Team A head coach is granted a time-out. A2's second free throw is not successful. Team A head coach now requests an another time-out. The time-out shall be granted. (R818)
YES
816
A1 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against B1. B1 misses both free throws. Before the ball is at the disposal of team B player for the throw-in, team A head coach requests a time-out. The time-out shall be granted. (R819)
YES A time-out opportunity ends when the ball is at the disposal of the thrower-in. (OBR Art. 18.2.4.) (R819)
817
Each team is entitled to 1 time-out in each of the first 3 quarters. (R820)
NO Each team may be granted 2 time-outs in the first half and 3 time-outs in the second half. (OBR Art. 18.2.5.) (R820)
818
A1 commits an offensive interference violation. Team A head coach requests a time-out. The time-out shall be granted.
YES A time-out opportunity starts when the ball becomes dead and the game clock is stopped. (OBR Art. 18.2.3) (R821)
819
With 1:27 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 commits an offensive interference violation. Team A head coach requests a time-out. The time-out shall be granted. (R822)
YES A time-out opportunity starts for both teams when the ball becomes dead and the game clock is stopped. (OBR Art. 18.2.3) (R822)
820
A4 shot for a goal is in the air when B4 commits a defensive interference violation. Team B head coach requests a time-out. The time-out shall be granted. (R823)
YES A time-out opportunity starts, for the non-scoring team, when a goal is scored. (OBR Art. 18.2.3) (R823)
821
A1 scores a goal. Before the ball is at the B1's disposal for the throw-in, team A head coach requests a time-out. The time-out shall be granted. (R824)
NO After a goal is scored, the time-out opportunity starts for the non-scoring team only. (OBR Art. 18.2.3.) (R824)
822
Team A is granted a time-out. After 25 seconds of the time-out elapsed, team A is ready to play. The game shall be resumed immediately.
NO Each time-out shall last 1 minute. Players shall not come on the court until the timer's signal sounds that 50 seconds of the time-out elapsed. (OBR Art. 18.2.1. and 49.3.) (R825)
823
B1 commits a defensive interference violation. Shooter A1 is awarded 2 points. Team B head coach requests a time-out. The time-out shall be granted. (R826)
YES
824
A1 has the ball at the disposal for the last free throw when team A head coach requests a time-out. A1's free throw is successful. The time-out shall now be granted. (R828)
YES A time-out opportunity starts for both teams when the ball becomes dead after a successful last free throw. (OBR Art. 18.2.3.) (R828)
825
With 1:57 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 dribbles when B1 taps the ball out-of-bounds in team A backcourt. Team A head coach is granted a time out. After the time-out, team A head coach decided to resume the game with a throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt. Team B head coach now requests a time-out. The time-out shall be granted.
YES A time-out opportunity starts for both teams when the ball becomes dead and the game clock is stopped. (OBR Art. 18.2.3.) (R829)
826
A1's last free throw is successful. B1 has the ball in the hands for the throw-in when team B head coach requests a time-out. The time-out shall be granted. (R830)
NO The time-out opportunity ends when the ball is at the disposal of the thrower-in. (OBR Art. 18.2.4. ) (R830)
827
B1 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A1. A1 is awarded 2 free throws with no line-up, to be followed by a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt. After the first free throw, team B head coach requests a time-out. A1's last free throw is not successful. The time-out shall now be granted. (R831)
YES The time-out opportunity ends when the ball is at the disposal of the free-throw shooter for the first free throw and starts when the ball becomes dead after the unsuccessful last free throw, if followed by the possession of the ball. (OBR Art. 18.2.3. and 18.2.4.) (R831)
828
A1 is awarded 2 free throws. Between the free throws, team A head coach requests a time-out. During A1's last free throw, B1 enters the restricted area before the ball has left A1's hands. The ball does not enter the basket. A referee calls B1's violation and awards A1 a substitute free throw. The time-out shall be granted before the substitute free throw is attempted. (R832)
NO The time-outs cannot be granted between the free throws. (OBR Art. 18.2.4. and 18.3.6.) (R832)
829
B1 commits a goaltending violation. The goal shall count 2 or 3 points. Team A head coach requests a time-out. The time-out shall be granted.
YES A goaltending violation causes the game clock to be stopped and the ball to become dead. The time-outs shall be granted. (OBR Art. 18.2.3) (OBRI 18/19-9)
830
Team A has 3 time-outs left in the second half. Team A head coach requests a time-out. At the end of the time-out, team A head coach requests an another time-out. The time-out shall be granted. (R834)
YES Each team may be granted 3 time-outs in the second half. (OBR Art. 18.2.5.) (R834)
831
With 1:32 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 scores a goal. Team B is granted a substitution. Team A head coach requests a time-out. The time-out shall be granted.
YES After a successful goal, a time-out shall not be permitted to the scoring team when the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the fourth quarter. However, if the time-out or the substitution is granted to the non-scoring team, the scoring team can have the time-out and substitution granted too. (OBR Art. 18.2.8.) (R835)
832
During the first half, a referee warns team A head coach for extending the time-out and delaying the game. During the second half, team A head coach again delays the game by the team not coming on the court, after team A 3rd time-out in the second half has ended. Team A head coach shall be charged with an additional time-out. (R836)
NO Team A head coach shall be charged with a technical foul. (OBR Art. 36.3.1) (R836)
833
The request for a time-out made by the first assistant coach shall be granted at the first time-out opportunity.
YES The first assistant coach has the right to request a time-out. (OBR Art. 18.3.1.) (R837)
834
After the ball has left the hands of the crew chief on the jump ball, but before the ball is legally tapped, jumper A2 commits a violation. Team B is awarded a throw-in. Either team may request a time-out or a substitution at this time. The requests shall be granted.
NO A time-out/substitution opportunity starts when the ball becomes dead and the game clock is stopped. Despite that the game has already started, the time-out or substitution shall not be granted because the game clock has not yet started. (OBR Art. 18.2.3 and 9.1) (R838)
835
At approximately the same time when the game clock signal sounds for the end of a quarter, a foul is called. A1 is awarded 2 free throws. Team B head coach requests a time-out. The time-out shall be granted.
NO A time-out shall not be granted because the playing time for a quarter has ended. (OBR Art. 18.2.3 and 9.8) (OBRI 18/19-1) (R839)
836
A2's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball enters the basket. Team A head coach requests a time-out. The time-out shall be granted.
NO The time-out opportunity starts, for the non-scoring team, when a goal is scored. (OBR Art. 18.2.3) (R840)
837
A2's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball enters the basket. Team B head coach requests a time-out. The time-out shall be granted. (R841)
YES
838
A2 shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball enters the basket. A6 requests a substitution. The substitution shall be granted.
NO This is a substitution opportunity only for the non-scoring team. If the non-scoring team is granted a substitution, the opponents may also be granted a substitution and both teams are also granted a time-out, if they request it. (OBR Art. 18.2.3) (R842)
839
A1 is awarded 2 free throws. Team A head coach requests a time-out before the ball is at the A1's disposal. The time-out shall be granted. (R843)
YES The time-out opportunity starts for the both teams when the ball becomes dead and the game clock is stopped. The time-out shall be granted immediately. (OBR Art. 18.2.3) (OBRI 18/19-6a) (R843)
840
A1 scores 2 free throws. Team B head coach requests a time-out after the ball is at thrower-in B1 disposal from behind the endline. The time-out shall be granted. (R844)
NO A time-out opportunity ends when the ball is at the disposal of the thrower-in. The time-out shall not be granted. (OBR Art. 18.2.3) (R844)
841
The time-out ends and the referees beckon the teams on the court. Team A head coach continues to instruct the team in the team bench area. A referee re-beckons team A on the court and team A finally enters the court. A referee warns team A head coach that if the same behaviour is repeated, an additional time-out shall be charged on the team.
YES After team A starts to return to the court, a referee shall give a warning to the team A head coach that if the same behaviour is repeated, an additional time-out shall be charged on the team. (OBR Art. 18.2.1) ( OBRI 18/19-20a)
842
The time-out ends and the referees beckon the teams on the court. Team A head coach continues to instruct the team in the team bench area. A referee re-beckons team A on the court and team A finally enters the court. A referee warns team A head coach that if the same behaviour is repeated, a technical foul shall be charged on the team. (R846)
NO After team A starts to return to the court, a referee shall give a warning to the team A head coach that if the same behaviour is repeated, an additional time-out shall be charged on the team. (OBR Art. 18.2.1) (R846)
843
The time-out ends and the referees beckon the teams on the court. Team A head coach continues to instruct the team in the team bench area. Team A head coach has already been warned for the same behaviour, therefore a referee wants to charge the head coach with an additional time-out. The scorer notifies a referee that team A has no time-out left. Team A head coach shall be charged with the technical foul.
YES If team A has no time-out remaining, a technical foul for delaying the game shall be charged against the team A head coach, entered as 'B1'. (OBR Art. 18.2.1) (OBRI 18/19-19b) (R847)
844
With 1:57 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 dribbles when B1 taps the ball out-of-bounds in team A backcourt. Team A head coach is granted a time-out. After the time-out, team A head coach decided to resume the game with a throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. Team B head coach now requests a time-out. The time-out is granted. After team B time-out, team A head coach changed the opinion and requests to resume the game from the backcourt. Team A head coach request shall be granted. (R848)
NO A time-out opportunity starts for both teams when the ball becomes dead and the game clock is stopped. Team A head coach original decision to resume the game with a throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt is final and irreversible. (OBR Art. 18.2.3.) (R848)
845
During the second half, team A does not use any time-out. With 0:55 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, team A head coach requests 3 consecutive time-outs. The time-outs shall be granted. (R849)
NO
846
A1's last free throw is successful. Before the ball becomes live, A2 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against B2. Team A head coach now requests a time-out. The time-out shall be granted.
YES A time-out opportunity starts when the ball becomes dead after a successful last free throw. (OBR Art. 18.2.3) (R850)
847
During the last free throw, the time-out opportunity shall end when a referee enters the restricted area to administer the free throw. (R851)
NO
848
Team A head coach requests a time-out too late and the table officials erroneously sound the signal to stop the game. The referees do not grant the time-out and decide to resume the game. At this time, team B head coach requests a time-out. The time-out shall be granted.
YES A time-out opportunity begins when the ball becomes dead and the game clock is stopped. (OBR Art. 18.2.3.) (R852)
849
The time-out ends and a referee beckons team A on the court. Team A head coach continues to instruct the team which still remains in the team bench area. Team A head coach has already been warned for the same behaviour, therefore a referee wants to charge the head coach with an additional time-out. The scorer notifies a referee that team A has no time-out left. Team A head coach shall be charged with a technical foul recorded as 'C'.
NO If team A has no time-out remaining, a technical foul for delaying the game shall be charged against team A head coach, recorded as 'B1'. (OBR Art. 18.2.1) (R853)
850
With 2:00 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, both teams have not taken yet a time-out in the second half. The scorer shall mark 2 horizontal lines on the scoresheet in the first box of both teams for the second half. (R854)
YES The scorer shall mark 2 horizontal lines on the scoresheet in the first box of both teams for the second half. (OBR Art. 18.2.5. and B.7.2.) (R854)
851
With 2:00 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, both teams have not taken yet a time-out in the second half. The scorer shall wait until the next time-out request to mark 2 horizontal lines on the scoresheet in the first box of both teams for the second half. (R855)
NO Should the team not be granted its first time-out in the second half before the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the fourth quarter, the scorer shall mark 2 horizontal lines in the first box of the team for the second half. (OBR Art. 18.2.5. and B.7.2.) (R855)
852
With 2:09 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, while the game is played, team A head coach requests the first time-out in the second half. With 1:58 on the game clock the ball goes out-of-bounds and the game clock is stopped. Team A head coach request for the time-out is now granted. After the time-out, team A shall have only 1 time-out left.
YES The scorer shall mark 2 horizontal lines on the scoresheet in the first box of team A as the time-out was not granted before the game clock shown 2:00 in the 4th quarter. The time-out shall be entered in the second box and team A has only 1 time-out left. (OBR Art. 18.2.5. and B.7.2.) (OBRI 18/19-24)
853
Team A head coach is not present at the game. The president of the club A may request the time-outs. (R857)
NO Only a head coach or first assistant coach has the right to request a time-out. (OBR Art. 18.3.1.) (R857)
854
Team A head coach is disqualified. Team A first assistant coach is entered on the scoresheet. Team A captain on the court may request time-outs. (R858)
NO Only a head coach or first assistant coach has the right to request a time-out. (OBR Art. 18.3.1.) (R858)
855
With the score A 72 - B 72, A1 is fouled and the game clock signal sounds for the end of the 4th quarter. This is the 5th team B foul in the quarter. A1 is awarded 2 free throws. Team B head coach requests a time-out. The request shall be granted. (R859)
NO
856
A6 requests the substitution. Team B head coach request for a time-out is granted. After the time-out, A7 requests to substitute A6. A7's substitution shall be granted.
NO
857
After the ball has left the hands of the crew chief on the jump ball, but before the ball has been legally touched, jumper A1 commits a violation. Team B head coach requests a time-out. The time-out shall be granted. (R861)
NO
858
After a time-out expired in the 1st quarter, the referees beckon the teams on the playing court. Team A head coach continues to instruct his team which still remains in the team bench area. A referee warns team A head coach for delaying the game. At the beginning of the second half, team A head coach repeats his behaviour. Team A head coach shall be charged with a technical foul, recorded as ‘B’.
NO
859
After a fight, the order has been established on the court. Both teams are entitled to have now the time-outs granted, if they request so.
YES A time-out opportunity starts for both teams when the ball becomes dead and the game clock is stopped. (OBR Art. 18.2.3.)
860
With 0:58 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, team A scores a goal. Team B is granted a substitution, after which team A head coach requests a time-out. The time-out shall be granted.
YES A time-out shall not be permitted to the scoring team when the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the 4th quarter after a successful goal, unless the substitution is granted to the non-scoring team. (OBR Art. 18.2.8)
861
After a fight, the order has been established on the court. Both teams are entitled to have now the time-outs granted, if they request so. (R865)
YES A time-out opportunity begins for both teams when the ball becomes dead and the game clock is stopped. (OBR Art. 18.2.3) (R865)
862
With 0:58 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, team A scores a goal. Team B is granted a substitution, after which team A head coach requests a time-out. The time-out shall be granted.
YES A time-out shall not be permitted to the scoring team when the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the 4th quarter after a successful goal, unless the substitution is granted to the non-scoring team. (OBR Art. 18.2.8)
863
B4 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A4. Team A head coach is granted a time-out. A4's both free throws are not successful. Before team A throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt, team A head coach requests an another time-out. The time-out shall be granted.
YES A time-out opportunity starts for both teams when the ball becomes dead and the game clock is stopped. (OBR Art. 18.2.3) (R867)
864
Team A is awarded a throw-in. The time-out opportunity shall end when the ball is at the thrower-in's disposal.
YES A time-out opportunity ends when the ball is the disposal of the thrower-in. (OBR Art. 18.2.4) (R868)
865
A1 is awarded 2 free throws. After a referee has entered the restricted area to administer the first free throw but before the ball is at A1's disposal, team A head coach requests a time-out. The time-out shall be granted. (R869)
YES A time-out opportunity ends when the ball is at the disposal of a player for a first free throw. (OBR Art. 18.2.4.) (R869)
866
With 1:27 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 scores a goal. B6 requests the substitution. The substitution shall be granted. (R870)
YES A substitution opportunity starts, for the non-scoring team, when a goal is scored and the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the fourth quarter. (OBR Art. 19.2.2) (R870)
867
B1 fouls A1 on the shot for a 2-point goal. The ball does not enter the basket. A1 is erroneously substituted by A6. The error is recognised before A6 has the ball in the hands for the first free throw. The referee orders A1 to return to the court to execute the 2 free throws. A1' last free throw is successful. The game shall be resumed as after any last free throw. (R871)
YES A player who has become a substitute cannot return on the court during the same game clock stopped period, unless that player entitled to the free-throws as the result of the correction of the error is on the bench. (OBR Art. 19.2.4) (R871)
868
During a time-out, A6 substitutes A1. A6 becomes a player when reports to one of the referees. (R872)
NO If the substitution is requested during a time-out, the substitute must report to the timer before entering the game. (OBR Art. 19.3.7.) (R872)
869
B1 commits a goaltending violation. Team A shall be awarded 2 or 3 points. B6 requests a substitution. B6's request shall be granted. (R873)
YES A goaltending violation causes the game clock to be stopped and the ball to become dead. Substitution shall be permitted. (OBR Art. 19.2.2) (18/19-9) (R873)
870
A4 is charged with a technical foul. Before the free throw, team A head coach requests the substitution of all 5 players on the court. The substitution shall be granted. (R874)
YES A substitution opportunity starts for both teams when the ball becomes dead and the game clock is stopped. When a technical foul is called, any member of the opponents' team as designated by the head coach shall attempt the free throw with no line-up. (OBR Art. 19.2.2. and 36.3.2.) (R874)
871
With 1:27 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 scores a goal. B10 requests the substitution. Team A can now substitute 3 players.
NO A substitution opportunity starts, for the non-scoring team, when a goal is scored and the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the fourth quarter. If the non-scoring team substitutes, the scoring team may substitute too. (OBR Art. 19.2 and 19.2.2.)
872
During a time-out, both teams may sabstitute. (R876)
YES A substitution opportunity starts for both teams when the ball becomes dead and the game clock is stopped. (OBR Art. 19.2.1 and 19.2.2) (R876)
873
A foul is called. Both teams may substitute. (R877)
YES
874
The ball goes out-of-bounds. Both teams may substitute. (R878)
YES A substitution opportunity starts for both teams when the ball becomes dead and the game clock is stopped. (OBR Art. 19.2.1 and 19.2.2) (R878)
875
During the 2nd quarter, A1 scores a goal. Both teams may substitute. (R879)
NO
876
During the 2nd quarter, A1 scores a goal. Only team A may substitute at this time.
NO Neither team may substitute as the game clock is not stopped. (OBR Art. 19.2.1 and 19.2.2) (R880)
877
A3 commits a throw-in violation. Both teams may substitute.
YES A substitution opportunity starts for both teams when the ball becomes dead and the game clock is stopped. (OBR Art. 19.2.2 and 10.3.) (R881)
878
During the 1st quarter, A1 scores a goal. B8 requests the substitution. B8's substitution shall be granted. (R882)
NO Neither team may substitute as the game clock is not stopped. (OBR Art. 19.2.2 and 10.3.) (R882)
879
During the 1st quarter, A5's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball enters the basket. A6 requests a substitution. A6's substitution shall be granted.
NO Neither team may substitute as the game clock is not stopped. (OBR Art. 19.2.2 and 10.3.)
880
A1 scores a goal after which the net turns over the ring. A referee stops the game to have the net adjusted. Both teams may substitute at this time.
YES A substitution opportunity starts for both teams when the ball becomes dead and the game clock is stopped. (OBR Art. 19.2.2 and 10.3.) (R884)
881
A1 scores a goal after which the net turns over the ring. A referee stops the game to have the net adjusted. Only team B may substitute at this time. (R885)
NO A substitution opportunity starts for both teams when the ball becomes dead and the game clock is stopped. (OBR Art. 19.2.2 and 10.3) (R885)
882
Free-throw shooter A1 commits a violation. Only A1 may be substituted at this time. (R886)
NO
883
A5 is awarded 2 free throws with no line-up, followed by a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt. A5 misses the last free throw. A10 requests the substitution for A5. A10's substitution shall be granted. (R887)
YES A substitution opportunity starts for both teams when the ball becomes dead and the game clock is stopped. (OBR Art. 19.2.2 and 10.3) (R887)
884
With 1:50 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A4 scores a goal. A10 and B10 request the substitution. Both substitutions shall be granted. (R888)
YES A substitution opportunity starts, for the non-scoring team. when a goal is scored and the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the fourth quarter. If the non-scoring team substitutes, the scoring team may substitute too. (OBR Art. 19.2.2 and 10.3.) (R888)
885
B1 commits a goaltending violation. Team A shall be awarded 2 or 3 points. Both teams may be granted time-out and substitution at this time
YES The goaltending violation causes the ball to become dead and the game clock to be stopped. The substitution or time-out shall be permitted. (OBR Art. 19.2.2 and 10.3.) (R889)
886
A4 scores a goal, after which the ball rolls off the court into the spectators' area. A referee stops the game. A10 requests the substitution. A10's substitution shall be granted. (R890)
YES A substitution opportunity starts for both teams when the ball becomes dead and the game clock is stopped. (OBR Art. 19.2.2 and 10.3.) (R890)
887
After 50 seconds have elapsed from the time-out, the timer sounds the signal. Ten seconds later, the timer sounds the signal for the end of the time-out. B10 requests the substitution. B10's substitution shall be granted.
YES A substitution opportunity ends when the ball is at the disposal of the thrower-in. (OBR Art. 19.2.3.) (R891)
888
A5 is fouled and injured on the unsuccessful shot for a goal. A7 substitutes A5 and attempts the free throws. Before the 1st free throw, A8 requests to substitute A7 if the last free throw is successful. A8's substitution shall be granted.
NO
889
A6 substitutes A3. Before the game clock starts, A6 commits a technical foul. This is A6's fifth foul. A3 is the only team A substitute available. A3 may re-enter the game at this time. (R893)
YES A player who has become a substitute and the substitute who has become a player cannot respectively re-enter or leave the game until the ball becomes dead again after a game clock running period of the game ends, unless the team is reduced to fewer than 5 players on the court. (OBR Art. 19.2.4) (R893)
890
A8 substitutes A3. Before the ball is live again, A5 commits the 5th foul and must leave the game. A3 may re-enter the game at this time.
NO A player who has become a substitute and the substitute who has become a player cannot respectively re-enter or leave the game until the ball becomes dead again, after a game clock running period of the game ends. (OBR Art. 19.2.4) (R894
891
A6 substitutes A1. Before the game clock starts, A2 commits the 5th foul and must leave the game. A1 is the only team A substitute available. A1 may re-enter the game at this time. (R895)
YES A player who has become a substitute and the substitute who has become a player cannot respectively re-enter or leave the game until the ball becomes dead again after a clock running period of the game ends, unless the team is reduced to fewer than 5 players on the court. (OBR Art. 19.2.4) (R895)
892
Seven minutes before the start of the game, A1 commits a technical foul. B6 is not indicated as 1 of starting 5 players. B6 may attempt 1 free throw.
NO
893
A6 requests the substitution. Team B head coach request for a time-out is granted. After the time-out, A7 requests to substitute A6. A7's substitution shall be granted.
NO A player who has become a substitute and the substitute who has become a player cannot respectively re-enter or leave the game until the ball becomes dead again, after a game clock running period of the game ends. (OBR Art. 19.2.4) (R897)
894
The head coach shall request a substitution by going to the scorer's table and saying ”substitution”. (R898)
NO Only a substitute has the right to request a substitution. (OBR Art. 19.3.1) (R898)
895
The substitute shall request a substitution by going to the scorer's table making the substitution signal with the hands or by sitting on the substitution chair. (R899)
YES Only a substitute has the right to request a substitution. (OBR Art. 19.3.1) (R899)
896
The player who has committed the 5th foul must be substituted within 15 seconds. (R900)
NO A player who has committed 5 fouls must be substituted immediately (taking no more than 30 seconds). (OBR Art. 19.3.6) (R900)
897
During the time-out, B8 requests the substitution at the scorer's table. B8 must wait until a referee has recognized the substitution and beckons that player on the court. (R901)
NO
898
During the time-out, A10 requests the substitution at the scorer's table but does not report to a referee on the court. This is a correct procedure by A10. (R902)
YES If the substitution is requested during a time-out, the substitute must report only to the timer before entering the game. (OBR Art. 19.3.7) (R902)
899
During an half-time interval, A8 must request the substitution at the scorer's table and must report it also to a referee. (R903)
NO If a substitution is requested during a half-time interval of play, the substitute must not request the substitution neither to a timer nor to a referee before entering the game. (OBR Art. 19.3.7) (R903)
900
During a time-out, A8 must request the substitution at the scorer's table and must report it also to a referee. (R904)
NO If the substitution is requested during a time-out, the substitute must report only to the timer before entering the game. (OBR Art. 19.3.7) (R904)
901
During an interval of play between the 1st and 2nd quarter, A8 must request the substitution at the scorer's table. R905
YES
902
A1 and B1 commit a double foul. A6 requests a substitution for A1. A6's substitution shall be granted. (R906)
YES A substitution opportunity starts for both teams when the ball is dead, the game clock is stopped and a referee has ended the communication with the scorer's table. (OBR Art. 19.2.2.) (R906)
903
A2 is awarded 1 free throw with no line-up, after which B2 is awarded 2 free throws. A2's free throw is not successful. Before the ball becomes live for B2's first free throw, A6 requests to substitute A2. A6's substitution shall be granted. (R907)
YES In the event of consecutive sets of free throws resulting from more than 1 foul penalty, each set is to be treated separately. (OBR Art. 19.3.9) (R907)
904
A5 is awarded 2 free throws. Before the first free throw, B3 commits a technical foul. B8 requests to substitute B3 at this time. B8's substitution shall be granted. (R908)
YES A substitution opportunity ends when the ball is at the disposal of a player for the first free throw. (OBR Art. 19.2.3.) (R908)
905
After the ball has left the hands of the crew chief on a toss for the jump ball, jumper A1 touches the ball for 3 consecutive times. A referee calls a violation. A6 requests a substitution for A1. A6's substitution shall be granted. (R909)
YES The game clock has already started before a referee called a violation. The substitution opportunity starts for both teams when the ball becomes dead and the game clock is stopped. (OBR Art. 19.2.2.) (R909)
906
A6 requests a substitution for free-throw shooter A1. A1's last free throw is successful. A6's substitution shall be granted. (R886)
YES A substitution opportunity for both teams starts when the ball becomes dead after a successful last free throw. (OBR Art. 19.2.2.) (R910)
907
A6 requests a substitution for free-throw shooter A1. Before A1's last free throw, B6 and B7 request the substitution for B1 and B2. A1's last free throw is successful. Both substitutions shall be granted. (R911)
YES
908
With 1:58 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 scores a goal. B6 requests a substitution. B6's substitution shall be granted. (R912)
YES A substitution opportunity starts, for the non-scoring team, when a goal is scored and the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the fourth quarter. (OBR Art. 19.2.2.) (R912)
909
After 50 seconds of a time-out have elapsed, the timer sounds the signal. Ten seconds later, timer sounds the signal to indicate the end of the time-out. B6 requests the substitution for B1. B6's substitution shall be granted. (R913)
YES
910
B1 violates during A1's last unsuccessful free throw. B6 requests the substitution for B2. B6's request shall be granted.
NO If the free-throw is not successful and the violation is committed by the opponent, a substitute free throw shall be awarded to the free-throw shooter. B6 substitution shall be granted only after A1's successful substitute last free throw. (OBR Art. 19.2.2. and 43.3.3) (R914)
911
A substitution is permitted at anytime when the game clock is stopped.
NO Substitutions are not permitted between the free throws. (OBR Art. 19.3.9) (18/19-6b)
912
A1 and then team A head coach commit technical fouls. Either team can request the substitution after the free throw, resulting from the A1's technical foul. (R916)
YES In the case of the consecutive sets of free throws and/or possession of the ball resulting from more than 1 foul penalty, each set is to be treated separately. (OBR Art. 19.3.9.) (R916)
913
A1 is awarded 2 free throws. While the ball is dead after A1's last successful free throw, A2 commits a technical foul. A6 requests a substitution for A2. A6's substitution shall be granted.
914
Team A head coach requests A6's substitution for A1. This is the correct substitution procedure. (R918)
NO
915
Thrower-in A1 has the ball in the hands when A6 runs to the scorer's table requesting a substitution. The timer erroneously sounds the signal. A referee blows the whistle and interrupts the game. A6's substitution shall be granted. (R919)
NO Because the referee interrupted the game, the ball is dead and the game clock remains stopped resulting in what would normally be a substitution opportunity. However, as the request was made too late, the substitution shall not be granted. The game shall be resumed immediately. (OBR Art. 19.2.3.) (R919)
916
With 1:23 on the game clock in the 1st quarter, A1 scores a goal. B6 requests the substitution. B6's substitution shall be granted.
NO A substitution opportunity for the non-scoring team starts when the goal is scored and the game clock shows 2:00 or less only in the 4th quarter. (OBR Art. 19.2.2) (R920)
917
Close to the end of a time-out, A6 reports to the timer but does not report to a referee. This is the correct procedure by A6. (R921)
YES If the substitution is requested during a time-out, the substitute must report only to the timer before entering the game. (OBR Art. 19.3.7) (R921)
918
A6 substitutes A1. On the following throw-in, A3 commits a 5-second throw-in violation. A1 requests the substitution. A1's substitution shall be granted. (R922)
NO A player who has become a substitute cannot re-enter the game until the ball becomes dead again after a game clock running period of the game ends. (OBR Art. 19.2.4.) (R922)
919
A1 requests the substitution. A1 may cancel the request only before the timer's signal has sounded for the substitution.
YES A substitution request may be cancelled only before the timer's signal has sounded for such a request. (OBR Art. 19.3.2.)
920
A1 dribbles when team B head coach commits a technical foul. A1 is substituted by A6 who attempts a free throw. Before the ball is live on a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where the ball was located when the game was stopped, A7 requests a substitution for A6. A7's substitution shall be granted. (R924)
NO A substitute who become a player cannot leave the game until the ball becomes dead again after a game clock running period of the game ends. (OBR Art. 19.2.4.) (R924)
921
A1 commits the 5th foul. In the judgement of a referee, there is an unreasonable delay in substituting A1. Team A has 1 time-out left in the half. Team A head coach shall be charged with a technical foul for delaying the game, recorded in the scoresheet as 'B'.
NO If there is a delay in replacing a player, a time-out shall be charged on the offending team. If the team has no time-out remaining, a technical foul for delaying the game may be charged on the head coach, recorded against in the scoresheet as 'B1'. (OBR Art. 19.3.6.) (R925
922
During a time-out, A6 requests the substitution to the timer and returns to the team bench. When the game resumes, A6 comes directly on the court as one of 5 players. This is the correct substitution procedure by A6.
YES If a substitution is requested during a time-out, the substitute must report only to the timer before entering the game. (OBR Art. 19.3.5.)
923
The substitution for both teams is permitted whenever the game clock is stopped. (R927)
NO A substitution opportunity starts only for the non-scoring team, when a goal is scored and the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the fourth quarter. (OBR Art. 19.2.2.) (R927)
924
The substitution request may be cancelled before the timer has sounded the signal for such a request. (R928)
YES A substitution request may be cancelled only before the timer's signal has sounded for such a request. (OBR Art. 19.3.2.) (R928)
925
B3 commits an unsportsmanlike foul on A3, who is now injured and is substituted by A6. Any team A player, who was on the playing court at the time of A3`s injury may attempt the free throws.
NO If the free-throw shooter must be substituted because of injury, the free throws must be attempted by the substitute. (OBR Art. 19.3.8) (R929)
926
A10 is beckoned on the court by a referee to substitute A1. While A1 is leaving the court, A1 impolitely addresses a referee and is charged with a technical foul. A1's technical foul counts to the team A fouls in the quarter.
NO A1 becomes a substitute when a referee beckons A10 on the court. Only players' fouls count to the team fouls. (OBR Art. 19.3.4. and 41.1.1) (R930)
927
A1 is awarded 1 free throw. The ball misses the ring. A6 requests a substitution. A6's substitution shall be granted.
YES A substitution opportunity starts for both teams when the ball becomes dead and the game clock is stopped. (OBR Art. 19.2.2.)
928
A1 commits a throw-in violation. A6 requests a substitution. A6's substitution shall be granted. (R933)
YES A substitution opportunity starts for both teams when the ball becomes dead and the game clock is stopped. (OBR Art. 19.2.2.) (R933)
929
With 30 seconds on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 scores a goal. B6 requests a substitution. B6's substitution shall be granted. (R934)
YES A substitution opportunity starts, for the non-scoring team, when a goal is scored and the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the 4th quarter. (OBR Art. 19.2.2.) (R934)
930
A player becomes a substitute when the player has left the court.
NO A player becomes a substitute when a referee beckons a substitute to enter the court. (OBR Art. 19.3.4.) (R935)
931
A4 is awarded 1 free throw. A10 substitutes A5. After A4's successful free throw, team A head coach request for a time-out is granted. A5 requests to re-enter the game to substitute A4. A5's substitution shall be granted.
NO A player who has become a substitute cannot re-enter the game until the ball becomes dead again after a game clock running phase of the game ends. (OBR Art. 19.2.4) (R936)
932
B4 commits a disqualifying contact foul against A4. A4 must leave the game because of injury. A10 enters the game to substitute A4. Any team A player may attempt 2 free throws. (R937)
NO If the free-throw shooter must be substituted because of injury, the free throws must be attempted by the substitute. (OBR Art. 19.3.8) (R937)
933
With 1:37 on the game clock in the 2nd quarter, A1 scores a goal. B10 requests a substitution for B4. B10's substitution shall be granted.
NO A substitution opportunity starts, for the non-scoring team, when the game clock shows 2:00 or less only in the 4th quarter (which is not the case). (OBR Art. 19.2.2) (R938)
934
A3 dribbles when A4 and team A head coach commit technical fouls. After team B player free throw resulting from the A4's technical foul, both teams request a substitution. Both substitutions shall be granted. (R939)
YES In the event of consecutive sets of free throws resulting from more than 1 foul penalty, each set is to be treated separately. (OBR Art. 19.3.9) (R939)
935
A4 is fouled on the successful shot for a goal. A5 then commits an unsportsmanlike foul against B4. A7 and B6 request the substitution. A4 is awarded 1 free throw with no line-up, followed by B4's 2 free throws and team B throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt. Both substitutions shall be granted before A4's attempt for 1 free throw. (R940)
YES In the event of consecutive sets of free throws and/or possession of the ball resulting from more than 1 foul penalty, each set is to be treated separately. (OBR Art. 19.3.9) (R940)
936
A10 substitutes A5. Before the game clock has started again, A10 commits a technical foul. This is A10's 5th foul. The only team A substitute available is A5. A5 shall be permitted to become a player. (R941)
YES A player who has become a substitute cannot re-enter the game until the ball becomes dead again after a game clock running period of the game ends, unless the team is reduced to fewer than 5 players on the court. (OBR Art. 19.2.4) (R941)
937
A1's last free throw misses the ring. A6 and B6 request the substitution. Both substitutions shall be granted at this time
YES A substitution opportunity starts for both teams when the ball becomes dead after a free-throw violation on the last free throw. (OBR Art. 19.2.2) (R942)
938
With 1:48 on the game clock in the 3rd quarter, B1 commits a goaltending violation. A6 and B6 request the substitution. Both substitutions shall be granted.
YES The goaltending violation causes the ball to become dead and the game clock to be stopped. The substitutions shall be granted. (OBR Art. 19.2.2) (OBRI 18/19-9)
939
A1 is injured and substituted by A6. Team B head coach request for a time-out is granted. Before the time-out has ended, A1 recovers and may re-enter the game.
NO A player who has become a substitute cannot not re-enter the game until the ball becomes dead again after a game clock running period of the game ends. (OBR Art. 19.2.4) (R944)
940
A6 requests a substitution for free-throw shooter A1. A1 violates on the last free throw. A6's substitution shall be granted.
YES The substitution opportunity starts for both teams when the ball becomes dead and the game clock is stopped. (OBR Art. 19.2.2.) (R945)
941
B6 requests a substitution in the 2nd quarter. After A2 scores a field goal, the timer erroneously sounds his signal. The referee blows his whistle and stops the game. B6`s substitution shall be granted.
NO Because the referee stopped the game, the ball is dead and the game clock remains stopped resulting in what would normally be a substitution opportunity. However, as the timer has sounded the signal erroneously, the substitution shall not be granted. The game shall be resumed immediately. (OBR Art. 0) (R946)
942
Team A head coach requests a time-out. After A2 scores a goal, the timer erroneously sounds the signal. The referee blows the whistle and stops the game. The time-out shall be granted. (R947)
NO
943
B1 violates before the ball is tapped on the jump ball. Either team can now substitute.
NO Despite the fact that the game has already begun, the substitution shall not be granted because the game clock has not yet started. (OBR Art. 19) (OBRI 18/19-2)
944
With 0:15 on the game clock game in the 4th quarter, thrower-in A1 in the backcourt commits a throw-in violation. Team B head coach requests a time-out. After the time-out, A6 requests a substitution. A6's substitution shall be granted.
YES A substitution opportunity starts for both teams when the ball becomes dead and the game clock is stopped. (OBR Art. 19.2.2.)
945
A time-out opportunity has just ended when team A head coach runs to the scorer's table, loudly requesting a time-out. The timer erroneously sounds the signal. A referee blows the whistle and interrupts the game. The time-out shall be granted.
NO Because the referee stopped the game, the ball is dead and the game clock remains stopped resulting in what would normally be a time-out opportunity. However, as the timer has sounded the signal erroneously, the time-out shall not be granted. The game shall be resumed immediately. (OBR Art. 19.2.2)
946
With 1:48 on the game clock in the 3rd quarter, B1 commits a goaltending violation. A6 requests the substitution. A6's substitution shall be granted. (R951)
YES The goaltending violation causes the ball to become dead and the game clock to be stopped. The substitution shall be granted. (OBR Art. 19.2.2) (OBRI 18/19-9) (R951)
947
B1 is substituted by B6. Before the game clock has started, B6 commits a personal foul. This is B6’s third foul. Team B head coach requests a substitution of B6 by B8.The request shall be granted. (R952)
NO A substitute who becomes a player cannot leave the game until the ball becomes dead again, after a game clock running phase of the game ends. (OBR Art. 19.2.4) (R952)
948
A team loses the game by forfeit if 1 hour after the scheduled start of the game the team is unable to field 5 players ready to play. (R953)
NO A team shall lose the game by forfeit if the team is not present with 5 players ready to play 15 minutes after the game is scheduled to start. (OBR Art. 20.1) (R953)
949
Team A is present with 4 players at the start of the game. Both teams agree to play with 4 players only. The game shall start.
NO Each team must a minimum of 5 players ready to play at the start of the 1st quarter. (OBR Art. 20.1) (R954)
950
Team A forfeits a game for the second time in a tournament. Team A shall be automatically disqualified and all team A results shall be nullified. (R955)
YES If in a tournament the team forfeits for the second time, the team shall be disqualified from the tournament and the results of all games played by this team shall be nullified. (OBR Art. 20.2.3) (R955)
951
Team A head coach is disqualified and shall go to the dressing room or leave the building. However, the head coach goes up to the stands to watch the game. A referee asks the head coach several times to leave the building or go to the dressing room but the team A head coach remains in the stands. Finally, a referee decides to forfeit the game. This is a correct procedure.
YES Whenever the head coach is disqualified, that head coach shall go and remain in the team's dressing room for the duration of the game or shall leave the building. A team shall lose the game by forfeit if its actions prevent the game from being played. (OBR Art. 20.1 and 38.3.2) (R956)
952
A team which loses the game by forfeit shall receive 1 classification point.
NO The forfeiting team shall receive 0 classification points. (OBR Art. 20.2.1)
953
A1 commits the 5th personal foul. Team A has now only 1 player entitled to play. Team A has still an opportunity to win the game. Team A shall be allowed to continue playing with 1 player only. (R958)
NO A team shall lose the game by default if, during the game, the team has fewer than 2 players on the court ready to play. (OBR Art. 21.1.) (R958)
954
A referee shall end the game and a team shall lose the game by default if during the game, the team has fewer than 2 players on the court ready to play.
YES A team shall lose the game by default, if during the game, the team has fewer than 2 players on the court ready to play. (OBR Art. 21.1) (R959)
955
A team which loses the game by default shall receive 1 classification point.
YES The defaulting team shall receive 1 classification point. (OBR Art. 21.2.1) (R960)
956
A4 illegally returns the ball to the backcourt. Team B shall be awarded a throw-in from its frontcourt
YES Whenever a ball is illegally returned to the backcourt, the ball shall be awarded to the opponents for a throw-in in its frontcourt from the place nearest to the infraction. (OBR Art. 22.2 and 30.3) (R961)
957
A4 is dribbling in the frontcourt close the centre line when A3 commits a 3-second violation. Team B shall be awarded a throw-in from behind the frontcourt sideline line near to the centre line. (R938)
NO Team B shall administer the throw-in from behind its endline (3-second violation), except from directly behind the backboard. (OBR Art. 22.2 and 26.1.1) (R962)
958
A2 commits an 8-second violation. Team B shall be awarded a throw-in from the centre line extended, opposite the scorer's table. (R963)
NO
959
"Team A commits a backcourt violation. Team B shall be awarded a throw-in from the centre line extended, opposite the scorer’s table. "
NO Team B shall administer the throw-in in its frontcourt from the place nearest to the infraction, except from directly behind the backboard. (OBR Art. 22.2 and 30.3.) (R964)
960
A3 dribbles in the frontcourt close the centre line when A5 commits a 3-second violation. Team B shall be awarded a throw-in from behind its endline, but not from directly behind the backboard. (R965)
YES Team B shall administer the throw-in from behind its endline (3- second violation), except from directly behind the backboard. (OBR Art. 22.2 and 26.1.1.) (R965)
961
A4's shot for a goal from close to the endline is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball neither touches the ring nor enters the basket. Team B shall be awarded a throw-in from the free-throw line extended. (R966)
NO Team B shall administer the throw-in from behind its endline, except from directly behind the backboard. (OBR Art. 22.2 and 17.2.2.) (R966)
962
A3's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball touches the backboard but neither touches the ring nor enters the basket. Team B does not gain an immediate and clear control of the ball. Team B shall be awarded a throw-in from behind its endline, but not directly from behind the backboard. (R967)
YES Team B shall administer the throw-in from behind its endline, except from directly behind the backboard. (OBR Art. 22.2 and 17.2.2.) (R967)
963
Team A illegally returns the ball into its backcourt. The ball goes out-of-bounds at the endline. Team B shall be awarded a throw-in from behind its frontcourt endline, but not directly from behind the backboard
YES Team B shall administer the throw-in from behind its frontcourt endline, except from directly behind the backboard. (OBR Art. 22.2 and 30.3.) (R968)
964
A4 is holding the ball on the court close to the sideline. B4 who is closely guarding A4 has one foot out-of-bounds. In pivoting, A4 body touches B4's body. This is a violation by A4. (R969)
NO A player is out-of-bounds when any part of the body is in contact with the floor, or any object other that a player above, on or outside the boundary line. (OBR Art. 23.1.1) (R969)
965
A2 jumps without the ball from out-of-bounds and lands with one foot on the court and with the other foot still in the air. A2 now receives A3's pass. This is a legal play by team A. (R970)
YES The location of the player is determined by where that player is touching the court. A2 has already established the position on the court before has received a ball. (OBR Art. 23.1.1 and 11.1) (R970)
966
During a shot for a goal the ball bounces from the ring, touches the upper edge of the backboard and then enters the basket. The goal shall count. (R971)
YES The ball is out-of-bounds when it touches the backboard support, the back of the backboard or any object above the court. (OBR Art. 23.1.2) (R971)
967
A1 dribbles close to the sideline. B1 who is closely guarding A1 has 1 foot on the sideline. B1 touches the ball. The ball has gone out-of-bounds. Team A shall be awarded a throw-in.
YES The ball is out-of-bounds when it is touched by a player who is out-of-bounds. (OBR Art. 23.2.2) (R972)
968
A1 is holding the ball on the court close to the sideline. B1 has 1 foot on the sideline, catches the ball in A1's hands and both players are holding now firmly the ball. This is a jump ball situation. (R973)
NO
969
The ball touches the edge of the backboard. The ball has gone out-of-bounds.
NO The ball is out-of-bounds when it touches the backboard support, the back of the backboard or any object above the court. (OBR Art. 23.1.2) (R974)
970
The ball touches the back of the backboard. The ball has gone out-of-bounds. (R975)
YES
971
During A1's shot for a goal, the ball bounces from the ring over the backboard without touching the basket support. A2 rebounds the ball. This is a legal play by A2
YES
972
Thrower-in A1 makes a long pass and the ball touches the camera above the court. A1's throw-in shall be repeated. (R977)
NO The ball is out-of-bounds when it touches the floor or any object above, on or outside the boundary line. (OBR Art. 23.1.2.) (R977)
973
A2 jumps from out-of-bounds without the ball. A2 receives A3's pass and lands with both feet on the court. This is a violation by A2
YES
974
A4 passes the ball to A5. A5 and B5 jump, catch the ball simultaneously and return to the court holding the ball firmly with A5's 1 foot on the sideline. This is a jump ball situation.
YES If a player moves out-of-bounds during a held ball, a jump ball situation occurs. The held ball situation has been established when A5 and B5 caught the ball simultaneously in the air. (OBR Art. 23.2.3) (R979)
975
A1 dribbles, loses the balance and steps out-of-bounds without touching the ball. A1 returns on the court and continues the dribble. This is a legal play by A1.
YES The ball is out-of-bounds when it is touched by a player who is out-of- bounds. A1 did not touch the ball while being out-of-bounds. (OBR Art. 23.2.2.)
976
During A1's shot for a goal, the ball bounces from the ring over the backboard without touching the backboard support. This is a legal play by A1.
YES The ball is out-of-bounds when it touches the backboard support, the back of the backboard or any object above the court. (OBR Art. 23.1.2.) (R981)
977
During A1's shot for a goal, the ball bounces from the ring over the backboard without touching the basket supports. The game shall continue.
YES
978
A4 jumps from the court and catches the ball in the air. Before A4 lands out-of-bounds, A4 deliberately throws the ball against B3's body who has 1 foot on the sideline. Team A shall be awarded a throw-in. (R983)
YES The ball is out-of-bounds when it touches a player who is out-of-bounds. (OBR Art. 23.1.2) (R983)
979
A4 loses control of the ball. The ball rolls towards the sideline and accidentally touches B8 who is waiting out-of-bounds at the scorer's table to enter the game as a substitute. Team B shall be awarded a throw-in. (R984)
YES The ball is out-of-bounds when it touches a player or any other person who is out-of-bounds. (OBR Art. 23.1.2. and 4.2.3) (R984)
980
The crew chief tosses the ball on the jump ball. A1 taps the ball which then touches a referee and the ball goes directly out-of-bounds. The jump ball shall be repeated.
NO The ball is caused to go out-of-bounds by the last player to touch the ball, even if the ball then goes out-of-bounds by touching a referee. (OBR Art. 23.2.1.) (
981
A1 is holding the ball on the court close to the sideline. A1 is closely guarded by B1 who is also on the court. B1 catches the ball and both players are holding the ball firmly. B1 now steps on the sideline. This is a violation by B1. Team A shall be awarded a throw-in. (R986)
NO If a player moves out-of-bounds during a held ball, a jump ball situation occurs. (OBR Art. 23.2.3) (R986)
982
A2 and B4 are holding the ball firmly in team A frontcourt. A2 now steps on the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by A2. (R987)
NO If a player moves to the backcourt during a held ball, a jump ball situation occurs. (OBR Art. 23.2.3) (R987)
983
A1's throw-in from behind the frontcourt endline fails to touch or be touched by any player before going out-of-bounds at the opposite endline. This is a backcourt violation by A1. (R988)
NO
984
A1 is holding a ball, closely guarded by B1 who has 1 foot out-of-bounds. A1 touches B1 with the ball. Team A shall be awarded a throw-in. (R989)
YES If the ball is out-of-bounds because of touching B1 who is on the boundary line, B1 causes the ball to go out-of-bounds. (OBR Art. 23.2.2) (R989)
985
A3 and B5 are holding the ball firmly in team A frontcourt. A3 now steps back on the backcourt. This is a jump ball situation. (R990)
YES If A3 moves to the backcourt during a held ball, a jump ball situation occurs. (OBR Art. 23.2.3) (R990)
986
Following a successful goal, A1 takes a throw-in from behind the endline. After A1 released the ball on the pass, the ball bounces on the floor behind the endline and then is controlled by A2 on the court. This is a violation by team A. (R991)
YES The player taking the throw in shall not cause the ball to touch out of bounds after is has been released on the throw in.
987
Following a successful goal, A1 takes a throw-in from behind the endline. After A1 released the ball on the pass, the ball bounces on the floor behind the endline and then is controlled by A2 on the court. This is a legal play by team A
NO
988
A6 passes the ball to A5, who touches the ball on the court. In continuous motion, A5 leaves court while the ball is still inside the court. After return, A5 catches the ball with the hands, while touching the court with the left foot and the right foot is in the air. This is legal play by A5. (R993)
YES
989
A1 close to the frontcourt endline firmly holds the ball in both hands. A1 loses the balance and touches with the ball B1 who is out-of-bounds. This is a jump ball situation. (R994)
NO If the ball is out-of-bounds because of touching B1 who is on or outside the boundary line, B1 causes the ball to go out-of-bounds. (OBR Art. 23.2.2.) (R994)
990
A4 and B4 on the rebound catch the ball simultaneously, return to the court holding the ball firmly with B4's 1 foot out-of-bounds. This is an out-of-bounds violation by B4. (R995)
NO If a player moves out-of-bounds during a held ball, a jump ball situation occurs. The held ball situation has been established when A4 and B4 caught the ball simultaneously in the air. (OBR Art. 23.2.3) (R995)
991
After ending the dribble, A2 deliberately throws the ball against B1's back. A2 catches the ball again and scores a goal. This is a violation by A2
YES A2 did not lose the control of a live ball with the throw (not a pass) of the ball against B1's back. (OBR Art. 24.2) (R996)
992
A1 passes the ball to A2. B1 deflects the ball and B1 catches it later with 2 hands. This is a double dribble violation by B1. (R997)
NO Deflecting a pass and gaining the control of the ball is not a double dribble. (OBR Art. 24.1.4.) (R997
993
A1 dribbles, taps the ball over B1's head and runs around B1. The ball did not touch the court and A1 continues the dribble. This is a legal play by A1. (R998)
NO During the dribble the ball may be thrown in the air provided the ball touches the court before the player who threw it touches it again with the hand. (OBR Art. 24.1.2) (R998)
994
A1 dribbles, taps the ball over B1's head and runs around B1. The ball touches the court and A1 continues the dribble. This is a legal play by A1.
YES During the dribble the ball may be thrown in the air provided the ball touches the court before the player who threw it touches it again with the hand. (OBR Art. 24.1.2.) (R999)
995
While moving, A1 receives a pass, throws the ball over B1's head and runs around B1. The ball touches the court and A1 continues the dribble. This is a legal play by A1
YES A1's dribble starts when having gained control of a live ball on the court throws the ball on the court. (OBR Art. 24.1.2) (R1000)
996
A5 dribbles and the ball bounces very high. A5 takes 2 steps while pushing the ball to the court on the continuous dribble. At no time the ball came to rest in A5's hand(s). This is a violation by A5. (R1001)
NO A dribble ends when the player touches the ball with both hands simultaneously or permits the ball to come to the rest in one or both hands. There is no limit to the number of steps player may take when the ball is not in contact with the hand. (OBR Art. 24.1.2) (R1001)
997
A4 has not yet dribbled. A4 deliberately throws the ball against the backboard and catches it again before the ball has touched another player. A4 shall be entitled to start a dribble. (R1002)
YES
998
A1 throws the ball deliberately against the backboard. This is A1's start of a dribble. (R1003)
NO Throwing the ball against the backboard and regaining the control of the ball is not a start of a dribble. (OBR Art. 24.1.4.) (R1003)
999
A1 with the ball in the hands touches the court with the ball one or more times, without moving the feet. This is a double dribble violation by A1.
NO A dribble starts when a player bounces the ball (which is not the case) on the court. (OBR Art. 24.1.2.) (R1004)
1000
A1 in the air receives a pass. A1 lands on the court and losing the balance with the ball in both hands, the ball touches the court. Keeping the pivot foot on the same place, A1 bends-up and starts a dribble. This is a double dribble violation by A1. (R1005)
NO A dribble starts when a player bounces the ball (which is not the case) on the court. The ball has not left the player's hands when the ball touched the court, therefore the dribble did not start. The player did not fall on the court and that player may bend-up. (OBR Art. 24.1.2) (R1005)
1001
A1 in the air receives a pass. A1 lands on the court and losing the balance with the ball in both hands, the ball touches the court. Keeping the pivot foot on the same place, A1 bends-up and starts a dribble. This is a legal play by A1
YES A dribble starts when a player bounces the ball (which is not the case) on the court. The ball has not left the player's hands when the ball touched the court, therefore the dribble did not start. The player did not fall on the court and that player may bend-up. (OBR Art. 24.1.2 and 25) (R1006)
1002
A1 with the ball in the hands touches the court with the ball and then starts a dribble. This a double dribble violation by A1. (R1007)
NO A dribble starts when a player dribbles the ball (which is not the case) on the court.
1003
During A1's dribble, the ball touches B1 and later a referee. A1 catches the ball and start a new dribble. This is a legal play by A1. (R1008)
NO A1 shall not dribble for a second time after the first dribble has ended, unless between the 2 dribbles that player lost control of a live ball on the court because of a touch of the ball by an opponent. The ball has touched B1 and not B1 has touched the ball. (OBR Art. 24.2.) (R1008)
1004
After a dribble, A1 throws the ball deliberately against the backboard and catches it again before it has touched another player. This is a legal play by A1.
YES Throwing the ball against the backboard and regaining the control of the ball is not a double dribble violation. (OBR Art. 24.1.4.) (OBRI 24-3) (R1009)
1005
A1 fumbles the ball after the end of the dribble. A1 catches the ball and resumes the dribble. This is a legal play by A1.
NO
1006
A1 ended the dribble. A1 throws the ball against the referee's back, catches the ball and starts dribbling. This is a double dribble violation by A1. (R1011)
YES A player shall not dribble for a second time after the first dribble has ended, unless between the 2 dribbles that player has lost control of a live ball on the court because a pass has been touched by an another player (which is not the case). (OBR Art. 24.2.) (R1011)
1007
After a dribble, A1 loses the balance and without moving the pivot foot, A1 touches once or twice the floor with the ball in the hands. This is a legal play by A1. (R1012)
YES
1008
B1 taps the ball from A1's hands. After the ball bounced from the court, A1 catches the ball with both hands and starts a dribble. This is a legal play by A1. (R1013)
YES Tapping the ball from the control of another player and catching it again after it has touched the court is not a double dribble violation. (OBR Art. 24.1.4.) (R1013)
1009
A1 ends the dribble and throws the ball against the B1's back, catches the ball and starts dribbling. This is a double dribble violation by A1.
YES A1 shall not dribble for a second time after the first dribble has ended, unless between the 2 dribbles that player lost control of a live ball on the court because of a touch of the ball by an opponent. The ball has touched B1 and not B1 has touched the ball. (OBR Art. 24.2.) (R1014)
1010
A1 ended the dribble and releases the ball on a shot for a goal. The ball misses the ring and it is not touched by any player. A1 catches the ball again and starts a dribble. This is a violation by A1.
NO A player shall not dribble for a second time after the first dribble has ended, unless between the 2 dribbles that player has lost control of a live ball on the court because of a shot for a goal. (OBR Art. 24.2.) (R1015)
1011
During a fast break, A1 ends the dribble and throws the ball against the backboard. A1 jumps, catches the ball again before it is touched by an another player and scores a goal by dunking. This is a legal play by A1. (R1016)
YES Throwing the ball against the backboard and regaining the control of the ball is not a double dribble violation. (OBR Art. 24.2.) (R1016)
1012
B1 deflects a pass from A1 to A2. The ball touches the court. B1 catches the ball with both hands and starts a dribble. This is a legal play by B1. (R1017)
YES
1013
A4 has not yet dribbled. A4 deliberately throws the ball against the backboard, catches it in the air and dunks. This is a violation by A4. (R1018)
NO Throwing the ball against the backboard and regaining the control of the ball is not a double dribble violation. (OBR Art. 24.2.) (R1018)
1014
A1 ended the dribble. A1 throws the ball against the backboard, jumps and catches the ball again before it is touched by an another player and dunks. A1's goal shall count. (R1019)
YES
1015
A4 has not yet dribbled. A4 holds the ball and fumbles. A4 gains the control of the ball and starts a dribble. This is a legal play by A1. (R1020)
YES Fumbling the ball at the start of a dribble is not a double dribble violation. (OBR Art. 24.1.4.) (R1020)
1016
A2 tosses the ball in the air. A2 does not move the feet and catches the ball. This is a legal play by A2. (R1021)
YES Tossing the ball in the air and allowing it to come to rest in one or both hands before touching the court is not a dribble. (OBR Art. 24.1.4) (R1021)
1017
A2 ended the dribble. A2 passes the ball to A3. B4 blocks the pass and the ball returns to A2 directly (without touching the court). A2 starts a new dribble. This is a legal play by A2. (R1022)
YES A player shall not dribble for a second time after the first dribble has ended unless between the 2 dribbles that player lost the control of a live ball on the court because of a pass touched by an another player. (OBR Art. 24.1.2. and 24.2) (R1022)
1018
A1 taps the ball out of B1's control. A1 runs for it and catches the ball with both hands. A1 shall be entitled to start now a dribble.
YES
1019
A1 incidentally taps the ball out of A2's control. A1 runs for it and catches the ball with both hands. A1 shall be entitled to start a new dribble.
YES
1020
A4 has not yet dribbled. A4 holds the ball and fumbles. A4 gains control of the ball and starts a dribble. After finishing the dribble A4 fumbles again and catches the ball. This is a legal play by A4. (R1025)
YES Fumbling the ball at the start or at the end of a dribble is not a double dribble violation.. (OBR Art. 24.1.4 and 24.1.3) (R1025)
1021
A3 with the ball in the hands is in the air in the act of shooting for a goal. A3 fumbles in the air (the ball slides out of the hands). A3 returns to the court (without the ball) and catches the ball. This is a violation by A3.
NO
1022
A1 ended the dribble. A1 throws the ball against the A2's back, catches the ball and starts dribbling. This is a double dribble violation by A1
YES
1023
During a dribble the player touches the ball with both hands simultaneously and continues the dribble. This is a legal play. (R1028)
NO A dribble ends when the player touches the ball with both hands simultaneously. (OBR Art. 24.1.2) (R1028)
1024
After a dribble, A5's shot for a goal touches the ring. A5 rebounds the ball before an another player has touched the ball. A5 shall be entitled to start a new dribble. (R1029)
YES A player shall not dribble for a second time after the first dribble has ended, unless between the 2 dribbles that player has lost control of the live ball on the court because of a shot for a goal. (OBR Art. 24.2) (R1029)
1025
After a dribble, A1 catches the ball with both hands. B1 taps the ball out of A1's hands. A1 catches the ball and shall be entitled to start a new dribble. (R1030)
YES
1026
After a dribble, A4's shot is in the air on a shot for a goal. B3 blocks the ball on its upward flight and A4 catches the ball again. A4 shall be entitled to start a new dribble. (R1031)
YES A player shall not dribble for a second time after the first dribble has ended unless between the 2 dribbles that player has lost control of the live ball on the court because of a shot for a goal. (OBR Art. 24.2) (R1031)
1027
A4's pass to A3 is deflected by B3. The ball touches the court and B3 catches it with both hands. B3 now starts a dribble. This is a legal play by B3.
YES Deflecting a pass and gaining control of the ball is not a dribble. (OBR Art. 24.1.3.) (R1032)
1028
After a dribble, A4's pass to A3 touches the court. A4 realises that A3 has moved away from the original place. A4 runs after the ball and catches it before any other player can touch it. This is a legal play by A4.
NO A4 shall not dribble for a second time after the first dribble has ended unless between 2 dribbles that player has lost the control of a live ball on the court because the pass has been touched by an another player (which is not a case). (OBR Art. 24.2 and 24.1.2) (R1033)
1029
A1 throws the ball against the referee's back, catches the ball and starts dribbling. This is a double dribble violation by A1.
YES
1030
After a dribble, A1's pass to A5 is blocked by B1. The ball returns to A1. A1 shall be entitled to start a new dribble.
YES A1 shall not dribble for a second time after the first dribble has ended unless between 2 dribbles that player has lost the control of a live ball on the court because the pass has been touched by an another player. (OBR Art. 24.2) (R1035)
1031
A1 passes the ball to A2 and the ball touches accidentally the referee's back. A1 catches the ball and starts dribbling. This is a legal play by A1.. (R1036)
NO A player cannot dribble for a second time after the dribble has ended unless between the 2 dribbles that player has lost control of a live ball on the court because of shot for a goal or a touch of the ball by the opponent or a pass or fumble that has touched or been touch by another player. (OBR Art. 24.2) (R1036)
1032
After ending the dribble, A1 fumbles. The ball accidentally touches B1's leg. A1 catches the ball again. A1 shall be entitled to start a new dribble
YES A1 shall not dribble for a second time after the first dribble has ended, unless between 2 dribbles A1 has lost the control of a live ball on the court because the ball has touched another player. (OBR Art. 24.2 and 24.1.4) (R1037)
1033
A1 ends a dribble and passes the ball to A2. The ball accidentally touches the body of B2. After that, the ball touches the floor, A1 catches it and starts to dribble again. This is a legal play by A1. (R1038)
YES
1034
A1 catches a pass in the air, lands on one foot, jumps off that foot and lands on both feet simultaneously. A1 then jumps again and passes the ball to A2. This is a legal play by A1. (R1039)
YES When a player catches the ball with both feet off the court and lands on one foot, that foot becomes the pivot foot. If the player jumps off that foot and comes to a stop landing on both feet simultaneously, neither foot is a pivot foot. That player may legally jump again and release the ball on a pass as long as that player does so before returning to the court with either foot or both feet. (OBR Art. 25.2.1.) (R1039)
1035
A player can commit a travelling violation only when that player is holding the ball.
YES Travelling is the illegal movement of 1 foot or both feet while a player is holding a live ball on the court. (OBR Art. 25.1.1 and 25.1.2) (R1040)
1036
An illegal movement of the pivot foot is a travelling violation.
YES
1037
When the pivot foot is established, the player may move with the ball in the hands to another place on the court. (R1042)
NO A pivot is the legal movement in which a player who is holding a live ball on the court steps once or more than once in any direction with the same foot, while the other foot, called pivot foot, keeps the point of contact with the court. (OBR Art. 25.1.1 and 25.1.2) (R1042)
1038
There is a limit to the number of steps a player may take around the pivot foot. ( R1043)
NO A pivot is the legal movement in which a player who is holding a live ball on the court steps once or more than once in any direction with the same foot, while the other foot, called pivot foot, keeps the point of contact with the court. (OBR Art. 25.1.1 and 25.1.2) (R1043)
1039
A1 receives the ball standing on both feet. When starting a dribble, A1 may lift either foot before the ball is released from the hands. (R1044)
YES When starting the dribble, either foot is pivot foot but the ball must be released from the player's hands before the pivot foot is lifted. (OBR Art. 25.1.1 and 25.1.2) (R1044)
1040
A1 receives the ball standing on both feet. When starting a dribble, neither foot may be lifted before the ball is released from the hands. (R1045)
NO When starting the dribble, either foot is pivot foot but the ball must be released from the player's hands before the pivot foot is lifted. (OBR Art. 25.1.1 and 25.1.2) (R1045)
1041
A1 wants to catch the pass coming from behind. The ball bounces on the arm and shoulder twice while taking 3 steps. This is a travelling violation by A1. (R1046)
NO Travelling is the illegal movement of 1 foot or both feet while a player is holding a live ball (which is not a case) on the court. (OBR Art. 25.1.1 and 14.1) (R1046)
1042
A2 ends the dribble with both feet in the air. A2 comes to a legal stop by landing on both feet simultaneously. A2 shall be entitled to take a pivot step. (R1047)
YES If both feet are off the court and the player lands on both feet simultaneously, the moment one foot is lifted, the other foot becomes the pivot foot. (OBR Art. 25.2.1) (R1047)
1043
While running, A1 catches the ball, takes 2 steps and passes it to A2. This is a legal play by A1. (R1048)
YES While moving, the player may pass the ball and one or both feet may be lifted but neither foot may return to the court before the ball is released from the player's hands. (OBR Art. 25.2.1) (R1048)
1044
While running, A1 catches the ball, takes 3 steps and passes it to A2. This is a legal play by A1. (R1049)
NO
1045
A1 receives the ball standing on both feet. A1 jumps and returns to the court with the ball in the hands. This is a legal play by A1. (R1050)
NO While standing with both feet on the floor, a player may jump but neither foot may be returned to the court before the ball is released from the player's hands. (OBR Art. 25.2.1) (R1050)
1046
A1 receives the ball in the air. A1 returns to the court with both feet simultaneously. A1 shall be entitled to use either foot as a pivot foot. (R1051)
YES While moving, if both feet are off the court and the player lands on both feet simultaneously, the moment one foot is lifted the other foot becomes the pivot foot. (OBR Art. 25.2.1) (R1051)
1047
A1 receives a pass in the air. A1 returns to the court with the left foot first and then with the right foot. A1 shall be entitled to use the left foot as a pivot foot. (R1052)
YES While moving, if both feet are off the court and the player lands on one foot, that foot becomes the pivot foot. (OBR Art. 25.2.1) (R1052)
1048
A1 receives a pass in the air. A1 returns to the court with the left foot first and then with the right foot. A1 shall be entitled to start a dribble with lifting the left foot before the ball is released from the hands. (R1053)
NO While moving, if both feet are off the court and the player lands on one foot, that foot becomes the pivot foot which may not be lifted when starting a dribble. (OBR Art. 25.2.1) (R1053)
1049
A1 receives a pass with the left foot on the court. A1 shall be entitled to jump off this foot and land on both feet simultaneously. (R1054)
YES
1050
After a dribble, A1 catches the ball with 1 foot on the court. A1 shall be entitled to jump off this foot and land on both feet simultaneously. (R1055)
YES
1051
After a dribble, A1 catches the ball with both feet on the court. A1 shall be entitled to use either foot as a pivot foot. (R1056)
YES
1052
A1 gains control of the ball with the left foot in contact with the court and makes then 2 steps (left, right) before the shot for a goal. This is a travelling violation by A1. (R1057)
YES
1053
A1 receives a pass in the air. A1 returns to the court with both feet. A1 loses the balance and while holding the ball in both hands, the ball touches the court. A1 did not move the pivot foot. This is a travelling violation by A1. (R1058)
NO Travelling is the illegal movement of one foot or both feet while a player is holding a live ball on the court. A1 did not move the pivot foot. (OBR Art. 25.2.1) (R1058)
1054
A4 receives a pass in the air. A4 returns to the court with 1 foot, jumps off that foot and lands on both feet simultaneously. A4 jumps again and passes the ball to A3. This is a legal play by A4. (R1059)
YES
1055
Al catches the ball with 1 foot on the court. A1 shall be entitled to use only this foot as a pivot foot. (R1060)
YES
1056
A5 takes 3 steps while holding the ball. This is a travelling violation by A5.
YES
1057
A1 receives a pass in the air. A1 returns to the court with the left foot first and then with the right foot. A1 shall be entitled to use either foot as a pivot foot. (R1062)
NO While moving, if both feet are off the court and the player lands on one foot, that foot becomes the pivot foot. (OBR Art. 25.2.1) (R1062
1058
A1 receives a pass in the air. A1 returns to the court with the left foot. A1 then jumps off this foot and lands on both feet simultaneously. A1 jumps again and attempts a shot for a goal. This is a legal play by A1. (R1063)
YES
1059
A1 receives a pass in the air. A1 returns to the court with the left foot. A1 then jumps off this foot and lands on both feet simultaneously. A1 then pivots around the left foot. This is a legal play by A1
NO While moving, if both feet are of the court and the player lands on one foot, that player may jump off that foot and may land on both feet simultaneously. Neither foot may be lifted before the ball is released from the hands. (OBR Art. 25.2.1) (R1064)
1060
A1 shot for a goal is in the air. B1 blocks the shot on its upward flight. A1 catches the ball in the air and returns to the court. This is travelling violation by A1.
NO While shooting for a goal, both feet may be lifted but neither foot may be returned to the court before the ball is released from the hands. The team control ends when the ball has left the player's hands on a shot for a goal. (OBR Art. 25.2.1 and 14.1.3.) (R1065)
1061
A1 jumps on a shot for a goal. B1 blocks the shot while the ball is still in A1's hands. A1 returns to the court with the ball in the hands. This is a travelling violation by A1. (R1066)
YES While shooting for a goal, both feet may be lifted but neither foot may be returned to the court before the ball is released from the hands. (OBR Art. 25.2.1) (R1066)
1062
A1 falls on the court while holding the ball. This is a travelling violation by A1. (R1067)
NO It is legal when a player falls on the court while holding the ball. (OBR Art. 25.2.2) (R1067)
1063
A2 gains control of the ball while lying on the court. A2 then rolls and attempts to pass the ball to A4. This is a travelling violation by A2. (R1068)
YES It is a violation, if lying on the court player rolls while holding the ball. (OBR Art. 25.2.2) (OBRI 25-3) (R1068)
1064
Al catches the ball on rebound and falls on the court with the ball in the hands. A1 starts a dribble and then stands up. This is a legal play by A1. (R1069)
YES It is legal when a player falls on the court and starts to dribble. It is legal for a player to stand up while dribbling the ball. (OBR Art. 25.2.2 and 24.1.2) (OBRI 25-4c) (R1069)
1065
A1 falls on the court, catches the ball and slides 1 m before stops. This is a travelling violation by A1.
NO It is legal when a player falls on the court and slides while holding the ball. (OBR Art. 25.2.2) (R1070)
1066
A1 gains control of the ball with the left foot in contact with the court and makes then 2 steps (right, left) before the shot for a goal. This is a travelling violation by A1.
NO A1 who catches the ball while progressing may take 2 steps before shooting the ball. (OBR Art. 25.2.1.) (R1071)
1067
A1 is holding the ball. A1 loses the balance and falls on the court. This is a legal play by A1.
YES
1068
A3 gains control of the ball while lying on the court. A3 attempts to stand up with the ball in the hands. This is a legal play by A3. (R1073)
NO It is a violation if lyng on the court, player attempts to stand up while holding the ball
1069
A1 is holding the ball. A1 loses the balance, falls on the court and slides. This is a legal play by A1
YES It is legal when a player falls on the court and slides while holding the ball. (OBR Art. 25.2.) (OBRI 25-3) (R1074)
1070
A1 is holding the ball. A1 falls on the court and rolls. This is a legal play by A1.
NO It is a violation if a player falls on the court and then rolls. (OBR Art. 25.2.) (R1075)
1071
A1 is lying on the court when gaining the control of the ball. A1 attempts to stand up while holding the ball. This is a travelling violation by A1. (R1076)
YES It is a violation, if a player lying on the court attempts to stand while holding the ball. (OBR Art. 25.2.2.) (OBRI 25-4d) (R1076)
1072
A1 catches the ball in the air, lands on 1 foot, jumps off that foot and lands on both feet simultaneously. A1 then pivots. This is a travelling violation by A1. (R1077)
YES
1073
A1 catches the ball in the air, lands on 1 foot, jumps off that foot and lands on both feet simultaneously. A1's moving with the ball has ended. (R1078)
YES While moving, if both feet are off the court and the player lands on one foot, that foot becomes the pivot foot. If a player jumps off that foot and comes to a stop landing on both feet simultaneously, neither foot is a pivot foot. (OBR Art. 25.2.1.) (R1078)
1074
While moving, A4 loses the balance, falls to the court with the ball in the hands and slides. This is a travelling violation by A4.
NO It is legal when a player falls and slides on the court while holding the ball. (OBR Art. 25.2.2) (R1079)
1075
A4 catches the ball in the air. A4 lands on the court with 1 foot, jumps off that foot, lands on both feet, jumps again and releases a shot for a goal. This is a legal play by A4. (R1080)
YES
1076
A1 ends the dribble with 1 foot on the court. This foot is a pivot foot.
YES While moving, if one foot is touching the court, that foot becomes the pivot foot. (OBR Art. 25.2.1.) (R1081)
1077
While moving, A1 gains control of the ball with both feet in contact with the court and makes 2 steps before the shot for a goal. This is a travelling violation by A1.
NO A1 who catches the ball while progressing may take 2 steps before a shot for a goal. (OBR Art. 25.2.1.)
1078
A1 ends the dribble with both feet off the court and comes to a stop by landing on both feet simultaneously. A1 may now take a pivot step.
YES If both feet are off the court and the player lands on both feet simultaneously, the moment one foot is lifted, the other foot becomes the pivot foot. (OBR Art. 25.2.1) (R1083)
1079
A4 is in the opponents’ restricted area for less than 3 seconds. A4 receives a pass and immediately dribbles to the basket to attempt a shot for a goal. The 3-second count shall be suspended. (R1084)
YES
1080
Thrower-in A1 in the frontcourt has the ball in the hands. A2 is in the restricted area for more than 3 seconds. This is a 3-second violation by A2.
NO A player shall not remain in the opponents' restricted area for more than 3 consecutive seconds while the team is in control of a live ball in the frontcourt and the game clock is running. (OBR Art. 26.1.1) (R1085)
1081
A1 dribbles in the backcourt. At the same time, A2 remains in the restricted area for more than 3 seconds. This is a 3-second violation by A2.
NO The 3-second rule applies only when the team has control of a live ball in the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 26.1.1) (R1086)
1082
A1 dribbles in the backcourt. At the same time, A2 remains in the restricted area for more than 3 seconds. This is a 3-second violation by A2.
NO Allowances to remain for more than 3 consecutive seconds in the opponents' restricted area must be made for a player who makes an attempt to leave the restricted area. (OBR Art. 26.1.2) (R1087)
1083
A1 is in the restricted area for 2.5 seconds and receives a pass. A1 starts a dribble and attempts a shot for a goal after 4 seconds passed. This is a 3-second violation by A1. (R1088)
NO Allowances to remain for more than 3 consecutive seconds in the opponents' restricted area must be made for a player who dribbles in the restricted area to attempt a shot for a goal after being there for less than 3 consecutive seconds. (OBR Art. 26.1.2) (R1088)
1084
A3 is in the restricted area for more than 3 seconds. A5 is dribbling in the backcourt. This is a 3-second violation by A3.
NO
1085
Thrower-in A3 in the frontcourt has the ball in the hands. A5 is in the restricted area for more than 3 seconds. This is a 3-second violation by A5
NO A player may remain in the opponents restricted area for more then 3 seconds while the team is in control of the live ball in the frontcourt and the game clock is not running.
1086
A2 is closely guarded in the backcourt by B3. At the same time, A4 remains in the restricted area for more than 3 seconds. This is a 3-second violation by A4. (R1091)
NO A player may remain in the opponents' restricted area for more that 3 consecutive seconds while the team is in control of the live ball in the backcourt. (OBR Art. 26.1.1) (R1091)
1087
The 3-second rule only applies when a team is in control of a live ball in the frontcourt and the game clock is running. (R1092)
YES A player shall not remain in the opponents' restricted area for more than 3 consecutive seconds while the team is in control of a live ball in the frontcourt and the game clock is running. (OBR Art. 26.1.1) (R1092)
1088
A4 is in the restricted area for 2 seconds. A5 attempts a shot for a goal. B4 blocks the shot and the ball does not touch the ring. A4 still in the area catches the ball. A4 shall be allowed to remain in the area for another 3 seconds. (R1093)
YES
1089
A1 is in the restricted area for 2 seconds. A1 steps out of the area with the left foot and lifts the right foot. A1 returns to the area and remains in the area for additional 2 seconds. This is a 3-seconds violation by A1. (R1094)
YES To establish himself outside the restricted area, A1 must place both feet on the court outside the restricted area. (OBR Art. 26.1.3) (R1094)
1090
The 3-second rule only applies when the game clock is running and the ball is in the frontcourt. (R1095)
YES
1091
A1 is in the restricted area for 2 seconds when A2 attempts a shot for a goal. The ball misses the ring. A1 gains control of the ball and starts the dribble in the restricted area for another 2 seconds. This is a 3-second violation by A1. (R1096)
NO A1 shall not remain in the opponents' restricted area for more than 3 consecutive seconds while the team is in control of the live ball. Team A control ends when the ball has left the A2's hands on a shot for a goal. (OBR Art. 26.1.2. and 14.1.3.) (R1096)
1092
The game clock must be running in order for a 3-second violation to occur.
YES A player shall not remain in the opponents' restricted area for more than 3 consecutive seconds while the game clock is running. (OBR Art. 26.1.1.) (R1097)
1093
The 3-second rule applies when a team is in control of the live ball on any place on the court
NO A player shall not remain in the opponents' restricted area for more than 3 consecutive seconds while the team is in control of a live ball in its frontcourt and the game clock is running. (OBR Art. 26.1.1.) (R1098)
1094
A1 in the restricted area for 2.5 seconds releases the ball on a shot for a goal. The ball misses the backboard and the ring and A1 rebounds it. This is A1's 3-second violation.
NO
1095
A1 in the restricted area for 2.5 seconds attempts a shot for a goal. The ball misses the backboard and the ring and A1 rebounds it. This is A1's 3-second violation. (R1100)
NO Team A has ended its control of the ball when A1 attempted a the shot for a goal. With A1's rebound, team A gained a new control of the ball. (OBR Art. 26.1.2) (R1100)
1096
A1 is in restricted area for 2 seconds when A2 attempts a shot for a 3-point goal. The ball touches the backboard but not the ring. A1 still in the area catches the ball. This is a 3-second violation by A1. (R1101)
NO A1 shall not remain in the restricted area for more than 3 consecutive seconds while the team is in control of the ball (which is not the case). Team control ends when the ball has left A2's hands on the shot for a goal. (OBR Art. 26.1.1) (R1101)
1097
The ball bounced from the ring. Team A players are in the restricted area for more than 3 consecutive seconds attempting to tap the ball into the basket. This is a 3-second violation by team A players.
NO
1098
A1 is standing with 1 foot in the restricted area and the other foot outside the area. A1 is in the restricted area
YES To be established outside the restricted area, A1 must place both feet on the court outside the restricted area. (OBR Art. 26.1.3) (R1103)
1099
Closely guarded player 5-second rule is valid only in the offensive team backcourt. (R1104)
NO A player who is holding a live ball on the court is closely guarded when an opponent is in an active legal guarding position at a distance of no more than 1 m. (OBR Art. 27.1.) (R1104)
1100
Closely guarded A1 is holding the ball in the backcourt. After 5 seconds a referee calls a 5-second violation. Team B shall be awarded a throw-in. (R1105)
YES A closely guarded player must pass, shoot or dribble the ball within 5 seconds. (OBR Art. 27.2.) (R1105)
1101
A3 is closely guarded for 4 seconds by B1. A3 starts the dribble while still guarded by B1 for further 4 seconds. This is a legal play by A3.
YES A player who is holding a live ball on the court is closely guarded when an opponent is in an active legal guarding position at a distance of no more than 1 m. A closely guarded player must pass, shoot or dribble the ball within 5 seconds. (OBR Art. 27.1. and 27.2.) (R1106)
1102
A3 is closely guarded for 4 seconds by B1. A3 pass to A1 is touched by B1 and the ball returns to A3. The new 5-second count shall start.
YES
1103
A player may hold the ball in the frontcourt for more than 5 seconds if not closely guarded. (R1108)
YES
1104
A closely guarded player holding the ball must pass, shoot or start a dribble within 5 seconds.
YES A player who is holding a live ball on the court is closely guarded when an opponent is in an active legal guarding position at a distance of no more than 1 m. A closely guarded player must pass, shoot or dribble the ball within 5 seconds. (OBR Art. 27.1. and 27.2.)
1105
A closely guarded player holding the ball must pass, shoot or start a dribble within 3 seconds. (R1110)
NO A player who is holding a live ball on the court is closely guarded when an opponent is in an active legal guarding position at a distance of no more than 1 m. A closely guarded player must pass, shoot or dribble the ball within 5 seconds. (OBR Art. 27.1. and 27.2.) (R1110)
1106
A1 is closely guarded for 4 seconds by B1. A1 fumbles the ball and catches it again. The new 5-second count shall be started. (R1111)
NO A player who is holding a live ball on the court is closely guarded when an opponent is in an active legal guarding position at a distance of no more than 1 m. A closely guarded player must pass, shoot or dribble the ball within 5 seconds. (OBR Art. 27.1 and 27.2) (R1111)
1107
A1 is holding the ball in the frontcourt. B1 is standing 1 m from A1 making no attempt to steal the ball or prevent a pass or a start of A1's dribble. After 5 seconds a referee calls A1's violation. (R1112)
NO A defensive player must be in an active legal guarding position in order to be considered as a 5-second violation of the offensive player. (OBR Art. 27.1. and 27.2.) (R1112)
1108
A1 attempts a 3-point shot from the backcourt close the end of the 8-second count. The ball is in the air when the referee calls the 8 seconds violation. The ball enters the basket. The goal counts for 3 points. (R1113)
NO Whenever a player in the backcourt gains control of a live ball, that team must cause the ball to go into its frontcourt in 8 seconds. The team has caused the ball into its frontcourt when the ball, not in control of the player, touched the frontcourt (which is not the case). (OBR Art. 28.1.2) (R1113)
1109
A1 attempts a 3-point shot from the backcourt close the end of the 8-second count. The ball is in the air when the referee calls the 8 seconds violation. The ball does not enter the basket. This is an 8-seconds violation
YES Whenever a player in the backcourt gains control of a live ball, that team must cause the ball to go into its frontcourt in 8 seconds. The team has caused the ball into its frontcourt when the ball, not in control of the player, touched the frontcourt (which is not the case). (OBR Art. 28.1.2) (R1114)
1110
A1 dribbles in the backcourt when a referee calls the 8-second violation. The shot clock shows 18 seconds. A referee's count takes precedence over the shot clock.
YES A referee is solely responsible to decide when the 8-second period shall end. (OBR Art. 0) (R1115)
1111
A1 dribbling from the backcourt straddles the centre line while still dribbling. The 8-second period shall continue.
YES A1 does not have both feet completely in contact with the frontcourt and therefore A1 is considered to be still in the backcourt. (OBR Art. 28.1.2.)
1112
A1 straddles the centre line when receiving the ball from A2 who is in the backcourt. A1 then returns the ball to A2 who is still in the backcourt. Team A has new 8 seconds to cause the ball to go into its frontcourt. (R1117)
NO A1 does not have both feet completely in contact with the frontcourt and therefore still in the backcourt. A1 is entitled to pass the ball into the backcourt. The 8-second period shall continue. (OBR Art. 28.1.2) (R1117)
1113
The 8-second period expires when A1 passes the ball from the backcourt to A2 who is in the frontcourt and the ball is in the air above the frontcourt. Referees call a 8-second violation. (R1118)
YES The team has caused the ball to go into its frontcourt when the ball, not in control of any player, touches the frontcourt (which is not the case). (OBR Art. 28.1.2) (R1118)
1114
The team shall have 10 seconds to move the ball from the backcourt to the frontcourt.
NO
1115
Team A is awarded the backcourt throw-in. The shot clock and the 8-second period shall start at the same time
YES The shot clock shall be restarted on the throw-in, when the ball touches or is legally touched by any player in the backcourt and the team of the thrower-in remains in the control of the ball in its backcourt. That team must cause the ball to come to the frontcourt within 8 seconds. (OBR Art. 28.1.1 and 50.1.)
1116
A1 dribbles in the backcourt when B1 taps the ball out-of-bounds. A3 throw-in from the backcourt is deflected by B2. The 8-second period shall continue when B2 touches the ball.
YES The 8-second period shall continue with any time remaining when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a backcourt throw-in, as a result of a ball having gone out-of-bounds. (OBR Art. 28.1.3) (R1121)
1117
On a backcourt throw-in, the ball touches a referee. The 8-second period shall start when the ball has touched a referee.
NO Whenever on the backcourt throw-in the ball touches the player (which is not the case) and the team of the thrower-in remains in the control of the ball in its backcourt, that team must cause the ball to go into the frontcourt within 8 seconds. (OBR Art. 28.1.2.) (R1122)
1118
A2 dribbles from the backcourt and ends the dribble with holding the ball and straddling the centre line. A2 passes the ball to A1 who is also straddling the centre line. This is a legal play by team A.
YES The team has caused the ball to go into the frontcourt only when the ball touches or is legally touched by an offensive player who has both feet completely in contact with the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 28.1.2) (R1123)
1119
A2 dribbles from the backcourt and has 1 foot already in the frontcourt. A2 passes the ball to A1 who is straddling the centre line. A1 starts to dribble back into the backcourt. This is a legal play by team A. (R1124)
YES
1120
A4 dribbles from the backcourt. A4 stops with both feet in the frontcourt but still dribbling the ball in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by A4.
NO The team has caused the ball to go into the frontcourt only when during the dribble from the backcourt to the frontcourt, the ball and both feet of the dribbler are completely in contact with the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 28.1.2) (R1125)
1121
A4 dribbles from the backcourt. A4 stops with both feet in the backcourt but dribbling the ball in the frontcourt. This is a legal play by A4.
YES The team has caused the ball to go into the frontcourt only when, during the dribble from the backcourt to the frontcourt, the ball and both feet of the dribbler are completely in contact with the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 28.1.2) (R1126)
1122
A4 straddling the centre line passes the ball to A3 who also straddles the centre line. This is a legal play by A4. (R1127)
YES
1123
Ending the dribble, A4 catches the ball and makes 2 steps. A4's left foot is already in the frontcourt when A4 passes the ball to A5 in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by A4. (R1128)
NO The team has caused the ball to go into the frontcourt only when the ball touches or is legally touched by an offensive player who has both feet completely in contact with the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 28.1.2) (R1128)
1124
A5 is straddling the centre line. A5 touches the ball coming from the backcourt. Team A has moved the ball into the frontcourt. (R1129)
NO The team has caused the ball to go into the frontcourt only when the ball touches or is legally touched by an offensive player who has both feet completely in contact with the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 28.1.2 and 30.1.1) (R1129)
1125
A4 in the backcourt dribbles for 6 seconds and passes the ball to A5 in the frontcourt. The ball touches B4's leg in the backcourt and bounces back to A4 still in the backcourt. Team A shall have a new 8-second period to move the ball into the frontcourt. (R1130)
YES The team has caused the ball to go into the fronctcourt whenever the bal touches or is legally touched by a defensive player who has part of the body in contact with the backcourt
1126
A1 in the backcourt dribbles for 5 seconds. B1 straddling the centre line, taps the ball which goes out-of-bounds in team A backcourt. Team A shall have the new 8-second period to move the ball into the frontcourt. (R1131)
YES The team has caused the ball to go into the frontcourt whenever the ball touches or is legally touched by a defensive player who has part of the body in contact with the backcourt. (OBR Art. 28.1.2) (R1131)
1127
A1 in the backcourt passes the ball towards the frontcourt. The ball touches the backboard. The ball is in the frontcourt at this time. (R1132)
YES The team has caused the ball to go into the frontcourt whenever the ball, not in control of any player, touches the frontcourt. The backboard is considered as a part of the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 28.1.2 and 2.3.) (R1132)
1128
A1 in the backcourt passes the ball towards the frontcourt. The ball bounces and rolls on the court in the frontcourt without any player touching the ball. The 8-second period expires. This is an 8-second violation by team A. (R1133)
NO The team has caused the ball to go into the frontcourt whenever the ball, not in control of any player, touches the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 28.1.2) (R1133)
1129
A1 dribbles from the backcourt to the frontcourt. The ball is in the frontcourt when it touches the frontcourt during A1's dribble. (R1134)
NO The team has caused the ball to go into the frontcourt only when, during the dribble from the backcourt to the frontcourt, the ball and both feet of the dribbler are completely in contact with the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 28.1.2) (R1134)
1130
A1 dribbles from the backcourt to the frontcourt. The ball is in the frontcourt when the ball and both feet of the dribbler are in contact with the frontcourt. (R1135)
YES The team has caused the ball to go into the frontcourt only when, during the dribble from the backcourt to the frontcourt, the ball and both feet of the dribbler are completely in contact with the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 28.1.2) (R1135)
1131
A4 in the backcourt dribbles for 5 seconds. B4 with 1 foot in the backcourt touches the ball which goes out-of-bounds in team A backcourt. Team A shall have 3 seconds to move the ball into the frontcourt.
NO The team has caused the ball to go into the frontcourt when B4 has touched the ball. Team A shall new 8-second period to move the ball into the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 28.1.2)
1132
A4 in the backcourt passes the ball to A5 in the frontcourt. The ball is in the air above the frontcourt. The ball is in the frontcourt at this time. (R1137)
NO The team has caused the ball to go into the frontcourt whenever the ball, not in control of any player, touches the frontcourt (which is not the case). (OBR Art. 28.1.2) (R1137)
1133
A2 in the backcourt passes the ball to A3. A3 straddles the centre line, jumps and catches the ball in the air. A3 returns to the court straddling the centre line and pivots around the foot in the backcourt. This is a legal play by A3. (R1138)
YES The team has caused the ball to go into the frontcourt only when the ball is legally touched by an offensive player who has both feet completely in contact with the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 28.1.2.) (R1138)
1134
A4 in the backcourt dribbles for 4 seconds. A1 and B3 commit a double foul in team A backcourt. Team A shall have 4 seconds to move the ball into the frontcourt. (R1139)
YES The 8-second period shall continue with any time remaining when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a backcourt throw-in, as a result of a double foul. (OBR Art. 28.1.3) (R1139)
1135
A4 in the backcourt dribbles for 4 seconds. The game clock is stopped because of A2's injury. Team A shall have a new 8-second period to move the ball into the frontcourt. (R1140)
NO
1136
A1 in the backcourt dribbles for 6 seconds. B1 touches the ball which goes out-of-bounds in team A backcourt. Team A shall have 2 seconds to move the ball into the frontcourt. (R1141)
YES
1137
A1 in the backcourt dribbles for 7 seconds. A held ball occurs. Team A is entitled to the next alternating possession throw-in. Team A shall have 1 second to move the ball into the frontcourt. (R1142)
YES The 8-second period shall continue with any time remaining when the same team that previously had the control of the ball is awarded a backcourt throw-in, as a result of a held ball. (OBR Art. 28.1.3) (R1142)
1138
A1 in the backcourt dribbles for 4 seconds. A4 and B1 commit a double foul in team A frontcourt. Team A shall have 4 seconds to move the ball into the frontcourt. (R1143)
NO Team A throw-in shall be administered from the place nearest to where the double foul occurred. The 8-second rule does not apply in the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 28.1.3 and 35.2) (R1143)
1139
A1 in the backcourt dribbles for 5 seconds. A held ball occurs. Team A is entitled to the next alternating possession throw-in. Team A shall have a new 8-second period to move the ball into the frontcourt. (R1144)
NO The 8-second period shall continue with any time remaining when the same team that previously had the control of the ball is awarded a backcourt throw-in, as a result of a jump ball situation. Team A shall have 3 seconds to move the ball into the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 28.1.2) (R1144)
1140
A1 straddling the centre line receives the ball from A2 who is in the backcourt. A1 passes the ball back to A2 who is still in the backcourt. The 8-second period shall continue. (R1145)
YES
1141
A1 straddling the centre line receives the ball from A2 who is in the backcourt. A1 passes the ball back to A2 who is still in the backcourt. The new 8-second period shall start. (R1146)
NO
1142
A1 straddling the centre line receives the ball from A2 who is in the backcourt. The ball is in the frontcourt at this time. (R1147)
NO
1143
A1 ends the dribble from the backcourt by holding the ball and straddling the centre line. A1 passes the ball to A2 who is also straddling the centre line. The 8-second period shall continue.
YES The team has caused the ball to go into the frontcourt when the ball is legally touched by an offensive player who has both feet in contact with the frontcourt (which is not the case). (OBR Art. 28.1.2)
1144
A1 ends the dribble from the backcourt by holding the ball and straddling the centre line. A1 passes the ball to A2 who has both feet in the frontcourt. The ball is in the frontcourt at this time. (R1149)
YES The team has caused the ball to go into the frontcourt when the ball is legally touched by an offensive player who has both feet in contact with the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 28.1.2) (R1149)
1145
A1 ends the dribble from the backcourt with 1 foot in the frontcourt. A1 passes the ball to A2 who is straddling the centre line. A2 starts to dribble in the backcourt. The 8-second period shall continue.
YES The team has caused the ball to go into the frontcourt only when the ball is legally touched by an offensive player who has both feet in contact with the frontcourt (which is not the case). (OBR Art. 28.1.2) (R1150)
1146
A1 ends the dribble from the backcourt with 1 foot in the frontcourt. A1 passes the ball to A2 who is straddling the centre line. A2 starts to dribble in the backcourt. The 8-second period expires. This is an 8-second violation by team A. (R1151)
YES The team has caused the ball to go into the frontcourt only when the ball is legally touched by an offensive player who has both feet in contact with the frontcourt (which is not the case). (OBR Art. 28.1.2.) (R1151)
1147
A1 in the backcourt dribbles for 5 seconds when A3 and B5 commit a double foul in team A backcourt. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the backcourt with a new 8-second period to move the ball into the frontcourt. (R1152)
NO
1148
A4 dribbles from the backcourt to the frontcourt. The ball has moved to the frontcourt when A4 touched the frontcourt (R1153)
NO The team has caused the ball to go into the frontcourt when, during a dribble from the backcourt to the frontcourt, the ball and both feet of the dribbler are completely in contact with the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 28.1.2.) (R1153)
1149
A1 dribbles from the backcourt to the frontcourt for 6 seconds. A1 ends the dribble straddling the centre line. Team A has caused the ball to go to the frontcourt.
NO The team has caused the ball to go into the frontcourt when, during a dribble from the backcourt to the frontcourt, the ball and both feet of the dribbler are completely in contact with the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 28.1.2.) (R1154)
1150
A5 dribbles from the backcourt and stops by straddling the centre line. A5 passes the ball to A6 in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team A. (R1155)
NO The team has caused the ball to go into the frontcourt when, during a dribble from the backcourt to the frontcourt, the ball and both feet of the dribbler are completely in contact with the frontcourt (which is not the case). (OBR Art. 28.1.2) (R1155)
1151
A4 dribbles in the backcourt for 5 seconds and passes the ball to A5 in the frontcourt. B4 in the backcourt deflects the ball back to A4. A4 shall have only 3 seconds remaining to move the ball into the frontcourt. (R1156)
NO The team has caused the ball to go into the frontcourt when the ball is legally touched by a defensive player who has part of the body in contact with the backcourt. (OBR Art. 28.1.2.) (R1156)
1152
A5 dribbles from the backcourt and stops by straddling the centre line, while still dribbling. The 8-second period shall continue. (R1157)
YES
1153
A1 dribbles in the backcourt for 4 seconds when A3 and B1 commit a double foul in team A backcourt. Team A shall have 4 seconds to move the ball into the frontcourt. (R1158)
YES
1154
During a jump ball, the 8-second period shall start when the ball touches a player in the backcourt. (R1159)
NO Whenever a player in the backcourt gains control of a live ball, that team must cause the ball to go into the frontcourt within 8 seconds. (OBR Art. 28.1.1.) (R1159)
1155
A1 dribbles in the backcourt for 6 seconds when A2 and B4 commit a double foul in team A backcourt. Team A shall have a new 8 second-period to move the ball into the frontcourt
NO The 8-second period shall continue with any time remaining when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a backcourt throw-in, as a result of a double foul. (OBR Art. 28.1.3) (R1160)
1156
A1 dribbles in the backcourt for 4 seconds when B1 taps the ball which goes out-of-bounds in team A backcourt. Team A shall have 4 seconds to move the ball into the frontcourt. (R1161
YES The 8-second period shall continue with any time remaining when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a backcourt throw-in, as a result of the ball having gone out-of-bounds. (OBR Art. 28.1.3) (OBRI 28-8) (R1161)
1157
A1 dribbles in the backcourt for 4 seconds when B1 taps the ball which goes out-of-bounds in team A backcourt. Team A shall have a new 8-second period to move the ball into the frontcourt. (R1162)
NO The 8-second period shall continue with any time remaining when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a backcourt throw-in, as a result of the ball having gone out-of-bounds. (OBR Art. 28.1.3) (R1162
1158
With 1:27 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, a goal is scored. After the endline throw-in, the game clock, 8-second period and the shot clock shall start simultaneously. (R1163)
NO On a throw-in, the 8-second period shall start when the ball touches or is legally touched by a player in the backcourt. The game clock and the shot clock shall start when the ball touches or is legally touched by a player anywhere on the court. (OBR Art. 28.1.1.) (R1163)
1159
A1 in the frontcourt has the ball in the hands when B1 taps the ball out of A1's hands. The ball rolls into team A backcourt. The 8-second period shall start when the ball touches any team A player. (R1164)
NO The 8-second period shall start when any team A player in the backcourt gains control of a live ball. (OBR Art. 28.1.1. and 49.2.) (R1164)
1160
A1's pass from the backcourt touches a referee who is straddling the centre line. Team A has caused the ball to go into the frontcourt
YES The team has caused the ball to go into the frontcourt whenever the ball touches a referee who has part of the body in contact with the frontcourt of the team in control of the ball. (OBR Art. 28.1.2.)
1161
A1 dribbles in the backcourt for 6 seconds. A1 deliberately bounces the ball against B1's leg in team A frontcourt. The ball bounces back to A1 still in the backcourt. A1 shall have a new 8-second period to move the ball into the frontcourt. (R1166)
YES The team has caused the ball to go into the frontcourt when a ball touches a defensive player who has part of the body in contact with the backcourt. (OBR Art. 28.1.2.) (R1166)
1162
A1 is dribbling in the backcourt and steps on the frontcourt. A1 continues to dribble in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by A1. (R1167)
NO
1163
A1's pass in the frontcourt to A2 is deflected by B1 into team A backcourt. The ball is bouncing in the team A backcourt. The 8-second period shall starts when the ball touched the backcourt
NO The 8-second period shall start when any team A player in the backcourt gains control of the ball. (OBR Art. 28.1.1. ) (R1168)
1164
A1 dribbles in his backcourt for 5 seconds when a held ball occurs. The possession arrow favours team A. Team A shall have a new 8-second period to move the ball into its frontcourt.
NO
1165
A1 dribbles in the backcourt for 5 seconds when a held ball occurs. The possession arrow favours team A. Team A shall have 3 seconds to move the ball into the frontcourt.
YES
1166
A1 passes the ball from the backcourt to A2 who is straddling the centre line. The ball is in the frontcourt at this time. (R1171)
NO The ball is not yet in team A frontcourt as A4 does not have both feet completely in the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 28.1.2.) (R1171)
1167
A1 dribbles in the backcourt for 5 seconds when a held ball occurs. The possession arrow favours team B. Team B shall have 3 seconds on shot clock. (R1172)
NO The 8-second period shall continue with any time remaining when the same team that had previously control of the ball is awarded a backcourt throw-in (which is not the case), as a result of a jump ball situation. Team B shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 28.1.3) (R1172)
1168
A1 ends the dribble from the backcourt with 1 foot in the frontcourt. A1 is now closely guarded by B1 and B2. The ball is in the team A frontcourt. (R1173)
NO
1169
The 8-second rule shall apply only in the last 2 minutes of the game
NO Whenever a player in the backcourt gains control of a live ball, that team must cause the ball to go into the frontcourt within 8 seconds. (OBR Art. 28.1.1) (R1174)
1170
A1 dribbles in the backcourt for 6 seconds. A1 passes the ball to A2 in the frontcourt. B1 in the backcourt deflects the ball back to A2 still in the backcourt. The 8-second period ends when B1 touches the ball. (R1175)
YES Team A has caused the ball to go into the frontcourt when the ball is legally touched by B1 who has part of the body in contact with the backcourt. (OBR Art. 28.1.2) (R1175)
1171
A1 dribbles in the backcourt for 6 seconds when B1 deliberately contacts the ball with the foot. Team A shall have only 2 seconds to cause the ball to go into the frontcourt. (R1176)
NO Whenever the ball is legally (which is not the case) touched by any player in the backcourt and the team of that player taking the throw-in remains in control of the ball in the backcourt, that team must cause the ball to go into the frontcourt within 8 seconds. (OBR Art. 28.1.1) (R1176)
1172
A1 dribbles in the backcourt for 3 seconds when a double foul occurs in team A backcourt. Team A shall have 5 seconds to cause the ball to go into the frontcourt. (R1177)
YES The 8-second period shall continue with any time remaining when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a throw-on in the backcourt, as a result of a double foul. (OBR Art. 28.1.3.) (OBRI 28-7a) (R1177)
1173
A1 ends the dribble from the backcourt by holding the ball and straddling the centre line. A1 then passes the ball to A2 who is also straddling the centre line. The 8-second period shall continue. (R1178)
YES A1 does not have both feet completely in contact with the frontcourt. The 8-second period shall continue. (OBR Art. 28.1.2.) (OBRI 28-5a) (R1178)
1174
With 16 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when the game is stopped by a referee to find B1's lost contact lenses. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the frontcourt. Team A shall have 16 seconds on the shot clock. (R1179)
YES If the game is stopped by a referee for any valid reason not connected with either team, the shot clock shall continue from the time it was stopped. (OBR Art. 29.2.1) (R1179)
1175
The ball is in the air on A1' shot for a goal when the shot clock sounds. The ball rebounds from the ring when B1 touches the ball before it goes out-of-bound. The referee calls an out-of-bounds violation by B1. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from behind its endline. (R1180)
NO? A shot for a goal is attempted near to the end of the shot clock period and the shot clock signal sounds while the ball is in the air. If the ball is touched by team B player before it goes out-of-bounds, it is a team A shot clock violation as team B did not gain a clear and immediate control of the ball. (OBR Art. 29.1.2) (R1180)
1176
B5 steals the ball and gains its new control in the frontcourt. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds. (R1181)
NO Whenever a player gains control of a live ball on the court, that team must attempt a shot for a goal within 24 seconds. (OBR Art. 29.1.1) (R1181)
1177
Shooter A1 has the ball in the hands when the shot clock signal sounds. A1 then releases the ball and it enters the basket. A1's goal shall count. (R1182)
NO To constitute a shot for a goal within 24 seconds, the ball must leave the player's hands before the shot clock signal sounds. (OBR Art. 29.1.1) (R1182)
1178
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. After the signal, the ball is touched on its upward flight by B5. The ball did not touch the ring or enter the basket. This is a team A shot clock violation. (R1183)
YES To constitute a shot for a goal within 24 seconds, after the ball has left the players' hands, the ball must touch the ring or enter the basket. (OBR Art. 29.1.1 and 10.3) (R1183)
1179
A3's throw-in in the backcourt is touched by A2 but A2 did not gain the control of the ball. The shot clock shall start when the ball is touched by A2. (R1184)
YES The shot clock shall be started or restarted when on a throw-in, the ball touches or is legally touched by any player on the court. (OBR Art. 29.1.1 and 50.1.) (R1184)
1180
A3's throw-in in the backcourt is touched by B2 but B2 did not gain the control of the ball. The shot clock shall start when the ball is touched by B2. (R1185)
YES
1181
With 10 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when B1 starts bleeding. B1 is substituted. The game shall be resumed with a team A frontcourt throw-in, with a new 24 seconds on the shot clock.
NO If the throw-in is administered in the team's frontcourt and 13 seconds or less are displayed on the shot clock at the time when the game was stopped, the shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds. If 14 seconds or more are displayed on the shot clock, it shall continue from the time it was stopped. (OBR Art. 29.2.1) (R1186)
1182
A1's shot for a goal touches the backboard but misses the ring. The ball is touched by B1, after which A2 gains control of the ball. At this time the shot clock signal sounds. This is a shot clock violation by team A. (R1187)
YES When the shot clock signal sounds while the ball is in the air on the shot for a goal and the ball misses the ring, a shot clock violation has occurred. However, if the opponents gain an immediate and clear control of the ball (which is not the case), the signal shall be disregarded and the game shall continue. (OBR Art. 29.1.2) (R1187)
1183
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. After the signal, the ball is touched by B1 on its upward flight. The ball misses ring. This is a shot clock violation by team A. (R1188)
YES When a shot clock signal sounds while the ball is in the air on the shot for a goal and the ball misses the ring, a shot clock violation has occurred. (OBR Art. 29.1.2.) (R1188)
1184
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball misses the ring. B1 catches immediately the ball. This is a shot clock violation by team A.
NO When a shot clock signal sounds while the ball is in the air on the shot for a goal and the ball misses the ring, a shot clock violation has occurred. However, if the opponents gain an immediate and clear control of the ball, the signal shall be disregarded and the game shall continue. (OBR Art. 29.1.2)
1185
With 9 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when A2 and B2 commit a double foul. Team A shall be awarded a frontcourt throw-in with a new 24 seconds on the shot clock. (R1190)
NO The shot clock shall not be reset when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a throw-in as a result of a double foul. Team A shall have 9 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 50.2) (R1190)
1186
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The shot clock signal causes the game clock to be stopped immediately. (R1191)
NO The shot clock signal neither stops the game clock nor causes the ball to become dead. (OBR Art. 50.5.) (R1191)
1187
A3's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball touches the backboard but misses the ring. The ball rolls on the court. The ball is touched by B5 followed by A5 and it is finally controlled by B3. This is a shot clock violation by team A. (R1192)
YES When a shot clock signal sounds while the ball is in the air on the shot for a goal and the ball misses the ring, a shot clock violation has occurred. However, if the opponents gain an immediate and clear control of the ball, the signal shall be disregarded and the game shall continue. Team B did not gain an immediate and clear control of the ball. (OBR Art. 29.1.2) (R1192)
1188
A3's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball touches the backboard but misses the ring. B2 gains an immediate and clear control of the ball. The shot clock signal be disregarded and the game shall continue. (R1193)
YES When a shot clock signal sounds while the ball is in the air on the shot for a goal and the ball misses the ring, a shot clock violation has occurred. However, if the opponents gain an immediate and clear control of the ball, the signal shall be disregarded and the game shall continue. (OBR Art. 29.1.2) (R1193)
1189
A4's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball misses the ring and immediately after a held ball occurs. This is a jump ball situation. (R1194)
NO When a shot clock signal sounds while the ball is in the air on the shot for a goal and the ball misses the ring, a shot clock violation has occurred. However, if the opponents gain an immediate and clear control of the ball (which is not the case), the signal shall be disregarded and the game shall continue. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from behind the backcourt endline. (OBR Art. 29.1.2 and 12.3) (R1194)
1190
A4's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. A referee erroneously blows the whistle. The ball touches the ring. This is a jump ball situation. (R1195)
YES
1191
A4's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball misses the ring. B4 gains immediate and clear control of the ball. This is a team A shot clock violation. (R1196)
NO
1192
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball misses the ring. The ball now rolls on the court. B3 and A3 are running to catch the ball with B3 having better chance to gain control of the ball. The shot clock signal shall be disregarded and the game shall continue. (R1197)
NO When the shot clock signal sounds while the ball is in the air on the shot for a goal and the ball misses the ring, a shot clock violation has occurred. However, if the opponents gain an immediate and clear control of the ball (which is not the case), the signal shall be disregarded and the game shall continue. (OBR Art. 29.1.2) (R1197)
1193
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball enters the basket. A1's goal shall count. (R1198)
YES To constitute a shot for a goal within 24 seconds, the ball must leave the player's hands before the shot clock signal sounds and the ball enters the basket. (OBR Art. 29.1.2) (R1170)
1194
With 1:25 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 dribbles in the backcourt. B2 taps the ball out-of-bounds. The shot clock shows 19 seconds. Team A is granted a time-out. Team A head coach decided for the throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A. (R1199)
YES If after the time-out the game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line its frontcourt and if the shot clock shows 14 seconds or more, it shall be reset to 14 seconds. (OBR Art. 29.2.4.) (R1199)
1195
With 1:25 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 dribbles in the backcourt. B5 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A5. The shot clock shows 18 seconds. Team A is granted a time-out. After the free throws with no line-up, the game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt. The shot clocks shall be reset to 24 seconds for team A.
NO If after the time-out and the free throws, the game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line its frontcourt and if the shot clock shows 14 seconds or more, it shall be reset to 14 seconds as a result of an unsportsmanlike foul. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 50.4.) (R1200)
1196
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball touches the backboard but misses the ring. The ball rolls on the court. The ball is touched by B1 followed by A2 and it is finally controlled by B2. The game shall continue.
NO When the shot clock signal sounds while the ball is in the air on the shot for a goal and the ball misses the ring, a shot clock violation has occurred. A1's shot for a goal did not touch the ring and team B did not gain an immediate and clear control of the ball. (OBR Art. 29.1.2.) (R1201)
1197
A1's shot for a goal touches the backboard but misses the ring. During the rebound, the ball is touched but not controlled by B1, after which A2 gains control of the ball. The shot clock signal sounds at this time. This is a shot clock violation by team A. (R1202)
YES Whenever a player gains control of a live ball on the court, that team must attempt a shot for a goal within 24 seconds. The ball becomes dead when the shot clock signal sounds while a team is in control of the ball. (OBR Art. 29.1.2 and 10.3.) (OBRI 29-3) (R1202)
1198
A1's shot for a goal touches the backboard but misses the ring. During the rebound, the ball is touched but not controlled by B1, after which A2 gains control of the ball. The shot clock signal sounds at this time. The game shall continue. (R1203)
NO
1199
A1's shot for a goal is legally blocked by B1. The shot clock signal sounds after which B1 fouls A1. This is a shot clock violation by team A. B1's foul shall be disregarded. (R1204)
YES The ball becomes dead when the shot clock signal sounds while a team is in control of the ball. Team A shot clock violation. B1's foul shall be disregarded unless it is an unsportsmanlike or disqualifying foul. (OBR Art. 29.1.2 and 10.3.) (OBRI 29-4) (R1204)
1200
A1's shot for a goal is legally blocked by B1. The shot clock signal sounds after which B1 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A1. B1's foul shall be disregarded. (R1205)
NO To constitute a shot for a goal within 24 seconds, the ball must leave the player's hands and the ball must touch the ring or enter the basket (which is not the case). B1's unsportsmanlike foul shall not be disregarded. (OBR Art. 29.1.2) (R1205)
1201
A1's shot for a 2-point goal is legally blocked by B1. The shot clock signal sounds after which B1 fouls A1. A1 shall be awarded 2 free throws. (R1206)
NO To constitute a shot for a goal within 24 seconds, the ball must leave the player's hands and the ball must touch the ring or enter the basket (which is not the case). B1's foul shall be disregarded unless it is an unsportsmanlike or a disqualifying foul. (OBR Art. 29.1.2) (R1206)
1202
A1's shot for a goal is legally blocked by B1. The shot clock signal sounds after which B1 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A1. A1 shall be awarded 2 free throws with no line-up, followed by a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt. Team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (R1207)
YES To constitute a shot for a goal within 24 seconds, the ball must leave the player's hands and the ball must touch the ring or enter the basket (which is not the case). B1's unsportsmanlike foul shall not be disregarded. (OBR Art. 29.1.2) (OBRI 29-4) (R1207)
1203
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball misses the ring after which a held ball occurs. This is a shot clock violation by team A. The held ball shall be disregarded. (R1208)
YES To constitute a shot for a goal within 24 seconds, the ball must leave the player's hands and the ball must touch the ring or enter the basket (which is not the case). Team A shot clock violation. The held ball shall be disregarded. (OBR Art. 291.1.) (OBRI 29-5) (R1208)
1204
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball misses the ring after which a held ball occurs. This is a held ball situation. (R1209)
NO
1205
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball misses the ring. The ball touches B1 and it goes out-of-bounds. This is a shot clock violation by team A. B1's out-of-bounds shall be disregarded. (R1210)
YES
1206
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball misses the ring. The ball touches B1 and it goes out-of-bounds. Team A shall be awarded a throw-in. (R1211)
NO To constitute a shot for a goal within 24 seconds, the ball must leave the player's hands and the ball must touch the ring or enter the basket (which is not the case). Team B did not gain an immediate and clear control of the ball. Team A shot clock violation. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in as a result of a shot clock violation by team A. (OBR Art. 29.1.2) (R1211)
1207
With 4 seconds on the shot clock, A1's pass is missed by A2 (both players are in their frontcourt). The ball rolls into team A backcourt. Before B1 gains control of the ball with a clear path to the basket, the shot clock signal sounds. The shot clock signal shall be disregarded. The game shall continue. (R1212)
YES If the shot clock signal sounds and the opponents gain an immediate and clear control of the ball, the signal shall be disregarded and the game shall continue. (OBR Art. 29.1.2) (OBRI 29-9) (R1212)
1208
With 4 seconds on the shot clock, A1's pass is missed by A2 (both players are in their frontcourt). The ball rolls into team A backcourt. Before B1 gains control of the ball with a clear path to the basket, the shot clock signal sounds. This is a shot clock violation by team A. The game shall be stopped.
NO If the shot clock signal sounds and the opponents gain an immediate and clear control of the ball, the signal shall be disregarded and the game shall continue. (OBR Art. 29.1.2) (OBRI 29-9) (R1213)
1209
With 10 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when a held ball occurs. The arrow favours team A. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds for team A. (R1214)
NO The shot clock shall not be reset when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a throw-in, as the result of a jump ball situation. Team A shall have 10 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.1.2 and 50.2.) (R1214)
1210
With 10 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when a held ball occurs. The arrow favours team A. The shot clock shall remain on 10 seconds for team A. (R1215)
YES The shot clock shall not be reset when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a throw-in, as the result of a jump ball situation. Team A shall have 10 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.1. and 50.2.) (OBRI 29-11) (R1215)
1211
With 10 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when a held ball occurs. The arrows favours team A. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A. (R1216)
NO
1212
With 10 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when a held ball occurs. The arrow favours team B. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team B. (R1218)
NO
1213
With 10 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when B1 taps the ball out-of-bounds. The referees cannot agree on whether A1 or B1 was the last to touch the ball before it went out-of-bounds. This is a jump ball situation. The arrow favours team A. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A. (R1219)
NO The shot clock shall not be reset when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a throw-in (regardless whether from the frontcourt or from the backcourt), as the result of a jump ball situation. Team A shall have 10 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.1.2 and 50.2.) (R1219)
1214
With 10 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when B1 taps the ball out-of-bounds. The referees cannot agree on whether A1 or B1 was the last to touch the ball before it went out-of-bounds. This is a jump ball situation. The arrow favours team A. The shot clock shall remain on 10 seconds for team A, regardless whether the throw-in shall be administered from the frontcourt or from the backcourt
YES
1215
With 10 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when B1 taps the ball out-of-bounds. The referees cannot agree on whether A1 or B1 was the last to touch the ball before it went out-of-bounds. This is a jump ball situation. The arrow favours team B. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds for team B, regardless whether the throw-in shall be administered from the frontcourt or from the backcourt.
NO The shot clock shall not be reset when the same team that previously had control of the ball (which is not the case) is awarded a throw-in, as the result of a jump ball situation. If the throw-in shall administered from the frontcourt, the shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team B. If from the backcourt, the shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds for team B. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 50.2.) (R1221)
1216
With 10 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when B1 taps the ball out-of-bounds. The referees cannot agree on whether A1 or B1 was the last to touch the ball before it went out-of-bounds. This is a jump ball situation. The arrow favours team B. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team B.
NO
1217
A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when B1 taps the ball out-of-bounds. The shot clock shows 8 seconds. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A.
NO The shot clock shall not be reset when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a throw-in as the result of a ball having gone out-of-bounds, regardless whether in the frontcourt or in the backcourt. Team A shall have 8 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 50.2.) (R1223)
1218
A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when B1 taps the ball out-of-bounds. The shot clock shows 8 seconds. The shot clock shall remain on 8 seconds for team A.
YES The shot clock shall not be reset when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a throw-in as the result of a ball having gone out-of-bounds, regardless whether in the frontcourt or in the backcourt. Team A shall have 8 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 50.2.) (R1224)
1219
B1 fouls dribbler A1 in the frontcourt. This is the 2nd team B foul in the quarter. The shot clock shows 3 seconds. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A.
YES The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a frontcourt throw-in and 13 seconds or less are displayed on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 50.4.) (R1225)
1220
B1 fouls dribbler A1 in the frontcourt. This is the 2nd team B foul in the quarter. The shot clock shows 3 seconds. The shot clock shall remain on 3 seconds for team A. (R1226)
NO The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a frontcourt throw-in and 13 seconds or less are displayed on the shot clock as the result of a foul. Team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 50.4.) (R1226)
1221
With 4 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when A1 got injured. A referee stops the game. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A. (R1227)
NO The shot clock shall not be reset, when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a throw-in as the result of a player of the same team having been injured. Team A shall have 4 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 50.2) (R1227)
1222
With 4 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when A1 got injured. A referee stops the game. The shot clock shall remain on 4 seconds for team A.
YES The shot clock shall not be reset, when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a throw-in as the result of a player of the same team having been injured. Team A shall have 4 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 50.2)
1223
With 4 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when B1 got injured. A referee stops the game. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A. (R1229)
YES The shot clock shall be reset, when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a frontcourt throw-in as the result of an opponents' player having been injured. Team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 50.4) (R1229)
1224
With 4 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when B1 got injured. A referee stops the game. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds for team A. (R1230)
NO The shot clock shall be reset, when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a frontcourt throw-in as the result of an opponents' player having been injured. Team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 50.4) (R1230)
1225
With 4 seconds on the shot clock, A1's shot for a goal is in the air when a double foul occurs. The ball does not enter the basket. The arrow favours team A. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds for team A. (R1231)
NO The shot clock shall not be reset, when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a throw-in as the result of a double foul. Team A shall have 4 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 50.2) (R1231)
1226
With 4 seconds on the shot clock, A1's shot for a goal is in the air when a double foul occurs. The ball does not enter the basket. The arrow favours team A. The shot clock shall remain on 4 seconds for team A.
YES The shot clock shall not be reset, when the same team that previously has control of the ball is awarded a throw-in as the result of a double foul. Team A shall have 4 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 50.2) (OBRI 29-17) (R1232)
1227
With 4 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles when B1 commits a technical foul, followed by a technical foul against team A head coach. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds for team A. (R1233)
NO After the cancellation of equal penalties against both teams, the game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where the technical foul against B1 was called. Team A shall have 4 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1. and 50.2) (R1233)
1228
With 4 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles when B1 commits a technical foul, followed by a technical foul against team A head coach. The shot clock shall remain on 4 seconds for team A.
YES After the cancellation of equal penalties against both teams, the game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where the technical foul against B1 was called. Team A shall have 4 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 50.2) (OBRI 29-18) (R1234)
1229
A1's frontcourt pass to A2 touches the ring, after which A3 gains control of the ball in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team A. (R1235)
YES Team control continues when the ball is passed between team-mates. Team control ends when an opponent gains control or ball becomes dead or the ball left the player's hands on a shot for a goal. This is a backcourt violation by team A as team A did not lose the control of the ball with A1's pass. (OBR Art. 14.1 and 14.2.) (R1235)
1230
With 16 seconds on the shot clock, A1's pass to A2 in their frontcourt is deliberately kicked by B1. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds for team A.
NO
1231
With 12 seconds on the shot clock, A1's pass to A2 in their frontcourt is deliberately kicked by B1. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A.
YES This is a violation by B1. Team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 50.4) (R1237)
1232
With 12 seconds on the shot clock, A1's pass to A2 in their frontcourt is deliberately kicked by B1. The shot clock shall remain on 12 seconds for team A. (R1210)
NO
1233
With 12 seconds on the shot clock, A1's pass to A2 in their frontcourt is deliberately kicked by B1. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A. (R1239)
YES This is a violation by B1. Team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 50.4) (R1239)
1234
With 19 seconds on the shot clock, B1 in the backcourt moves the arms over the boundary line and blocks thrower-in A1 pass. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A.
NO This is a violation by B1. The throw-in shall be administered in a team A frontcourt. If 14 seconds and more are displayed on the shot clock, the shot clock shall not be reset but shall continue from the time it was stopped. After the throw-in in the frontcourt, team A shall have 19 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1. and 50.4)
1235
With 19 seconds on the shot clock, B1 in the backcourt moves the arms over the boundary line and blocks thrower-in A1 pass. The shot clock shall remain on 19 seconds for team A.
YES This is a violation by B1. The throw-in shall be administered in a team A frontcourt. If 14 seconds and more are displayed on the shot clock, the shot clock shall not be reset but shall continue from the time it was stopped. After the throw-in in the frontcourt, team A shall have 19 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 50.4) (R1241)
1236
With 11 seconds on the shot clock, B1 in the backcourt moves the arms over the boundary line and blocks thrower-in A1 pass. The shot clock shall remain on 11 seconds for team A. (R1242)
NO This is a violation by B1.The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a frontcourt throw-in and 13 seconds or less are displayed on the shot clock. After the throw-in in the frontcourt, team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 50.4) (R1242)
1237
With 11 seconds on the shot clock, B1 in the backcourt moves the arms over the boundary line and blocks thrower-in A1 pass. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A.
YES This is a violation by B1.The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a frontcourt throw-in and 13 seconds or less are displayed on the shot clock. After the throw-in in the frontcourt, team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 50.4) (R1243)
1238
With 6 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when B2 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A2. The shot clock shall be reset to new 24 seconds for team A.
NO
1239
With 6 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when B2 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A2. The shot clock shall remain on 6 seconds for team A.
NO
1240
A4's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball touches the backboard but not the ring, after which it is immediately rebounded by B4. The shot clock signal shall be ignored and the game shall continue.
YES When the shot clock signal sounds while the ball is in the air on the shot for a goal and the ball misses the ring, a violation has occurred. However, if the opponents gain an immediate and clear control of the ball, the signal shall be disregarded and the game shall continue. (OBR Art. 29.1.2) (R1246)
1241
With 10 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when the game is stopped because of B4's injury. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds for team A. (R1247)
NO If the throw-in is administered in the frontcourt and 13 seconds or less is displayed on the shot clock at the time when the game was stopped, the shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds. (OBR Art. 29.2.1) (R1247)
1242
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball then lodges between the ring and the backboard. The arrow favours team A. This is a team A shot clock violation. (R1248)
NO It is a jump ball situation. After a team A throw-in from behind the frontcourt endline, the shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A. (OBR Art. 29.2.1. and 50.4.) (R1248)
1243
With 25 seconds on the game clock in the 4th quarter with the score A 72 - B 72, team A gains control of the ball in the frontcourt. A1 has now dribbled for 20 seconds when the game is stopped due to the game clock failing to run. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds for team A. (R1249)
NO The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in with 4 seconds on the shot clock. Team B would be placed at a disadvantage if the shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 50.3) (OBRI 29-22a) (R1249)
1244
With 25 seconds on the game clock in the 4th quarter with the score A 72 - B 72, team A gains control of the ball in the frontcourt. A1 has now dribbled for 20 seconds when the game is stopped due to the game clock failing to run. The shot clock shall remain on 4 seconds for team A
YES The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in with 4 seconds on the shot clock. Team B would be placed at a disadvantage if the shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 50.3) (OBRI 29-22a)
1245
With 25 seconds on the game clock in the 4th quarter with the score A 72 - B 72, team A gains control of the ball in the frontcourt. A1 has now dribbled for 20 seconds when the game is stopped due to a bottle being thrown on the court. The shot clock shall remain on 4 seconds for team A.
YES
1246
With 25 seconds on the game clock in the 4th quarter with the score A 72 - B 72, team A gains control of the ball in the frontcourt. A1 has now dribbled for 20 seconds when the game is stopped due to a bottle being thrown on the court. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds for team A.
NO
1247
With 25 seconds on the game clock in the 4th quarter with the score A 72 - B 72, team A gains control of the ball in the frontcourt. A1 has now dribbled for 20 seconds when the game is stopped due to the shot clock being erroneously reset. The shot clock shall remain on 4 seconds for team A. (R1253)
YES The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in with 4 seconds on the shot clock. Team B would be placed at a disadvantage if the shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds. (OBR Art. 29.2.1. and 50.3.) (OBRI 29-22c) (R1253)
1248
With 25 seconds on the game clock in the 4th quarter with the score A 72 - B 72, team A gains control of the ball in the frontcourt. A1 has now dribbled for 20 seconds when the game is stopped due to the shot clock being erroneously reset. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A. (R1254)
NO The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in with 4 seconds on the shot clock. Team B would be placed at a disadvantage if the shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds. (OBR Art. 29.2.1. and 50.3.) (R1254)
1249
With 25 seconds on the game clock in the 4th quarter with the score A 72 - B 72, team A gains control of the ball in the frontcourt. A1 has now dribbled for 20 seconds when the game is stopped due to the shot clock being erroneously reset. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds for team A.
NO The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in with 4 seconds on the shot clock. Team B would be placed at a disadvantage if the shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds. (OBR Art. 29.2.1. and 50.3.) (OBRI 29-22c)
1250
A1's shot for a goal touches the ring. A2 rebounds the ball and the shot clock sounds in error 9 seconds later. A referee stops the game. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds for team A. (R1256)
NO Team A in control of the ball would be placed at a disadvantage if this were a shot clock violation. After consulting the commissioner, if present, and the shot clock operator, the game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in with 5 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1. and 50.3.) (R1256)
1251
A1's shot for a goal touches the ring. A2 rebounds the ball and the shot clock sounds in error 9 seconds later. A referee stops the game. The shot clock shall be reset to 5 seconds for team A. (R1257)
YES Team A in control of the ball would be placed at a disadvantage if this were a shot clock violation. After consulting the commissioner, if present, and the shot clock operator, the game shall resumed with a team A throw-in with 5 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1. and 50.3.) (OBRI 29-23) (R1257)
1252
With 2 seconds on the shot clock, A1's shot for a goal misses the ring. The shot clock operator erroneously resets the clock. A2 rebounds and passes the ball to A3. After few dribbles, A3 scores a goal. At this time a referee is made aware of the situation and stops the game. A3's goal shall not count.
YES The referees (after consulting the commissioner, if present) shall confirm that the ball did not touch the ring on the A1's shot for a goal. They shall then decide if the ball left the A3's hands before the shot clock would have sounded if the reset had not taken place. If not, a shot clock violation occurred. A3's goal shall not count. (OBR Art. 29.2..1. and 50.3.) (OBRI 29-24) (R1258)
1253
With 2 seconds on the shot clock, A1's shot for a goal misses the ring. The shot clock operator erroneously resets the clock. A2 rebounds and passes the ball to A3. After few dribbles, A3 scores a goal. At this time a referee is made aware of the situation and stops the game. A3's goal shall count.
NO
1254
With 1:57 on the game clock and with 6 seconds on the shot clock in the 4th quarter, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when B1 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A1. After A1's 1st free throw, either team request a time-out. After the time-out, the shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds for team A. (R1260)
NO A1 shall attempt the 2nd free throw with no line-up. After the time-out, the game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt, with 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 50.4.) (R1260)
1255
With 1:57 on the game clock and with 6 seconds on the shot clock in the 4th quarter, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when B1 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A1. After A1's 1st free throw, either team request a time-out. After the time-out, the shot clock shall remain on 6 seconds for team A.
NO
1256
With 1:57 on the game clock and with 6 seconds on the shot clock in the 4th quarter, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when team B head coach commits a technical foul. A time-out is granted to either team. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds for team A. (R1262)
NO Any team A player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. After the time-out, the game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in in the frontcourt, from the place nearest to where the ball was located when the game was stopped, with 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 50.4.) (R1262)
1257
With 1:57 on the game clock and with 6 seconds on the shot clock in the 4th quarter, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when team B head coach commits a technical foul. A time-out is granted to either team. The shot clock shall remain on 6 seconds for team A. (R1263)
NO Any team A player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. After the time-out, the game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in in the frontcourt, from the place nearest to where the ball was located when the game was stopped, with 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 50.4.) (R1263)
1258
With 10 seconds on the shot clock, A1's shot for a goal is in the air when B2 in the backcourt commits a foul against A2. This is the 2nd team B foul in the quarter. The ball enters the basket. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in in the frontcourt, with 10 seconds on the shot clock. (R1264)
NO A1's goal shall count. The ball shall be awarded to a team A for a throw-in from the place nearest to where B2's foul occurred, with 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 50.4.) (R1264)
1259
With 10 seconds on the shot clock, A1's shot for a goal is in the air when B2 in the backcourt commits a foul against A2. This is the 2nd team B foul in the quarter. The ball enters the basket. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in in the frontcourt, with 14 seconds on the shot clock.
YES A1's goal shall count. The ball shall be awarded to a team A for a throw-in from the place nearest to where B2's foul occurred, with 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 50.4.) (OBRI 29-29a) (R1265)
1260
With 10 seconds on the shot clock, A1's shot for a goal is in the air when B2 in the backcourt commits a foul against A2. This is the 2nd team B foul in the quarter. The ball enters the basket. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in in the frontcourt, with 24 seconds on the shot clock.(R1266)
NO A1's goal shall count. The ball shall be awarded to a team A for a throw-in from the place nearest to where B2's foul occurred, with 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 50.4.) (R1266)
1261
With 10 seconds on the shot clock, A1's shot for a goal is in the air when B2 in the backcourt commits a foul against A2. This is the 2nd team B foul in the quarter. The ball touches the ring but does not enter the basket. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in in the frontcourt, with 10 seconds on the shot clock. (R1267)
NO The ball shall be awarded to a team A for a throw-in from the place nearest to where B2's foul occurred, with 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 50.4.) (R1267)
1262
With 10 seconds on the shot clock, A1's shot for a goal is in the air when B2 in the backcourt commits a foul against A2. This is the 2nd team B foul in the quarter. The ball touches the ring but does not enter the basket. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in in the frontcourt, with 14 seconds on the shot clock.
YES
1263
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. B2 in the backcourt now commits a foul against A2. This is the 2nd team B foul in the quarter. The ball enters the basket. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in in the frontcourt, with 24 seconds on the shot clock. (R1269)
NO A1's goal shall count. The ball shall be awarded to a team A for a throw-in in the frontcourt from the place nearest to where B2's foul occurred, with 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 50.4.) (R1269)
1264
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. B2 in the backcourt now commits a foul against A2. This is the 2nd team B foul in the quarter. The ball enters the basket. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in in the frontcourt, with 14 seconds on the shot clock. (R1270)
YES A1's goal shall count. The ball shall be awarded to a team A for a throw-in in the frontcourt from the place nearest to where B2's foul occurred, with 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 50.4.) (R1270)
1265
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot signal sounds. B2 in the backcourt now commits a foul against A2. This is the 2nd team B foul in the quarter. The ball touches the ring but does not enter the basket. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in in the frontcourt, with 24 seconds on the shot clock. (R1271)
NO The ball shall be awarded to a team A for a throw-in in the frontcourt from the place nearest to where the foul occurred, with 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 50.4.) (R1271)
1266
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. B2 in the backcourt commits a foul against A2. This is the 2nd team B foul in the quarter. The ball touches the ring but does not enter the basket. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in in the frontcourt, with 14 seconds on the shot clock. (R1272)
YES The ball shall be awarded to a team A for a throw-in in the frontcourt from the place nearest to where the foul occurred, with 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.2.5 and 50.4.1) (R1272)
1267
With 10 seconds on the shot clock, A1's shot for a goal is in the air. B2 in the backcourt commits a foul against A2. This is the 5th team B foul in the quarter. The ball enters the basket. A1's goal shall count. A2 shall be awarded 2 free throws. (R1273)
YES
1268
With 10 seconds on the shot clock, A1's shot for a goal is in the air. B2 in the backcourt commits a foul against A2. This is the 5th team B foul in the quarter. The ball enters the basket. A1's goal shall not count. A2 shall be awarded 2 free throws. (R1274)
NO The ball does not become dead and the goal counts, if made when the ball is in flight on a shot for a goal and a referee blows the whistle. A1's goal shall count. A2 shall be awarded 2 free throws. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 10.4) (R1274)
1269
With 10 seconds on the shot clock, A1's shot for a goal is in the air. B2 in the backcourt commits a foul against A2. This is the 5th team B foul in the quarter. The ball touches the ring but does not enter the basket. A2 shall be awarded 2 free throws. (R1275)
YES
1270
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. B2 in the backcourt commits a foul against A2. This is the 5th team B foul in the quarter. The ball enters the basket. A1's goal shall count. A2 shall be awarded 2 free throws. (R1276)
YES The ball does not become dead and the goal counts, if made when the ball is in flight on a shot for a goal and a referee blows the whistle. A1's goal counts. A2 is awarded 2 free throws. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 10.4) (OBRI 29-31a) (R1276)
1271
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. B2 in the backcourt commits a foul against A2. This is the 5th team B foul in the quarter. The ball touches the ring but does not enter the basket. A2 shall be awarded 2 free throws. (R1277)
YES
1272
A1 in the frontcourt passes the ball to A2. The ball touches B2 after which the ball touches the ring. A3 in the frontcourt gains control of the ball. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds for team A. (R1278)
NO The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds when A3 gains control of the ball in the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 50.4.) (R1278)
1273
A1 in the frontcourt passes the ball to A2. The ball touches B2 after which the ball touches the ring. A3 in the frontcourt gains control of the ball. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A
YES The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds when A3 gains control of the ball in the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 50.4.) (OBRI 29-44)
1274
A1's unsuccessful dunk rebounds from the ring when the shot clock signal sounds in error. This is a jump ball situation. (R1280)
NO If the shot clock signal sounds in error while neither team has the control of the ball, the signal shall be disregarded and the game shall continue. (OBR Art. 29.2.7) (R1280)
1275
B1 blocks A1's shot for a goal on its upward flight. A2 catches the ball in the air and attempts a shot for a goal. While the ball is in the air, the shot clock signal sounds. The ball enters the basket. A2's goal shall count. (R1281)
YES Whenever a player gains control of a live ball on the court, that team must attempt a shot for a goal within 24 seconds. The ball must leave the player's hands before the shot clock signal sounds and the ball must touch the ring or enter the basket. (OBR Art. 29.1.1.) (R1281)
1276
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball misses the ring and is not immediately controlled by a team B player. Team B shall be awarded a throw-in from any place behind the backcourt endline, except from directly behind the backboard. (R1282)
YES When the shot clock signal sounds while the ball is in the air on the shot for a goal and the ball misses the ring, a shot clock violation has occurred. Team B shall be awarded a throw-in from any place behind the backcourt endline, except from directly behind the backboard. (OBR Art. 29.1.2. and 17.2.2.) (R1282)
1277
With 4 seconds on the shot clock, A1's shot for a goal rebounds from the ring. A2 gains control of the ball in the frontcourt. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds for team A. (R1283)
NO
1278
With 4 seconds on the shot clock, A1’s shot for a goal rebounds from the ring. A2 gains control of the ball in the backcourt. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds for team A.
NO After the ball has touched the ring of the opponents' basket, the shot clock shall be reset 14 seconds, if the team which regains control of the ball is the same team that was in the control of the ball before the ball touched the ring. (OBR Art. 29.2.7. and 50.4.) (R1284)
1279
With 4 seconds on the shot clock, A1's shot for a goal rebounds from the ring. A2 gains control of the ball in the frontcourt. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A.
YES After the ball has touched the ring of the opponents' basket, the shot clock shall be reset 14 seconds, if the team which regains control of the ball is the same team that was in the control of the ball before the ball touched the ring. (OBR Art. 29.2.7 and 50.4.) (R1285)
1280
With 4 seconds on the shot clock, A1's shot for a goal rebounds from the ring. A2 gains control of the ball in the backcourt. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A.
YES
1281
With 20 seconds on the shot clock, A1's shot for a goal rebounds from the ring. A2 gains control of the ball in the frontcourt. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds for team A. (R1287)
NO After the ball has touched the ring of the opponents' basket, the shot clock shall be reset 14 seconds, if the team which regains control of the ball is the same team that was in the control of the ball before the ball touched the ring. (OBR Art. 29.2.7. and 50.4.) (R1287)
1282
With 20 seconds on the shot clock, A1's shot for a goal rebounds from the ring. A2 gains control of the ball in the backcourt. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds for team A. (R1288)
NO After the ball has touched the ring of the opponents' basket, the shot clock shall be reset 14 seconds, if the team which regains control of the ball is the same team that was in the control of the ball before the ball touched the ring. (OBR Art. 29.2.7. and 50.4.) (R1288)
1283
With 20 seconds on the shot clock, A1's shot for a goal rebounds from the ring. A2 gains control of the ball in the backcourt. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds for team A.
NO After the ball has touched the ring of the opponents' basket, the shot clock shall be reset 14 seconds, if the team which regains control of the ball is the same team that was in the control of the ball before the ball touched the ring. (OBR Art. 29.2.7. and 50.4.) (R1289)
1284
With 20 seconds on the shot clock, A1's shot for a goal rebounds from the ring. A2 gains control of the ball in the backcourt. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A.
YES After the ball has touched the ring of the opponents' basket, the shot clock shall be reset 14 seconds, if the team which regains control of the ball is the same team that was in the control of the ball before the ball touched the ring. (OBR Art. 29.2.7. and 50.4.)
1285
With 20 seconds on the shot clock. A1's shot for a goal rebounds from the ring. A2 gains control of the ball in the frontcourt. The shot clock shall remain on 20 seconds for team A. (R1291)
NO After the ball has touched the ring of the opponents' basket, the shot clock shall be reset 14 seconds, if the team which regains control of the ball is the same team that was in the control of the ball before the ball touched the ring. (OBR Art. 29.2.7. and 50.4.) (R1291)
1286
With 4 seconds on the shot clock, A1's shot for a goal touches the ring. B1 touches the ball and then A2 gains control of the ball. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds for team A. (R1292)
NO After the ball has touched the ring of the opponents' basket, the shot clock shall be reset 14 seconds, if the team which regains control of the ball is the same team that was in the control of the ball before the ball touched the ring. (OBR Art. 29.2.7. and 50.4.) (R1292)
1287
With 4 seconds on the shot clock, A1's shot for a goal touches the ring. B1 touches the ball and then A2 gains control of the ball. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A.
YES After the ball has touched the ring of the opponents' basket, the shot clock shall be reset 14 seconds, if the team which regains control of the ball is the same team that was in the control of the ball before the ball touched the ring. (OBR Art. 29.2.6. and 50.4.) (OBRI 29-37a) (R1293)
1288
With 20 seconds on the shot clock, A1's shot for a goal touches the ring. B1 touches the ball and then A2 gains control of the ball. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds for team A.
NO After the ball has touched the ring of the opponents' basket, the shot clock shall be reset 14 seconds, if the team which regains control of the ball is the same team that was in the control of the ball before the ball touched the ring. (OBR Art. 29.2.6. and 50.4.) (R1294
1289
With 20 seconds on the shot clock, A1's shot for a goal touches the ring. B1 touches the ball and then A2 gains control of the ball. The shot clock be reset to 14 seconds for team A. (R1295)
YES After the ball has touched the ring of the opponents' basket, the shot clock shall be reset 14 seconds, if the team which regains control of the ball is the same team that was in the control of the ball before the ball touched the ring. (OBR Art. 29.2.6. and 50.4.) (OBRI 29-37b) (R1295)
1290
A1's shot for a goal touches the ring. B1 touches the ball which goes out-of-bounds in team A frontcourt. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds for team A.
NO The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where the ball went out-of-bounds. Team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock regardless of where on the court the throw-in shall be administered. (OBR Art. 29.2.6. and 50.4.) (R1296)
1291
A1's shot for a goal touches the ring. B1 touches the ball which goes out-of-bounds in team A backcourt. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds for team A. (R1297)
NO
1292
A1's shot for a goal touches the ring. B1 touches the ball which goes out-of-bounds in team A frontcourt. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A. (R1298)
YES The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where the ball went out-of-bounds. Team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock regardless of where on the court the throw-in shall be administered. (OBR Art. 29.2.6. and 50.4.) (OBRI 29-40) (R1298)
1293
A1's shot for a goal touches the ring. B1 touches the ball which goes out-of-bounds in team A backcourt. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A.
YES The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where the ball went out-of-bounds. Team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock regardless of where on the court the throw-in shall be administered. (OBR Art. 29.2.6. and 50.4.) (OBRI 29-40) (R1299)
1294
With 3 seconds on shot clock, A1's shot for a goal touches the ring. B1 touches the ball which goes out-of-bounds in the team A backcourt. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds for team A.
NO The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where the ball went out-of-bounds. Team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock regardless of where on the court the throw-in shall be administered. (OBR Art. 29.2.6. and 50.4.) (R1300)
1295
With 3 seconds on shot clock, A1's shot for a goal touches the ring. B1 touches the ball which goes out-of-bounds in the team A backcourt. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A
YES
1296
A1's shot for a goal touches the ring. A2 taps the ball after which A3 gains control of the ball. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A when A2 taps the ball. (R1302)
NO
1297
A1's shot for a goal touches the ring. A2 taps the ball after which A3 gains control of the ball. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A when A3 gains control of the ball.
YES The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds when A3 gains control of the ball anywhere on the court. (OBR Art. 29.2.6. and 50.4.) (R1303)
1298
A1's shot for a goal rebounds from the ring when B2 commits a foul against A2. This is the 3rd team B foul in the quarter. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A.
YES The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where B2's foul was called. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds. (OBR Art. 29.2.6. and 50.4.)
1299
A1's shot for a goal rebounds from the ring when B2 commits a foul against A2. This is the 3rd team B foul in the quarter. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds for team A. (R1305)
NO
1300
A1's shot for a goal enters the basket when B2 commits a foul against A2. This is the 3rd team B foul in the quarter. Team A shall be awarded a throw-in. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A. (R1306)
YES A1's goal shall count. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where B2's foul occurred. Team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1) (R1306)
1301
A1's shot for a goal rebounds from the ring and the held ball occurs. The arrow favours team A. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds for team A. (R1307)
NO The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where the held ball was called. Team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1.) (R1307)
1302
A1's shot for a goal rebounds from the ring and the held ball occurs. The arrow favours team A. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A. (R1308)
YES The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where the held ball was called. Team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1.) (OBRI 29-42) (R1308)
1303
With 8 seconds on the shot clock, A1's shot for a goal lodges between the ring and the backboard. The arrow favours team A. The shot clock shall remain 8 seconds for team A.
NO The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from behind its frontcourt endline, next to the backboard. Team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1.) (OBRI 29-43)
1304
With 8 seconds on the shot clock, A1's shot for a goal lodges between the ring and the backboard. The arrow favours team A. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A. (R1310)
YES The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from behind its frontcourt endline, next to the backboard. Team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1.) (OBRI 29-43) (R1310)
1305
With 6 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt and is fouled by B1. This is the 4th team B foul in the quarter. Team A shall be awarded a throw-in from the frontcourt. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds. (R1311)
YES If the throw-in shall be administered in the frontcourt, the shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds, if 13 seconds or less are displayed on the shot clock at the time when the game clock was stopped. (OBR Art. 29.2.1) (R1311)
1306
With 21 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles in the backcourt and is fouled by B1. This is the 4th team B foul in the quarter. Team A shall be awarded a throw-in from the backcourt. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds. (R1312)
YES
1307
A1's shot for a goal on the upward flight is tapped by B1 directly out-of-bounds, with 2 seconds on the shot clock. Team A shall be awarded a throw-in with 2 seconds on the shot clock
YES
1308
A1's shot for a goal touches the ring. B1 rebounds the ball and returns to the court. A2 taps the ball out of B1’s hands. A3 now catches the ball. Team A shall now have 24 seconds on the shot clock. (R1314)
YES Team B which has gained clear control of the ball on the rebound is not the same team (A) that was in control of the ball before the ball touched the ring. Team A shall have 24 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1.) (OBRI 29-45) (R1314)
1309
A1’s shot for a goal touches the ring. B1 rebounds the ball and returns to the court. A2 taps the ball out of B1’s hands. A3 now catches the ball. Team A shall now have 14 seconds on the shot clock.
NO Team B which has gained clear the control of the ball on the rebound is not the same team (A) that was in control of the ball before the ball touched the ring. Team A shall have 24 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1.) (R1315)
1310
With 12 seconds on the game clock, team A gains a new possession of the ball. The shot clock shall be switched off (
YES The shot clock shall be switched off after the ball becomes dead and the game clock has been stopped in any quarter, when there is a new control of the ball for either team and there are less than 14 seconds on the game clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 50.5.) (OBRI 29-53) (R1316)
1311
With 18 seconds on the game clock and with 3 seconds on the shot clock, B1 in the backcourt deliberately kicks the ball. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A.
YES
1312
With 18 seconds on the game clock and with 3 seconds on the shot clock, B1 in the backcourt deliberately kicks the ball. The shot clock shall remain on 3 seconds for team A. (R1318)
NO The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the frontcourt with 18 seconds on the game clock and 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.2.) (R1318)
1313
With 18 seconds on the game clock and with 3 seconds on the shot clock, B1 in the backcourt deliberately kicks the ball. The shot clock shall be switched off. (R1319)
NO The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the frontcourt with 18 seconds on the game clock and 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.2.) (R1319)
1314
With 7 seconds on the game clock and with 3 seconds on the shot clock, B1 in the backcourt deliberately kicks the ball. The shot clock shall be switched off. (R1320)
YES
1315
With 7 seconds on the game clock and with 3 seconds on the shot clock, B1 in the backcourt deliberately kicks the ball. The shot clock shall remain on 3 seconds for team A.
NO The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the frontcourt with 7 seconds on the game clock. The shot clock shall be switched off. (OBR Art. 29.2.1 and 50.5.) (R1321)
1316
With 23 seconds on the game clock, team A gains new control of the ball. With 19 seconds on the game clock, A1's shot for a goal rebounds from the ring. A2 catches the ball. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A
YES The shot clock shall not be switched on when team A originally gains new control of the ball. However, it shall be reset to 14 seconds as soon as A2 gains control of the ball, as there is still more than 14 seconds on the game clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1. and 50.5.)
1317
With 23 seconds on the game clock, team A gains new control of the ball. With 19 seconds on the game clock, A1's shot for a goal rebounds from the ring. A2 catches the ball. The shot clock shall be switched off when A2 gains control of the ball
NO The shot clock shall not be switched on when team A originally gains new control of the ball. However, it shall be reset to 14 seconds as soon as A2 gains control of the ball, as there is still more than 14 seconds on the game clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1. and 50.5.) (R1323)
1318
With 58 seconds on the game clock in the 4th quarter, B1 fouls A1 in the backcourt. This is the 3rd team B foul in the quarter. Team A has 19 seconds on the shot clock. Team A is granted a time-out. After the time-out, team A head coach decided for a throw-in to be administered from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds for team A.
NO Team A head coach shall decide on a throw-in to be administered from the throw-in line in team's frontcourt or from the backcourt. If from the frontcourt, team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. If from the backcourt, team A shall have 24 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.4.) (R1324)
1319
With 58 seconds on the game clock in the 4th period, B1 fouls A1 in the backcourt. This is the 3rd team B foul in the quarter. Team A has 19 seconds on the shot clock. Team A is granted a time-out. After the time-out, team A head coach decided for a throw-in to be administered from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. The shot clock shall remain on 19 seconds for team A
NO Team A head coach shall decide on a throw-in to be administered from the throw-in line in team's frontcourt or from the backcourt. If from the frontcourt, team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. If from the backcourt, team A shall have 24 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.4.) (R1325)
1320
With 58 seconds on the game clock in the 4th quarter, B1 fouls A1 in the backcourt. This is the 3rd team B foul in the quarter. Team A has 19 seconds on the shot clock. Team A is granted a time-out. After the time-out, team A head coach decided for a throw-in to be administered from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A.
YES Team A head coach shall decide on a throw-in to be administered from the throw-in line in team's frontcourt or from the backcourt. If from the frontcourt, team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. If from the backcourt, team A shall have 24 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.4.) (R1326)
1321
With 58 seconds on the game clock in the 4th quarter, B1 fouls A1 in the backcourt. This is the 3rd team B foul in the quarter. Team A has 19 seconds on the shot clock. Team B is granted a time-out. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds for team A. (R1327)
YES
1322
With 58 seconds on the game clock in the 4th quarter, B1 fouls A1 in the backcourt. This is the 3rd team B foul in the quarter. Team A has 19 seconds on the shot clock. Team B is granted a time-out. The shot clock shall remain on 19 seconds for team A
NO
1323
With 58 seconds on the game clock in the 4th quarter, B1 fouls A1 in the backcourt. This is the 3rd team B foul in the quarter. Team A has 19 seconds on the shot clock. Team B is granted a time-out. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A.
NO The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the backcourt with 24 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.1) (R1329)
1324
With 30 seconds on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt. B1 taps the ball into team A backcourt, where A2 gains control of the ball. With 8 seconds on the shot clock, B2 fouls A2. Team A is granted a time-out. After the time-out, team A head coach decided for a throw-in to be administered from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A. (R1330)
YES
1325
With 30 seconds on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt. B1 taps the ball into team A backcourt, where A2 gains control of the ball. With 8 seconds on the shot clock, B2 fouls A2. Team A is granted a time-out. After the time-out, team A head coach decided for a throw-in to be administered from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. The shot clock shall remain on 8 seconds for team A. (R1331)
NO Team A head coach shall decide on a throw-in to be administered from the throw-in line in team's frontcourt or from the backcourt. If from the frontcourt, team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. If from the backcourt, team A shall have 24 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.4.) (R1331)
1326
A1 is holding the ball when the shot clock signal sounds in error. The ball is still live. This is correct. (R1332)
YES If the shot clock signal sounds in error while a team has control of the ball, the signal shall be disregarded and the game shall continue. (OBR Art. 29.2.7.) (R1332)
1327
A1's shot for a goal has touched the ring. A2 rebounds the ball. After 6 seconds, the shot clock signal sounds in error and a referee stops the game. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds. (R1333)
NO The game shall be resumed with a team A's throw-in and with 8 seconds on the shot clock. Team B would be placed in disadvantage, if the game shall be resumed with 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.8. and 50.3) (R1333)
1328
With 4 seconds on the shot clock team A has control of the ball in the frontcourt. B1 is injured. A referee stops the game. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in and the shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds for team A. (R1334)
YES The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds when the throw-in shall be administered from the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 29.2.1.) (R1334)
1329
A1's shot for a goal misses the ring. A2 catches the ball and attempts a shot for a goal. While the ball is in the air, the shot clock signal sounds. The ball enters the basket. The goal shall count.
YES Whenever a player gains control of a live ball on the court, that team must attempt a shot for a goal within 24 seconds. The ball must leave the player's hands before the shot clock signal sounds and the ball must touch the ring or enter the basket. (OBR Art. 29.1.1.) (R1335)
1330
With 6 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when B1 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A2. After 2 free throws with no line-up, team A shall have only 6 seconds on the shot clock.
NO When the team is awarded a throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt as part of the penalty for an unsportsmanlike foul, the shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds. (OBR Art. 29.2.5.) (R1336)
1331
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball lodges between the ring and the backboard. The arrow favours team A. This is a shot clock violation by team A. Team B shall be awarded a throw-in. (R1337)
NO
1332
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball misses the ring. A2 touches the ball which is rolling on the court and then controlled by B1. This is a shot clock violation. (R1338)
YES When the shot clock signal sounds while the ball is in the air on a shot for a goal and the ball misses the ring, a shot clock violation has occurred. However, if the opponents gain an immediate and clear control of the ball (which is not the case), the signal shall be disregarded and the game shall continue. (OBR Art. 29.1.2. and 29.2.1.) (R1338)
1333
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball lodges between the ring and the backboard. The arrow favours team A. Team A shall be awarded a throw-in. (R1339)
YES When the ball lodges between the ring and the backboard on a shot for a goal, it is a jump ball situation. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from behind the endline and with 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.6.) (OBRI 12-17a) (R1339)
1334
With 15 seconds on the shot clock, A5's shot for a goal is in the air. The ball lodges between the ring and the backboard. The arrow favours team B. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds. (R1340)
YES When the ball lodges between the ring and the backboard on a shot for a goal, it is a jump ball situation. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from behind the endline and with 24 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 29.2.6.) (OBRI 12-17b) (R1340)
1335
With 1:34 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 dribbles for 5 seconds in the backcourt when B1 fouls A1. This is the 3rd team B foul in the quarter. Team A is granted a time-out. After the time-out, team A head coach decided for a throw-in to be administered from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. Team A shall have 19 seconds on the shot clock.
NO
1336
Team A is in control of the ball in the backcourt when the shot clock signal sounds in error. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds.
NO If the shot clock signal sounds in error while a team has control of the ball, the signal shall be disregarded and the game shall continue. (OBR Art. 29.2.7.) (R1342)
1337
With 1:25 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt. The ball is tapped by B1 into team A backcourt, where B2 fouls A2 with 8 seconds on the shot clock. This is the 2nd team B foul in the quarter. Team A is granted a time-out. After the time-out, team A head coach decided for a throw-in to be administered from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds. (R1343)
YES
1338
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball misses the ring, touches the court and B1 gains the control of the ball. The game shall continue. (R1344)
YES When the shot clock signal sounds while the ball is in the air on a shot for a goal and the ball misses the ring, a shot clock violation has occurred. However, if the opponents gain an immediate and clear control of the ball, the signal shall be disregarded and the game shall continue. (OBR Art. 29.1.2.) (R1344)
1339
With 0:28 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, team A scores a goal. Team B head coach requests a time-out. After the time-out, team B head coach decided for a throw-in to be administered from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds. (R1345)
YES
1340
A1's shot for a goal is in the air with 5 seconds on the shot clock. The ball misses the ring and it is rebounded by A2 with 3 seconds on the shot clock. The shot clock is erroneously reset to 24 seconds. A referee should stop the game immediately.
YES A referee should stop the game immediately, unless team A is placed at a disadvantage. The shot clock shall be reset to 3 seconds. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where the game was stopped. (OBR Art. 29.2.7.) (R1346)
1341
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball bounces from the ring with still the possibility to enter the basket. B1 taps the ball away. This is an interference violation by B1.
NO
1342
A1's shot for a goal rebounds from the ring. B1 catches it and starts a dribble. After 2 seconds, the shot clock sounds in error. Team B shall be awarded a throw-in with 22 seconds on the shot clock.
NO If the shot clock signal sounds in error while the team has control of the ball, the signal shall be disregarded and the game shall continue. (OBR Art. 29.2.7.) (R1348)
1343
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball neither touches the ring nor enters the basket, after which it is immediately controlled by a team B player. The signal shall be disregarded and the game shall continue. (R1349)
YES When the shot clock signal sounds while the ball is in the air on a shot for a goal and the ball neither touches the ring nor enters the basket, a shot clock violation occurred. However, if the opponents gain an immediate and clear control of the ball, the signal shall be disregarded and the game shall continue. (OBR Art. 29.1.2) (R1349)
1344
A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when team A head coach is charged with a technical foul. Following a free throw taken by any team B player, thrower-in A1 in the frontcourt passes the ball to A2 in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team A. (R1350)
YES
1345
A1 in the frontcourt dribbles for 4 seconds when a fight on the court starts. A7 and B9 are disqualified for entering the court. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in in the frontcourt from the place nearest to where the ball was located when the fight started. A2 passes the ball to A3 in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team A.
YES team which is in control of a live ball in the frontcourt may not cause the ball to be illegally returned to the backcourt. The backcourt violation restrictions apply to all situations in a team's frontcourt, including throw-ins. (OBR Art. 30.2. and 30.1.2.) (R1351)
1346
A1 in the frontcourt dribbles for 4 seconds when a fight on the court starts. A7 and B9 are disqualified for entering the court. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in in the frontcourt from the place nearest to where the ball was located when the fight started. A2 passes the ball to A3 in the backcourt. This is a legal play by team A.
NO
1347
A2 in the frontcourt dribbles moving backwards. The ball bounces back on the backcourt. A2 catches the ball. This is a backcourt violation by A2. (R1353)
YES
1348
A2 in the frontcourt dribbles with both feet in the frontcourt and the ball bouncing into the backcourt. A2 catches the ball, fumbles and the ball touches the backcourt. A2 catches the ball again. This is a backcourt violation by A2
YES The team in control of the live ball in the frontcourt has caused the ball to be illegally returned to the backcourt if the ball has touched the backcourt and it is then touched by the player of the same team. (OBR Art. 30.1.2) (R1354)
1349
A2 in the frontcourt dribbles with both feet in the frontcourt and the ball bouncing into the backcourt. A2 catches the ball, fumbles and the ball touches the backcourt. A2 does not touch the fumbled ball again. This is a backcourt violation by A2.
NO The team in control of the live ball in the frontcourt has caused the ball to be illegally returned to the backcourt if the ball has touched the backcourt and it is then touched by the player of the same team (which is not the case). (OBR Art. 30.1.2) (R1355)
1350
A2 in the backcourt passes the ball to A3. A3 straddles the centre line, jumps and catches the ball in the air. A3 returns to the court straddling the centre line and dribbles then to the backcourt. This is a legal play by A3. (R1356)
YES The team has caused the ball to go into the frontcourt when the ball is legally touched by an offensive player who has both feet completely in contact with the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 28.1.2) (R1356)
1351
After an unsportsmanlike foul, team A is awarded a throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. Thrower-in A1 passes the ball to A2 in the frontcourt. A2 receives the pass with the left foot on the court completely in the frontcourt and the right foot off the court. A1 then puts the right foot down on the court in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team A. (R1357)
YES The team in control of a live ball in the frontcourt has illegally returned the ball to the backcourt when a player of that team is the last to touch the ball in the frontcourt and the ball is then first touched by a player of that team who has part of the body in contact with the backcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.2.) (R1357)
1352
A1 illegally returns the ball to the backcourt. Team B shall be awarded a throw-in from the frontcourt.
YES The ball shall be awarded to team B for a throw-in in the frontcourt from the place nearest to the infraction, except from directly behind the backboard. (OBR Art. 30.3.) (R1358)
1353
A3 dribbles from the backcourt and stops the dribble straddling the centre line. A3 then fumbles the ball which touches the backcourt. A3 catches the ball again. This is a backcourt violation by team B. (R1359)
NO A team is in control of a live ball in the frontcourt when a player of that team is touching the frontcourt with both feet (which is not the case) while holding, catching or dribbling the ball in the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.1) (R1359)
1354
Thrower-in A4 in the frontcourt passes the ball to A3. A3 jumps from the backcourt, catches the ball in the air and lands straddling the centre line. This is a legal play by team A.
NO A team in control of a live ball in the frontcourt has illegally returned the ball to the backcourt when a player of that team is the last to touch the ball in the frontcourt and the ball is then first touched by a player of that team who has part of the body in contact with the backcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.2) (R1360)
1355
A3 in the frontcourt passes the ball to A5 who touches the ball while straddling the centre line. This is a backcourt violation by team A. (R1361)
YES A team in control of a live ball in the frontcourt has illegally returned the ball to the backcourt when a player of that team is the last to touch the ball in the frontcourt and the ball is then first touched by a player of that team who has part of the body in contact with the backcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.2.) (R1361)
1356
The ball has been legally tapped on the jump ball. A2 jumps from the frontcourt, catches the ball in the air, lands on the court straddling the centre line and passes the ball to A3 in the backcourt. This is a legal play by team A. (R1362)
YES The backcourt violation restrictions do not apply to a player who jumps from the frontcourt, establishes a new team control in the air and then lands with the ball in the backcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.2. and 30.2.) (R1362)
1357
The ball has been legally tapped on the jump ball. A2 jumps from the frontcourt, catches the ball in the air and before landing on the court, passes the ball to jumper A1 who has not yet left the centre circle in the backcourt. This is a legal play by team A.
NO The backcourt violation restrictions do not apply to a player who jumps from the frontcourt, establishes a new team control in the air and then lands with the ball in the backcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.2. and 30.2.) (R1363)
1358
A1 in the frontcourt passes the ball to A2. A2 jumps from the backcourt and lands with the left foot in the frontcourt and with the right foot is still in the air. A2 now catches A1 pass. This a backcourt violation by team A.
NO
1359
A3 in the frontcourt is awarded an alternating possession throw-in from behind the sideline. A3 shall be entitled to pass the ball to A4 in the backcourt.
NO
1360
A3 in the frontcourt is awarded a throw-in from behind the sideline. A3 shall be entitled to pass the ball to A4 in the backcourt. (R1366)
NO
1361
A2 in the frontcourt passes the ball to A4 who is also in the frontcourt. The ball touches a referee and returns to team A backcourt, where A3 catches the ball. This is a backcourt violation by team A. (R1367)
YES A team in the control of a live ball in the frontcourt has illegally returned the ball to the backcourt when a player of that team is the last to touch the ball in the frontcourt and the ball is then first touched by a player of that team in the backcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.2) (R1367)
1362
Thrower-in A4 in the backcourt passes the ball to A5 in the frontcourt. A5 jumps from the frontcourt, catches the ball in the air and lands in the backcourt with the ball in the hands. This is a legal play by team A
NO A team in the control of a live ball in the frontcourt has illegally returned the ball to the backcourt when a player of that team is the last to touch the ball in the frontcourt and the ball is then first touched by a player of that team in the backcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.2) (R1368)
1363
Thrower-in A4 in the backcourt passes the ball to A5 in the frontcourt. B5 jumps from the frontcourt, catches the ball in the air and lands in the backcourt with the ball in the hands. This is a legal play by B5.
YES
1364
Jumper A4 taps the ball to A5. A5 jumps from the frontcourt, catches the ball in the air and lands in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team A. (R1370)
NO The backcourt violation restrictions do not apply to a player who jumps from the frontcourt, establishes a new team control in the air and then lands with the ball in the backcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.2 and 30.2) (R1370)
1365
During an offensive rebound, A1 taps the ball to A2 who is in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team A.
NO
1366
A3 dribbles from the backcourt and stops the dribble by straddling the centre line. A3 then fumbles and catches the ball again while still straddling the centre line. During the fumble the ball touches the frontcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team A. (R1372)
NO Team A has not established yet the control of a live ball in the frontcourt, therefore team A could not commit the backcourt violation. (OBR Art. 30.1.2 and 28.1.2) (R1372)
1367
Jumper A3 taps the ball to A5. A5 in the frontcourt taps the ball A4 who is in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team A. (R1373)
NO Team A has not established yet the control of a live ball in the frontcourt, therefore team A could not commit the backcourt violation. (OBR Art. 30.1.2 and 28.1.2) (R1373)
1368
During a rebound, A1 taps the ball to A2 who is straddling the centre line. A2 dribbles now to the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team A.
NO
1369
During a rebound, A2 taps the ball to A4 who is straddling the centre line. A4 catches the ball and passes it immediately to A3 in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team A. (R1375)
NO Team A has not established yet the control of a live ball in the frontcourt, therefore team A could not commit the backcourt violation. (OBR Art. 30.1.2 and 28.1.2) (R1375)
1370
A4 in the backcourt passes the ball to A5 in the frontcourt. The ball touches the leg of a referee who is straddling the centre line. The ball returns to A4 in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team A.
NO
1371
Jumper A5 taps the ball to A3 in the backcourt. A3 immediately taps the ball to A5 in the frontcourt. A5 jumps from the frontcourt, catches the ball in the air and lands straddling the centre line. A5 then passes the ball to A2 in the backcourt. This is a legal play by team A.
YES
1372
Team A illegally returns the ball to the backcourt. Team B shall resume the game with a throw-in from the centre line extended, opposite the scorer’s table. (R1378)
NO
1373
A1 in the backcourt passes the ball to A2 in the frontcourt. B1 jumps from the frontcourt, catches the ball in the air and lands with both feet in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team B.
NO
1374
A1 in the backcourt passes the ball to A2 in the frontcourt. B1 jumps from the frontcourt, catches the ball in the air and lands with both feet in the backcourt. This is a legal play by team B. (R1380)
YES
1375
A1 in the backcourt passes the ball to A2 in the frontcourt. B1 jumps from the frontcourt, catches the ball in the air and lands straddling the centre line. This is a backcourt violation by team B. (R1381)
NO
1376
A1 in the backcourt passes the ball to A2 in the frontcourt. B1 jumps from the frontcourt, catches the ball in the air and lands straddling the centre line. This is a legal play by team B. (R1382)
YES B1 established the first team B control of the ball while airborne and the position of that player relative to the frontcourt/backcourt was not determined until the both feet of that player returned to the court. (OBR Art. 30.1.2 and 28.1.2.) (OBRI 30-2b) (R1382)
1377
A1 in the backcourt passes the ball to A2 in the frontcourt. B1 jumps from the frontcourt, catches the ball in the air and lands straddling the centre line. B1 then passes the ball to B2 in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team B. (R1383)
NO This is not a backcourt violation by team B. B1 established the first team B`s control of the ball while airborne and the position of that player relative to the frontcourt/backcourt was not determined until the both feet of that player returned to the court. (OBR Art. 30.1.2 and 28.1.2.) (R1383)
1378
A1 in the backcourt passes the ball to A2 in the frontcourt. B1 jumps from the frontcourt, catches the ball in the air and lands straddling the centre line. B1 then passes the ball to B2 in the backcourt. This is a legal play by team B. (R1384)
YES B1 established the first team B control of the ball while airborne and the position of that player relative to the frontcourt/backcourt was not determined until the both feet of that player returned to the court. (OBR Art. 30.1.2 and 28.1.2.) (OBRI 30-2c) (R1384)
1379
After an unsportsmanlike foul, thrower-in A1 at the throw-in line in the frontcourt passes the ball to A2. A2 jumps from the frontcourt over the centre line, catches the ball and lands with the left foot in the frontcourt and the right foot in the air. After that, A2 puts the right foot in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team A. (R1385)
YES
1380
A1 in the backcourt passes the ball to A2 in the frontcourt. B1 jumps from the frontcourt, catches the ball in the air and before landing on the court, passes the ball to B2 in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team B.
YES The backcourt violation restrictions do not apply to a player who jumps from the frontcourt, establishes a new team control in the air and then lands with the ball in the backcourt (which is not the case). (OBR Art. 30.1.2. and 30.2.) (R1386)
1381
A1 in the backcourt passes the ball to A2 in the frontcourt. B1 jumps from the frontcourt and taps the ball directly to B2 in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team B.
NO The backcourt violation restrictions do not apply to a player who jumps from the frontcourt and taps the ball to the backcourt. Team B did not establish yet control of the ball in the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.2. and 30.2.)
1382
A1 in the backcourt passes the ball to A2 in the frontcourt. The ball is deflected by a referee straddling the centre line and returns to A3 in the backcourt. This is a legal play by team A. (R1388)
YES Even though the ball achieved frontcourt status, team A has not established yet the control of a live ball in the frontcourt. Therefore team A could not commit the backcourt violation. (OBR Art. 30.1.2. and 28.1.2.) (R1388)
1383
A1 holds the ball in the frontcourt near the centre line, closely guarded by B3 and B5. A1 takes 1 step back and touches the centre line. This is a backcourt violation by team A
YES
1384
Team A illegally returns the ball to the backcourt. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the centre line extended, opposite the scorer's table.
NO The ball shall be awarded to a team B for a throw-in in the frontcourt from the place nearest to the infraction, except from directly behind the backboard. (OBR Art. 30.3.) (R1390)
1385
With 1:10 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, team A illegally returns the ball to the backcourt. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in at the free-throw line extended, in the frontcourt. (R1391)
NO The ball shall be awarded to a team B for a throw-in in the frontcourt from the place nearest to the infraction, except from directly behind the backboard. (OBR Art. 30.3.) (R1391)
1386
A1's shot for a goal from the backcourt touches the ring. The ball returns directly to A2 in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team A.
NO A team in control of a live ball in the frontcourt (which is not the case) has illegally returned the ball to the backcourt when a player of that team is the last to touch the ball in the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.1 and 30.1.2.) (R1392)
1387
A1 in the frontcourt passes the ball to A2. The ball touches a referee in the frontcourt and it is then caught by A3 in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team A. (R1393)
YES A team in control of a live ball in the frontcourt has illegally returned the ball to the backcourt when a player of that team is the last to touch the ball in the frontcourt and the ball is then first touched by a player of that team who has part of the body in contact with the backcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.2 and 11.2.) (R1393)
1388
A5 in the backcourt passes the ball to A4 in the frontcourt. B5 in the frontcourt near the centre line jumps, gains control of the ball in the air and returns to the court touching team B backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team B
NO
1389
A1 in the frontcourt passes the ball to A2 in the frontcourt. The ball touches A2 and it is then caught by A3 in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team A. (R1395)
YES A1 is the last player to control the ball in the frontcourt and A3 is the first player to touch the ball in the backcourt. Both are the players of the same team A. (OBR Art. 30.1.2) (R1395)
1390
A4 in the frontcourt passes the ball to A5 near the centre line. A5 jumps from the frontcourt, catches the ball and lands with 1 foot in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team A. (R1396)
YES A4 is the last player to control the ball in the frontcourt and A5 is the first player to touch the ball in the backcourt. Both are the players of the same A team. (OBR Art. 30.1.2) (R1396)
1391
A4 in the backcourt passes the ball to A5 in the frontcourt. B3 jumps from the frontcourt, catches the ball in the air and passes the ball to B5 in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team B
YES B3 is the last player to control the ball in the frontcourt and B5 is the first player to touch the ball in the backcourt. Both are the players of the same B team. (OBR Art. 30.1.2) (R1397)
1392
A1 dribbles from the backcourt and stops by straddling the centre line. While still dribbling, A1 taps the ball to A5 in the backcourt. This is a legal play by team A. (R1398)
YES
1393
A4 is awarded a frontcourt sideline throw-in. A5 jumps from the frontcourt, catches the ball in the air and lands straddling the centre line. This is a backcourt violation by team A. (R1399)
YES A4 is the last player to control the ball in the frontcourt and A5 is the first player to touch the ball in the backcourt. Both are the players of the same A team. The centre line is part of the backcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.2 and 2.4.2.) (R1399)
1394
With 1:22 on the game clock in the 4th quarter and team A in control of the ball in the backcourt, B5 deflects the ball out-of-bounds. Team A is granted a time-out. After the time-out, team A head coach decided for a throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. Thrower-in A5 passes the ball to A2 in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team A. (R1400)
YES
1395
Thrower-in A1 in the frontcourt passes the ball to A2. A2 jumps from the frontcourt, catches the ball in the air and lands with both feet in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team A. (R1401)
YES
1396
Thrower-in A1 in the frontcourt passes the ball to A2. A2 jumps from the frontcourt, catches the ball in the air and lands with both feet in the backcourt. This is a legal play by team A.
NO A1 has established team A control of the ball in the frontcourt before A2 caught the ball in the air and landed in the backcourt. Team A has illegally returned the ball to the backcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.2) (R1402)
1397
Thrower-in A1 in the frontcourt passes the ball to A2. A2 jumps from the frontcourt, catches the ball in the air and lands straddling the centre line. This is a backcourt violation by team A. (R1403)
YES A1 has established team A control of the ball in the frontcourt before A2 caught the ball in the air and landed in the backcourt. Team A has illegally returned the ball to the backcourt. The centre line is part of the backcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.2. and 2.4.2.) (OBRI 30-4b) (R1403)
1398
Thrower-in A1 in the frontcourt passes the ball to A2. A2 jumps from the frontcourt, catches the ball in the air and lands straddling the centre line. This is a legal play by team A. (R1404)
NO A1 has established team A control of the ball in the frontcourt before A2 caught the ball in the air and landed in the backcourt. Team A has illegally returned the ball to the backcourt. The centre line is part of the backcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.2 and 2.4.2.) (R1404)
1399
Thrower-in A1 in the frontcourt passes the ball to A2. A2 jumps from the frontcourt, catches the ball in the air and lands straddling the centre line. A2 then passes the ball to A3 in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team A. (R1405)
YES A1 has established team A control of the ball in the frontcourt before A2 caught the ball in the air and landed in the backcourt. Team A has illegally returned the ball to the backcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.2) (OBRI 30-4c) (R1405)
1400
Thrower-in A1 in the frontcourt passes the ball to A2. A2 jumps from the frontcourt, catches the ball in the air and lands straddling the centre line. A2 then passes the ball to A3 in the backcourt. This is a legal play by team A. (R1406)
NO A1 has established team A control of the ball in the frontcourt before A2 caught the ball in the air and landed in the backcourt. Team A has illegally returned the ball to the backcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.2) (R1406)
1401
Thrower-in A1 straddles the centre line to start the 2nd quarter and passes the ball to A2. A2 jumps from the frontcourt, catches the ball in the air and lands with both feet in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team A. (R1407)
YES A1 has established team A control of the ball. By A2 jumping from the frontcourt and catching the ball in the air, team A control in the frontcourt continues. By A2 landing in the backcourt, team A has illegally returned the ball to the backcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.2) (R1407)
1402
Thrower-in A1 straddles the centre line to begin the 2nd quarter and passes the ball to A2. A2 jumps from the frontcourt, catches the ball in the air and lands with both feet in the backcourt. This is a legal play by team A.
NO A1 has established team A control of the ball. By A2 jumping from the frontcourt and catching the ball in the air, team A control in the frontcourt continues. By A2 landing in the backcourt, team A has illegally returned the ball to the backcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.2) (R1408)
1403
Thrower-in A1 straddles the centre line to start the 2nd quarter and passes the ball to A2. A2 jumps from the frontcourt, catches the ball in the air and lands straddling the centre line. This is a backcourt violation by team A. (R1409)
YES
1404
Thrower-in A1 straddles the centre line to begin the 2nd quarter and passes the ball to A2. A2 jumps from the frontcourt, catches the ball in the air and lands straddling the centre line. This is a legal play by team A.
NO
1405
Thrower-in A1 straddles the centre line to start the 2nd quarter and passes the ball to A2. A2 jumps from the frontcourt, catches the ball in the air and lands straddling the centre line. A2 then passes the ball to A3 in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team A. (R1411)
YES A1 has established team A control of the ball. By A2 jumping from the frontcourt and catching the ball in the air, team A control in the frontcourt continues. By A2 straddling the centre line and passing the ball to A3, team A has illegally returned the ball to the backcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.2) (R1411)
1406
Thrower-in A1 straddles the centre line to start the 2nd quarter and passes the ball to A2. A2 jumps from the frontcourt, catches the ball in the air and lands straddling the centre line. A2 then passes the ball to A3 in the backcourt. This is a legal play by team A. (R1412)
NO A1 has established team A control of the ball. By A2 jumping from the frontcourt and catching the ball in the air, team A control in the frontcourt continues. By A2 straddling the centre line and passing the ball to A3, team A has illegally returned the ball to the backcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.2) (R1412)
1407
Thrower-in A1 in the backcourt passes the ball to A2 in the frontcourt. B1 jumps from the frontcourt and catches the ball in the air. Before B1 lands in the backcourt, B1 passes the ball to B2 in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team B.
YES B1 jumping from the frontcourt and catching the ball in the air, B1 has established team B new control of the live ball in the frontcourt. By B1 passing the ball to the backcourt, team B has illegally returned the ball to the backcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.2) (OBRI 30-5) (R1413)
1408
Thrower-in A1 in the backcourt passes the ball to A2 in the frontcourt. B1 jumps from the frontcourt and catches the ball in the air. Before B1 lands in the backcourt, B1 passes the ball to B2 in the backcourt. This is a legal play by team B. (R1414)
NO B1 jumping from the frontcourt and catching the ball in the air, B1 has established team B new control of the live ball in the frontcourt. By B1 passing the ball to the backcourt, team B has illegally returned the ball to the backcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.2) (OBRI 30-5) (R1414)
1409
A1 is standing with both feet in the frontcourt near the centre line. A1 bounce-passes the ball to A2, who is also standing with both feet in the frontcourt near the centre line. During the pass, the ball touches team A backcourt before touching A2 in the frontcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team A.
YES Team A in control of a live ball in the frontcourt has illegally returned the ball to the backcourt when a player of that team is the last to touch the ball in the frontcourt and the ball is than first touched by a player of that team, after the ball has touched the backcourt of that team. (OBR Art. 30.1.2.) (OBRI 30-8) (R1415)
1410
A1 is standing with both feet in the frontcourt near the centre line. A1 bounce-passes the ball to A2, who is also standing with both feet in the frontcourt near the centre line. During the pass, the ball touches team A backcourt before touching A2 in the frontcourt. This is a legal play by team A.
NO Team A in control of a live ball in the frontcourt has illegally returned the ball to the backcourt when a player of that team is the last to touch the ball in the frontcourt and the ball is than first touched by a player of that team, after the ball has touched the backcourt of that team. (OBR Art. 30.1.2) (R1416)
1411
A1 is standing with both feet in the backcourt near the centre line. A1 bounce-passes the ball to A2, who is also standing with both feet in the backcourt near the centre line. During the pass, the ball touches team A frontcourt before touching A2 in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team A. (R1417)
NO This a legal play by team A. Team A did not establish yet the control of the live ball in the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.2) (R1417)
1412
A1 is standing with both feet in the backcourt near the centre line. A1 bounce-passes the ball to A2, who is also standing with both feet in the backcourt near the centre line. During the pass, the ball touches team A frontcourt before touching A2 in the backcourt. This is a legal play by team A. (R1418)
YES This is a legal play by team A. Team A did not establish yet the control of the live ball in the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.2.) (OBRI 30-9) (R1418)
1413
A1 in the backcourt near the centre line bounce-passes the ball to A2 who is also in the backcourt near the centre line. During the pass, the ball touches team A frontcourt before touching A2 in the backcourt. This a legal play by team A. (R1419)
YES This is legal play by team A. Team A did not establish yet the control of the live ball in the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.2) (OBRI 30-9) (R1419)
1414
A1 in the backcourt near the centre line bounce-passes the ball to A2 who is also in the backcourt near the centre line. During the pass, the ball touches team A frontcourt before touching A2 in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team A
NO This is a legal play by team A. Team A did not establish yet the control of the live ball in the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.2) (R1420)
1415
A3 in the frontcourt passes the ball to A5 also in the frontcourt. During the pass, the ball is simultaneously touched by A1 and B1 in team A frontcourt. The ball goes then into the team A backcourt, where the ball is first touched by A2. This is a legal play by team A.
NO
1416
A3 in the frontcourt passes the ball to A5 also in the frontcourt. During the pass, the ball is simultaneously touched by A1 and B1 in team A frontcourt. The ball goes then into the team A backcourt, where the ball is first touched by A2. This is a backcourt violation by team A.
YES Team A in control of a live ball in the frontcourt has illegally returned the ball to the backcourt when a player of that team is the last to touch the ball in the frontcourt and the ball is than first touched by a player of that team, who has part of the body in contact with the backcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.2) (R1422)
1417
A1 holds the ball in the backcourt near the centre line. A1 fumbles the ball in the frontcourt and catches it again without moving from the place on the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team A. (R1423)
NO Team A in control of the live ball has not been established in the frontcourt yet. Therefore the backcourt violation did not occur. (OBR Art. 30.1.2.) (R1423)
1418
A1 holds the ball in the frontcourt near the centre line and is closely guarded by B3 and B5. A1 throws the ball against B5. The ball returns to team A backcourt where A4 starts a dribble. This is a legal play by team A.
YES A team in control of a live ball in the frontcourt has illegally returned the ball to the backcourt when a player of that team is the last to touch the ball in the frontcourt (which is not the case) and the ball is than first touched by a player of that team in the backcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.2.) (R1424)
1419
After the ball has been legally touched on jump ball between A1 and B1, A2 jumps from the frontcourt, catches the ball in the air and lands straddling the centre line. A2 then passes the ball to A3 in the backcourt. This is a legal play by team A.
YES A2 has established the first team A control of the live ball while catching the ball in the air. A2 is legally in the backcourt, therefore legally passing the ball to A3. (OBR Art. 30.1.2.) (OBRI 30-3b) (R1425)
1420
A1 holds the ball in the frontcourt near the centre line and is closely guarded by B3 and B5. A1 throws the ball against B5. The ball returns to team A backcourt where A4 starts a dribble. This is a backcourt violation by team A. (R1426)
NO Team A in control of a live ball in the frontcourt has illegally returned the ball to the backcourt when a player of that team is the last to touch the ball in the frontcourt (which is not the case) and the ball is than first touched by a player of that team in the backcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.2.) (R1426)
1421
During A1's backcourt thrown-in, B1 jumps from the frontcourt, catches the ball in the air and lands with the ball in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by B1. (R1427)
NO
1422
B1 jumps from the frontcourt, catches A1's pass from the backcourt in the air and lands with both feet simultaneously straddling the centre line. B1 dribbles in the backcourt while maintaining the straddling the centre line. This is a backcourt violation by B1. (R1428)
NO The backcourt violation restrictions do not apply to a player who jumps from the frontcourt, establishes a new team control while in the air and then lands with the ball in the backcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.2.) (R1428)
1423
A1 holds the ball in the frontcourt near the centre line and is closely guarded by B3 and B5. A1 throws the ball against the referee in team A frontcourt. The ball returns to team A backcourt where A4 starts a dribble. This is a legal play by team A. (R1429)
NO Team A in control of a live ball in the frontcourt has illegally returned the ball to the backcourt when a player of that team is the last to touch the ball in the frontcourt (the ball touching a referee in the frontcourt is considered as the ball touching the court in the frontcourt) and the ball is then first touched by a player of that team in the backcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.2. and 11.2.) (R1429)
1424
A violation is committed for illegally returning the ball to the backcourt. The resulting throw-in shall be administered at the centre line extended, opposite the scorer's table. (R1430)
NO The ball shall be awarded to the opponents' team for a throw-in in the frontcourt from the place nearest to the infraction, except from directly behind the endline. (OBR Art. 30.3.) (R1430)
1425
Thrower-in A1 in the backcourt passes the ball to A2 who jumps from the frontcourt. A2 catches the ball in the air and lands in the backcourt. This is a backcourt violation by team A.
YES A2 has established team A control of the live ball while catching it in the air. A2 jumping from the frontcourt and landing with the ball in the backcourt has returned the ball illegally to the backcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.2.)
1426
A1 receives a pass from the backcourt, straddling the centre line. A1 passes the ball to A2 who is also straddling the centre line. This is a backcourt violation by team A. (R1432)
NO A team is in control of a live ball in the frontcourt when a player of that team is touching the frontcourt with both feet while holding the ball or the ball is passed between the players of that team in the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.1) (R1432)
1427
A1 in the frontcourt passes the ball to A2. The ball touches a referee in team A frontcourt and goes into team A backcourt where it is then controlled by A3. This is a backcourt violation by team A. (R1433)
YES A team in control of a live ball in the frontcourt has illegally returned the ball to the backcourt when a player of that team is the last to touch the ball in the frontcourt (the ball touching a referee in the frontcourt is considered as the ball touching the court in the frontcourt) and the ball is then first touched by a player of that team in the backcourt. (OBR Art. 30.1.2 and 11.2.) (R1433)
1428
A1 is awarded an alternating possession throw-in from the frontcourt. A1 shall be permitted to pass the ball to a team-mate in team A backcourt.
NO The backcourt violation restrictions apply to all situations in the team's frontcourt, including throw-ins. (OBR Art. 30.1.2) (R1434)
1429
B1 jumps from the frontcourt and catches A1 pass to A2. B1 with the ball in the hands lands with both feet simultaneously straddling the centre line and starts to dribble. This is a legal play by B1.
YES
1430
A1's frontcourt throw-in is deflected by B1 towards team A backcourt. While the ball is still in team A frontcourt, A2 touches the ball which goes into team A backcourt, where it is controlled by A3. This is a backcourt violation by team A. (R1436)
YES
1431
A1 pass to A2 is above the ring when B1 reaches through the basket from below and touches the ball. A1 shall be awarded 2 or 3 points.
YES
1432
A1's shot for a goal is on the downward flight and completely above the level of the ring when the ball is simultaneously touched by A2 and B2. The ball does not enter the basket. Both A2 and B2 have committed a goaltending violation. No points shall be awarded. This is a jump ball situation.
YES
1433
A1's shot for a goal is touched by A2 on the downward flight. Team B shall be awarded a throw-in from behind the endline, nearest to where the violation occurred. (R1439)
NO If the interference violation is committed by an offensive player, the ball shall be awarded to the opponents for a throw-in from the free-throw line extended. (OBR Art. 31.3.1) (R1439)
1434
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when B1 causes the backboard to vibrate. The ball enters the basket. This is an interference violation by B1. (R1440)
NO Interference occurs only when a player causes the basket to vibrate in such a way that the ball has been prevented from entering the basket. The ball has entered the basket and therefore no violation has occurred. (OBR Art. 31.2.4) (R1440)
1435
A3 is awarded 2 free throws. During the 1st free throw, the ball rebounds from the ring with having still a possibility to enter the basket. B5 taps the ball away. A referee calls a technical foul against B5.
NO Only if the goaltending is committed by a defensive player during the last free throw (not on the free throw followed by an additional free throw(s)), the offensive team shall be awarded 1 point, followed by the technical foul penalty. (OBR Art. 31.3.3.) (R1441)
1436
A1 shot for a goal is touched by B1 on the upward flight. On the downward flight the ball is touched by A3. The ball enters the basket. A1's goal shall count. (R1442)
NO
1437
A3's shot for a goal is touched by B1 on the upward flight. On the downward flight the ball is touched by B3. This is a goaltending violation by B3. (R1443)
YES Goaltending occurs during a shot for a goal when a player touches the ball which is completely above the level of the ring on the downward flight to the basket. (OBR Art. 31.2.1) (R1443)
1438
A4's shot for a goal rebounds from the ring with the ball having still a possibility to enter the basket. B3 has touched the ball on the downward flight. This is a legal play by B3. (R1444)
YES
1439
A3's shot for a goal is touched by A4 on the downward flight while the ball is completely above the level of the ring. This is a legal play by A4.
NO Goaltending occurs during a shot for a goal when a player touches the ball which is completely above the level of the ring on the downward flight to the basket. (OBR Art. 31.2.1 and 31.2.3.) (R1445)
1440
A3's shot for a goal is touched by B3 on the downward flight while the ball is completely above the level of the ring. This is a goaltending violation by B3. (R1446)
YES
1441
A2's shot for a goal is touched by A4 on the downward flight while the ball is completely above the level of the ring. The ball enters the basket. A2's goal shall count. (R1447)
NO Goaltending occurs during a shot for a goal when a player touches the ball which is completely above the level of the ring on the downward flight to the basket. (OBR Art. 31.2.1) (R1447)
1442
A2's pass is touched by A3 on the downward flight while the ball is completely above the level of the ring. The ball enters the basket. A2's goal shall count.
YES Goaltending occurs during a shot for a goal when a player touches the ball which is completely above the level of the ring on the downward flight to the basket. The goaltending restrictions do not apply on the pass. (OBR Art. 31.2.1) (R1448)
1443
A2's pass is touched by B4 on the downward flight while the ball is completely above the level of the ring. A2 shall be awarded 2 or 3 points. (R1449)
NO Goaltending occurs during a shot for a goal when a player touches the ball which is completely above the level of the ring on the downward flight to the basket. The goaltending restrictions do not apply on the pass. (OBR Art. 31.2.1) (R1449)
1444
A1's shot for a goal touches the backboard above the level of the ring. The ball is still on the upward flight when B3 taps the ball away. This is a legal play by B3.
NO Goaltending occurs during a shot for a goal when a player touches the ball which is completely above the level of the ring and after it has touched the backboard. (OBR Art. 31.2.1) (R1450)
1445
A1's shot for a goal touches the backboard below the level of the ring. The ball is not completely above the level of the ring when B3 taps the ball away. This is a legal play by B3.
YES
1446
A1's shot for a goal touches the backboard below the level of the ring. The ball is not completely above the level of the ring when B3 taps the ball away. A1 shall be awarded 2 points. (R1452)
NO Goaltending occurs during a shot for a goal when a player touches the ball which is completely above the level of the ring on the downward flight to the basket. (OBR Art. 31.2.1) (R1452)
1447
A1's shot for a goal is caught by A2 on the downward flight. A2 then dunks the ball into the basket. A2's goal shall count. (R1453)
NO
1448
The ball rebounds from the ring when a player reaches through the basket from below and touches the ball. This is an interference violation. (R1454)
YES Interference occurs when a player reaches through the basket from below and touches the ball. (OBR Art. 31.2.4) (R1454)
1449
After A1's shot for a goal, the ball is within basket. A2 accidentally touches the ring. This is an interference violation by A2.
NO Interference occurs when a defensive (not an offensive) player touches the basket while the ball is within the basket. ART 31,2,4
1450
A1's shot for a goal rebounds from the ring with still having a possibility to enter the basket. B4 touches the ball on the downward flight. This is a legal play by B4.
YES The goaltending restrictions apply until the ball has touched the ring during the shot for a goal. (OBR Art. 31.2.3) (R1456)
1451
A5's last free throw rebounds from the ring with still having a possibility to enter the basket. B5 touches the ball on the downward flight. Team A captain on the court shall be awarded 2 points.
YES The goaltending restrictions apply until the ball has touched the ring during the last free throw. B5 accidentally scores a goal in own basket. Team A captain on the court shall be awarded 2 points. (OBR Art. 31.2.3) (R1457)
1452
A5 releases a shot for a goal from a place near to the endline, after which A3 commits a goaltending. Team B shall be awarded a throw-in from the place behind its endline, nearest to where a shot for a goal was released from
NO When a referee has blown the whistle while the ball was in flight on a shot for a goal, no player shall touch the ball after it has touched the ring while it still has the possibility to enter the basket. (OBR Art. 31.2.5) (R1459)
1453
A5's shot for a goal is in the air when B1 fouls A5. The ball rebounds from the ring with still having a possibility to enter the basket. A4 touches the ball on the downward flight. This is an interference violation by A4. (R1459)
YES
1454
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when B4 touches the ball on the downward flight. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the free-throw line extended.
NO Following a successful field goal, any player of the non-scoring team shall take a throw-in from any place behind that team's endline. (OBR Art. 17.2.10)
1455
A2's pass is on the downward flight when the game clock signal sounds for the end of a quarter. After the signal B2 taps the ball away. This is a legal play by B2.
YES Goaltending occurs during a shot for a goal when a player touches the ball which is completely above the level of the ring on the downward flight to the basket. The goaltending restrictions do not apply on the pass. (OBR Art. 31.2.1)
1456
A1's shot for a goal on the upward flight is touched by B1. On the downward flight it is touched by B2. This is a goaltending violation by B2. (R1462)
YES Goaltending occurs during a shot for a goal when a player touches the ball which is completely above the level of the ring on the downward flight to the basket. (OBR Art. 31.2.1) (OBRI 31-14b) (R1462)
1457
A1's pass is touched by B2 in the downward flight above the level of the ring. This is a goaltending violation by B2
NO Goaltending occurs during a shot for a goal when a player touches the ball which is completely above the level of the ring on the downward flight to the basket. The goaltending restrictions do not apply on the pass. (OBR Art. 31.2.1) (R1463)
1458
A1's shot for a goal rebounds from the ring with still having a possibility to enter the basket. B4 taps the ball away. This is a goaltending violation by B4. (R1464)
NO Goaltending occurs during a shot for a goal when a player touches the ball which is completely above the level of the ring on the downward flight to the basket. The goaltending restrictions apply until the ball has touched the ring. (OBR Art. 31.2.1 and 31.2.3) (R1464)
1459
A1's shot for a goal rebounds from the ring with still having a possibility to enter the basket. B4 touches the net. This is a goaltending violation by B4
NO Goaltending occurs during a shot for a goal when a player touches the ball which is completely above the level of the ring on the downward flight to the basket. The goaltending restrictions apply until the ball has touched the ring. (OBR Art. 31.2.1 and 31.2.3)
1460
A1's shot for a goal is touched by B3 on the downward flight. This is a goaltending violation by B3. A1 shall be awarded 2 or3 points. (R1466)
YES Goaltending occurs during a shot for a goal when a player touches the ball which is completely above the level of the ring on the downward flight to the basket. (OBR Art. 31.2.1 and 31.2.3) (R1466)
1461
A1's last free throw rebounds from the ring with the ball still having the possibility to enter the basket. B5 touches the ball on the downward flight. A1 shall be awarded 1 point. (R1467)
NO
1462
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when B3 contacts the backboard causing it to vibrate. The ball does not enter the basket. B3 shall be charged with a technical foul
NO Interference occurs when a player causes the basket to vibrate in such a way that the ball has been prevented from entering the basket. A1 shall be awarded 2 or 3 points. (OBR Art. 31.2.4 and 31.3.2.) (R1468)
1463
A4's shot for a goal is in the air when B4 contact the backboard causing it to vibrate. The ball enters the basket. The game shall continue without an interruption.
YES Interference occurs when a player causes the basket to vibrate in such a way that the ball has been prevented from entering the basket (which is not the case). (OBR Art. 31.2.4 and 31.3.2.) (R1469)
1464
A1's shot for a goal rebounds from the ring when A2 accidentally touches the ring. This is a legal play by A2. (R1470)
YES
1465
A3's shot for a goal is within the basket when A1 contacts the ball. The ball shall become dead immediately
NO Interference occurs only when a defensive (not an offensive) player touches the ball while the ball is within the basket. (OBR Art. 31.2.4) (R1471)
1466
A3's shot for a goal rebounds from the ring. B5 reaches through the basket from below and taps the ball away. A3 shall be awarded 2 or 3 points. (R1472)
YES
1467
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the 3rd quarter. The ball rebounds from the ring and is tapped by A2 into the basket. A2's goal shall count. (R1473)
NO When the game clock signal sounds for the end of the quarter on a shot for a goal, no player shall touch the ball after it has touched the ring while it still has the possibility to enter the basket. (OBR Art. 31.2.5 and 31.3.2) (R1473)
1468
A4's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball rebounds from the ring with still having a possibility to enter the basket. B2 taps the ball away. This is an interference violation by B2. (R1474)
NO
1469
A1's shot for a goal rebounds from the ring with still having a possibility to enter the basket. A2 taps the ball into the basket. A2's goal shall count. (R1475)
YES Goaltending occurs during a flight for a goal when a player touches the ball and it is on the downward flight to the basket. The goaltending restrictions apply until the ball has touched the ring. (OBR Art. 31.2.1 and 31.2.3) (R1475)
1470
A4's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball is rolling on the ring when B4 taps the ball away. This is an interference violation by B4. (R1476)
NO Interference occurs when, after a shot for a goal, a player touches the basket (ring or net) while the ball is in contact with the ring. (OBR Art. 31.2.4) (R1476)
1471
A2's shot for a goal rebounds from the ring when B4 accidentally touches the net. This is an interference violation by B4.
NO Interference occurs when, after a shot for a goal, a player touches the basket (ring or net) while the ball is in contact with the ring (which is not the case). (OBR Art. 31.2.4) (R1477)
1472
A3's last free throw is in contact with the ring when B1 taps the ball away. This is a legal play by B1.
YES Interference occurs when, after a last free throw, a player touches the basket (ring or net) while the ball is in contact with the ring. (OBR Art. 31.2.4) (R1478)
1473
A defensive or offensive player touches the basket or the backboard after a shot for a goal while the ball is in contact with the ring. This is an interference violation. (R1479)
YES Interference occurs when, after a shot for a goal, a player touches the basket (ring or net) or the backboard while the ball is contact with the ring. (OBR Art. 31.2.4.) (R1479)
1474
A2's shot for a goal is the air when a referee blows the whistle. The ball rebounds from the ring when A4 touches the ball. This is an interference violation by A4.
YES When a referee has blown the whistle while the ball was in flight on a shot for a goal, no player shall touch the ball after is has touched the ring while it still has the possibility to enter the basket. (OBR Art. 31.2.5 and 31.3.2) (R1480)
1475
B1 fouls A1 during a shot for a field goal. The ball is still on the upward flight when B2 taps the ball away. A1's goal shall count. (R1481)
NO Goaltending occurs during a shot for a goal when a player touches the ball which is completely above the level of the ring on the downward (not upward) flight to the basket. A1 shall be awarded 2 or 3 free throws. (OBR Art. 31.2.1) (R1481)
1476
B1 fouls A1 during a shot for a goal. The ball is on the upward flight when B2 taps the ball away. This is a legal play by B2. (R1482)
YES Goaltending occurs during a shot for a goal when a player touches the ball which is completely above the level of the ring on the downward (not upward) flight to the basket. A1 shall be awarded 2 or 3 free throws. (OBR Art. 31.2.1.) (R1482)
1477
B1 fouls A1 during a shot for a goal. The ball rebounds from the ring with still having a possibility to enter the basket. B2 taps the ball away. This is a legal play by B2. (R1483)
NO When a referee has blown the whistle while the ball was in flight on a shot for a goal, no player shall touch the ball after it has touched the ring while it still has the possibility to enter the basket. (OBR Art. 31.2.5 and 31.3.2) (R1483)
1478
B1 fouls A1 during a shot for a goal. The ball rebounds from the ring with still having a possibility to enter the basket. B2 taps the ball away. A1's goal shall count.
YES When a referee has blown the whistle while the ball was in flight on a shot for a goal, no player shall touch the ball after it has touched the ring while it still has the possibility to enter the basket. (OBR Art. 31.2.5 and 31.3.2.)
1479
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball rebounds from the ring with still having a possibility to enter the basket. B2 taps the ball away. This is a legal play by B2
YES
1480
B1 fouls A1 during the shot for a goal. The ball is still on the upward flight when B2 taps the ball away. A1's goal shall count. A1 shall attempt an additional free throw.
NO Goaltending does not occur during the shot for a goal when a player touches the ball on the upward flight. A1 shall be awarded 2 or 3 free throws. (OBR Art. 31.2.1 and 31.3.2.) (R1486)
1481
A4's shot for a goal is in the air when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the 3rd period. The ball rebounds from the ring when B5 taps the ball away. This is an interference violation by B5. (R1487)
YES When the game clock signal has sounded for the end of the quarter while the ball is on the shot for a goal, no player shall touch the ball after it has touched the ring while it still has the possibility to enter the basket. (OBR Art. 31.2.5) (R1487)
1482
Al commits an interference violation. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in at any place from behind its endline, except from directly behind the backboard. (R1488)
NO The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the free-throw line extended. (OBR Art. 31.3.1) (R1488)
1483
A5's shot for a 3-point goal is in the air when the game clock signal sounds for the end the quarter. The ball rebounds from the ring with still having a possibility to enter the basket. B5 taps the ball away. A5 shall be awarded 2 points.
NO
1484
A4's shot for a goal is in the air when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the quarter. B4 causes the ring to vibrate in such way that, in the judgement of a referee, the ball has been prevented from entering the basket. This is an interference violation by B4. A4's goal shall count.
YES
1485
A4's shot for a golais on the downward flight when A2 touches the ball. The ball enters the basket. A4's goal shall count.
NO Goaltending occurs during the shot for a goal when a player touches the ball which is completely above the level of the ring on the downward flight to the basket. (OBR Art. 31.2.1 and 31.3.1) (R1491)
1486
A4's shot for a goal is on the downward flight when A2 touches the ball. This is a goaltending violation by A2. The game shall be resumed with team B throw-in from behind the endline, except from directly behind the backboard. (R1492)
NO Goaltending occurs during the shot for a goal when a player touches the ball which is completely above the level of the ring on the downward flight to the basket. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the free-throw line extended. (OBR Art. 31.2.1 and 31.3.1) (R1492)
1487
A4's last free throw is on the downward flight when B4 taps the ball away. A4 shall be awarded 1 point. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from behind the endline, as after any last successful free throw.
NO If the goaltending is committed by a defensive player during a last free throw, 1 point shall be awarded to the offensive team, followed by the technical foul penalty charged against the defensive player. (OBR Art. 31.2.2. and 31.3.3) (R1493)
1488
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when B4 commits a foul against A1. The ball rolls on the ring with still having a possibility to enter the basket. B3 taps the ball away. This is an interference violation by B3. (R1494)
YES When a referee has blown the whistle while the ball was in flight on a shot for a goal, no player shall touch the ball after it has touched the ring while it still has the possibility to enter the basket. (OBR Art. 31.2.5) (R1494)
1489
After A1's shot for a goal, the ball is on the ring. B1 taps the ball away. This is an interference violation by B1.
NO Interference occurs when, after the shot for a goal, a player touches the basket (ring or net) while the ball is contact with the ring. (OBR Art. 31.2.4) (R1495)
1490
After the ball has touched the ring on A4's last free throw and with still having a possibility to enter the basket, B4 reaches through the basket from below and touches the ball. A4 shall be awarded 1 point.
YES Interference occurs when a player reaches through the basket from below and touches the ball. (OBR Art. 31.2.4 and 31.3.) (OBRI 31-2b) (R1496)
1491
A1's shot for a goal rebounds from the ring. B2 reaches through the basket from below and touches the ball while the ball is on the ring. This is an interference violation by B2. (R1497)
YES
1492
A shot for a goal ends when the ball touches the ring.
YES
1493
A4's shot for a goal touches the backboard and it is completely above the level of the ring. B4 touches the ball. This is a goaltending violation by B4. (R1499)
YES Goaltending occurs during a shot for a goal when a player touches the ball while it is completely above the level of the ring and after it has touched the backboard. (OBR Art. 31.2.1) (R1499)
1494
A4 is awarded 2 free throws. During the 1st free throw, the ball rebounds from the ring with still having a possibility to enter the basket. B4 taps the ball away. This is a legal play by B4. (R1500)
NO Interference occurs when, after a free throw followed by an additional free throw(s), a player touches the ball while it still has a possibility to enter the basket. (OBR Art. 31.2.4) (R1500)
1495
A5's shot for a 3-point goal is in the air when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the quarter. The ball rebounds from the ring with still having a possibility to enter the basket. B5 taps the ball away. A5's 3-point goal shall count
YES When the game clock signal has sounded for the end of the quarter while the ball is on a shot for a goal, no player shall touch the ball after it has touched the ring while it still has a possibility to enter the basket. A5's 3-point goal counts. (OBR Art. 31.2.5) (R1501)
1496
A4's shot for a goal is in the air when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the quarter. The ball rebounds from the ring with still having a possibility to enter the basket. B4 taps the ball away. This is an interference violation by B4. (R1502)
YES When the game clock signal has sounded for the end of the quarter while the ball is on a shot for a goal, no player shall touch the ball after it has touched the ring while it still has the possibility to enter the basket. (OBR Art. 31.2.4) (R1502)
1497
A4's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball rebounds from the ring with still having a possibility to enter the basket. B2 taps the ball away. This is an interference violation by B2.
NO When the game clock (not the shot clock) signal has sounded for the end of the quarter, no player shall touch the ball after is has touched the ring while it still has the possibility to enter the basket. (OBR Art. 31.2.5) (R1503)
1498
A3's shot for a goal is in the basket when A4 contacts the basket. This is an interference violation by A4. (R1504)
NO Interference violation occurs only when a defensive player touches the basket (ring or net) while the ball is within the basket. (OBR Art. 31.2.4) (R1504)
1499
After the ball has touched the ring on A4's last free throw and with still having a possibility to enter the basket, B4 reaches through the basket from below and touches the ball. A4 shall be awarded 2 points. (R1505)
NO Interference occurs when a player reaches through the basket from below and touches the ball. If the violation is committed by a defensive player after a last free throw, the offensive team shall be awarded 1 point. (OBR Art. 31.2.4. and 30.3.) (R1505)
1500
During a rebound, A1 is hanging on the basket with 1 hand and scores with the other hand. This is a legal play by A1.
NO
1501
A1's shot for a 3-point goal is on the upward flight when the ball is touched by B1. Later B2 touches the backboard causing it to vibrate, when the ball is in contact with the ring. The ball did not enter the basket. This is an interference violation by B2. A1 shall be awarded 3 points. (R1507)
YES Interference occurs when a player causes the basket to vibrate in such a way that the ball has been prevented from entering the basket. (OBR Art. 31.2.4.) (R1507)
1502
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the game clock signal sounds for the end the quarter. The ball rebounds from the ring with still having a possibility to enter the basket. B1 taps the ball away. This is a legal play by B1, (R1508)
NO
1503
After A1's shot for a goal, the ball is within basket. B2 touches the ring. A1's goal shall count. (R1509)
YES The interference occurs when a defensive player touches the basket (ring or net) while the ball is within the basket. (OBR Art. 31.2.4.) (R1509)
1504
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the quarter. A2 touches the ball on the downward flight. The ball enters the basket. This is a goaltending violation by A2. (R1510)
YES Goaltending occurs during a shot for a goal when the player touches the ball on the downward flight to basket. The goal shall not count. (OBR Art. 31.2.1.) (R1510)
1505
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball rolls on the ring when B1 touches the ball. This is an interference violation by B1.
NO Interference violation occurs only when, after the shot for a goal, a player touches basket or backboard (not a ball) while the ball is in contact with the ring. (OBR Art. 31.2.4.) (R1511)
1506
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball rebounds and returns on the ring when B4 touches the net. This is an interference violation by B4.
YES Interference violation occurs when, after a shot for a goal, a player touches the basket (ring or net) while the ball is in contact with the ring. (OBR Art. 31.2.4.) (R1512)
1507
A1 attempts a shot for a 2-point goal. The ball turns around the ring with the slightest part within the basket when A2 touches the ball. This is an interference violation by A2. (R1513)
NO The ball is within the basket when the slightest part of the ball is within and below the level of the ring. However, the offensive player may touch the ball. (OBR Art. 31.2.4) (R1513
1508
A1 attempts a shot for a 2-point goal. The ball turns around the ring with the slightest part within the basket when B3 touches the ball. This is an interference violation by B3.
YES Interference occurs when a defensive player touches the ball while it is within the basket. (OBR Art. 31.2.4) (R1514)
1509
A1 attempts a shot for a 2-point goal. The game clock signal sounds for end the quarter while the ball turns around the ring with the slightest part within the basket. After the game clock sounds A2 touches the ball. This is an interference violation by A2. (R1515)
YES After the game clock signal sounds for the end of the quarter, the ball becomes dead immediately when it is touched by a player of either team. (OBR Art. 10.3) (31-27) (R1515)
1510
A1 attempts a shot for a 2-point goal. The game clock signal sounds for end the quarter while the ball turns around the ring with the slightest part within the basket. After the game clock sounds B3 touches the ball. This is an interference violation by B3. (R1516)
YES After the game clock signal sounds for the end of the quarter, the ball becomes dead immediately when it is touched by a player of either team. (OBR Art. 10.3) (31-27) (R1516)
1511
A1 in a 2-point goal area passes the ball to A2. B1 reaches through the basket from below and touches the ball. A1 shall be awarded 2 points. (R1517)
YES Interference occurs when a player reaches through the basket from below and touches the ball. If the violation is committed by the defensive player when the ball was released from the 2-point goal area, the offensive team shall be awarded 2 points. (OBR Art. 31.2.4. and 31.3.2) (R1517)
1512
A shot for a free throw ends when the ball touches the ring
YES A shot for a free throw ends when the ball touches the ring. (OBR Art. 31.2.1.) (R1518)
1513
B1 commits a personal foul against dribbler A1. This is the B1's 5th personal foul and the 3rd team B foul in the quarter. B1 shall be disqualified. (R1519)
NO A foul is an infraction of the rules concerning illegal personal contact and/or unsportsmanlike behaviour. During the playing time, a team member is an excluded (not a disqualified) player when that player has committed 5 fouls and is no longer entitled to play. (OBR Art. 32.1.1. and 4.3.1) (R1519)
1514
A team can be disqualified for committing too many fouls. (R1520)
NO Any number of fouls may be called against a team. A team shall lose a game by default if, during the game, the team has fewer than 2 players on the court ready to play. (OBR Art. 32.1.2 and 21.1.) (R1520)
1515
During the same dead ball period, any number of fouls may be called on 1 team. (R1521)
YES Any number of fouls may be called against a team. In the same game clock stopped period , special situations may arise when additional infractions are committed. (OBR Art. 32.1.2 and 42.1) (R1521)
1516
A defensive player is considered in an initial legal guarding position when facing an opponent and has both feet on the court. (R1522)
YES A defensive player has established an initial legal guarding position when facing an opponent and has both feet on the court. (OBR Art. 33.3) (R1522)
1517
B1 jumps vertically with the arms extended directly above. A1 shall be responsible if contact with B1 occurs.
YES The legal guarding position extends vertically above the defensive player (cylinder) from the court to the ceiling. A1 shall be responsible if an illegal contact with B1 occurs. (OBR Art. 33.3) (R1523)
1518
In a charge/block situation, B1 moves forwards and contact with A3 occurs. B1 shall be responsible for the contact.
YES The defensive player may remain stationary, jump vertically, move laterally or backwards (not forwards) in order to maintain the initial legal guarding position. (OBR Art. 33.4) (R1524)
1519
B2 establishes an initial legal guarding position on dribbler A2. B2 then moves laterally to maintain a legal guarding position when A2 contact against B2's torso occurs. B2 shall be charged with a defensive foul.
NO The defensive player may remain stationary, move laterally or backwards in order to maintain the initial legal guarding position. (OBR Art. 33.4) (R1525)
1520
B2 establishes an initial legal guarding position on dribbler A2. B2 then moves laterally to maintain a legal guarding position when A2 contact aganist B2's torso occurs. A2 shall be charged with an offensive foul.
YES The defensive player may remain stationary, move laterally or backwards in order to maintain the initial legal guarding position. (OBR Art. 33.4) (R1526)
1521
When guarding a player with the ball, the "elements of time and distance" shall apply. (R1527)
NO When guarding a player who controls (holding or dribbling) the ball, the elements of time and distance shall not apply. (OBR Art. 33.4) (R1527)
1522
A1 with the ball must expect to be guarded and must be prepared to stop or change the direction whenever B1 takes an initial legal guarding position in front of A1, even if this is done within a fraction of a second. (R1528)
YES The player with the ball must expect to be guarded and must be prepared to stop or change the direction whenever an opponent takes an initial legal guarding position in front of that player, even if this is done within a fraction of a second. (OBR Art. 33.4) (R1528)
1523
A4 holding the ball is closely guarded by B4. B4 stands so close to A4 that A4 does not have sufficient room to pivot. B4 shall be responsible if contact occurs. (R1529)
NO The player with the ball must expect to be guarded whenever an opponent takes an initial legal guarding position in front of that player. (OBR Art. 33.4) (R1529)
1524
In a block/charge situation, B3's feet are not on the court when contact occurs. B3 shall be responsible for the contact.
NO
1525
B1 establishes a legal guarding position when A1 drives towards the basket. At the very last moment, B1 turns within the cylinder to be protected. A1's contact against B1's shoulder and back occurs. B1 shall be charged with a defensive foul. (R1531)
NO
1526
B1 establishes a legal guarding position when A1 jumps forwards on the shot for a goal. B1 jumps within the cylinder and A1 contacts B1 against torso. A1 shall be charged with a team control foul. (R1532)
YES The defensive player may jump vertically in order to maintain the initial legal guarding position. (OBR Art. 33.4) (R1532)
1527
B1 establishes a legal guarding position when A1 jumps forwards on a shot for a goal. B1 jumps within the cylinder and A1 contacts B1 against torso. B1 shall be charged with a defensive foul. (R1533)
NO The defensive player may jump vertically in order to maintain the initial legal guarding position. (OBR Art. 33.4) (R1533)
1528
B1 establishes a legal guarding position when A1 jumps forwards on the shot for a goal. B1 moves a little forward to A1. A1s contacts B1 against torso. B1 shall be charged with a defensive foul.
YES The defensive player may remain stationary, move laterally or backwards but not towards the player with the ball. (OBR Art. 33.4) (R1534)
1529
A2 drives towards the basket on a shot for a goal. B2 establishes an initial legal guarding position and then moves laterally. A2 contacts B2 against torso. B2 shall be charged with a defensive foul. (R1535)
NO When guarding a player who controls (holding or dribbling) the ball, the elements of time and distance shall not apply. (OBR Art. 33.4) (R1535)
1530
A2 without the ball must expect to be guarded and must be prepared to stop or change the direction whenever B2 takes an initial legal guarding position in front of A2, even if this is done within a fraction of a second.
NO When guarding a player who does not control the ball, the elements of time and distance shall apply. (OBR Art. 33.5) (R1536)
1531
The same principle shall apply for the defensive player when guarding a player with the ball and guarding a player without the ball. (R1537)
NO When guarding a player who controls (holding or dribbling) the ball, the elements of time and distance shall not apply. When guarding a player who does not control the ball, the elements of time and distance shall apply. (OBR Art. 33.5) (R1537)
1532
When guarding a player without the ball, the "elements of time and distance" shall apply. (R1538)
YES When guarding a player who does not control the ball, the elements of time and distance shall apply. (OBR Art. 33.5) (R1538)
1533
A1 jumped in the air from a place on the court. A1 has the right to land at the same place. (R1539)
YES A player who has jumped into the air from a place on the court has the right to land at the same place. (OBR Art. 33.6) (R1539)
1534
A1 jumped in the air from a place on the court. A1 has the right to land on any place on the court provided that the landing place and the direct path between the take-off and landing place is not already occupied by an opponent(s) at the time of take-off. (R1540)
YES A player who has jumped into the air from a place on the court has the right to land on another place on the court provided that the landing place and the direct path between the take-off and landing place is not already occupied by an opponent(s) at the time of take-off. (OBR Art. 33.6) (R1540)
1535
B1 establishes an initial legal guarding position. A1 jumps towards the basket. The direct path between A1's take-off and landing place is not occupied by B1 at the time of A1's take-off. B1 moves laterally and A1 contacts B1 against torso. B1 shall be charged with a defensive foul. (R1541)
YES A player who has jumped into the air from a place on the court has the right to land on another place on the court provided that the landing place and the direct path between the take-off and landing place is not already occupied by an opponent(s) at the time of take-off. (OBR Art. 33.6) (R1541)
1536
B1 establishes an initial legal guarding position. A1 jumps towards the basket. The direct path between A1's take-off and landing place is not occupied by B1 at the time of A1's take-off. B1 moves laterally and A1 contacts B1 against torso. A1 shall be charged with a team control foul.
NO
1537
B1 establishes an initial legal guarding position. A1 jumps towards the basket. The direct path between A1's take-off and landing place is not occupied by B1 at the time of A1's take-off. B1 moves under A1 to prevent A1 from rebounding. B1 contact causes A1 to fall on the court on the back. B1 shall be charged with an unsportsmanlike foul. (R1543)
YES
1538
For a screen to be considered legal, the screener must be stationary and must have both feet on the court when contact occurs.
YES
1539
For a screen to be considered legal, the screener must be stationary when contact occurs. (R1545)
YES
1540
A screener may move laterally or backwards without being responsible for the contact. (R1546)
NO Legal screen is when the player who is screening an opponent was stationary (inside the cylinder) and had both feet on the court when contact occurred. (OBR Art. 33.7) (R1546)
1541
A2 screener is moving but B1 avoids contact. A2 shall be charged with a team control foul. (R1547)
NO
1542
B2 moves on the court. A3 screener must apply the "elements of time and distance". (R1548)
YES If the opponent is in motion, the elements of time and distance shall apply. (OBR Art. 33.7) (R1548)
1543
A3 is setting a screen outside the field of vision of B2 stationary on the court. A3 must give B2 sufficient space, if B2 starts to move.
YES
1544
A3 is setting a screen (front or lateral) within the field of vision of B2 stationary on the court. A3 must give B2 sufficient space, if B2 starts to move.
NO If the screen is set within the field of vision of a stationary opponent (front or lateral), the screener may establish the screen as close as possible to the opponent, provided there is no contact. (OBR Art. 33.7) (R1550)
1545
A3 is setting a screen (front or lateral) within the field of vision of B2 stationary on the court. A3 may establish the screen as close to B2 as he wishes, provided there is no contact.
YES If the screen is set within the field of vision of a stationary opponent (front or lateral), the screener may establish the screen as close as possible to the opponent, provided there is no contact. (OBR Art. 33.7) (R1551)
1546
A3 is setting a screen outside the field of vision of B2 stationary on the court. A3 must permit B2 to take 1 normal step towards the screen, without making contact.
YES If the screen is set outside the field of vision of a stationary opponent, the screener must permit the opponent to take 1 normal step towards the screen, without making contact. (OBR Art. 33.7) (R1552)
1547
A3 is setting a screen outside the field of vision of B2 stationary on the court. A3 must permit B2 to take 2 normal steps towards the screen, without making contact.
NO If the screen is set outside the field of vision of a stationary opponent, the screener must permit the opponent to take 1 normal step towards the screen, without making contact. (OBR Art. 33.7) (R1553)
1548
A3 is setting a screen on B2 who is in motion. A3 must give B2 enough place to avoid the screen by stopping or changing direction. (R1554)
YES If the opponent is in motion, the elements of time and distance shall apply. The screener must leave enough place so that the player, who is being screened is able to avoid the screen by stopping or changing direction. (OBR Art. 33.7) (R1554)
1549
A4 drives towards the basket in the act of shooting. Instead of completing the shot, A4 passes the ball to A5 who is standing in the corner of the court. A4 then charges against B4 who is inside the no-charge semi-circle area. A4 shall be charged with a team control foul.
NO The no-charge semi-circle rule shall apply when an offensive player in control of the ball in the air passes off the ball and the defensive player has 1 foot or both feet in contact with the no-charge semi-circle area. (OBR Art. 33.10) (R1555)
1550
A1 drives towards the basket in the act of shooting. Instead of completing the shot, A1 passes the ball to A2 who is directly following him. A1 then charges against B1 who is inside the no-charge semi-circle area. At the same time, A2 drives towards the basket in the act of shooting. A1 shall be charged with a team control foul. (R1556)
YES The no-charge semi-circle rule shall not be applied when an offensive player uses the body for a team-mate to clear the way to the basket. (OBR Art. 33.10) (R1556)
1551
A4's shot for a goal rebounds from the ring. A5 jumps, catches the ball in the air and charges against B4 who is in a legal guarding position inside the no-charge semi-circle area. A5 shall be charged with a team control foul.
YES The no-charge semi-circle rule shall apply when an offensive player is in the air on the penetration play (not on a rebounding). (OBR Art. 33.10) (R1557)
1552
A4 dribbles along the endline and jumps backwards from behind the backboard. A4 charges against B4 who is in a legal guarding position inside the no-charge semi-circle area. A4 shall be charged with a team control foul.
YES The no-charge semi-circle rule shall not be applied. An offensive player has entered the no-charge semi-circle from the court behind the backboard. (OBR Art. 33.10) (OBRI 33-5) (R1558)
1553
In setting a screen outside the field of vision of a stationary opponent, the screener may be positioned as close as possible to the screened player.
NO If the screen is set outside the field of vision of a stationary opponent, the screener must permit the opponent to take 1 normal step towards the screen, without making contact. (OBR Art. 33.7.) (R1559)
1554
B1 has established an initial legal guarding position when facing A1 and has 1 foot on the court.
NO 0
1555
A1 drives towards the basket and while in the air, A1 makes an illegal contact with the leg against B1 who is in a legal guarding position with 1 foot inside the no-charge semi-circle area. This is a team control foul by A1. (R1561)
YES On any penetration play into the no-charge semi-circle area, any contact of the offensive player in the air with a defensive player shall not be called as a team control foul, unless the offensive player is using the legs illegally. (OBR Art. 33.10.) (R1561)
1556
A1 drives towards the basket and while in the air, A1 makes an illegal contact with the leg against B1 who is in a legal guarding position with both feet inside the no-charge semi-circle area. This is a team control foul by A1. (R1562)
YES On any penetration play into the no-charge semi-circle area, any contact of the offensive player in the air with a defensive player shall not be called as a team control foul, unless the offensive player is using the legs illegally. (OBR Art. 33.10.) (R1562)
1557
A1 attempts a jump shot. While in the air, B1 takes a position directly under A1. A1 returns to the court and contacts B1. This is a team control foul by A1.
NO
1558
B1 has established the initial legal guarding position. B1 may move laterally into the path of dribbler A1 without taking the time or distance into consideration. (R1564)
YES When guarding a player who controls (holding or dribbling) the ball, the elements of time and distance shall not apply. (OBR Art. 33.4.) (R1564)
1559
A1 with the ball is closely guarded by B1 who has both feet on the court and facing A1. A1 pivots and contacts B1 against torso. This is a team control foul by A1.
YES If by guarding the player with the ball the defensive player establishes the legal guarding position and the offensive player contacts the defensive player against torso, the contact shall be considered as having been caused by the player with the ball. (OBR Art. 33.4.) (R1565)
1560
The only criteria that the screen shall be considered legal, the screener must face the opponent when contact occurs.
NO Legal screen is when a player who is screening an opponent was stationary (inside his cylinder) and had both feet on the court when the contact occurs. (OBR Art. 33.7.) (R1566)
1561
In establishing a legal guarding position on a moving offensive player with the ball, the defensive player must allow sufficient time and distance for an offensive player to stop or change direction before contact occurs.
NO
1562
A1 is setting a screen on B1. A1 must face B1 for a screen to be considered legal. (R1568)
NO Legal screen is when a player who is screening an opponent was stationary (inside the cylinder) and had both feet on the court when contact occurs. (OBR Art. 33.7) (R1568
1563
A3 with the ball in the hands is closely guarded by B2. B2 must give A3 sufficient space to pivot. (R1569)
NO When guarding a player who holds the ball, the elements of time and distance shall not apply. (OBR Art. 33.4.) (R1569)
1564
B4 has established an initial legal guarding position in front of A4. A4 jumps on a shot for a goal. B4 jumps vertically with the arms extended directly above. In releasing the ball, A4's arm movement causes contact with B4's arms. This is a defensive foul by B4. (R1570)
NO The defensive player must not be penalised for leaving the court vertically (within the cylinder) or having the arms extended above within own cylinder. (OBR Art. 33.2.) (R1570)
1565
A5 holding the ball is closely guarded by B5. B4 comes to assist B5 and establishes the initial guarding position inside A5's cylinder. A5 attempts a normal basketball play and contacts B4 against torso. This is a defensive foul by B4.
YES The defensive player may not enter the cylinder of the offensive player with the ball and cause an illegal contact when the offensive player is attempting a normal basketball play within the cylinder. (OBR Art. 33.1.) (R1571)
1566
A5 holding the ball is closely guarded by B5. B4 comes to assist B5 and establishes the initial guarding position outside A5's cylinder. A5 attempts a normal basketball play and contacts B4 against torso. This is a defensive foul by B4.
NO When judging a charge/block situation involving a player with the ball the contact must occur against torso, in which case the defensive player would be considered as having been at the place of contact first. Charging is illegal personal contact by moving into an opponent's torso. (OBR Art. 33.4. and 33.8.) (R1572)
1567
"A1 holding the ball in front of the body with elbows and arms extended, excessively swings the elbow towards B1 who is standing outside of A1's cylinder. A1 is not rotating within the cylinder and no contact with B1's occurs. The referee calls a technical foul against A1. " (R1573)
YES If a technical foul is committed, the opponents shall be awarded 1 free throw. (OBR Art. 36.3.1. and 36.3.2.) (R1655)
1568
"A1 holding the ball in front of the body with elbows and arms extended, contacts with the elbow B1 who is standing outside A1's cylinder. This is a team control foul by A1."
YES During the game each player has the right to occupy any position (cylinder) on the court not already occupied by an opponent. A foul is an infraction of the rules concerning illegal personal contact with an opponent. (OBR Art. 33.2. and 32.1.1.) (R1574)
1569
"A1 holding the ball in front of the body with elbows and arms extended, contacts with the elbow B1 who is standing inside A1's cylinder. This is a defensive foul by B1."
YES The defensive player may not enter the cylinder of the offensive player with the ball and cause an illegal contact when the offensive player is attempting a normal basketball play within the cylinder. (OBR Art. 33.2.) (R1575)
1570
B1 is in the legal guarding position. A1 attempts a jump shoot for a goal. While A1 still in the air, B1 moves forward under A1's cylinder and contact occurs. This is an unsportsmanlike foul by B1.
YES During the game each player has the right to occupy any position (cylinder) on the court not already occupied by an opponent. An unsportsmanlike foul is a player contact which is an excessive contact caused by a player on the opponent. (OBR Art. 33.2. and 37.1.1.) (R1576)
1571
B1 fouls A1 on the shot for a 3-point goal. The ball does not enter the basket. A1 shall be awarded 2 free throws.
NO If the foul is committed against a player in the act of shooting from the 3-point goal area and the shot is unsuccessful, the shooter shall be awarded 3 free throws. (OBR Art. 34.2.2) (R1577)
1572
A4 shot for a goal is in the air when B5 fouls A5. This is the 3rd team B foul in the quarter. The ball enters the basket. A4's goal shall count. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in.
YES If the foul is committed against non-shooter A5, A4's goal, if made shall count. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where B5's foul occurred. (OBR Art. 34.2.1. and 10.4.) (R1578)
1573
With 55 seconds on the game clock, thrower-in A1 has the ball in the hands when B2 contacts A2 on the court. An unsportsmanlike foul shall be called automatically against B2. A2 shall attempt 2 free throws. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. Team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (R1579)
NO This is a throw-in foul. If a throw-in foul is committed, the player who was fouled shall be awarded 1 free throw. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where B2's foul occurred. (OBR Art. 34.1.2 and 34.2.3) (R1579)
1574
With 55 seconds on the game clock, thrower-in A1 has the ball in the hands when B2 commits a personal foul against A2 the court. This is the 5th team B foul in the 4th period. A2 shall attempt 2 free throws. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. Team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock.
NO This is a throw-in foul. If a throw-in foul is committed, the player who was fouled shall be awarded 1 free throw, regardless whether team B is already in the team penalty situation or not. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where B2's foul occurred. (OBR Art. 34.1.2 and 34.2.3) (R1580)
1575
With 1:31 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, thrower-in A1 has the ball in the hands or at the disposal. B2 contacts A2 on the court before the ball is released. The referee calls a personal throw-in foul against B2.
YES A throw-in foul is a personal foul, committed when the game clock shows 2 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, by a defensive player against an opponent on the court when the ball is in the hands or at the disposal of the thrower-in. (OBR Art. 34.1.2) (R1581)
1576
With 1:31 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, thrower-in A1 has the ball in the hands or at the disposal. B2 contacts A2 on the court before the ball is released. The referee calls a personal throw-in foul against B2. A2 shall be awarded 2 free throws. (R1582)
NO If a throw-in foul is committed, the player who was fouled shall be awarded 1 free throw. The game shall be resumed with a throw-in by the non-offending team from the place nearest to where B2's foul occurred. (OBR Art. 34.2.3) (R1582)
1577
With 1:24 on the game clock in the fourth quarter and after a successful free throw by B1, A1 has the ball in the hands or at the disposal for a throw-in from behind the endline. B2 contacts A2 on the court before the ball is released. B2 is charged with a personal throw-in foul. (R1583)
YES A2 shall attempt 1 free-throw with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where B2’s foul occurred. If from behind the endline, team A thrower-in shall not have the right to move along the endline from the designated throw-in place before releasing the ball into the court. (OBR Art. 34.2.3) (R1583)
1578
With 58 seconds on the game clock in the fourth quarter and after a successful free throw by B1, A1 has the ball in the hands or at the disposal for a throw-in from behind the endline. B2 contacts A2 in the team A frontcourt before the ball is released. B2 is charged with a personal throw-in foul. This is the 5th team B foul in the quarter. A2 shall attempt 2 free throws. (R1584)
NO Regardless of the number of the team B fouls in the quarter, A2 shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where B2’s foul occurred. (OBR Art. 34.2.3) (R1584)
1579
With 58 seconds on the game clock in the fourth quarter and after a successful free throw by B1, A1 has the ball in the hands or at the disposal for a throw-in from behind the endline. B2 contacts A2 in the team A frontcourt before the ball is released. B2 is charged with a personal throw-in foul. A2 shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the frontcourt, with 14 seconds on the shot clock. (R1585)
YES A2 shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where B2’s foul occurred. Team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 34.2.3) (R1585)
1580
B4 fouls A1 on a shot for a 2-point goal. The ball does not enter the basket. A1 shall be awarded 2 free throws. (R1586)
YES If the foul is committed against a player in the act of shooting from the 2-point goal area and the shot is unsuccessful, the shooter shall be awarded 2 free throws. (OBR Art. 34.2.2) (R1586)
1581
B1 fouls A1 on a shot for a 3-point goal. While the ball is on the downward flight, B2 commits a goaltending violation. A1 shall be awarded 3 points. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from behind the endline. (R1587)
NO If the foul is committed against the player in the act of shooting and the defensive goaltending occurs, the goal shall count and the shooter shall be awarded 1 additional free throw. (OBR Art. 34.2.2 and 31.3.2) (R1587)
1582
B1 fouls A1 on a shot for a 3-point goal. While the ball is on the downward flight, B2 commits a goaltending violation. A1 shall be awarded 3 points. A1 shall be awarded 1 additional free throw.
YES If the foul is committed against the player in the act of shooting and the defensive goaltending occurs, the goal shall count and the shooter shall be awarded 1 free throw. (OBR Art. 34.2.2 and 31.3.2) (R1588)
1583
A4 scores a goal when B5 pushes A5. B5 shall be charged with a technical foul. (R1589)
NO A technical foul is a player non-contact foul of a behavioural nature. (OBR Art. 34.1.1 and 36.2.1) (R1589)
1584
B1 fouls A1 on a shot for a 3-point goal. The ball does not enter the basket. A1 shall be awarded 3 free throws. (R1590)
YES If the foul is committed against a player in the act of shooting from the 3-point goal area and the shot is unsuccessful, the shooter shall be awarded 3 free throws. (OBR Art. 34.2.2) (R1590)
1585
B1 fouls A1 on a shot for a 2-point goal. The ball enters the basket. A1's goal shall count. A1 shall be awarded 1 free throw. (R1591)
YES If the foul is committed against a player in the act of shooting from the 2-point goal and the shot is successful, the goal shall count and the shooter shall be awarded 1 additional free throw. (OBR Art. 34.2.2) (R1591)
1586
B1 fouls A1 on a shot for a 2-point goal. The ball enters the basket. A1's goal shall count. A1 shall be awarded 2 free throws
NO If the foul is committed against a player in the act of shooting from the 2-point goal and the shot is successful, the goal shall count and the shooter shall be awarded 1 additional free throw. (OBR Art. 34.2.2) (R1592)
1587
A1 shot for a goal is in the air when A2 and B2 commit a double foul. The ball enters the basket. This is a jump ball situation. (R1593)
NO If at approximately the same time when the double foul occurs a valid goal is scored, the ball shall be awarded to the non-scoring team for a throw-in from any place behind that team's endline. (OBR Art. 35.2) (R1593)
1588
A1 shot for a goal is in the air when A2 and B2 commit a double foul. The ball enters the basket. Team A has 2 team fouls and team B has 3 team fouls in the quarter. The game shall be resumed with a jump ball.
NO A double foul is a situation in which 2 opponents commit personal or unsportsmanlike/disqualifying fouls against each other at approximately the same time. If at approximately the same time as the double foul a valid goal is scored, the ball shall be awarded to the non-scoring (B) team for a throw-in from any place behind that team's endline. (OBR Art. 35.1.1. and 35.2)
1589
A1 shot for a goal is in the air when A1 and B1 commit a double foul. The ball enters the basket. Team A has 6 team fouls and team B has 7 team fouls in the quarter. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from any place behind the endline. (R1595)
YES A double foul is a situation in which 2 opponents commit personal or unsportsmanlike/disqualifying fouls against each other at approximately the same time. If at approximately the same time as the double foul a valid goal is scored, the ball shall be awarded to the non-scoring (B) team for a throw-in from any place behind that team's endline. (OBR Art. 35.1.1 and 35.2) (R1595)
1590
Team A has 2 team fouls and team B has 6 team fouls in the quarter. Dribbler A1 and B1 are now charged with the personal fouls on each other at approximately same time. This is a double foul.
YES A double foul is a situation in which 2 opponents commit personal or unsportsmanlike/disqualifying fouls against each other at approximately the same time. Both fouls are personal fouls. The game shall be resumed with a team A (which had a control of the ball when the double foul occurred) throw-in from the place nearest to where the double foul occurred. (OBR Art. 35.1.1 and 35.2)
1591
A1 shot for a goal is in the air when at approximately the same time A1 and B1 contact each other. A1 is charged with an unsportsmanlike foul against B1 and B1 is charged with a disqualifying contact foul against A1. The ball enters the basket. Team A has 2 team fouls and team B has 6 team fouls in the quarter. This is a double foul. (R1597)
YES A double foul is a situation in which 2 opponents commit personal or unsportsmanlike/disqualifying fouls against each other at approximately the same time. Both fouls are unsportsmanlike/disqualifying fouls. If at approximately the same time as the double foul a valid goal is scored, the ball shall be awarded to the non-scoring (B) team for a throw-in from any place behind that team's endline. (OBR Art. 35.1.1. and 35.2.) (R1597)
1592
B1 fouls A1 on a shot for a 2-point goal. The ball is in the air when A2 is charged with a technical foul. The ball does not enter the basket. Any team B player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. A1 shall attempt 2 free throws. The game shall be resumed as after any last free throw.
YES This is not a double foul as both fouls are not between the same 2 opponents fouling each other. The penalty for a technical foul (1 free throw) shall be administered first. The penalty for the foul on the shooter shall be administered second. The game shall continue as after any last free throw. (OBR Art. 35.1.2 and 36.3.2.)
1593
At approximately the same time, A2 and B2 commit the technical fouls by verbally abusing each other. This is a double foul. (R1599)
NO A double foul is a situation in which 2 opponents commit a personal or unsportsmanlike/disqualifying fouls which involve the physical contact. The technical foul is a player non-contact foul. (OBR Art. 35.1.2. and 36.2.) (R1599)
1594
B3 fouls A3. This is the 3rd team B foul in the quarter. Before the ball is placed at the thrower-in A3's disposal, A4 and B4 illegally contact each other. This is a double foul.
YES If at approximately the same time as the double foul occurred a team A was entitled to the ball, the ball shall be awarded to the team A for a throw-in from the place nearest to where B3's foul occurred. (OBR Art. 35.2 and 42.2.3) (R1600)
1595
A3 is in the act of shooting for a goal when A4 and B4 illegally contact each other. This is a double foul. The ball enters the basket. A3's goal shall count. (R1601)
NO The ball becomes dead when a referee blows the whistle while the ball is live (when A3 had the ball still in the hands). The goal shall not count. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the free-throw line extended. (OBR Art. 35.2 and 10.3.) (R1601)
1596
A4 is awarded 2 free throws. After the 1st free throw, A5 and B5 commit a double foul. A4 shall attempt the 2nd free throw. The game shall be resumed according to the alternating possession procedure. (R1602)
NO In the same game clock stopped period, additional infractions may occur. All double foul penalties shall be cancelled and considered as never occurred. A4 shall attempt the second free throw. The game shall continue as after any last free throw. (OBR Art. 35.2 and 42.2.3) (R1602)
1597
A4 is awarded 2 free throws. After the 1st free throw, A5 and B5 commit a double foul. A4 shall attempt the 2nd free throw. The game shall be resumed as after any last free throw. (R1603)
YES In the same game clock stopped period, additional infractions may occur. All double foul penalties shall be cancelled and considered as never occurred. A4 shall attempt the second free throw. The game shall continue as after any last free throw. (OBR Art. 35.2 and 42.2.3) (R1603)
1598
A1's shot for a goal passes through the basket when A4 and B4 commit a double foul. This is a jump ball situation. (R1604)
NO If at approximately the same time as the double foul occurs a valid goal is scored, the ball shall be awarded to the non-scoring team (B) for a throw-in from any place behind team B endline. (OBR Art. 35.2) (R1604)
1599
B1 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against dribbler A4. While the ball is in the air on A4's 2nd free throw, A5 and B5 commit a double foul. The ball enters the basket. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in.
NO The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt, as part of the B1's unsportsmanlike foul penalty. (OBR Art. 35.2 and 37.2.2.) (R1605)
1600
A4's shot for a goal is in the air when A5 and B5 commit a double foul. The ball enters the basket. A4's goal shall count. The game shall be resumed according to the alternation possession procedure. (R1606)
NO If at approximately the same time as the double foul occurs a valid goal is scored, the ball shall be awarded to the non-scoring team (B) for a throw-in from any place behind team B endline. (OBR Art. 35.2) (R1606)
1601
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when A3 and B3 commit a double foul. The ball does not enter the basket. This is a jump ball situation. (R1607)
YES If at approximately the same time as the double foul occurs neither team had control of the ball nor was entitled to the ball, a jump ball situation occurs. (OBR Art. 35.2) (R1607)
1602
A1 passes the ball to A2 when A3 and B3 commit a double foul. This is a jump ball situation.
NO If at approximately the same time as the double foul occurs a team had control of the ball, the ball shall be awarded to that team (A) for a throw-in from the place nearest to where the double foul occurred. (OBR Art. 35.2) (R1608)
1603
A1 passes the ball to A2 when A3 and B3 commit a double foul. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in.
YES If at approximately the same time as the double foul occurs a team had control of the ball, the ball shall be awarded to that team (A) for a throw-in from the place nearest to where the double foul occurred. (OBR Art. 35.2) (R1609)
1604
Before either team established the control of the ball during a jump ball between A1 and B1, the non-jumpers A2 and B2 commit a double foul. The game shall be resumed with a new jump ball between A2 and B2. (R1610)
YES
1605
A4 is holding the ball in the frontcourt when A5 and B5 commit a double foul. The arrow favours team B. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in according to the alternating possession procedure. (R1611)
NO
1606
A1's last free throw is in the air when A2 and B2 commit a double foul. The ball enters the basket. This is a jump ball situation.
NO If at approximately the same time as the double foul occurs a valid last free throw is scored, the ball shall be awarded to the non-scoring team (B) for a throw-in from any place behind team B endline. (OBR Art. 35.2) (R1612)
1607
A1 dribbles in the backcourt when A5 and B5 start to fight each other in team A frontcourt. A referee calls a double foul and disqualifies both players. The game shall be resumed with a team A frontcourt throw-in from the place nearest to where A1 dribbled.
NO If at approximately the same time as the double foul occurs a team had control of the ball, the ball shall be awarded to that team (A) for a throw-in from the place nearest to where the double foul occurred. (OBR Art. 35.2. and 39.3.3.) (R1613)
1608
After a jump ball, A5 gains control of the ball on the court. Almost immediately A2 and B2 commit a double foul. The game shall be resumed with a new jump ball. (R1614)
NO If at approximately the same time as the double foul occurs a team had control of the ball, the ball shall be awarded to that team (A) for a throw-in from the place nearest to where the double foul occurred. (OBR Art. 35.2.) (R1614)
1609
A1's last free throw is in the air when A2 and B2 commit a double foul. The ball enters the basket. The arrow favours team A. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the centre line extended, opposite the scorer's table. (R1615)
NO If at approximately the same time as the double foul occurs a valid last free throw is scored, the ball shall be awarded to the non-scoring team (B) for a throw-in from any place behind team B endline. (OBR Art. 35.2. ) (R1615)
1610
With 7 seconds on the shot clock, A4 dribbles in the frontcourt when a double foul between A1 and B1 in the frontcourt occurs. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in, with 24 seconds on the shot clock. (R1616)
NO The game shall be resumed with a team A frontcourt throw-in from the place nearest to where the double foul occurred. Team A shall have only whatever time remaining on the shot clock (7 seconds) when the double foul occurred. (OBR Art. 50.2.) (R1616)
1611
A4 and B4 commit technical fouls for disrespectfully communicating with each other. This is a double foul. (R1617)
NO A double foul is a situation in which 2 opponents commit personal or unsportsmanlike/disqualifying fouls against each other at approximately same time. A technical foul is a player non-contact foul. (OBR Art. 35.1.2. and 36.2.1) (R1617)
1612
A1's last free throw is in the air when A4 and B4 commit a double foul. The ball enters the basket. The game shall be resumed according to the alternating possession procedure. (R1618)
NO
1613
B1 commits a personal foul against A1. This is the 3rd team B foul in the quarter. Following B1's foul, A1 commits (not at approximately same time) an unsportsmanlike foul against B1. This is a double foul. (R1619)
NO A double foul is the situation in which 2 opponents commit personal or unsportsmanlike/disqualifying fouls against each other at approximately the same time. (OBR Art. 35.1.1) (R1619)
1614
A4's shot for a goal rebounds from the ring when A3 and B5 commit a double foul. The ball does not enter the basket. This is a jump ball situation. (R1620)
YES If at approximately the same time as the double foul occurs neither team had control of the ball nor was entitled to the ball, a jump ball situation occurs. (OBR Art. 35.2.) (R1620)
1615
A1 dribbles in the frontcourt close to the endline when B2 and A1 start to fight each other. Both players are disqualified. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where the ball was located when the fouls occurred. (R1621)
NO If at approximately the same time as the double foul occurs a team had control of the ball, the ball shall be awarded to that team (A) for a throw-in from the place nearest to where the double foul occurred. (OBR Art. 35.2.) (R1621)
1616
At approximately same time, A1 commits a personal foul and B1 commits a disqualifying foul. This is a double fou
NO To be considered as a double foul, both fouls must be either personal or unsportsmanlike/disqualifying fouls. (OBR Art. 35.1.2.)
1617
At approximately same time, A1 commits a personal foul and B1 commits an unsportsmanlike foul. This is a double foul.
NO To be considered as a double foul, both fouls must be either personal or unsportsmanlike/disqualifying fouls. (OBR Art. 35.1.2.) (R1623)
1618
A1's last free throw is successful. Before the ball becomes live, A2 and B2 commit a double foul. The arrow favours team A. The game shall be resumed with a team A alternating possession throw-in.
NO If at approximately the same time as the double foul occurs a team was entitled to the ball, the ball shall be awarded to that team (B) for a throw-in from the place nearest to where the double foul occurred. (OBR Art. 35.2) (R1624)
1619
B1 fouls A1 during the drive to the baskets, called by one referee. At the same situation and at approximately same time, A1 fouls B1, called by an another referee. This is a double foul. (R1625)
YES A double foul is a situation in which 2 opponents commit personal fouls against each other at the approximately same time. Both fouls are personal player fouls, they involve physical contact and they are between the same 2 opponents. (OBR Art. 35.1.1 and 35.1.2.) (R1625)
1620
B1 fouls A1 during a shot for a goal, called by one referee. At approximately same time, A5 fouls B5 during a rebound, called by an another referee. This is a double foul. (R1626)
NO A double foul is a situation in which 2 opponents commit personal fouls against each other at the approximately same time. Both fouls are personal player fouls, they involve physical contact but they are not between the same 2 opponents. (OBR Art. 35.1.1 and 35.1.2.) (R1626)
1621
B1 fouls A1 during the drive to the basket. At approximately same time A1 fouls B1. This is a double foul. (R1627)
YES A double foul is a situation in which 2 opponents commit personal fouls against each other at approximately the same time. Both fouls are personal player fouls, they involve physical contact and they are between the same 2 opponents. (OBR Art. 35.1.1 and 35.1.2.) (R1627)
1622
B1 fouls A1 with the ball in the post play situation. At approximately same time, A1 makes an illegal elbow contact against B1. The referee calls personal foul against B1 and an unsportsmanlike foul against A1. This is a double foul. (R1628)
NO A double foul is a situation in which 2 opponents commit either 2 personal or 2 unsportsmanlike/disqualifying fouls against each other at the approximately same time. B1 foul is a personal foul and A1 foul is an unsportsmanlike foul. The referees shall apply special situations rule and the personal foul shall always be considered as having occurred first. (OBR Art. 35.1.1. and 35.1.2) (R1628)
1623
A1 and B1 start to fight. The referees disqualify both players. This is a double foul. (R1629)
YES A double foul is a situation in which 2 opponents commit disqualifying fouls against each other at approximately the same time. Both fouls are personal fouls, they involve physical contact and they are between the same 2 opponents. (OBR Art. 35.1.1. and 35.1.2.) (R1629)
1624
A1 hits B1 and B1 hits A1 back. The referees disqualify both players. This is a double foul. (R1630)
YES A double foul is a situation in which 2 opponents commit disqualifying fouls against each other at the approximately same time. Both fouls are personal player fouls, they involve physical contact and they are between the same 2 opponents. (OBR Art. 35.1.1. and 35.1.2) (R1630)
1625
B1 fouls A1 with the ball in the post play situation. At approximately same time, A1 makes an illegal elbow contact against B1's torso. The referee calls personal fouls on A1 and B1. This is a double foul. (R1631)
YES A double foul is a situation in which 2 opponents commit personal fouls against each other at the approximately same time. Both fouls are personal player fouls, they involve physical contact and they are between the same 2 opponents. (OBR Art. 35.1.1. and 35.1.2.) (R1631)
1626
B1 fouls A1 with the ball in the post play situation. Immediately after, A1 extensively swings the elbow towards B1, without any contact. The referee calls a personal foul against B1 and a technical foul against A1. This is a double foul. (R1632)
NO A double foul is a situation in which 2 opponents commit personal or unsportsmanlike/disqualifying fouls against each other at the approximately same time. One foul is a personal contact player foul and the other foul does not involve physical contact. (OBR Art. 35.1.1 and 35.1.2.) (R1632)
1627
A referee calls a technical foul against A1. At approximately same time, an another referee calls a technical foul against B1.This is a double foul. (R1633)
NO A double foul is a situation in which 2 opponents commit personal or unsportsmanlike/disqualifying fouls against each other at the approximately same time. The technical foul is not included in the double foul category. (OBR Art. 35.1.1. and 35.1.2) (R1633)
1628
B1 fouls A1, called by one referee. At the same situation and at approximately same time, A1 with the ball in the hands commits a team control foul against B1, called by an another referee. This is a double foul.
YES A double foul is a situation in which 2 opponents commit personal fouls against each other at the approximately same time. Both fouls are personal player fouls, they involve physical contact and they are between the same 2 opponents. (OBR Art. 35.1.1. and 35.1.2) (R1634)
1629
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when A2 and B2 commit a double foul. The ball enters basket. A1's goal shall count.
YES
1630
During the half-time interval A1 commits a technical foul. The arrow favours team A. Any team B player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. The second half shall start with a team A throw-in from the centre line extended.
YES After the free throw, the throw-in shall be administered by the team (A) which was entitled to the ball when the technical foul was called. (OBR Art. 36.3.2) (R1636)
1631
During the half-time interval B1 commits a technical foul. The arrow favours team B. Any team A player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. The second half shall start with a team B throw-in from the centre line extended.
YES After the free throw, the throw-in shall be administered by the team (B) which was entitled to the ball when the technical foul was called. (OBR Art. 36.3.2) (R1637)
1632
" During the half-time interval B1 commits a technical foul. The arrow favours team B. Any team A player shall attempt 1 free throw with no-line up. The second half shall start with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt."
NO
1633
A1 shot for a goal is in the air when B2 contacts illegally A2. The ball enters the basket. B2 shall be charged with a technical foul. (R1639)
NO B2 shall be charged with a personal foul. A technical foul is a player non-contact foul of a behavioural nature. (OBR Art. 36.2.1.) (R1639)
1634
B1 commits the 5th foul against dribbler A1. This is the 3rd team B foul in the quarter. After that, B1 commits a technical foul. Any team A player shall be awarded 1 free throw. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the centre line extended, opposite the scorer's table. (R1640)
NO After the 5th foul, B1 becomes an excluded player. Team B head coach shall be charged with a technical foul, entered as 'B'. Any team A player shall be awarded 1 free throw with no-line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where A1 dribbled. (OBR Art. 36.3.2) (R1640)
1635
B1 commits a technical foul during the half-time interval. The arrow favours team A. The 3rd quarter shall start with a team A alternating possession throw-in. (R1641)
YES If a technical foul is committed, the opponents shall be awarded 1 free throw. If neither team had control of the ball nor was entitled to the ball, a jump ball occurs. (OBR Art. 36.3.2) (R1641)
1636
Team A head coach is given a warning for disrespectfully communicating with the table officials. Later in the game, A1 dribbles when team A head coach again disrespectfully addresses the table officials, after which A2 scores a goal. Team A head coach is now charged with a technical foul. A2's goal shall not count. Any team B player shall be awarded 1 free throw with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the centre line extended, opposite the scorers' table. (R1642)
NO If an infraction is recognised after the ball becomes live, the game shall be stopped and a technical foul charged. The penalty shall be administered as if technical foul occurred at the time when charged. Whatever occurred during the interval between the infraction and the game being stopped shall remain valid. A2's goal shall count. Any team B player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from any place behind the endline. (OBR Art. 36.1.5 and 36.3.2.) (R1642)
1637
Team A head coach is given a warning for disrespectfully communicating with the table officials. Later in the game, A1 dribbles when team A head coach again disrespectfully addresses the table officials, after which A2 scores a goal. Team A head coach is now charged with a technical foul. A2's goal shall count. Any B player shall be awarded 1 free throw with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from any place behind its endline. (R1643)
YES
1638
Regardless of the number of the technical fouls called on 1 team in the same game clock stopped period, the penalty shall be 1 free throw. (R1644)
NO For each technical foul called, the opponents shall be awarded 1 free throw with no line-up. After the last free throw, the game shall be resumed with a throw-in by the team which was entitled to the ball when the first technical foul was called, from the place nearest to the place where the ball was located when the first technical foul was called. (OBR Art. 36.3.2. and 41.1.1) (R1644)
1639
A1 dribbles when A5 commits a technical foul for disrespectfully addressing a referee. A5 foul shall count as 1 of the team fouls. (R1645)
YES If a technical foul is committed by a player, a technical foul shall be charged against that player as a player's foul and shall count as 1 of the team fouls. (OBR Art. 36.3.1. and 41.1.1) (R1645)
1640
B5 is given a warning for interfering with a throw-in. Later B3 interferes with a throw-in. B3 shall be charged with a technical foul. (R1646)
YES The technical foul is a player non-contact foul for preventing a throw-in from being taken promptly. The referees may prevent technical fouls by giving warnings, unless there is repetition of the same infraction after the warning. (OBR Art. 36.2.1 and 36.1.4) (R1646)
1641
The player must raise the hand whenever a foul is called against that player. (R1647)
NO No. This rule is not valid anymore. (OBR Art. 0) (R1647)
1642
Excessive swinging of elbow(s) without a contact may be called as a technical foul. (R1648)
YES The technical foul is a player non-contact foul for excessive swinging of elbows. The referees may prevent technical fouls by giving warnings, unless there is a repetition of the same infraction after the warning. (OBR Art. 36.2.1 and 36.1.4) (R1648)
1643
To fake being fouled may be called as a technical foul. (R1649)
YES The technical foul is a player non-contact foul for a fake being fouled. The referees may prevent technical fouls by giving warnings, unless there is a repetition of the same infraction after the warning. (OBR Art. 36.2.1 and 36.1.4) (R1649)
1644
B2 commits a double dribble violation. Before the ball is awarded to thrower-in A3, A5 commits a technical foul. This is a team control foul. (R1650)
NO Any team B player shall be awarded 1 free throw with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where the game was stopped for the technical foul penalty. (OBR Art. 36.3.2.) (R1650)
1645
A head coach shall be game disqualified when charged with 2 technical fouls (C) as a result of the personal unsportsmanlike behaviour. (R1651)
YES A coach shall be game disqualified for the remainder of the game when charged with 2 technical fouls, entered as 'C' as a result of the personal unsportsmanlike behaviour. (OBR Art. 36.2.4) (R1651)
1646
Team A head coach is disqualified as a result of the 2nd 'C' technical foul for the personal unsportsmanlike behaviour. Any team B player(s) shall attempt 1 free throw, followed by the additional 2 free throws and a throw-in from the centre line extended, opposite the scorer's table. (R1652)
NO If a head coach is disqualified for committing 2 'C' technical fouls for the personal unsportsmanlike behaviour, the 2nd technical foul shall be the only foul to be penalised and no additional penalty for the game disqualification shall be administered. (OBR Art. 36.2.5 and 36.3.2.) (R1652)
1647
The penalty for a technical foul is 2 free throws. (R1653)
NO The penalty for the technical foul is 1 free throw. (OBR Art. 36.3.2.) (R1653)
1648
The penalty for a technical foul is the same for a player and a head coach. (R1654)
YES If a technical foul is committed, the opponents shall be awarded 1 free throw. (OBR Art. 36.3.1. and 36.3.2.) (R1654)
1649
The penalty for a technical foul is different, if committed by a defensive player or an offensive player. (R1655)
NO
1650
The player shall be disqualified if that player commits 2 technical fouls. (R1656)
YES A player shall be game disqualified for the remainder of the game when charged with 2 technical fouls. (OBR Art. 36.2.3) (R1656)
1651
A1 commits the 5th foul. Before the foul is reported to the scorer, A1 commits a technical foul. The technical foul shall be entered as the 6th foul. A1's technical foul shall count as 1 of the team fouls. (R1657)
NO After the 5th foul, A1 becomes an excluded player. If a technical foul is committed by the excluded player, it shall be charged against the head coach and shall not count as 1 of the team fouls. (OBR Art. 36.3.1 and 41.1.1.) (R1657)
1652
A1 commits the 5th foul. Before the foul is reported to the scorer, A1 commits a technical foul. Team A head coach shall be charged with a technical foul, entered as 'B'. (R1658)
YES After the 5th foul, A1 becomes an excluded player. If a technical foul is committed by the excluded player, it shall be charged against the head coach, entered as 'B'. (OBR Art. 36.3.1 and 41.1.1.) (R1658)
1653
A1 commits a technical foul during the pre-game warm up. The tecnical foul shall count as 1 of the team fouls in the 1st quarter. (R1659)
YES
1654
With 5 minutes before the start of the game, A1 commits a technical foul during the pre-game warm-up. Team A head coach did not indicate A1 as 1 of the starting 5 players. A1's technical foul shall count as 1 of the team fouls in the 1st quarter. (R1660)
YES If a technical foul is committed by a player, a technical foul shall count as 1 of the team fouls. During an interval of play, all team members entitled to play are considered as players. (OBR Art. 36.3.1 and 4.1.4) (R1660)
1655
During a time-out, A8 reports to the timer to substitute A3. Before the end of the time-out, A3 commits a technical foul. A3's technical foul shall count as 1 of the team fouls (R1661)
NO If a technical foul is committed by a player, a technical foul shall count as 1 of the team fouls. A player becomes a substitute when during a time-out, a substitute requests the substitution to the timer. (OBR Art. 36.3.1 and 4.2.3) (R1661)
1656
A1 commits a technical foul during the pre-game warm-up. Team B shall be awarded 1 free throw, followed by the possession of the ball. (R1662
NO If a technical foul is committed by a player during the pre-game warm-up, the opponents shall be awarded 1 free throw. The game shall be resumed with a jump ball in the centre circle at the start of the first quarter. (OBR Art. 36.3.2) (R1662)
1657
A1 commits a technical foul during the pre-game warm-up. Team B shall be awarded 1 free throw with no line-up, followed by a jump ball at the centre circle. (R1663)
YES If a technical foul is committed by a player during the pre-game warm-up, the opponents shall be awarded 1 free throw. The game shall be resumed with a jump ball in the centre circle at the start of the first quarter. (OBR Art. 36.3.2) (R1663)
1658
The penalty for a technical foul during the game is 1 free throw, followed by a throw-in from the centre line extended, opposite the scorer's table. (R1664)
NO
1659
B1 is shouting loudly to A1 during the unsuccessful shot for a goal. A referee warns B1 and informs team B head coach that if the similar behaviour shall be repeated, B1 shall be charged with the technical foul. (R1665)
NO A technical foul is a player non-contact foul for disrespectfully dealing with the opponents. B4 shall be charged with a technical foul immediately. (OBR Art. 36.2.1.) (OBRI 36-4b) (R1665)
1660
A1 is charged with a technical foul. B7 substitutes for B1. B7 is designated to attempt the free throw. A referee indicates that only a player, who was on the court at the time when the technical foul was called may attempt the free throw. (R1666)
NO If a technical foul is committed, any opponent shall be awarded 1 free throw. (OBR Art. 36.3.2.) (R1666)
1661
During an interval of play between the 1st and 2nd quarter, A10 is charged with a technical foul. A10's technical foul shall count as 1 of the team fouls in the following quarter as well as 1 of A10's 5 personal fouls
YES During an interval of play, all team members entitled to play are considered as players. The technical fouls during an interval of play shall be charged against players. The fouls shall count in the player's total fouls and team fouls in the following quarter. (OBR Art. 4.1.4. and 41.1.1) (R1667)
1662
A1 rebounds the ball and swings the elbows excessively without any contact with B2. A1 is charged with a technical foul. (R1668)
YES A technical foul is a player non-contact foul of a behaviour nature for excessive swinging of elbows. (OBR Art. 36.2.1) (R1668)
1663
During the interval of play between the 1st and 2nd quarter, B10 disrespectfully communicates with a referee. Team B head coach shall be charged with a technical foul, entered as 'B'.
NO During an interval of play, all team members entitled to play are considered as players. The technical fouls during an interval of play shall be charged against players. The fouls shall count in the player's total fouls and team fouls in the following quarter. (OBR Art. 4.1.4. and 41.1.1) (R1669)
1664
During the warm-up before the 1st quarter, A3 is charged with a technical foul. After the free throw, team B shall be awarded a throw-in from the centre line extended, opposite the scorer's table. (R1670)
NO If a technical foul is committed by a player during the pre-game warm-up, the opponents shall be awarded 1 free throw. The game shall be resumed with a jump ball in the centre circle at the start of the first quarter. (OBR Art. 36.3.2) (R1670)
1665
A1 commits the 2nd technical foul during the game. A1 shall be game disqualified. (R1671)
YES A player shall be game disqualified for the remainder of the game when charged with 2 technical fouls. (OBR Art. 36.2.3) (R1671)
1666
A4 commits the 5th foul. A4 is not informed of the obligation to leave the game. A4 remains in the game and is later fouled in the act of shooting for a 2-point goal. The ball does not enter the basket. At this time, A4's illegal participation is discovered. A4 shall attempt 2 throws entitled for before leaving the game. (R1672)
NO A4 must leave the game immediately. A4's substitute shall attempt 2 free throws. No penalty shall be charged for A4's illegal participation. (OBR Art. 40.1.) (R1672)
1667
B2 claps the hands loudly close to the A1's face, who is in the act of shooting for a goal. The ball does not enter the basket. B2 shall be charged with a technical foul. (R1673)
YES While a player is in the act of shooting, opponents shall not be permitted to disconcert the shooter by clapping the hands close to the face. If the shot for a goal is unsuccessful, the opponent shall be charged with a technical foul. (OBR Art. 36.2.1.) (R1673)
1668
A1 commits a technical foul in the 1st quarter. In the 4th quarter, A1 commits an unsportsmanlike foul. A1 shall be disqualified. (R1674)
YES A player shall be game disqualified for the remainder of the game when charged with 1 technical foul and 1 unsportsmanlike foul. (OBR Art. 36.2.3) (R1674)
1669
A4 is closely guarded by B3. A4 excessively swings the elbows but does not contact B3. A4 shall be charged with a technical foul. (R1675)
YES A technical foul is a player non-contact foul for excessive swinging of elbows. (OBR Art. 36.2.1) (R1675)
1670
A1 commits the 5th foul. A1 is informed of the obligation to leave the game. A1 returns later after the substitution. Team A head coach shall be charged with a technical foul, entered as 'B'. (R1676)
YES The game shall be stopped immediately, unless team B is placed at a disadvantage. A technical foul shall be charged against team A head coach, recorded as 'B'. (OBR Art. 36.2.1.) (R1676)
1671
During an interval of play, player/head coach A1 is charged with a technical foul for the unsportsmanlike behaviour. A technical foul is entered in the scoresheet as A1's player foul, counting also as 1 of the team A fouls in the following quarter. (R1677)
YES All team fouls committed in an interval of play shall be considered as being committed in the following quarter. A foul against a player/head coach during an interval of play counts as the player's fouls and as 1 of the team fouls. (OBR Art. 41.1.2.) (R1677)
1672
A1 scores a goal. Before the ball becomes live, B1 pushes A2. B1 shall be charged with a technical foul.
NO A technical foul is a player non-contact foul of a behavioural nature. Therefore B1's push cannot be called as a technical foul. (OBR Art. 36.2.1.) (R1678)
1673
Free-throw shooter A1 has already the ball in the hands, when the team-mates in the restricted area rebound places change their positions again and again. A referee warns the players that this is an unsportsmanlike behaviour, trying to delay the game. (R1679)
YES A referee may call a technical foul for delaying the game by preventing the free throws taken promptly. (OBR Art. 36.2.1.) (R1679)
1674
A5 disrespectfully communicates with a referee using offending gestures. A5 shall be charged with a technical foul immediately. (R1680)
YES A technical foul is a player non-contact foul of behavioural nature for disrespectfully communicating with the referees. (OBR Art. 36.2.1.) (R1680)
1675
A1 is charged with the 2nd technical foul. A1 shall be game disqualified. (R1681)
YES A1 shall be game disqualified for the remainder of the game when charged with 2 technical fouls. (OBR Art. 36.2.3.) (R1681)
1676
Team A first assistant coach has committed the 2nd technical foul. Team A first assistant coach shall be disqualified. (R1682)
NO
1677
Team A is granted time-out. While moving to the team bench, A1 pushes B1. A1 shall be charged with a technical foul. (R1683)
NO A technical foul is a player non-contact foul of a behavioural nature. Therefore A1's push cannot be called as a technical foul. (OBR Art. 36.2.1) (R1683)
1678
B1 and A1 are disqualified. B1 did not leave the sport hall. A3 dribbles when A2 is charged with a technical foul. After that, B1 returns on the court and verbally insults a referee. Any team B player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up, as a result of A2's technical foul. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where the ball was located when A3 dribbled the ball. After the game, the crew chief shall report B1's behaviour to the governing body of the competition. (R1684)
YES After the free-throw attempted by any team B player, the game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where A3 dribbled the ball. (OBR Art. 36.3.2) (R1684)
1679
During an interval of play between the 3rd and 4th quarter, A1 commits a technical foul. The arrow favours team B. The 4th quarter shall start with any team B player attempting 1 free throw as the result of A1's technical foul. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the centre line extended. (R1685)
YES
1680
With 4:27 on the game clock in the second quarter, after B1’s goal A1 has the ball in the hands for a throw-in from behind the endline. B1 moves the hands over the endline to block A1’s throw-in. This is the team B action for the first time in the game. The referees shall interrupt the game immediately and give a verbal warning to B1.
YES During the first 3 quarters and when the game clock shows more than 2:00 minutes in the fourth quarter, the referee is not requested before the throw-in to show the "illegal boundary line crossing" signal to the defensive player. If the defensive player moves any part of the body over the boundary line to interfere with the throw-in, the referee shall interrupt the game immediately and give a verbal warning to the defensive player. A1's throw-in shall be repeated from the place of the original throw-in (from behind the endline). (OBR Art. 17.3.3.) (R1686)
1681
With 4:27 on the game clock in the second quarter, after B1’s goal A1 has the ball in the hands for a throw-in from behind the endline. B1 moves the hands over the endline to block A1’s throw-in. This is the team B action for the second time in the game. The referees shall interrupt the game immediately and give a verbal warning to B1. (R1687)
NO During the first 3 quarters and when the game clock shows more than 2:00 minutes in the fourth quarter, the referee is not requested before the throw-in to show the "illegal boundary line crossing" signal to the defensive player. If the defensive player moves any part of the body over the boundary line to interfere with the throw-in, the referee shall interrupt the game immediately and give a verbal warning to the defensive player. If than any defensive player do it again, a technical foul shall be called without further warning. (OBR Art. 17.3.3) (R1687)
1682
With 4:27 on the game clock in the second quarter, after B1’s goal A1 has the ball in the hands for a throw-in from behind the endline. B1 moves the hands over the endline to block A1’s throw-in. This is the team B's action for the second time in the game. B1 shall be charged with a technical foul for interfering with the throw-in. (R1688)
YES During the first 3 quarters and when the game clock shows more than 2:00 minutes in the fourth quarter, the referee is not requested before the throw-in to show the "illegal boundary line crossing" signal to the defensive player. If the defensive player moves any part of the body over the boundary line to interfere with the throw-in, the referee shall interrupt the game immediately and give a verbal warning to the defensive player. If than any defensive player do it again, a technical foul shall be called without further warning. (OBR Art. 17.3.3) (R1688)
1683
With 4:27 on the game clock in the second quarter, after B1’s goal A1 has the ball in the hands for a throw-in from behind the endline. B1 moves the hands over the endline to block A1’s throw-in. This is the team B's action for the first time in the game. B1 shall be charged with a technical foul for interfering with the throw-in. Any team A player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from behind the endline. Team A shall have 24 seconds on the shot clock. (R1689)
YES During the first 3 quarters and when the game clock shows more than 2:00 minutes in the fourth quarter, the referee is not requested before the throw-in to show the "illegal boundary line crossing" signal to the defensive player. If the defensive player moves any part of the body over the boundary line to interfere with the throw-in, the referee shall interrupt the game immediately and give a verbal warning to the defensive player. A1's throw-in shall be repeated from the place of the original throw-in (from behind the endline). Team A shall have 24 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 17.3.3) (R1689)
1684
During an interval of play between the 3rd and 4th quarter, A1 commits a technical foul. The arrow favours team B. The 4th quarter shall start with any team B player attempting 1 free throw as the result of A1's technical foul, followed by a team B throw-in from the centre line extended. (R1690)
YES After the free throw, the throw-in shall be administered from the centre line extended, opposite the scorer’s table. (OBR Art. 36.3.2) (R1690)
1685
With 4:06 on the game clock in the first quarter, the referee calls an unsportsmanlike foul against A1. With 2:01 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, the referee calls a technical foul on A1. The timer does not show the game disqualification marker (GD). A1 shall be game disqualified and shall go to and remain in the dressing room. (R1691)
YES A player who has committed 1 unsportsmanlike foul and 1 technical foul should be informed of the game disqualification by the timer. The crew chief, after consulting the timer, shall make the final decision, namely that A1 is game disqualified. (OBR Art. 40.4 and 46.11) (R1691)
1686
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the 1st quarter. At the approximately same time, B4 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A2. The ball does not enter the basket. B4's unsportsmanlike foul shall be disregarded. (R1692)
NO An unsportsmanlike foul shall be charged and penalised at any time during the game. If an unsportsmanlike foul is committed against a player not in the act of shooting, A2 shall be awarded 2 free throws. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. The arrow remains untouched. (OBR Art. 37.2.2.) (R1692)
1687
An unsportsmanlike foul shall always involve a player's contact with an opponent. (R1693)
YES An unsportsmanlike foul is a player's contact foul. (OBR Art. 37.1.1) (R1693)
1688
Any contact foul called during a dead ball period must be considered as an unsportsmanlike foul. (R1694)
NO An unsportsmanlike foul is a player's illegal contact with an opponent, whether the ball is live or dead. (OBR Art. 10.3.) (R1694)
1689
A4's shot for a goal is in the air when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the 1st quarter. At approximately same time, B4 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A4. The ball enters the basket. A4's goal shall count. A4 shall be awarded 1 free throw. The 2nd quarter shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. (R1695)
YES If an unsportsmanlike foul is committed on A4 in the act of shooting for a goal, the goal if made shall count. A4 shall attempt 1 free throw. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. The arrow remains untouched. (OBR Art. 37.2.2.) (R1695)
1690
A4's jump shot for a 2-point goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. At approximately same time, B4 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A4 who is still in the air. The ball misses the ring. A4 shall be awarded 2 free throws. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. (R1696)
YES
1691
A1 is in the act of shooting for a 2-point goal when B1 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A1. The ball enters the basket. A1's goal shall count. A1 shall be awarded 2 free throws. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the centre line extended, opposite the scorer's table. (R1697)
NO If an unsportsmanlike foul is committed on A1 in the act of shooting for a goal, the goal if made shall count. A1 shall attempt 1 free throw. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 37.2.2) (R1697)
1692
B1 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against dribbler A1. A1 shall be awarded 2 free throws. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the centre line extended, opposite the scorer's table. (R1698)
NO If an unsportsmanlike foul is committed on A1 not in the act of shooting, A1 shall attempt 2 free throws. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 37.2.2) (R1698)
1693
A1 is in the act of shooting for a 3-point goal when B1 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A1. The ball does not enter the basket. A1 shall be awarded 2 free throws. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the centre line extended, opposite the scorer's table. (R1699)
NO If an unsportsmanlike foul is committed on A1 in the act of shooting for a goal and the goal is not made, A1 shall attempt 3 free throws. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 37.2.2) (R1699)
1694
A1 is in the act of shooting for a 3-point goal when B1 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A1. The ball does not enter the basket. A1 shall be awarded 3 free throws. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. (R1700)
YES If an unsportsmanlike foul is committed on A1 in the act of shooting for a goal and the goal is not made, A1 shall attempt 3 free throws. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 37.2.2) (R1700)
1695
With 0:53 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, thrower-in A1 has the ball in the hands when A2 fouls B1 (not a hard contact) on the court. This is an unsportsmanlike foul by A2. (R1701)
NO Answer notes:
An unsportsmanlike foul is a player's hard excessive contact (which is not the case) against an opponent on the court. (OBR Art. 37.1.1) (R1701)
1696
With 1:23 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, thrower-in A1 has the ball at the disposal when B5 contacts A2 on the court. This is an unsportsmanlike foul by B5. (R1702)
NO A throw-in foul is a personal foul, when the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the fourth quarter, by the defensive player against an opponent on the court when the ball is out-of-bounds for a throw-in and still in the hands of the referee or at the disposal of the thrower-in. A2 shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to the infraction. (OBR Art. 34.1.2) (R1702)
1697
With 1:03 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, the ball has left thrower-in A3's hands. B3 contacts A4 on the court who is about to receive the ball. This is an unsportsmanlike foul by B3. (R1703)
NO An unsportsmanlike foul is a player's hard excessive contact against an opponent on the court. (OBR Art. 37.1.1) (R1703)
1698
With 1:23 on the game clock in the 1st overtime, A1 dribbles in the backcourt when B1, with no effort to play the ball, commits a foul against A2 in the frontcourt. This is a disqualifying foul by B1. (R1704)
NO An unsportsmanlike foul is a player foul which is a non-legitimate contact with an opponent to directly play the ball within the spirit and intent of the rules. (OBR Art. 37.1.1.) (R1704)
1699
A1 dribbles when A3 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against B3. B3 shall be awarded 2 free throws. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. (R1705)
YES An offensive unsportsmanlike foul is committed against B3. B3 shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 37.2.2.) (R1705)
1700
A1 dribbles on a fast break, with no opponents' players between A1 and basket. B2 contacts A1 from behind. This is an unsportsmanlike foul by B2
YES An unsportsmanlike foul is an opponents' player illegal contact from behind against a player, who is progressing towards the basket and there are no opponents' players between the progressing player and the basket. (OBR Art. 37.1.1.) (R1706)
1701
A2 commits the 2nd unsportsmanlike foul in the game. A2 shall be permitted to remain on the bench for the remainder of the game.
NO A player shall be game disqualified for the remainder of the game when he is charged with 2 unsportsmanlike fouls. He shall go to and remain in the team's dressing room for the duration of the game or shall leave the building. (OBR Art. 37.2.3. and 38.3.2.) (R1707)
1702
B1 taps the ball away from dribbler A1. While the ball is bouncing away, A1 contacts B1 with the excessive elbow contact to prevent B1 from catching the ball. This is an unsportsmanlike foul by A1. (R1708)
YES An unsportsmanlike foul is an excessive, hard player's contact which is caused by a player in the effort to play the ball or an opponent. (OBR Art. 37.1.1.) (R1708)
1703
A1 commits the 2nd unsportsmanlike foul in the game. A1 shall be game disqualified. (R1709)
YES A player shall be game disqualified for the remainder of the game when is charged with 2 unsportsmanlike fouls. (OBR Art. 37.2.3) (R1709)
1704
B1 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A1 during an unsuccessful 2-point shot for a goal. A1 shall be awarded 2 free throws. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where B1's foul occurred.
NO
1705
With 0:44 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, thrower-in A1 has the ball in the hands when B1 commits a foul against A2 on the court. This is a throw-in foul by B1. (R1711)
YES A throw-in foul is a personal foul, when the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the fourth quarter, by the defensive player against an opponent on the court when the ball is out-of-bounds for a throw-in and still in the hands of the referee or at the disposal of the thrower-in. A2 shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to the infraction. (OBR Art. 34.1.2) (R1711)
1706
A5 dribbles in the fast break, with no opponents' players between A5 and basket. B5 contacts A5 from behind. This is an unsportsmanlike foul by B5. (R1712)
YES An unsportsmanlike foul is an opponents' player illegal contact from behind against a player, who is progressing towards the basket and there are no opponents' players between the progressing player and the basket. (OBR Art. 37.1.1) (R1712)
1707
Dribbler A1 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against B4. This is the 3rd team A foul in the quarter. B4 shall be awarded 2 free throws. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in in the frontcourt(R1713)
YES If an unsportsmanlike foul is committed on B4 not in the act of shooting, B4 shall attempt 2 free throws. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 37.2.2) (R1713)
1708
A1 in the frontcourt passes the ball to A2. B5 deflects the ball which returns to team A backcourt. Both B5 and A1 are running to catch the ball when A1 makes a contact laterally on B5. There are no opponents' players between B5 and the basket. This is a normal personal foul by A1. (R1714)
NO
1709
In case of the player being directly disqualified, the timer shall not show the GD marker. (OBR Art. 49.1)
NO
1710
A1 in the frontcourt passes the ball to A2. B5 deflects the ball which returns to team A backcourt. Both B5 and A1 are running to catch the ball when A1 makes a contact laterally on B5. There are no opponents' players between B5 and the basket. This is an unsportsmanlike foul by A1. (R1716)
YES An unsportsmanlike foul is an opponents' player illegal lateral contact on a player, who is progressing towards the basket and there are no opponents' players between the progressing player and the basket. (OBR Art. 37.1.1.) (R1716)
1711
A1 in the frontcourt passes the ball to A2. B5 deflects the ball which returns to team A backcourt. Both B5 and A1 are running to catch the ball when B5 makes a contact laterally against A1.There are no opponents' players between B5 and the basket. This is a normal personal foul by B5.
YES B5's contact against A1 shall not be considered as an unsportsmanlike foul as A1 is not progressing towards the opponent's basket. The game shall be resumed with a team A backcourt throw-in from the place nearest to where B5's foul occurred. (OBR Art. 37.1.1.)
1712
With 1:31 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, thrower-in A1 has the ball in the hands or at the disposal. B2 contacts A2 with an excessive hard contact on the court before the ball is released. The referee calls an unsportsmanlike foul against B2. (R1718)
YES An unsportsmanlike foul is a player contact which is an excessive, hard contact caused by a player in an effort to play the ball. (OBR Art. 37.1.1) (R1718)
1713
A1 passes the ball from the backcourt to A2 who is in the frontcourt on a clear path to the basket, with no opponent player between A2 and the basket. A2 jumps in the air and before catching the ball, A2 is contacted by B1 from behind. This is an unsportsmanlike foul by B1. (R1719)
YES An unsportsmanlike foul is an illegal contact caused by a player from behind on an opponent, who is progressing towards the opponent's basket, with no opponents between the progressing player and the basket, and the progressing player is attempting to gain control of the ball. (OBR Art. 37.1.1) (R1719)
1714
A1 passes the ball from the backcourt to A2 who is in the frontcourt on a clear path to the basket, with no opponent player between A2 and the basket. A2 jumps in the air and before catching the ball, A2 is contacted laterally by B1. This is an unsportsmanlike foul by B1. (R1720)
YES An unsportsmanlike foul is an illegal contact caused by a player laterally on an opponent, who is progressing towards the opponent's basket, with no opponents between the progressing player and the basket, and the progressing player is attempting to gain control of the ball. (OBR Art. 37.1.1) (R1720)
1715
A1 passes the ball from the backcourt to A2 who is in the frontcourt on a clear path to the basket. A2 jumps in the air and before catching the ball, A2 is contacted from the front by B1. This is an unsportsmanlike foul by B1. (R1721)
NO
1716
B1 in the backcourt taps the ball away from dribbler A1. B1 then attempts to gain control of the ball with no other team A player between B1 and the basket when A2 contacts B1 from behind. This is an unsportsmanlike foul by A2. (R1722)
YES An unsportsmanlike foul is an illegal contact caused by a player from behind on an opponent, who is progressing towards the opponent's basket, with no opponents between the progressing player and the basket, and the progressing player is attempting to gain control of the ball. (OBR Art. 37.1.1) (R1722)
1717
B1 in the backcourt taps the ball away from dribbler A1. B1 then attempts to gain control of the ball with no other team A player between B1 and the basket when A2 contacts laterally B1. This is a personal foul by A2. (R1723)
NO
1718
Team A captain A1 commits the 5th foul and becomes an excluded player. Later in the game, team A head coach is disqualified. There is no team A first assistant coach entered on the scoresheet. A1 shall replace team A head coach. (R1724)
YES
1719
Team B head coach is charged with the 1st technical foul and later with a 2nd technical foul, both because of the behaviour of the team B first assistant coach. Later in the game, team B head coach commits a 3rd technical foul for the personal unsportsmanlike behaviour. Team B head coach shall be game disqualified. Team B first assistant coach shall act as the new team B head coach. (R1725)
YES A head coach who is game disqualified, entered as 'D2', shall be replaced by the first assistant coach as entered on the scoresheet. (OBR Art. 38.1.2 and B.8.3.13) (R1725)
1720
If a player is disqualified, that player may still sit on the team bench. (R1726)
NO Whenever the offender is disqualified, entered as 'D2', that offender shall go to and remain in the team's dressing room for the duration of the game or shall leave the building. (OBR Art. 38.3.2 and B.8.3.13) (R1726)
1721
B5 commits a non-contact disqualifying foul. Any team A player shall attempt 2 free throws. (R1727)
YES In case of B5's disqualifying non-contact foul, entered as 'D2'. Any team A player as designated by the head coach shall attempt 2 free throws. (OBR Art. 38.3.3 and B.8.3.13) (R1727)
1722
B3 commits a contact disqualifying foul. Any team A player shall attempt 2 free throws. (R1728)
NO In case of B3's disqualifying contact foul, entered as 'D2`, 2 free throws shall be attempted by a player who was fouled. (OBR Art. 38.3.3 and B.8.3.13) (R1728)
1723
During a fight, team A head coach leaves the team bench area but does not assist in restoring order. Team A head coach shall be disqualified. (R1729)
YES
1724
A1 commits the 2nd technical foul and is game disqualified. A1 must go to the dressing room or to leave the building. (R1730)
YES Whenever the offender is game disqualified, entered as 'D2', that offender shall go and remain in the team’s dressing room for the duration of the game or shall leave the building. (OBR Art. 38.3.2 and B.8.3.2) (R1730)
1725
The disqualified player shall be required to go to the team's dressing room or to leave the building. (R1731)
YES Whenever the offender is disqualified, entered as 'D2', that offender shall go and remain in the team’s dressing room for the duration of the game or shall leave the building. (OBR Art. 38.3.2 and B.8.3.13) (R1731)
1726
A1 is directly disqualified for hitting with the fist B1 to the face. The referee shall raise 2 fists above the head, the timer shall not show the GD marker. This is the correct administrative procedure.
YES In case of the player being directly disqualified, the timer shall not show the GD marker. (OBR Art. 49.1) (R1732)
1727
A1 commits a technical foul in the first quarter and an unsportsmanlike foul the third quarter. A1 is game disqualified. The referee shall not raise 2 fists above the head, the timer shall show the GD marker. This is the correct administrative procedure. (R1733)
YES In case of the player being indirectly game disqualified, the referee shall not raise 2 fists above the head. (OBR Art. 49.1) (R1733)
1728
During a time-out some players, substitutes or accompanying delegation members of either team enter the court and remain within the vicinity of their team bench area. At that time a situation which may lead to the fight occurs on the court and some of the persons already on the court leave their positions within the vicinity of their team bench area and get actively involved in the situation which may lead to a fight. The referee decided that all persons, already on the court because of the time-out, shall be disqualified. (R1734)
YES During a time-out some players, substitutes or accompanying delegation members of either team enter the court and remain within the vicinity of their team bench area. At that time a situation which may lead to the fight occurs on the court and some of the persons leave their positions within the vicinity of their team bench area and get actively involved in the situation which may lead to a fight. All persons, already on the court because of the time-out, shall be disqualified. (OBR Art. 39.3 and B.8.3.14) (R1734)
1729
During a time-out some players, substitutes or accompanying delegation members of either team enter the court and remain within the vicinity of their team bench area. At that time a situation which may lead to the fight occurs on the court and some of the persons already on the court leave their positions within the vicinity of their team bench area and get actively involved in the situation which may lead to a fight. The referee decided that no person, already on the court because of the time-out, shall be disqualified. (R1735)
NO During a time-out some players, substitutes or accompanying delegation members of either team enter the court and remain within the vicinity of their team bench area. At that time a situation which may lead to the fight occurs on the court and some of the persons already on the court leave their positions within the vicinity of their team bench area and get actively involved in the situation which may lead to a fight. All persons, already on the court because of the time-out, shall be disqualified. (OBR Art. 39.3 and B.8.3.14) (R1735)
1730
A3 is disqualified for fighting on the court. A technical foul shall be entered in the scoresheet against team A head coach. (R1736)
NO The disqualifying foul shall be charged against the offender, entered as 'D2'. The fighting rule only applies to the substitutes, head coaches, first assistant coaches, excluded players and accompanying delegation members who leave the confines of the team bench area during a fight or during any situation which may lead to a fight. (OBR Art. 39.1. and B.8.3.14) (R1736)
1731
During a fight on the court, the first assistant coach may leave the team bench area to assist to restore order. (R1737)
YES Only the head coach and/or first assistant coach are permitted to leave the team bench area during the fight to assist the referees to maintain or to restore order. They shall not be disqualified. (OBR Art. 39.2.2) (R1737)
1732
During a fight on the court, B10 and B11 leave the team bench area to assist to restore order. This is a legal play by B10 and B11. (R1738)
NO Substitutes who leave the team bench area during the fight shall be disqualified. Irrespective of the number of persons disqualified for leaving the team bench area during a fight, a single technical foul, entered as 'B2`, shall be charged against the head coach. (OBR Art. 39.2.1 and 39.3.1.) (R1738)
1733
A5 dribbles in the backcourt for 4 seconds when a fighting on the court between A2 and B2 starts. A7, B7 and B10 leave their team bench areas. Both 2 players and all 3 substitutes are disqualified. All penalties are cancelled. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the centre line extended, with 14 seconds on the shot clock. (R1739)
NO The equal penalties against both players and against both head coaches (for their substitutes entering the court) shall be cancelled. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where the ball was located (in the backcourt) when the fight has started. Team A shall have 4 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 39.3.5. and B.8.3.14) (R1739)
1734
A1 player and A6, A7 substitutes are actively involved in a fight on the court and are disqualified for leaving the team bench area. Team A head coach shall also be disqualified. (R1740)
NO Irrespective of the number of persons disqualified for leaving the team bench area during a fight, a single technical foul, entered as 'B2,' shall be charged against the head coach. (OBR Art. 39.3.1 and 39.2.2) (R1740)
1735
During a situation on the court which may lead to the fight, A6 and A7 leave the team bench area. Team A head coach shall be charged with 2 technical fouls, recorded as 'B'. (R1741)
NO Irrespective of the number of persons disqualified for leaving the team bench area during any situation which may lead to a fight, a single technical foul, entered as 'B2', shall be charged against the head coach. (OBR Art. 39.3.1. and B.8.3.14) (R1741)
1736
During a fight, A6 enters the court. Even if A6 does not take part in the fighting, A6 shall be disqualified.
YES Substitutes who leave the team bench area during a fight shall be disqualified. (OBR Art. 39.2.1 and B.8.3.14)
1737
During a fight, the first assistant coach may leave the team bench area to assist to restore order. (R1743)
YES Only the head coach and/or the first assistant coach are permitted to leave the team bench area during the fight to assist the referees to maintain or to restore order. They shall not be disqualified. (OBR Art. 39.2.2) (R1743)
1738
A6, A7 and A8 are actively involved in a fighting and are disqualified for leaving the team bench area. Team A head coach shall also be disqualified
NO Irrespective of the number of persons disqualified for leaving the team bench area during a fight, a single technical foul, entered as 'B2' shall be charged against the head coach. (OBR Art. 39.3.1 and B.8.3.15)
1739
A4 dribbles under the basket when a fighting on the court starts. A7, A8 and B9 are disqualified for leaving the team bench area. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from a place nearest to where the ball was located when the fight started. (R1745)
YES If at approximately the same time when the game was stopped because of the fighting a team has control of the ball, the ball shall be awarded to that team for a throw-in from the place nearest to where the ball was located when the fight has started. (OBR Art. 39.3.2 and B.8.3.14) (R1745)
1740
A4 dribbles in the frontcourt when a fighting on the court starts. A7, A8 and B9 are disqualified for leaving the team bench area. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the centre line extended, opposite the scorer’s table.
NO If at approximately the same time when the game was stopped because of the fighting a team has control of the ball, the ball shall be awarded to that team for a throw-in from the place nearest to where the ball was located when the fight has started. (OBR Art. 39.3.2 and B.8.3.14)
1741
A1 commits a 3-second violation, after which a fighting on the court involving members from both team benches started. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the centre line extended, opposite the scorer's table. (R1747)
NO
1742
A7 is disqualified for entering the court during a situation which may lead to a fight. A7's disqualifying foul shall count as 1 of the team fouls. (R1748)
NO The disqualifying foul, entered as 'B2', shall be charged against the team A head coach. Any team B player shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt opposite the scorer's table. (OBR Art. 39.3.3 and B.8.3.14) (R1748)
1743
"Team A head coach is disqualified for leaving the team bench area and not assisting or attempting to assist the referees during the fight on the court. Any team B player shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt."
YES The disqualifying foul, entered as 'D2', shall be charged against the team A head coach. Any team B player shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt opposite the scorer's table. (OBR Art. 38.3.3 and B.8.3.14) (R1749)
1744
"Team A head coach is disqualified for leaving the team bench area and the active involvement in the fight on the court. Any team B player(s) shall attempt 4 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt." (R1750)
NO The disqualifying foul, entered as 'D2', shall be charged against the team A head coach A. Any team B player shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt opposite the scorer's table. (OBR Art. 39.1. and B.8.3.15) (R1750)
1745
"Team A head coach is disqualified for leaving the team bench area and the active involvement in the fight on the court. Any team B player shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt."
YES The disqualifying foul, entered as 'D2', shall be charged on the team A head coach A. Any team B player shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt opposite the scorer's table. (OBR Art. 39.1. and B.8.3.15) (R1751)
1746
"Team A first assistant coach is disqualified for leaving the team bench and the active involvement in the fight on the court. Any team B player shall attempt 4 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt." (R1753)
YES The disqualifying foul, entered as 'D2', shall be charged against the team A first assistant coach and the technical foul, entered as 'B2', shall be charged against the team A head coach. Any team B player(s) shall attempt 4 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt opposite the scorer's table. (OBR Art. 39.1 and B.8.3.15) (R1753)
1747
"Team A first assistant coach is disqualified for leaving the team bench and the active involvement in the fight on the court. Any team B player shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt." (R1754)
NO
1748
"Both team A head coach and team A first assistant coach are disqualified for leaving the team bench area and not assisting or attempting to assist the referees during the fight on the court. Any team B player shall attempt 2 free throw with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt." (R1755)
YES The disqualifying fouls shall be charged against the team A first assistant coach, entered as 'D', and against the team A head coach, entered as 'D2'. Any team B player shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt opposite the scorer's table. (OBR Art. 39.1. and B.8.3.14) (R1755)
1749
"Both team A head coach and team A first assistant coach are disqualified for leaving the team bench area and not assisting or attempting to assist the referees during the fight on the court. Any team B player(s) shall attempt 4 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt." (R1756)
NO The disqualifying fouls shall be charged against the team A first assistant coach, entered as 'D', and against the team A head coach, entered as 'D2'. Any team B player shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt opposite the scorer's table. (OBR Art. 39.1. and B.8.3.14) (R1756)
1750
"Both team A head coach and team A first assistant coach are disqualified for leaving the team bench area and the active involvement in the fight on the court. Any team B player(s) shall attempt 4 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt." (R1757)
YES
1751
"Team A substitute is disqualified for leaving the team bench area and not assisting or attempting to assist the referees during the fight on the court. Any team B player shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt." (R1758)
YES The disqualifying foul, entered as 'D', shall be charged against the team A substitute and the technical foul, entered as 'B2,' against the team A head coach. Any team B player shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt opposite the scorer's table. (OBR Art. 39.1. and B.8.3.14) (R1758)
1752
"Team A substitute is disqualified for leaving the team bench and the active involvement in the fight on the court. Any team B player shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt." (R1759)
NO The disqualifying foul, entered as 'D2', shall be charged against the team A substitute and the technical foul, entered as 'B2', against the team A head coach. Any team B player shall attempt 4 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt opposite the scorer's table. (OBR Art. 39.1. and B.8.3.15) (R1759)
1753
"Team A substitute is disqualified for leaving the team bench area and the active involvement in the fight on the court. Any team B player(s) shall attempt 4 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt."
YES The disqualifying foul, entered as 'D2', shall be charged against the team A substitute and the technical foul, entered as 'B2', against the team A head coach. Any team B player shall attempt 4 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt opposite the scorer's table. (OBR Art. 39.1. and B.8.3.15) (R1760)
1754
"Team A substitute and team A excluded player are disqualified for leaving the team bench area and not assisting or attempting to assist the referees during the fight on the court. Any team B player(s) shall attempt 6 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt." (R1761)
NO The disqualifying fouls shall be charged against the team A substitute and team A excluded player, both entered as 'D'. The technical foul, entered as 'B2', shall be charged against the team A head coach. Any team B player shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt opposite the scorer's table. (OBR Art. 39.1. and B.8.3.14) (R1761)
1755
Team A substitute and team A excluded player are disqualified for leaving the team bench area and not assisting or attempting to assist the referees during the fight on the court. Any team B player shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. (R1762)
YES The disqualifying fouls shall be charged against the team A substitute and team A excluded player, both entered as 'D'. The technical foul, entered as 'B2', shall be charged against the team A head coach. Any team B player shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt opposite the scorer's table. (OBR Art. 39.1. and B.8.3.14) (R1762)
1756
“Team A substitute and team A excluded player are disqualified for leaving the team bench area and the active involvement in the fight on the court. Any team B player(s) shall attempt 6 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. (R1763)
YES The disqualifying fouls shall be charged against the team A substitute and team A excluded player, both entered as D2'. The technical foul, entered as 'B2', shall be charged against the team A head coach. Any team B player(s) shall attempt 6 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt opposite the scorer's table. (OBR Art. 39.1. and B. 8.3.15) (R1763)
1757
The 2 team A substitutes and 2 team A excluded players are disqualified for leaving the team bench area and the active involvement in the fight on the court. Any team B player(s) shall attempt 10 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt.
YES The disqualifying fouls shall be charged against each of the 2 team A substitutes and each of the 2 team A excluded players, all of them as 'D2'. The technical foul, entered as 'B2', shall be charged against the team A head coach. The game shall be resumed with 10 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt opposite the scorer's table. (OBR Art. 39.1. and B.8.3.15) (R1764)
1758
"Team A accompanying delegation member is disqualified for leaving the team bench area during the fight on the court. Any team B player shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt."
YES The disqualifying foul against the accompanying delegation member shall be charged against the team A head coach, entered as 'B2' and an additional 'circled B2' which shall not count to the 3 technical fouls for the head coach's game disqualification. Any team B player shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt opposite the scorer's table. (OBR Art. 39.1. and B.8.3.14) (R1765)
1759
Team A accompanying delegation member is disqualified for leaving the team bench area and the active involvement in the fight on the court. Any team A member shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. (R1766)
NO The disqualifying foul against the accompanying delegation member shall be charged against the team A head coach, entered as 'B2' and an additional 'circled B2' which shall not count to the 3 technical fouls for the head coach's game disqualification. Any team B player(s) shall attempt 4 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt opposite the scorer's table. (OBR Art. 39.1. and B.8.3.15) (R1766)
1760
Team A accompanying delegation member is disqualified for leaving the team bench area and the active involvement in the fight on the court. Any team B player(s) shall attempt 4 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. (R1767)
YES The disqualifying foul against the accompanying delegation member shall be charged against the team A head coach, entered as 'B2' and an additional 'circled B2' which shall not count to the 3 technical fouls for the head coach's game disqualification. Any team B player(s) shall attempt 4 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt opposite the scorer's table. (OBR Art. 38.3.3 and B.8.3.15) (R1767)
1761
The 2 team A accompanying delegation members are disqualified for leaving the team bench area during the fight on the playing court. Any team B player shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with team B throw-in from the throw-in line in its frontcourt.
YES The disqualification of the accompanying delegation members shall be charged against the team A head coach, entered as 'B2'. In addition, the disqualification of each accompanying delegation member shall be entered as an additional 'circled B', but shall not count to the 3 technical fouls for the head coach's game disqualification. Any team B player shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt opposite the scorer's table. (OBR Art. 39.1. and B.8.3.14) (R1768)
1762
The 2 team A accompanying delegation members are disqualified for leaving the team bench area during the fight on the court. Any team B player(s) shall attempt 4 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed a with team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. (R1769)
NO
1763
The 2 team A accompanying delegation members are disqualified for leaving the team bench area during the fight on the court and not assisting the referees to restore the order. Any team B player shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. (R1770)
YES The disqualification of the accompanying delegation members shall be charged against the team A head coach, entered as 'B2'. In addition, the disqualification of each accompanying delegation member shall be entered as an additional 'circled B', but shall not count to the 3 technical fouls for the head coach's game disqualification. Any team B player shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt opposite the scorer's table. (OBR Art. 39.1. and B.8.3.14) (R1770)
1764
The 2 team A accompanying delegation members are disqualified for leaving the team bench area during the fight on the court and not assisting the referees to restore the order. Any team B player(s) shall attempt 4 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt.
NO The disqualification of the accompanying delegation members shall be charged against the team A head coach, entered as 'B2'. In addition, the disqualification of each accompanying delegation member shall be entered as an additional 'circled B', but shall not count to the 3 technical fouls for the head coach's game disqualification. Any team B player shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt opposite the scorer's table. (OBR Art. 39.1. and B.8.3.14) (R1771)
1765
The 2 team A accompanying delegation members are disqualified for leaving the team bench area and the active involvement in the fight on the court. Any team B player(s) shall attempt 6 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt.
YES The disqualification of the accompanying delegation members shall be charged against the team A head coach, entered as 'B2'. In addition, the disqualification of the accompanying delegation member shall be entered as an additional 'circled B2', but shall not count to the 3 technical fouls for the head coach's game disqualification. Any team B player(s) shall attempt 6 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt opposite the scorer's table. (OBR Art. 39.1. and B.8.3.15) (R1772)
1766
The team A accompanying delegation member is disqualified in 1st quarter for leaving the team area during the fight on the court. A technical foul against the team A head coach for the personal unsportsmanlike behaviour is called in the 3rd quarter. The team A head coach shall be game disqualified. (R1773)
NO The disqualification of a accompanying delegation member shall be charged against the team A head coach, entered as 'B2'. In addition, the disqualification of the accompanying delegation member shall be entered as an additional 'circled B', but shall not count to the 3 technical fouls for the head coach's game disqualification. The technical foul against the team A head coach for the personal unsportsmanlike behaviour shall be entered as 'C1'. (OBR Art. 39.1. and B.8.3.14) (R1773)
1767
The 2 team A accompanying delegation members are disqualified in 1st quarter for leaving the team area during the fight on the court. A technical foul against the team A head coach for the personal unsportsmanlike behaviour is called in the 3rd quarter. The team A head coach shall be game disqualified. (R1774)
NO
1768
The team A accompanying delegation member is disqualified in 1st quarter for leaving the team area during the fight on the court. A technical foul against the team A head coach for the substitute's bad behaviour is called in the 3rd quarter. The team A head coach shall be game disqualified. (R1775)
NO The disqualification of an accompanying delegation member shall be charged against the team A head coach, entered as 'B2'. In addition, the disqualification of a team A accompanying delegation member shall be entered as an additional 'circled B', but shall not count to the 3 technical fouls for the head coach's game disqualification. The technical foul against the team A head coach for the team A substitute's unsportsmanlike behaviour shall be entered as 'B1'. (OBR Art. 39.1. and B.8.3.14) (R1775)
1769
The team A accompanying delegation member is disqualified in 1st quarter for leaving the team area during the fight on the court. A technical foul against the team A head coach for the substitute`s bad behaviour is called in the 3rd quarter. A technical foul against the team A head coach for the team manager's bad behaviour is called in the 4th quarter. The team A head coach shall be game disqualified. (R1776)
YES The disqualification of an accompanying delegation member shall be charged against the team A head coach, entered as 'B2'. In addition, the disqualification of an accompanying delegation member shall be entered on as an additional 'circled B', but shall not count to the 3 technical fouls for the head coach's game disqualification. The 2 technical fouls against the team A head coach for the team A substitute's and team A manager's unsportsmanlike behaviour shall be entered as 'B1' each. (OBR Art. 39.1. and B.8.3.14) (R1776)
1770
The team A accompanying delegation member is disqualified in 1st quarter for leaving the team area during the fight on the court. 2 technical fouls on the team A head coach for the personal unsportsmanlike behaviour are called in the 3rd quarter. The team A head coach shall be game disqualified. (R1777)
YES
1771
The team A accompanying delegation member is disqualified in 1st quarter for leaving the team area during the fight on the court. A technical foul against the team A head coach for the substitute's bad behaviour is called in the 3rd quarter. A technical foul against the team A head coach for the personal unsportsmanlike behaviour is called in the 4th quarter. The team A head coach shall be game disqualified. (R1778)
YES The disqualification of an accompanying delegation member shall be charged against the team A head coach, entered as 'B2'. In addition, the disqualification an accompanying delegation member shall be entered as an additional 'circled B', but shall not count to the 3 technical fouls for the head coach's game disqualification. The technical foul against the team A head coach for the substitute's unsportsmanlike behaviour shall be entered as B1. The technical foul on the team A head coach for the personal unsportsmanlike behaviour shall be entered as 'C1'. (OBR Art. 39.1. and B.8.3.14) (R1778)
1772
With 4:06 on the game clock in the first quarter, the referee calls an unsportsmanlike foul against A1. With 2:01 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, the referee calls a technical foul on A1. The timer does not show the game disqualification marker (GD). A1 is game disqualified and shall go to and remain in the dressing room. (R1779)
YES A player who has committed 1 unsportsmanlike foul and 1 technical foul should be informed of the game disqualification by the timer. The crew chief, after consulting the timer, shall make the final decision, namely that A1 is game disqualified. (OBR Art. 40.4 and 46.11.) (R1779)
1773
With 1:38 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, an unsportsmanlike foul is called against A1 in the frontcourt at the table side. The team B head coach B requests a time-out. After the time-out, the team B head coach requests to have the game resumed with a throw-in from the throw-in line in the team's frontcourt on the table’s side.
NO Following an unsportsmanlike foul, the game shall be resumed with a throw-in from the throw-in line in the team's frontcourt, opposite the scorer's table. (OBR Art. 37.2.2 & 17.2.7) (R1780)
1774
A5 commits the 5th foul and must leave the game. Team A head coach requests the players to come close to the team bench area, to give them the instructions provided that the remaining 4 players do not leave the court. (R1781)
YES
1775
A player head coach who has committed 5 fouls as a player is an excluded player but may continue as a head coach. (R1782)
YES A player head coach who has committed 5 fouls as a player is an excluded player but may continue as a head coach. (OBR Art. 40.2) (R1782)
1776
A player coach who has committed 5 fouls as a player shall be an excluded player and shall not be permitted to continue at the game as a head coach. (R1783)
NO A player head coach who has committed 5 fouls as a player is an excluded player but may continue as a head coach. (OBR Art. 40.2 and 7.9.) (R1783)
1777
A foul by a player who has previously committed 5 fouls is considered as an excluded player’s foul. It is charged and entered on the scoresheet against the head coach as 'B'. (R1784)
YES A player head coach who has committed 5 fouls as a player is an excluded player. Fouls committed by the excluded players shall be entered against the head coach as 'B'. (OBR Art. 40.3 and B.8.2) (R1784)
1778
A foul by a player who has previously committed 5 fouls is considered as an excluded player’s foul and it is charged and entered on the scoresheet against the head coach as 'C'
NO A player head coach who has committed 5 fouls as a player is an excluded player. Fouls committed by the excluded players shall be entered against the head coach as 'B'. (OBR Art. 40.3. and B.8.2.)
1779
A player who has committed 2 technical fouls or 2 unsportsmanlike fouls or 1 unsportsmanlike foul and 1 technical foul shall be informed of the game disqualification by the timer who shall raise the game disqualification (GD) marker. (R1786)
YES A player who has committed 2 technical fouls or 2 unsportsmanlike fouls or 1 unsportsmanlike foul and 1 technical foul shall be informed of the game disqualification by the timer who shall raise the game disqualification (GD) marker. (OBR Art. 40.4) (R1786)
1780
A player who has committed 2 technical fouls or 2 unsportsmanlike fouls or 1 unsportsmanlike foul and 1 technical foul shall be informed of the game disqualification by the assistant scorer who shall raise the game disqualification (GD) marker.
NO A player who has committed 2 technical fouls or 2 unsportsmanlike fouls or 1 unsportsmanlike foul and 1 technical foul shall be informed of the game disqualification by the timer who shall raise the game disqualification (GD) marker. (OBR Art. 40.4.)
1781
A player who has committed 2 technical fouls or 2 unsportsmanlike fouls or 1 unsportsmanlike foul and 1 technical foul shall be informed of the game disqualification by the scorer who shall raise the game disqualification (GD) marker. (R1788)
NO A player who has committed 2 technical fouls or 2 unsportsmanlike fouls or 1 unsportsmanlike foul and 1 technical foul shall be informed of the game disqualification by the timer who shall raise the game disqualification (GD) marker. (OBR Art. 40.4) (R1788)
1782
A head coach who has committed 2 technical fouls ('C') because of the personal unsportsmanlike behaviour or 3 technical fouls, either all of them ('B') or one of them ('C') shall be informed of the game disqualification by the timer who shall raise the game disqualification (GD) marker. (R1789)
YES A head coach who has committed 2 technical fouls ('C') because of the personal unsportsmanlike behaviour or 3 technical fouls, either all of them ('B') or one of them ('C') shall be informed of the game disqualification by the timer who shall raise the game disqualification (GD) marker. (OBR Art. 40.5) (R1789)
1783
A head coach who has committed 2 technical fouls ('C') because of the personal unsportsmanlike behaviour or 3 technical fouls, either all of them ('B') or one of them ('C') shall be informed of the game disqualification by the assistant scorer who shall raise the game disqualification (GD) marker. (R1790)
NO A head coach who has committed 2 technical fouls ('C') because of the personal unsportsmanlike behaviour or 3 technical fouls, either all of them ('B') or one of them ('C') shall be informed of the game disqualification by the timer who shall raise the game disqualification (GD) marker. (OBR Art. 40.5) (R1790)
1784
Any disqualified player, substitute, head coach, assistant coach, excluded player or accompanying delegation member must leave the game immediately (taking no more than 30 seconds) and shall go to and remain in the team's dressing room for the duration of the game or shall leave the building. (R1792)
YES Any disqualified player, substitute, head coach, assistant coach, excluded player or accompanying delegation member must leave the game immediately (taking no more than 30 seconds) and shall go to and remain in the team's dressing room for the duration of the game or shall leave the building. (OBR Art. 40.6) (R1792)
1785
Any disqualified player, substitute, head coach, assistant coach, excluded player or accompanying delegation member must leave the game immediately (taking no more than 50 seconds) and shall go to and remain in the team's dressing room for the duration of the game or shall leave the building. (R1793)
NO Any disqualified player, substitute, head coach, assistant coach, excluded player or accompanying delegation member must leave the game immediately (taking no more than 30 seconds) and shall go to and remain in the team's dressing room for the duration of the game or shall leave the building. (OBR Art. 40.6) (R1793)
1786
Any disqualified player, substitute, head coach, assistant coach, excluded player or accompanying delegation member must leave the game immediately (taking no more than 60 seconds) and shall go to and remain in the team's dressing room for the duration of the game or shall leave the building. (R1794)
NO Any disqualied player, substitute, head coach, assistant coach, excluded player or accompanying delegation member must leave the game immediately (taking no more than 30 seconds) and shall go to and remain in the team's dressing room for the duration of the game or shall leave the building. (OBR Art. 40.6.) (R1794)
1787
A1 commits a technical foul. The foul shall count as 1 of the team A fouls in the quarter. (R1795)
YES A team foul is a personal, technical, unsportsmanlike or disqualifying foul committed by a player. A team is in the team foul penalty situation after it has committed 4 team fouls in the quarter. (OBR Art. 41.1.1.) (R1795)
1788
After the game clock signal has sounded for the end of the 4th quarter, the score is tied. The arrow favours team A. A1 commits a technical foul. After the free throw with no line-up, the game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the centre line extended, according to the alternating possession procedure. (R1796)
YES All team fouls committed in an interval of play shall be considered as committed in the following overtime. Any team B player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the centre line extended, according to the alternating possession procedure. (OBR Art. 41.1.2. and 36.3.2.) (R1796)
1789
Thrower-in A3 has the ball in the hands when A4 fouls B4. This is the 5th team A foul in the quarter. B4 shall be awarded 2 free throws.
NO
1790
In terms of the team foul penalty situation, the overtime is the continuation of the 4th quarter. (R1798)
YES All team fouls committed in each overtime shall be considered as committed in the fourth quarter. (OBR Art. 41.1.3) (R1798
1791
A4's throw-in pass to A5 is deflected by B4. The ball bounces away when A5 fouls B5. This is the 5th team A foul in the quarter. B5 shall be awarded 2 free throws. (R1799)
NO Team A control of the ball ends when team B gains control of the ball (which is not a case). If a personal foul is committed by a player of the team in control of the live ball, such a foul shall be penalised by a throw-in for the opponents. (OBR Art. 14.1.3. and 14.1.1) (R1799)
1792
During the 1st overtime, B1 fouls dribbler A1. This is the 6th team B foul in the 4th quarter and in the 1st overtime. A1 shall be awarded 2 free throws. (R1800)
YES All team fouls committed in each overtime shall be considered as committed in the fourth quarter. (OBR Art. 41.1.3) (R1800)
1793
A6 requests to substitute A1. The substitution is granted and A6 enters the court. A1 leaving the court disrespectfully communicates with a referee. A1 is charged with a technical foul. A1's technical foul shall count as 1 of the team A fouls in the quarter.
NO
1794
With 0:53 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, thrower-in A1 has the ball in the hands when A2 fouls B2. This is a team A control foul. (R1802)
YES Team control starts when a player of that team is in control of a live ball by holding it. If a personal foul is committed by a player of the team in control of the live ball, such a foul shall be penalised by a throw-in for the opponents. (OBR Art. 41.2.2. and 14.1.1.) (R1802)
1795
The game clock signal sounds for the end of the 1st quarter when A1 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against B1. B1 shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The 2nd quarter shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt.
YES
1796
A1 is running on the court in front of team B bench area. B6 pushes A1. B6's foul shall count as 1 of the team B fouls in the quarter.(R1804)
NO A team foul is a personal, technical, unsportsmanlike or disqualifying foul committed by a player (not by a substitute). (OBR Art. 41.1.1.) (R1804)
1797
Team B has committed 4 team fouls in the 4th quarter. The game ends with the score tied. In the overtime, B4 fouls A4 dribbler. A4 shall be awarded 2 free throws.
YES
1798
The offensive foul counts as 1 of the team fouls. (R1806)
YES A team foul is a personal, technical, unsportsmanlike or disqualifying foul committed by a player. (OBR Art. 41.1.1.) (R1806)
1799
The player's technical foul counts as 1 of the team fouls. (R1807)
YES
1800
B3 fouls dribbler A2. This is the 4th team B foul in the quarter. A2 shall be awarded 2 free throws. (R1808)
NO A team is in the team foul penalty situation after it has committed 4 team fouls in the quarter (which is not the case). All following player personal fouls committed on a player not in the act of shooting shall be penalised by 2 free throws, instead of a throw-in. (OBR Art. 41.1.1 and 41.2.1) (R1808)
1801
B3 fouls dribbler A2. This is the 5th team B foul in the quarter. A2 shall be awarded 2 free throws. (R1809)
YES A team is in the team foul penalty situation after it has committed 4 team fouls in the quarter. All following player personal fouls committed on a player not in the act of shooting shall be penalised by 2 free throws, instead of a throw-in. (OBR Art. 41.1.1 and 41.2.1) (R1809)
1802
The player's disqualifying foul counts as 1 of the team fouls
YES A team foul is a personal, technical, unsportsmanlike or disqualifying foul committed by a player. (OBR Art. 41.1.1.) (R1810)
1803
B4 fouls A4 in the act of shooting for a goal. This is the 6th team B foul in the quarter. The ball enters the basket. The goal shall count. A4 shall be awarded 2 free throws. (R1811)
NO If the foul is committed on a player in the act of shooting, the goal if made shall count. In addition, the shooter shall attempt 1 free throw. (OBR Art. 41.2.1 and 34.2.2) (R1811)
1804
Thrower-in A1 has the ball in the hands when A3 fouls B3. This is the 5th team A foul in the quarter. B3 shall be awarded 2 free throws. (R1812)
NO
1805
A3 scores a goal. The ball passed through the basket when B4 fouls A4. This is the 5th team B foul in the quarter. A4 shall be awarded 2 free throws. (R1813)
NO If a personal foul is committed by a player of the team entitled to the ball, such a foul shall be penalised by a throw-in for the opponents. (OBR Art. 41.2.2.) (R1813)
1806
A3 scores a goal. The ball passed through the basket when B4 catches the ball and fouls A4. This is the 5th team B foul in the quarter. A4 shall be awarded 2 free throws. (R1814)
NO If a personal foul is committed by a player of the team entitled to the ball, such a foul shall be penalised by a throw-in for the opponents. (OBR Art. 41.2.2) (R1814)
1807
During the pre-game warm-up, team A player commits a technical foul. The technical foul shall count as 1 of the team fouls in the 1st quarter.
YES All team fouls committed in an interval of play shall be considered as committed in the following quarter or overtime. (OBR Art. 41.1.2) (R1815)
1808
B4 fouls A4. This is the 4th team B foul in the quarter. A4 shall be awarded 2 free throws. (R1816)
NO A team foul is a personal, technical, unsportsmanlike or disqualifying foul committed by a player. A team is in the team foul penalty situation after it has committed 4 team fouls in the quarter. (OBR Art. 41.1.1) (R1816)
1809
A2 passes the ball to A4 when A4 fouls B3. This is the 6th team A foul in the quarter. B3 then strongly hits A4 and is disqualified. B3 is substituted by B6. B6 shall be awarded 2 free throws, followed by A4's 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the centre line extended, opposite the scorer's table. (R1817)
NO If a personal foul is committed by a player of the team in control of the live ball, such a foul shall be penalised by the throw-in for the opponents. The right to possession of the ball as part of the last penalty to be administered shall cancel any prior rights to possession of the ball. A4 shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line on the opposite side of the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 41.2.2 and 42.2.5.) (R1817)
1810
A1 shot for a goal rebounds from the ring when B3 fouls A3. This is the 5th team B foul in the quarter. A3 shall be awarded 2 free throws. (R1818)
YES A team is in the team foul penalty situation after it has committed 4 team fouls in the quarter. All following player personal fouls committed on a player not in the act of shooting shall be penalised by 2 free throws. (OBR Art. 41.1.1 and 41.2.1) (R1818)
1811
A1 passes the ball to A2 when A2 fouls B2. This is the 3rd team A foul in the quarter. B2 then strongly hits A2 and is disqualified. A2 shall be awarded 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. (R1819)
YES If a personal foul is committed by a player of the team in control of the live ball, such a foul shall be penalised by a throw-in for the opponents. The right to possession of the ball as part of the last penalty to be administered shall cancel any prior rights to possession of the ball. A2 shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line on the opposite side of the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 41.2.2 and 42.2.5.) (R1819)
1812
With 1:39 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, A1 is in the act of shooting when a personal foul is committed away from the shooting situation by B2 against A2. This is the 3rd team B foul in the quarter. If the IRS review provides that A1 was not yet in the act of shooting, the ball became dead when B2's foul occurred, the goal if made shall not count. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where the B2's foul occurred.
YES In the same stopped clock period which follows an infraction, special situations may arise when additional infractions have been committed. All fouls shall be charged and all penalties identified. The order in which all infractions occurred shall be determined and administered. (OBR Art. 42.2.1 and 42.2.2) (R1820)
1813
With 1:39 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, A1 is in the act of shooting when a personal foul is committed away from the shooting situation by B2 against A2. This is the 3rd team B foul in the quarter. If the IRS review provides that A1 was in the act of shooting, the goal if made shall count. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where the B2's foul occurred
YES In the same stopped clock period which follows an infraction, special situations may arise when additional infractions have been committed. All fouls shall be charged and all penalties identified. The order in which all infractions occurred shall be determined and administered. (OBR Art. 42.2.1 and 42.2.2) (R1821)
1814
With 1:39 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, A1 is in the act of shooting when a personal foul is committed away from the shooting situation by B2 against A2. This is the 5th team B foul in the quarter. If the IRS review provides that A1 was not yet in the act of shooting, the ball became dead when B2's foul occurred and the goal, if made shall not count. A2 shall attempt 2 free throws as a result of B2's foul. The game shall continue as after any last free throw. (R1822)
YES In the same stopped clock period which follows an infraction, special situations may arise when additional infractions have been committed. All fouls shall be charged and all penalties identified. The order in which all infractions occurred shall be determined and administered. (OBR Art. 42.2.1 and 42.2.2) (R1822)
1815
With 1:39 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, A1 is in the act of shooting when a personal foul is committed away from the shooting situation by B2 against A2. This is the 5th team B foul in the quarter. If the IRS review provides that A1 was in the act of shooting, the goal if made shall count. A2 shall attempt 2 free throws as a result of the B2's foul. The game shall continue as after any last free throw. (R1823)
YES
1816
With 1:39 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, A1 is in the act of shooting when a personal foul is committed away from the shooting situation by A2 against B2. If the IRS review provides the ball has left the hands of shooter A1, the goal if made shall count. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the place nearest to where the A2's foul occurred. (R1824)
YES In the same stopped clock period which follows an infraction, special situations may arise when additional infractions have been committed. All fouls shall be charged and all penalties identified. The order in which all infractions occurred shall be determined and administered. (OBR Art. 42.2.1 and 42.2.2) (R1824)
1817
With 1:39 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, A1 is in the act of shooting when a personal foul is committed away from the shooting situation by A2 against B2. If the IRS review provides that the ball was still in the hands of shooter A1, the ball became dead when the A2 foul occurred and the goal, if made shall not count. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the place nearest to where the A2's foul occurred. (R1825)
YES In the same stopped clock period which follows an infraction, special situations may arise when additional infractions have been committed. All fouls shall be charged and all penalties identified. The order in which all infractions occurred shall be determined and administered. (OBR Art. 42.2.1 and 42.2.2) (R1825)
1818
B1 fouls A1 during the shot for a 2-point goal when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the 3rd quarter. The IRS is not available. The referees decided that B1's foul occurred before the game clock signal sounded. A1 shall attempt 2 free throws. The game clock shall be corrected to show the remaining time in the quarter. The game shall be resumed as after any last free throw. (R1826)
YES
1819
B1 fouls A1 during the shot for a 2-point goal when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the 3rd quarter. The IRS is not available. The referees decided that B1' foul occurred after the game clock signal sounded. B1's foul shall be disregarded. The 4th quarter shall start according to the alternating possession procedure. (R1827)
YES In the same stopped clock period which follows an infraction, special situations may arise when additional infractions have been committed. All fouls shall be charged and all penalties identified. Even without an IRS the referees shall decide on the order in which all infractions occurred and shall be administered. (OBR Art. 0 and F.2.1.) (R1827)
1820
B1 fouls A1 on the successful 2-point goal. A1 is then charged with a technical foul. The game shall be resumed with a jump ball.
NO A1's goal shall count. The penalties for both fouls are equal and shall cancel each other. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from behind the endline. (OBR Art. 42.2.3 and 42.2.8) (R1828)
1821
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when A2 and B2 commit the unsportsmanlike fouls on each other. The ball does not enter the basket. The game shall be resumed with a jump ball situation.
YES If, after the cancellation of equal penalties on both teams there are no other penalties remaining for administration and if, at approximately the same time as unsportsmanlike fouls were called neither team had control of the ball, a jump ball situation occurs. (OBR Art. 42.2.8.) (R1829)
1822
A1's shot for a goal touches the ring and A2 rebounds it. A fight now starts under the team B basket. The referees disqualify from each team 2 players on the court and 2 substitutes for leaving the team bench areas, all of them for the active participation in the fight. All disqualifying penalties shall be cancelled. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. Team A shall have 24 seconds on the shot clock.
NO All equal penalties on the teams shall be cancelled. If a team (A) had control of the ball when the fight started, the ball shall be awarded to a team A for a throw-in from the place nearest to the where the ball was located when the fight started (team A frontcourt). Team A shall have the time remaining on the shot clock when the game was stopped. (OBR Art. 42.2.8.) (R1830)
1823
B4 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A4. Team A head coach and team B head coach then commit the technical fouls. A4 shall be awarded 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the centre line extended, opposite the scorer's table
NO
1824
A5's shot for a goal is in the air when A4 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against B4. The ball does not enter the basket. B4 then commits a technical foul. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where the technical foul occurred. (R1832)
NO
1825
B3 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A4 in the act of shooting for a goal. The ball does not enter the basket. A4 then commits an unsportsmanlike foul against B3. The 2 unsportsmanlike foul penalties cancel each other. The game shall be resumed with a jump ball. (R1833)
NO Both equal unsportsmanlike foul penalties shall be cancelled. If at approximately the same time as the first unsportsmanlike foul team A was entitled to the ball, the ball shall be awarded to a team A for a throw-in from the place nearest to where the first unsportsmanlike foul was called. (OBR Art. 42.2.3. and 42.2.8.) (R1833)
1826
B3 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A4 in the act of shooting for a 2-point goal. The ball does not enter the basket. A4 then commits an unsportsmanlike foul against B3. The 2 unsportsmanlike foul penalties cancel each other. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where the first unsportsmanlike foul was called
YES Both equal unsportsmanlike foul penalties shall be cancelled. If at approximately the same time as the first unsportsmanlike foul team A was entitled to the ball, the ball shall be awarded to a team A for a throw-in from the place nearest to where the first unsportsmanlike foul was called. (OBR Art. 42.2.3 and 42.2.8.) (R1834)
1827
A4 commits a double dribble violation. Thrower-in B1 has the ball in the hands when B5 fouls A1. This is a jump ball situation.
NO If a personal foul is committed by a player of the team in control of the live ball, such a foul shall be penalised by a throw-in for the opponents. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where B5's foul occurred. (OBR Art. 42.2.8. and 41.2.2) (R1835)
1828
A4 commits a double dribble violation. Thrower-in B4 has the ball in the hands when B5 fouls A1. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where B5's foul occurred. (R1836)
YES If a personal foul is committed by a player of the team in control of the live ball, such a foul shall be penalised by the throw-in for the opponents. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where B5`s foul occurred. (OBR Art. 42.2.8. and 41.2.2) (R1836)
1829
During the pre-game warm-up, A1 and B1 commit the technical fouls. The technical foul penalties cancel each other. The game shall start with a jump ball.
YES Both equal technical foul penalties shall be cancelled. The game shall start with a jump ball. (OBR Art. 42.2.3 and 9.1.) (R1837)
1830
A4 is fouled on the act of shooting for a 2-point goal. The ball does not enter the basket. A3 and B3 then commit a double foul. The arrow favours team B. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in.
NO Both equal double foul penalties shall be cancelled. A4 shall attempt 2 free throws. The game shall be resumed as after any last free throw. (OBR Art. 42.2.8.) (R1838)
1831
A1 dribbles when A3 and B3 commit a double foul. This is both teams' 3rd foul in the quarter. Team A head coach then commits a technical foul. Any team B player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in at the centre line extended, opposite the scorer’s table. (R1839)
NO Both equal double foul penalties shall be cancelled. Any team B player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where the double foul occurred. (OBR Art. 42.2.8. and 35.2.) (R1839)
1832
A1 commits a double dribble violation, after which A2 and B2 commit disqualifying fouls. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the place nearest to where the double dribble violation occurred.
YES
1833
B1 fouls dribbler A1. This is the 2nd team B foul in the quarter. A2 and B2 the commit a double foul. This is both teams’ 3rd foul in the quarter. This is a jump ball situation. (R1841)
NO
1834
A1's shot for a goal enters the basket. A2 and B2 then commit the technical fouls. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from behind the endline. (R1842)
YES If at approximately the same time as the technical fouls are committed a valid goal is scored, the technical foul penalties shall be cancelled. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from behind the endline. (OBR Art. 42.2.8.) (R1842)
1835
A4's shot for a goal is on the upward flight when B5 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A5. The ball enters the basket. Team A head coach then commits a technical foul. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from any place behind the endline. (R1843)
NO The unsportsmanlike and technical foul penalties shall not cancel each other. A4's goal shall count. Any team B player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. A5 shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line on the opposite site of the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 42.2.8. and 36.3.2.) (R1843)
1836
B4 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A4 in the act of shooting for a 2-point goal. The ball does not enter basket. B2 and A1 then commit the technical fouls. The technical foul penalties cancel each other. A4 shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. (R1844)
YES Both equal technical foul penalties shall be cancelled. A4 shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line on the opposite side of the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 42.2.3 and 42.2.8.) (R1844)
1837
A2 is awarded 2 free throws. The ball is dead after the 1st successful free throw when team A head coach and B3 commit technical fouls. A2 shall attempt the 2nd free throw and the game shall be resumed as after any last free throw.
YES
1838
A1 dribbles when B3 fouls A3. This is the 2nd team B foul in the quarter. A2 and B2 then commit a double foul. This is a jump ball situation. (R1846)
NO Both equal double foul penalties shall be cancelled. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where B3's foul occurred. (OBR Art. 42.2.8. and 35.2.) (R1846)
1839
A1 dribbles when A3 fouls B3. A2 and B2 then commit a double foul. This is a jump ball situation.
NO
1840
B2 fouls dribbler A1. This is the 2nd team B foul in the quarter. Team B head coach and B2 then commit technical fouls. Any team A player shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place where the game was stopped for the technical foul penalty.
YES
1841
A4 is awarded 2 free throws. Before A4 has the ball in the hands for the 2nd free throw, team A head coach commits a technical foul. Any team B player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. A4 shall attempt the 2nd free throw. The game shall be resumed as after any last free throw.
YES
1842
A2 scores a goal. A4 and B4 then commit the technical fouls. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from behind the endline. (R1850)
YES Both equal technical foul penalties shall be cancelled. If at approximately the same time as the technical fouls a valid goal is scored, the ball shall be awarded to the non-scoring team B for a throw-in from behind the endline. (OBR Art. 42.2.8. and 50.2.) (R1850)
1843
With 15 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles when A2 and B2 start fighting and are disqualified. The disqualifying foul penalties cancel each other. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in with 15 seconds remaining on the shot clock. (R1851)
YES Both equal disqualifying foul penalties shall be cancelled. If at approximately the same time as the first foul a team had control of the ball, the ball shall be awarded to this team for a throw-in from the place nearest to where the first foul occurred. (OBR Art. 42.2.8.) (R1851)
1844
A1 dribbles when team A head coach and B4 commit the technical fouls. The arrow favours team B. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in.
NO Both equal technical foul penalties shall be cancelled. If at approximately the same time as the first foul team A had control of the ball, the ball shall be awarded to team A for a throw-in from the place nearest to where the first foul occurred. (OBR Art. 42.2.8. and 12.5.6) (R1852)
1845
Before thrower-in A4 has the ball in the hands to start the 4th quarter, B2 and A2 commit the technical fouls. The 4th quarter shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where the first foul occurred. (R1853)
YES
1846
A5 commits a double dribble violation. A5 and B5 then start fighting and are disqualified. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the place nearest to where the double dribble violation occurred. (R1854)
YES Both equal disqualifying foul penalties shall be cancelled. If at approximately the same time as the double dribble violation occurred a team was entitled to the ball, the ball shall be awarded to this team for a throw-in from the place nearest to where the double dribble violation occurred. (OBR Art. 42.2.8. and 42.2.3) (R1854)
1847
A1 scores a goal. A3 and B3 then commit the technical fouls. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from behind the endline. (R1855)
YES Both equal technical foul penalties shall be cancelled. If at approximately the same time as the first foul occurred a valid goal is scored, the ball shall be awarded to the non-scoring team for a throw-in from behind the endline. (OBR Art. 42.2.8. and 42.2.3) (R1855)
1848
B4 fouls A4 on the successful shot for a goal. Team A head coach then commits a technical foul. A4's goal shall count. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from behind the endline as after any valid field goal. (R1856)
YES Both equal penalties (1 free throw) shall be cancelled. If at approximately the same time as a foul a valid goal is scored, the ball shall be awarded to the non-scoring team for a throw-in from behind the endline as after any successful goal. (OBR Art. 42.2.8. and 42.2.3) (R1856)
1849
B4 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A4 on the successful shot for a goal. Team A head coach then commits a technical foul. A4 shall attempt 2 free throws. Any team B player attempts 1 free throw. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the centre line extended, opposite the scorer's table. (R1857)
NO The unsportsmanlike and technical foul penalties are not equal and shall not cancel each other. A4's goal shall count. Any team B player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. A4 shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line on the opposite side of the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 42.2.8. and 36.3.2.) (R1857)
1850
A1's jump shot for a 2-point goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. B1 then commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A1 who is still in the air. The ball misses the ring. B1's unsportsmanlike foul shall be disregarded. (R1858)
NO B1's unsportsmanlike foul shall not be disregarded. A1 shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line on the opposite side of the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 42.2.3) (R1858)
1851
A1's shot for a 3-point goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. B1 then commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A1 who is still in the air. The ball touches the ring but does not enter the basket. A1 shall be awarded 3 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. (R1859)
YES B1's unsportsmanlike foul shall not be disregarded. A1 shall attempt 3 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line on the opposite side of the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 42.2.3) (OBRI 42-2b) (R1859)
1852
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. B1 then commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A1 who is still in the air. The ball enters the basket. A1's goal shall count. A1 shall be awarded 1 additional free throw. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt.
YES
1853
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. B1 then commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A1 who is still in the air. The ball enters the basket. A1's goal shall count. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from behind the endline. (R1861)
NO B1's unsportsmanlike foul shall not be disregarded. A1's goal shall count. A1 shall attempt 1 additional free throw with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line on the opposite side of the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 42.2.3) (R1861)
1854
B2 fouls A1 in the act of shooting for a 2-point goal. A1 still in the air is then fouled by B1. The ball does not enter the basket. B1's foul shall be disregarded unless it is an unsportsmanlike foul or disqualifying foul.
YES B1's foul shall be disregarded, unless it is an unsportsmanlike foul or disqualifying foul. A1 shall attempt 2 free throws. (OBR Art. 42.2.3) (OBRI 42-3)
1855
B2 fouls A1 in the act of shooting for a 2-point goal. A1 still in the air is then fouled by B1. The ball does not enter the basket. A1 shall be awarded 4 free throws. (R1863)
NO B1's foul shall be disregarded, unless it is an unsportsmanlike foul or disqualifying foul. A1 shall attempt 2 free throws. (OBR Art. 42.2.3) (R1863)
1856
B1 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A1. Team A head coach and team B head coach then commit technical fouls. The technical foul penalties cancel each other. A1 shall be awarded 2 free throws. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. (R1864)
YES
1857
B1 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A1. Team A head coach and team B head coach then commit technical fouls. B1's unsportsmanlike foul and team A head coach technical foul penalties cancel each other. Any team A player shall attempt 1 free throw. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in. (R1865)
NO Both equal technical foul penalties shall be cancelled. A1 shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line on the opposite side of the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 42.2.3 and 36.3.2.) (R1865)
1858
B1 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A1 on the successful shot for a goal. A1 then commits a technical foul. A1's goal shall count. B1's unsportsmanlike foul and A1's technical foul penalties cancel each other. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. (R1866)
NO The unsportsmanlike and technical foul penalties are not equal and shall not cancel each other. A1's goal shall count. Any team B player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. A1 shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line on the opposite side of the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 42.2.3 and 36.3.2.) (R1866)
1859
B1 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A1 on the successful shot for a goal. A1 then commits a technical foul. A1's goal shall count. B1's unsportsmanlike foul and A1's technical foul penalties cancel each other. The game shall be resumed with a jump ball.
NO The unsportsmanlike and technical foul penalties are not equal and shall not cancel each other. A1's goal shall count. Any team B player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. A1 shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line on the opposite side of the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 42.2.3 and 36.3.2.) (R1867)
1860
A1 commits a double dribble violation, immediately followed by B1's foul. This is the 3rd team B team foul in the quarter. This is a jump ball situation. (R1868)
NO Both equal possession of the ball penalties shall cancel each other. If a team A had control of the ball at the time of a double dribble violation occurred, the ball shall be awarded to this team A for a throw-in from the place nearest to where the double dribble violation occurred. (OBR Art. 42.2.8.) (R1868)
1861
B1 fouls A1. This is the 3rd team B foul in the quarter. Later (not at approximately the same time), A1 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against B1. B1 shall be awarded 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. (R1869)
YES B1's and A1's fouls did not occur at approximately the same time. The right to possession of the ball as part of the last penalty shall cancel any prior rights to possession of the ball. B1 shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line on the opposite site of the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 42.2.5.) (R1869)
1862
A1 is awarded 2 free throws. After the 1st free throw, A2 and B2 commit a double foul. A1 shall attempt the 2nd free throw. The game shall be resumed as after any last free throw.
YES Both double foul penalties shall be cancelled. A1 shall attempt the 2nd free throw. The game shall be resumed as after any last free throw. (OBR Art. 42.2.3) (R1870)
1863
A1 is awarded 2 free throws. After the 1st free throw, A2 and B2 commit a double foul. A1 shall attempt the 2nd free throw. The game shall be resumed with a jump ball. (R1871)
NO Both double foul penalties shall be cancelled. A1 shall attempt the 2nd free throw. The game shall be resumed as after any last free throw. (OBR Art. 42.2.3) (R1871)
1864
A1 scores 2 free throws. Before the ball becomes live after the last free throw, A2 and B2 commit a double foul. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from behind the endline. (R1872)
YES Both equal double foul penalties shall be cancelled. If at approximately the same time when a double foul occurred a last free throw is scored, the ball shall be awarded to the non-scoring team B for a throw-in from behind the endline. (OBR Art. 42.2.3.) (R1872)
1865
A1 scores 2 free throws. Before the ball becomes live after the last free throw, A2 and B2 commit a double foul. The game shall be resumed with a jump ball.
NO Both equal double foul penalties shall be cancelled. If at approximately the same time when a double foul occurred a last free throw is scored, the ball shall be awarded to the non-scoring team B for a throw-in from behind the endline. (OBR Art. 42.2.3.) (R1873)
1866
A1 scores 2 free throws. Before the ball becomes live after the last free throw, A2 and B2 commit the technical fouls. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the endline. (R1874)
YES Both equal technical foul penalties shall be cancelled. If at approximately the same time when the technical fouls occurred a last free throw is scored, the ball shall be awarded to the non-scoring team B for a throw-in from behind the endline. (OBR Art. 42.2.3.) (R1874)
1867
A1 scores 2 free throws. Before the ball becomes live after the last free throw, A2 and B2 commit the technical fouls. The game shall be resumed with a jump ball
NO Both equal technical foul penalties shall be cancelled. If at approximately the same time when the technical fouls occurred a last free throw is scored, the ball shall be awarded to the non-scoring team B for a throw-in from behind the endline. (OBR Art. 42.2.3.) (R1875)
1868
During an interval of play between the 1st and 2nd quarter, A1 and B1 commit disqualifying fouls. The arrow favours team A. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the centre line extended, opposite the scorer`s table. (R1876)
YES
1869
A2 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against B2. A4 and B4 then commit the technical fouls. The technical foul penalties cancel each other. (R1877)
YES Both equal technical foul penalties shall be cancelled. B2 shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line on the opposite side of the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 42.2.8. and 37.2.2.) (R1877)
1870
Once the ball has become live on the first free throw, that penalty can no longer be used for cancelling any remaining penalties.
YES Once the ball has become live on the first free throw, that penalty can no longer be used for cancelling any remaining penalties. (OBR Art. 42.2.6) (
1871
B4 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against dribbler A5. Before the ball becomes live for A5's 1st free throw, A4 commits a technical foul. The 2 penalties cancel each other. The arrow favours team B. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in. (R1879)
NO The unsportsmanlike and technical foul penalties are not equal and shall not cancel each other. Any team B player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. A5 shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line on the opposite side of the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 42.2.6. and 36.3.2.) (R1879)
1872
B5 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against dribbler A3. A3 has the ball in the hands for the 1st free throw when A4 commits a technical foul. The 2 penalties shall cancel each other. (R1880)
NO Once the ball has become live on the first free throw, that penalty can no longer be used for cancelling any remaining penalties. Any team B player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. A3 shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line on the opposite side the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 42.2.6.) (R1880)
1873
A1 is awarded 2 free throws. A1’s 1st free throw is successful. A1 has the ball in the hands for the 2nd free throw when team A head coach commits a technical foul. A1 shall attempt the 2nd free throw with no line-up. Any team B player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the center line extended, opposite the scorer’s table.
NO Once the ball has become live on the first free throw, that penalty can no longer be used for cancelling any remaining penalties. Any team B player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. A1 shall attempt the second free throw. The game shall be resumed as after any last free throw. (OBR Art. 42.2.6.) (R1881)
1874
A4 commits a 3-second violation. During the following dead ball period, B4 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A2. Team A head coach then commits a technical foul. The foul penalties shall be cancelled. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in. (R1882)
NO The unsportsmanlike and technical foul penalties are not equal and shall not cancel each other. Any team B player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. A2 shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line on the opposite side of the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 42.2.6. and 36.3.2.) (R1882)
1875
A1 commits a travelling violation. Before the ball becomes live, A2 and B1 commit a double foul. Both fouls are the 3rd team fouls in the quarter. This is a jump ball situation.
NO
1876
Once the ball has become live on the 1st free throw, that penalty can no longer be used for cancelling any remaining penalties.
YES
1877
B1 fouls dribbler A1, followed by A2 foul against B2. Both fouls are the 3rd teams fouls in the quarter. Team A shall be awarded a throw-in. (R1885)
YES
1878
A1 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against B1. Shortly after, team A head coach commits a technical foul, followed by B2's technical foul. The equal technical foul penalties shall be cancelled. B1 shall be awarded 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. (R1886)
YES oth equal technical foul penalties shall be cancelled. B1 shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line on the opposite side of the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 42.2.3) (R1886)
1879
B1 fouls A1. This is the 3rd team B foul in the quarter. Before the ball is at A2's disposal for a throw-in, A3 and B3 commit a double foul. This is a jump ball situation. (R1887)
NO Both equal double foul penalties shall be cancelled. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where B1's foul occurred. (OBR Art. 42.2.3) (R1887)
1880
A1 scores a goal, after which A2 and B2 commit the technical fouls. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from behind the endline
YES Both equal technical foul penalties shall be cancelled. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from behind the endline. (OBR Art. 42.2.8.) (R1888)
1881
A1 is fouled on the act of shooting for a 2-point goal. The ball does not enter the basket. A2 and B2 then commit a double foul. The arrow favours team B. A1 shall attempt 2 free throws. The game shall be resumed with a team B alternating possession throw-in. (R1889)
NO Both equal double foul penalties shall be cancelled. A2 shall attempt 2 free throws. The game shall be resumed as after any last free throw. (OBR Art. 42.2.3) (R1889)
1882
B1 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A1 in the successful 3-point goal. A1 now commits a technical foul. The equal penalties shall be cancelled. A1's goal shall count. Team B shall be awarded a throw-in from behind the endline. (R1890)
NO The unsportsmanlike and technical foul penalties are not equal and shall not cancel each other. A1's goal shall count. Any team B player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. A1 shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line on the opposite side of the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 42.2.6. and 36.3.2.) (R1890)
1883
A1 commits a 3-second violation, after which B1 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A2. Team A head coach commits a technical foul. The arrow favours team B. All penalties shall be cancelled and no free throws shall be awarded. (R1891)
NO The unsportsmanlike and technical foul penalties are not equal and shall not cancel each other. A1's goal shall count. Any team B player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. A2 shall attempt 2 free throw with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line on the opposite side of the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 42.2.6. and 36.3.2.) (R1891)
1884
A1 dribbles when team A head coach commits a technical foul. A1 and B1 then commit the technical fouls. Team B shall lose the right to the possession of the ball, as a result of B1's technical foul. (R1892)
NO Both equal technical foul penalties shall be cancelled. Any team B player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where the ball was located when the game was stopped. (OBR Art. 42.2.3. and 36.3.2) (R1892)
1885
B1 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A1. Team A head coach and team B head coach then commit the technical fouls. The technical foul penalties shall cancel each other
YES Both equal technical foul penalties shall be cancelled. A1 shall attempt 2 free throw with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line on the opposite side of the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 42.2.3.)
1886
Neither team has the control of the ball when B1 commits a technical foul. Before the ball becomes live for any team A player free throw, A1 commits a technical foul. The equal penalties cancel each other. The arrow favours team B. The game shall be resumed with a team B alternating possession throw-in. (R1894)
YES Both equal technical penalties shall be cancelled. If there are no other penalties remaining for administration and neither team had control of the ball, a jump ball situation occurs. (OBR Art. 42.2.8.) (R1894)
1887
B3 fouls dribbler A3. This is the 3rd team B foul in the quarter. A3 then throws the ball against B3's body (legs, torso etc.). A3 shall be charged with a technical foul. Any team B player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where the ball was located when the game was stopped. (R1895)
YES
1888
B3 fouls dribbler A3. This is the 5th team B foul in the quarter. A3 then throws the ball from the short distance directly against B3's face. A3 shall be charged with a disqualifying foul. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the centre line extended, opposite the scorer’s table.
NO A3 shall be disqualified. A substitute for A3 shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. Any team B player shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line on the opposite side of the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 42.2.8 and 38.3.4) (OBRI 42-9)
1889
A4 commits a 3-second violation. Shortly after A3 and B4 start to fight. A3 and B4 are disqualified. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in
YES Both equal disqualifying foul penalties shall be cancelled. If at approximately the same time when the game was stopped because of fighting team B was entitled to the ball, the ball shall be awarded to a team B for a throw-in from the place nearest to where the ball was located when the fight started. (OBR Art. 42.2.3) (R1897)
1890
With 5 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles when A2 and B2 commit the technical fouls. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in and with 5 seconds on the shot clock. (R1898)
YES Both equal technical foul penalties shall be cancelled. If at approximately the same time when the first technical foul occurred team A had control of the ball, the ball shall be awarded to team A for a throw-in from the place nearest to where the ball was located when the first technical foul occurred. Team A shall have 5 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 42.2.8.) (R1898)
1891
A5's last free throw is in the air when A4 and B4 commit a double foul. The ball neither touches the ring nor enters the basket. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from behind the endline. (R1899)
NO Both equal double fouls shall be cancelled. If at approximately the same time when the double fouls occured team B was entitles to the ball, the ball shall be awarded to team B for a throw in from the free throw line extended.
1892
A4 commits a dribble violation, after which A5 and B5 commit the technical fouls. The arrow favours team A. The game shall be resumed with a team A alternating possession throw-in. (R1900)
NO Both equal technical foul penalties shall be cancelled. If at approximately the same time when the dribble violation occurred team B was entitled to the ball, the ball shall be awarded to a team B for a throw-in from the place nearest to where the dribble violation occurred. (OBR Art. 42.2.8.) (R1900)
1893
Thrower-in A1 has the ball in the hands when A3 and B4 starts to fight. A3 and B4 are disqualified. The game shall be resumed with a jump ball.
NO Both equal disqualifying foul penalties shall be cancelled. If at approximately the same time when the first disqualifying foul occurred team A had control of the ball, the ball shall be awarded to a team A for a throw-in from the place nearest to where the first disqualifying foul occurred. (OBR Art. 42.2.7)
1894
A1 dribbles in the backcourt when A2 and B2 commit a double foul, after which team A head coach commits a technical foul. Any team B player shall be awarded 1 free throw with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in in the backcourt from the place nearest to where the double foul occurred. (R1902)
YES
1895
B3 fouls dribbler A3. This is the 5th team B foul in the quarter. A3 then throws the ball against B3's body (legs, torso etc.). A3 is charged with a technical foul. Any team B player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. A3 shall attempt 2 free throws, as a result of a foul by B3. (R1903)
YES Any team B player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. A3 shall attempt 2 free throws. The game shall be resumed as after any last free throw. (OBR Art. 42.2.4) (R1903)
1896
A1 passes the ball to A2 when B1 and A3 start to fight. B1 and A3 are disqualified. A2 verbally insults a referee. A2 is disqualified. After that, B1 returns on the court and verbally insults a referee. The crew chief shall report B1's behaviour to the governing body of the competition. Team B head coach shall be disqualified. The game shall be resumed with a jump ball at the centre circle. (R1904)
NO Both equal B1 and A3 disqualifying foul penalties shall be cancelled. B1 became a disqualified player when involved in the fight. B1's verbal abuse of a referee shall not be penalised and the crew chief must report the incident to the governing body of the competition. Any team B player shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up, as the result of a disqualifying foul by A2.The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line on the opposite side of the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 42.2. and 42.2.3.) (R1904)
1897
A1's shot for a goal enters the basket. A fight now starts under the team B basket. The referees disqualify from each team 2 players on the court and 2 substitutes for leaving the team bench areas, all of them for the active participation in the fight. All disqualifying penalties shall be cancelled. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from behind the endline. Team B shall have 24 seconds on the shot clock.
YES All equal penalties on both teams shall be cancelled. If there are no other penalties remaining for the administration and a valid goal is scored, the ball shall be awarded to the non-scoring team B for a throw-in from any place behind team B endline. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds. (OBR Art. 42.2.8. and 50.3.) (R1905)
1898
During A1's successful last free throw, A2 and B2 commit violations for entering the restricted area before the ball has left A1's hands. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from behind the endline
YES If the free throw is successful and the violation is committed by any player(s) other than the free-throw shooter, the 1 point shall count and, in the case of the last free throw, the ball shall be awarded to the opponents for a throw-in from any place behind that team's endline. (OBR Art. 43.3.2.)
1899
A4 enters the restricted area before the ball left A2's hands on the successful last free throw. A2's point shall count. (R1907)
YES If the last free throw is successful and the violation is committed by any player other than the free-throw shooter, the violation shall be disregarded. The 1 point shall count. (OBR Art. 43.3.2) (R1907)
1900
A2 enters the restricted area before the ball has left A1's hands on the last free throw. The ball touches the ring but does not enter the basket. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the free-throw line extended. (R1908)
YES If the last free throw is not successful and the violation is committed by a free-throw's shooter team-mate, the ball shall be awarded to the opponents for a throw-in from the free-throw line extended. (OBR Art. 43.3.3) (R1908)
1901
A3 and B3 enter the restricted area before the ball has left A2's hands on the last free throw. The ball touches the ring but does not enter the basket. Team A shall be awarded a throw-in.
NO If the last free throw is not successful and the violation is committed by both teams, a jump ball situation occurs. (OBR Art. 43.3.3)
1902
B1 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A1. A1 is now injured and substituted by A6. Any team A player who was on the court when A1 was injured may attempt the free throws. (R1910)
NO If a player must leave the game due to injury, the substitute of that player shall attempt the free throw(s). That player cannot be substituted again until the next game clock running period of the game has ended. (OBR Art. 43.2.1. ) (R1910)
1903
B1 is charged with a technical foul. A6 enters the game and attempts a free throw. (R1911)
YES When a technical foul is called, any member of the opponents' team as designated by the head coach shall attempt the free throw. (OBR Art. 43.2.2.) (R1911)
1904
A2 last free throw neither touches the ring nor enters the basket. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the free-throw line extended. (R1912)
YES If the last free throw is not successful and the violation is committed by a free-throw
shooter, the ball shall be awarded to the opponents for a throw-in from the free-throw
line extended. (OBR Art. 43.3.3) (R1912)
1905
On the last unsuccessful free throw, a violation committed by the free-throw shooter takes precedence over the violations by the opponents. (R1913)
NO If the last free throw is not successful and the violation is committed by both teams (including the free-throw shooter), a jump ball situation occurs. (OBR Art. 43.3.3.) (R1913)
1906
None of team B players occupy the first rebound place during A1's last free throw. A1 misses the free throw. A1 shall be awarded a substitute free throw.
NO The players in the free-throw rebound places shall be entitled (not obliged) to occupy alternating positions in these rebound places. (OBR Art. 43.2.4)
1907
A2 enters the restricted area from the rebound place before the ball is released on A1's last free throw. The free throw is successful. A1's 1 point shall count. (R1915)
YES If the last free throw is successful, the violation committed by any player other than the free-throw shooter shall be disregarded. The 1 point shall count. (OBR Art. 43.3.2) (R1915)
1908
A2 enters the restricted area from the rebound place before the ball is released on A1's last free throw. The free throw is unsuccessful. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the free-throw line extended. (R1916)
YES If the last free throw is not successful and the violation is committed by the free-throw shooter team-mate, the ball shall be awarded to the opponents for a throw-in from the free-throw line extended. (OBR Art. 43.3.3) (R1916)
1909
A1 has the ball in the hands for a last free throw. B1 in the rebound place fakes entering the restricted area before the ball is released. This causes A2 to enter the restricted area before A1 has released the free throw. The free throw is unsuccessful. A1 is awarded a substitute free throw. (R1917)
NO If the last free throw is not successful and the violation is committed by the free-throw shooter team-mate, the ball shall be awarded to the opponents for a throw-in from the free-throw line extended. (OBR Art. 43.3.3) (R1917)
1910
A4 is fouled in the act of shooting and gets injured. Team A head coach shall designate the new free-throw shooter from amongst the players who were on the court when the foul occurred.
NO If a player must leave the game due to injury, the substitute of that player shall attempt the free throws. That player cannot be substituted again until the next game clock running period of the game has ended. (OBR Art. 43.2.1. and 19.3.8) (R1918)
1911
A4 is fouled in the act of shooting. The ball does not enter the basket. A4 then commits a technical foul. This is the 5th A4's foul and must leave the game. Team A head coach shall designate the new free-throws shooter from amongst the players who were on the court when A4's foul occurred. (R1919)
NO If a player must leave the game due to having committed 5 fouls, the substitute of that player shall attempt the free throws. That player cannot be substituted again until the next game clock running period of the game has ended. (OBR Art. 43.2.1 and 19.3.8) (R1919)
1912
B3 fouls A2. This is the 6th team B foul in the quarter. A2 then strongly hits B3 and is disqualified. A2 is substituted by A7. A7 shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. B3 then shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt.
YES If a player must leave the game due to having committed 5 fouls, the substitute shall attempt the free throws. All penalties shall be administered in the order in which they occurred. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line on the opposite side of the frontcourt. (OBR Art. 43.2.1. and 42.2.7) (R1920)
1913
When a personal foul is called, the player against whom the foul is committed shall attempt the free throw(s). (R1921)
YES When a personal foul is called, the player against whom the foul was committed shall attempt the free throw(s). (OBR Art. 43.2.1) (R1921)
1914
B3 fouls shooter A2. A2 shall be awarded the free throw(s).
YES When a personal foul is called, the player against whom the foul was committed shall attempt the free throw(s). (OBR Art. 43.2.1) (R1922)
1915
B3 fouls shooter A2. Any team A player may attempt the free throw(s). (R1923)
NO When a personal foul is called, the player against whom the foul was committed shall attempt the free throw(s). (OBR Art. 43.2.1) (R1923)
1916
If a technical foul is called, any member of the opponent's team may attempt the free throw. (R1924)
YES When a technical foul is called, any member of the opponents' team as designated by the head coach shall attempt the free throw. (OBR Art. 43.2.2) (R1924)
1917
When a technical foul is called, any substitute may attempt the free throw. (R1925)
YES When a technical foul is called, any member of the opponents' team as designated by the head coach shall attempt the free throw. That player cannot be substituted again until the next game clock running period of game has ended. (OBR Art. 43.2.2 and 19.3.8.) (R1925)
1918
A5 commits a technical foul for throwing the ball against B4's face. B4 must attempt the free throws.
NO When a technical foul is called, any member of the opponents' team as designated by the head coach shall attempt the free throw. (OBR Art. 43.2.2) (R1926)
1919
A5's free-throw shooter attempts the last free throw. B4 enters the restricted area before the ball has left A5's hands. The ball neither touches the ring nor enters the basket. This is a double free throw violation. (R1927)
YES If the last free throw is not successful and the violation is committed by both teams (including free-throw shooter), a jump ball situation occurs. (OBR Art. 43.2.3 and 43.3.3) (R1927)
1920
A5 is awarded 1 free throw. Team B head coach instructs the players not to occupy the free-throw rebound places. Team B head coach shall be charged with a technical foul. (R1928)
NO
1921
There are 6 rebound places along the restricted area. Only 5 rebound places may be occupied during the free throws. (R1929)
YES The 5 players in the free-throw rebound places shall be entitled to occupy the alternating positions in these places. (OBR Art. 43.2.4) (R1929)
1922
The free-throw rebound places must be occupied during the last free throw. (R1930)
NO The players in the free-throw rebound places shall be entitled (not obliged) to occupy alternating positions in these places. (OBR Art. 43.2.4) (R1930)
1923
During A1's last successful free throw, A2 and B2 enter the restricted area before the ball has left A1's hands. A1's 1 point shall not count. The game shall be resumed with a jump ball.
NO If the last free throw is successful and the violations are committed by any players other than the free-throw shooter, the violations shall be disregarded. The 1 point shall count. (OBR Art. 43.3.2.) (R1931)
1924
The players in the free-throw rebound places may enter the restricted area only after the ball has touched the ring during the last free throw. (R1932)
NO During the free throws, the players in the rebound places shall not enter the restricted area, the neutral zone or leave the free-throw rebound place until the ball has left the free-throw shooter hands. (OBR Art. 43.2.4) (R1932)
1925
A maximum of 3 defensive and 2 offensive players may occupy the free-throw rebound places during the free throws. (R1933)
YES During the free throws, 5 players shall occupy the alternating positions in the free-throw rebound places. (OBR Art. 43.2.4) (R1933)
1926
A maximum of 3 defensive and 3 offensive players may occupy the free-throw rebound places during the free throws. (R1934)
NO During the free throws, 5 players shall occupy the alternating positions in the free-throw rebound places. (OBR Art. 43.2.4) (R1934)
1927
The free-throw rebound places nearest to the endline shall be occupied by the defensive players
YES Only the defensive players shall be entitled to occupy the free-throw rebound places nearest to the endline. (OBR Art. 43.2.4) (R1935)
1928
The free-throw shooter and the players in the free-throw rebound places may enter the restricted area during the last free throw at the same time. (R1936)
NO The free-throw shooter may enter the restricted area after the ball has touched the ring. The players in the free-throw rebound places may enter the restricted area after the ball has left the free-throw shooter hands. (OBR Art. 43.2.4 and 43.2.3) (R1936)
1929
B4 in the free-throw rebound place enters the restricted area before the ball touches the ring on the last free throw. This is a violation by B4
NO
1930
During a last free throw, the players behind the free-throw line extended and behind the 3-point goal line may enter these areas after the ball has left the free-throw shooter hands. (R1938)
NO
1931
Team A head coach commits a technical foul. During the free throw, team A head coach calls the players to instructs them. Team A players do not leave the court and team A head coach does not enter the court. This is a legal play by team A. (R1939)
YES During the game, 5 players from each team shall be on the court. The head coach may address the players verbally during the game provided that the head coach remains within the team bench area. (OBR Art. 43.2.6 and 7.6.) (R1939)
1932
A2 enters the restricted area before the ball has left A1's hands on the last free throw. The ball enters the basket. A1's point shall count. (R1940)
YES If the last free throw is successful, the violation committed by any other player than the free-throw shooter shall be disregarded. The 1 point shall count. (OBR Art. 43.3.2) (R1940)
1933
A1 commits a violation during the unsuccessful last free throw. Team B shall be awarded a throw-in from the free-throw line extended
YES If the last free throw is not successful and the violation is committed by a free-throw shooter, the ball shall be awarded to the opponents for a throw-in from the free-throw line extended. (OBR Art. 43.3.3.) (R1941)
1934
A3's last free throw is in the air when A4 and B4 commit a double foul. This is both teams' 3rd foul in the quarter. The ball does not the basket. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the free throw line extended. (R1942)
NO
1935
A4 and B4 enter the restricted area before the ball has left A2's hands on the successful last free throw. A2's point shall count. (R1943)
YES If the free throw is successful, the violations committed by any other players than the free-throw shooter shall be disregarded. The 1 point shall count. (OBR Art. 43.3.2) (R1943)
1936
A3 commits a violation on the last free throw. B3 enters the restricted area before the ball has left A3's hands. The ball does not enter the basket. A4 shall be awarded a substitute free throw. (R1944)
NO
1937
B3 enters the restricted area before the ball has left A4's hands on the last free throw. The ball touches the ring but does not enter the basket. The game shall be resumed with a jump ball.
NO If the last free throw is not successful and the violation is committed by an opponent of the free-throw shooter, a substitute free throw shall be awarded to the free-throw shooter. (OBR Art. 43.3.3 and 43.2.4) (R1945)
1938
A3 and B3 enter the restricted area before the ball has left A2's hands on the last free throw. The ball touches the ring but does not enter the basket. This is a jump ball situation. (R1946)
YES
1939
During A4's unsuccessful last free throw, A5 and B5 commit a free-throw violation. This is a jump ball situation. (R1947)
YES
1940
A4 holds the ball in the hands for the last free throw when B5 and A5 enter the restricted area. The ball touches the ring but does not enter the basket. This is a jump ball situation
YES If the last free throw is not successful and the violation is committed by both teams, a jump ball situation occurs. (OBR Art. 43.3.3 and 43.2.4.) (R1948)
1941
During A4's last unsuccessful free throw, B5 and then A5 commit the violations. The game shall be resumed with A4's substitute free throw. (R1949)
NO If the last free throw is not successful and the violation is committed by both teams, a jump ball situation occurs. (OBR Art. 43.3.3 and 43.2.4.) (R1949)
1942
The ball misses the ring on A1's last free throw. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the free-throw line extended. (R1950)
YES If the last free throw is not successful and the violation is committed by a free-throw shooter, the ball shall be awarded to the opponents for a throw-in from the free-throw line extended. (OBR Art. 43.3.3) (R1950
1943
A1 attempts the last free throw. None of the team B players occupies the free-throw rebound place which is entitled to. This is a legal play by team B. (R1951)
YES The players in the free-throw rebound places shall be entitled (not obliged) to occupy alternating positions in these spaces. (OBR Art. 43.2.4.) (R1951)
1944
B1 fouls A1 on an unsuccessful attempt for a 2-point goal. After A1’s first of 2 free throws, A2 is charged with a technical foul. Either team now requests a substitution. Any team B substitute may attempt a free throw. (R1952)
YES Any team B player or substitute shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. If a team B substitute became a player to attempt the free throw, team A shall be also entitled to substitute one player, if they wish. If the free throw shall be attempted by team B substitute who became a player or if team A also substituted a player, they cannot be substituted until the next game clock running phase has ended. After the team B player’s free throw for A2’s technical foul, A1 shall attempt the second free throw. The game shall be resumed as after any last free throw. If successful and if requested, the further substitutions shall be granted to both teams. (OBR Art. 43.2.2) (OBRI 18/19-10) (R1952)
1945
B1 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against A1 during the successful shot for a goal. Team B head coach commits a technical foul. A2 scores both free throws. A2 as the wrong shooter of the 1st free throw is recognised only before a team B throw-in from the endline. A2 's 1st free throw shall be cancelled, A2's 2nd successful free throw shall count. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the free throw-line extended
NO A2's1st free throw (for team B head coach technical foul) shall count. A2's 2nd successful free throw and the possession of the ball (for the B1's unsportsmanlike foul against A1) shall be cancelled. The game shall be resumed from the place nearest to where it was stopped to correct the error. (OBR Art. 44.3.3)
1946
With 3 seconds on the game clock in the 1st quarter, A1 is erroneously awarded 2 free throws, instead of a throw-in. A1 scores both free throws. The 1st quarter ends without the error being recognised. During the 1st dead ball following the start of the 2nd quarter, the error is recognised. A1's 2 successful free throws shall be cancelled. (R1954)
YES To be correctable, the error which occurred in the 1st quarter must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R1954)
1947
With 4:04 on the game clock in the 3rd quarter, A3 is awarded 2 free throws. Team B is granted a time-out. After the time-out, A5 scores 2 free throws. The error is now recognised. A5's free throws shall be cancelled. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the free-throw line extended. (R1955)
YES If the error occurred before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, A5's free throws shall be cancelled. The game shall be resumed from the place nearest to where it was stopped to correct the error. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R1955)
1948
With 1:45 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, B1 fouls A1. This is the 5th team B foul in the quarter. Team A is erroneously awarded a throw-in, after which B1 fouls A2. The error is recognised at this time. A2 shall be awarded 2 free throws with no line-up. A1 then shall be awarded 2 free throws. The game shall be resumed as after any last free throw. (R1956)
NO A1 shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. A2 then shall attempt 2 free throws. The game shall be resumed as after any last free throw. (OBR Art. 44.4.2.) (R1956)
1949
A1 is awarded a throw-in, instead of 2 free throws. Thrower-in A1 passes the ball on the court to A2 who scores a goal. The error is recognised at this time. The error shall be corrected
NO If the same team scores a goal, after having been erroneously awarded possession of the ball for a throw-in instead of merited free throws, the error shall be disregarded. (OBR Art. 44.4.2.) (R1957)
1950
During the half-time interval, it is recognised that A1's successful 3-point goal in the 1st quarter was erroneously recorded as a 2-point goal. The error shall be corrected at this time.
YES
1951
A1 scores a goal. Thrower-in B2 passes the ball on the backcourt. After few seconds and with team B still in the backcourt, a referee recognised that the shot clock has not yet started. The game shall be resumed with a team B backcourt throw-in from the place nearest to where the ball was located when the game was stopped. Team B shall have a new 8-second period. (R1959)
NO The shot clock shall be corrected. The crew chief shall decide how much time shall be deducted from the 8-second period. (OBR Art. 44.4.8) (R1959)
1952
A1 is awarded a throw-in, instead of 2 free throws. Thrower-in A1 passes the ball on the court to A2 who scores a goal. Before the ball becomes live again, the error is recognised. The error shall be corrected. (R1960)
NO If the same team scores a goal, after having been erroneously awarded possession of the ball for a throw-in instead of merited free throws, the error shall be disregarded. (OBR Art. 44.4.1) (R1960)
1953
A4 is awarded 2 free throws. A5 attempts the free throws. A5's 1st free throw is successful. The error is recognised at this time. A referee cancels A5's 1st successful free throw and cancels also the 2nd free throw. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the free-throw line extended. (R1961)
YES
1954
With 5:07 on the game clock in the 1st quarter, A1 is awarded a throw-in, instead of 2 free throws. Thrower-in A1 passes the ball on the court. B1 catches a pass, dribbles and scores a goal. The error is recognised at this time. The error shall be corrected. (R1962)
YES If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the fourth quarter, any points scored, after the error has occurred and before its recognition, shall remain valid. A1 shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed from the place nearest to where it was stopped to correct the error. (OBR Art. 44.3.1.) (R1962)
1955
With 3:33 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, A1 is fouled on the unsuccessful shot for a 2-point goal. Team A is erroneously awarded a throw-in, instead of 2 free throws. Thrower-in A1 passes the ball on the court to A2 who commits a travelling violation. Team B is awarded a throw-in. B1 has the ball in the hands for a throw-in when the error is recognised. The error shall be corrected.
YES If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the fourth quarter, any points scored, after the error has occurred and before its recognition, shall remain valid. The game shall be resumed from the place nearest to where it was stopped to correct the error. (OBR Art. 44.3.1)
1956
With 7:23 on the game clock in the third quarter, A4 is fouled on the unsuccessful shot for a 2-point goal. Team B head coach commits a technical foul. A5 scores all 3 free throws. The error is recognised before the ball has left thrower-in B1's hands from behind the endline. A5's 1st successful free throw shall count. A5's last 2 free throws shall be cancelled. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the free-throw line extended. (R1964)
YES A5's 1st successful first free throw counts. A5's last 2 free throws shall be cancelled. The game shall be resumed from the place nearest to where it was stopped to correct the error. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R1964)
1957
There is a time limit to correct the scorer's error in the scoresheet. (R1965)
YES Any error in scorekeeping may be corrected by the referees within the time windows in the respective rules. (OBR Art. 44.3.1.) (R1965)
1958
With 4:16 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, A1 is awarded 2 free throws. Instead of A1, it is A2 who attempts the free throws. With 1:23 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, the error is recognised after A2 has scored both free throws. A2's free throws shall be cancelled. A1 shall be awarded 2 free throws. (R1966)
NO To be correctable, the error which occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the fourth quarter game, that error must corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. The error is no longer correctable. Any points scored, after the error has occurred and before its recognition, shall remain valid. (OBR Art. 44.3.1.) (R1966
1959
Team A is entitled to an alternating possession throw-in. The ball is erroneously awarded to team B. The error is recognised after team B's player controls the ball on the court. The error shall be corrected.
NO To award the alternating possession throw-in to the wrong team is not listed as the correctable error. (OBR Art. 44.2) (R1967)
1960
A1 is awarded 2 free throws and possession of the ball. The players are erroneously allowed to take positions in the free-throw rebound places. B4 rebounds the ball after A1's 2nd unsuccessful free throw, dribbles the length of the court and scores a goal. The error is recognised at this time. The error shall be corrected. (R1968)
NO
1961
A3 accidentally scores a goal in own basket. The error shall be corrected
NO If a player accidentally scores a goal in own basket, the goal counts 2 points and shall be recorded on the scoresheet as scored by the captain of the opponents' team on the court. (OBR Art. 44.2 and 16.2.2) (R1969)
1962
With 4:33 on the game clock in the 2nd quarter, team A is awarded a throw-in, instead of 2 free throws. Thrower-in A1 pass to A2 is deflected by B2. B2 dribbles the length of the court and scores a goal. The error is recognised at this time. The error shall be corrected. (R1970)
YES The referees may correct the error failing to award the merited free throws. The error must be recognised by the referees at the latest when the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter. (OBR Art. 44.2) (R1970)
1963
Instead of team A, a throw-in is erroneously awarded to team B. The game resumes and the error is recognised before the next dead ball. The error shall be corrected. (R1971)
NO
1964
With 3:05 on the game clock in the third quarter, team A is awarded a throw-in, instead of 2 free throws. Thrower-in A1 passes the ball to A2 who commits a traveling violation. Team B is awarded a throw-in. Thrower-in B3 has the ball in the hands when the earlier error is recognised. The error shall be corrected. (R1972)
YES The referees may correct the error failing to award the merited free throws. The error must be recognised by the referees at the latest when the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter. (OBR Art. 44.2) (R1972)
1965
The correctable error can be still corrected after the game clock signal sounded for the end the game, but before the crew chief has signed the scoresheet. (R1973)
YES When the game clock sounds for the end of the game, the error may be corrected, if it occurs after the last time the referees stopped the game for any reason before the game clock signal sounds for the end of the game. In such case, the error must be corrected immediately after the end of the game and the teams shall remain on the court or in their team bench areas. (OBR Art. 44.3.2.) (R1973)
1966
During the 1st quarter, the scorer erroneously awards 2 points to the wrong team. The error is recognised during the half-time interval. The error shall be corrected at this time. (R1974)
YES Any error in scorekeeping, which occurs in the first half can be corrected at the latest before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter. (OBR Art. 44.3.1.) (R1974)
1967
During the 1st quarter, the scorer erroneously awards 2 points to the wrong player of the same team. The error is recognised during the interval of play between the 1st and 2nd quarter. The error shall be corrected at this time.
YES Any error in scorekeeping, which occurs in the first quarter can be corrected at the latest before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter. (OBR Art. 44.3.1.) (R1975)
1968
B4 fouls dribbler A4. This is the 5th team B foul in the quarter. Team A is erroneously awarded a throw-in, instead of 2 free throws. After the throw-in, A5 scores a goal. Thrower-in B3 does not have the ball at the disposal for a throw-in yet when the error is recognised. A5's goal shall count. A4 shall be awarded 2 free throws. The game shall be resumed as after any last free throw. (R1977)
NO In case of failing to award the merited free throws, if the same team scores a goal after having been erroneously awarded possession of the ball for a throw-in, the error shall be disregarded. (OBR Art. 44.4.2) (R1977)
1969
With 1:33 on the game clock in the first quarter, B4 fouls dribbler A4. This is the 5th team B foul in the quarter. Team A is erroneously awarded a throw-in, instead of 2 free throws. Thrower-in A5 pass to A4 is tapped out-of-bounds by B5. Team A is granted a time-out during which the error recognised. A4 shall be awarded 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in.
NO In case of failing to award the merited free throws, if there has been no change in possession of the ball after the error occurred, the game shall be resumed after the correction of the error as after any last free throw. (OBR Art. 44.4.2) (OBRI 44-9
1970
With 1:21 on the game clock in the 3rd quarter, B4 fouls dribbler A4. This is the 5th team B foul in the quarter. Team A is erroneously awarded a throw-in, instead of 2 free throws. After the throw-in, A5 is fouled on the shot for a 2-point goal. The ball does not enter the basket. The error is recognised at this time. A4 shall be awarded 2 free throws with no line-up. A5 shall be then awarded 2 free throws. The game shall be resumed as after any last free throw.
YES In case of failing to award the merited free throws, if there has been no change in possession of the ball after the error occurred, the game shall be resumed after the correction of the error as after any last free throw. (OBR Art. 44.4.2)
1971
B5 fouls dribbler A4. This is team B 5th foul in the quarter. Team A is erroneously awarded a throw-in, instead of 2 free throws. After the throw-in, A5 scores a goal. The error is recognised at this time. The error shall be corrected. (R1980)
NO In case of failing to award the merited free throws, if the same team scores a goal after having been erroneously awarded possession of the ball for a throw-in, the error shall be disregarded. (OBR Art. 44.4.2) (R1980)
1972
With 3 seconds on the game clock in the 2nd quarter, A4 is erroneously awarded a throw-in, instead of 2 free throws. The error is recognised during the half-time interval. A4 shall be awarded 2 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with the 2nd half.
YES To be correctable, the error which occurred in the 2nd quarter, must be recognised by the referees before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R1981)
1973
With 2:55 on the game clock in the third quarter, A5 is awarded 1 free throw. Team A is granted a time-out. After the time-out, A2 scores 1 free throw awarded to A5. The error is recognised during the first dead ball after the game has resumed. A2's 1 free throw shall be cancelled. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the free-throw line extended.
YES
1974
B4 fouls A4 in the act of shooting for a 2-point goal. Team B head coach commits a technical foul. Instead of A4 attempting 2 free throws, it is A5 who scores all 3 free throws. The error is recognised before the ball has left the thrower-in B3's hands from behind the endline. A5's successful 3 free throws shall be cancelled. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the free-throw line extended. (R1983)
NO In case of permitting the wrong player (A5) to attempt the free throws, A5's second and third free throw shall be cancelled. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the free-throw line extended. (OBR Art. 44.4.3) (R1983)
1975
With 1:35 on the game clock in the 2nd quarter, A1 is awarded 1 free throw. Team A is now granted a time-out, after which A2 scores 1 free throw awarded to A1. The error is recognised during the first dead ball after the game has resumed. The referee cancels 1 point scored by A2. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from the place nearest to where the game was stopped to correct the error. (R1984)
NO To be correctable, the error which occurred in the 2nd quarter, must be recognised by the referees before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter. (OBR Art. 44.4.3) (R1984)
1976
With 0:03 on the game clock in the fourth quarter and score A85-B88, A1 scores a 3-point goal. The game clock sounds for the end of the game. Team A head coach notifies the referees that the A1's shot is entered on the scoreboard as an 2-point shot. The referees ask the teams to wait for their final review decision at the respective team bench area. After the correction of the error, the score is now A88-B88. The game shall be resumed with an overtime. (R1985)
YES The error is no longer correctable after the ball becomes dead when the game clock sounds for the end of the game, unless the error occurs after the last time the referees have stopped the game for any reason before the game clock signal sounds for the end of the game. In such case, the error must be corrected immediately after the end of the game and the teams shall remain on the court or in their team bench areas. (OBR Art. 44.3.2) (R1985)
1977
With 3:37 on the game clock in the second quarter, B1 fouls A1. This is the fourth team B foul in the quarter. A1 is erroneously awarded 2 free throws. The error is recognised with 4:48 on the game clock in the fourth quarter. The error shall be corrected. (R1986)
YES If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R1986)
1978
With 3:37 on the game clock in the second quarter, B1 fouls A1. This is the fourth team B foul in the quarter. A1 is erroneously awarded 2 free throws. The error is recognised, with 0:39 on the game clock in the fourth quarter. The error shall be corrected.
NO If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3.1)
1979
With 2:13 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, B1 fouls A1. This is the sixth team B foul in the fourth quarter. A1 is awarded 2 free throws. Instead of A1, the referee directs A2 to attempt the free throws. The error is recognised when the game is stopped with 1:49 on the game clock in the fourth quarter (this being the first game stoppage after the free throws). The error shall be corrected.
YES If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, but the referees stop the game for the first time with 2:00 minutes or less remaining on the game clock, the error must be corrected before the ball becomes live again. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R1988)
1980
With 2:13 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, B1 fouls A1. This is the sixth team B foul in the fourth quarter. A1 is awarded 2 free throws. Instead of A1, the referee directs A2 to attempt the free throws. The error is recognised when the game is stopped with 1:23 on the game clock in the fourth quarter (this being the first game stoppage after the free throws). The error shall be corrected. (R1989)
NO If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, but the referees stop the game for the first time with 2:00 minutes or less remaining on the game clock, the error must be corrected before the ball becomes live again. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R1989)
1981
With 1:14 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, B1 fouls A1 in the act of shooting for a 2-point goal. The ball does not enter the basket. The referee erroneously awards A1 2 points and 1 additional free throw. The error is recognised before the game is resumed after the free throw. The error shall be corrected. (R1990)
YES If the error occurs after the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before the ball becomes live after the first time the referees have stopped the game for any reason following the error. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R1990)
1982
With 1:14 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, B1 fouls A1 in the act of shooting for a 2-point goal. The ball does not enter the basket. The referee erroneously awards A1 2 points and 1 additional free throw. The error is recognised when the first time the game is stopped at 0:59 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, after the game continued following the free throw. The error shall be corrected. (R1991)
NO If the error occurs after the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before the ball becomes live after the first time the referees have stopped the game for any reason following the error. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R1991)
1983
With 1:14 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, B1 fouls A1 in the act of shooting for a 2-point goal. The ball does not enter the basket. The referee erroneously awards A1 2 points and 1 additional free throw. The referees did not stop the game until the game clock signal sounded for the end of the game. The error is recognised during the interval of play between the fourth quarter and the first overtime. The error shall be corrected. (R1992)
YES The errors are no longer correctable after the ball becomes dead when the game clock sounds for the end of the game, unless the error occurs after the last time the referees stopped the game for any reason before the game clock signal sounds for the end of the game. In such case, the error must be corrected immediately after the end of the game and the teams shall remain on the court or in their team bench areas. (OBR Art. 44.3.2) (R1992)
1984
With 1:14 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, B1 fouls A1 in the act of shooting for a 2-point goal. The ball does not enter the basket. The referee erroneously awards A1 2 points and 1 additional free throw. The error is recognised with 3:59 on the game clock in the overtime. The error shall be corrected. (R1993)
NO The errors are no longer correctable after the ball becomes dead when the GC sounds for the end of the game, unless the error occurs after the last time the referees stopped the game for any reason before the GC signal sounds for the EOG. in such case, the error must be corrected immediately after the EOG and the teams shall remain on the court or in their team bench areas.
1985
With 3:37 on the game clock in the second quarter, B1 fouls A1. This is the fourth team B foul in the quarter. The referee erroneously awards A1 2 free throws. The error is recognised after the ball is at A1’s disposal for the first free throw. The error shall be corrected
YES If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R1994)
1986
With 3:37 on the game clock in the second quarter, B1 fouls A1. This is the fourth team B foul in the quarter. The referee erroneously awards A1 2 free throws. The error is recognised after A1 completes both free throws, but before the game clock starts following the second free throw. The error shall be corrected.
YES
1987
With 3:37 on the game clock in the second quarter, B1 fouls A1. This is the fourth team B foul in the quarter. The referee erroneously awards A1 2 free throws. The error is recognised with 4:48 on the game clock in the fourth quarter. The error shall be corrected. (R1996)
YES If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R1996)
1988
B1 fouls A1 in the second quarter. This is the fifth team B foul in the quarter. Team A is erroneously awarded a throw-in. Immediately after A2 dribbles in the frontcourt when the error of not awarding A1 2 free throws is recognised. The error shall be corrected. (R1997)
YES If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R1997)
1989
B1 fouls A1 in the second quarter. This is the fifth team B foul in the quarter. Team A is erroneously awarded a throw-in. Immediately after A2 dribbles in the frontcourt when B2 taps the ball out-of-bounds when the error of not awarding A1 2 free throws is recognised. The error shall be corrected. (R1998)
YES If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R1998)
1990
B1 fouls A1 in the second quarter. This is the fifth team B foul in the quarter. Team A is erroneously awarded a throw-in. Immediately after A2 dribbles and scores. The error of not awarding A1 2 free throws is recognised when the ball is at the disposal of B1 for an endline throw-in after A2’s goal. The error shall be corrected. (R1999)
NO
1991
B1 fouls A1 in the second quarter. This is the fifth team B foul in the quarter. Team A is erroneously awarded a throw-in. A2 scores a goal after having been erroneously awarded a throw-in. The error is recognised when the referees stop the game after an additional 3 minutes of play. The error shall be corrected. (R2000)
NO If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. If the same team scores a goal after having been erroneously awarded possession of the ball for a throw-in, the error shall be disregarded. (OBR Art. 44.4.2) (R2000)
1992
B1 fouls A1 in the second quarter. This is the fifth team B foul in the quarter. Team A is erroneously awarded a throw-in. A2 scores a goal after having been erroneously awarded a throw-in. The error is recognised during the half-time. The error shall be corrected. (R2001)
NO If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. If the same team scores a goal after having been erroneously awarded possession of the ball for a throw-in, the error shall be disregarded. (OBR Art. 44.4.2) (R2001)
1993
B1 fouls A1 in the second quarter. This is the fifth team B foul in the quarter. Team A is erroneously awarded a throw-in. A2 scores a goal after having been erroneously awarded a throw-in. The error is recognised with 2:54 on the game clock in the fourth quarter. The error shall be corrected. (R2002)
NO If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. If the same team scores a goal after having been erroneously awarded possession of the ball for a throw-in, the error shall be disregarded. (OBR Art. 44.4.2) (R2002)
1994
B1 fouls A1 in the act of shooting in the second quarter. After that, the team B head coach is charged with a technical foul. Team A is erroneously awarded only 2 free throws for the B1 foul. A1 attempts 2 free throws, the second free throw is successful. The error is recognised when the ball is at the disposal of B2 for an endline throw-in after A1’s second free throw. The error shall be corrected. (R2003)
YES
1995
B1 fouls A1 in the act of shooting in the second quarter. After that, the team B head coach is charged with a technical foul. Team A is erroneously awarded only 2 free throws for the B1 foul. A1 attempts 2 free throws, the second free throw is successful. The error is recognised, when the referees stop the game after 3 minutes playing time. The error shall be corrected. (R2004)
YES If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R2004)
1996
B1 fouls A1 in the act of shooting in the second quarter. After that, the team B head coach is charged with a technical foul. Team A is erroneously awarded only 2 free throws for the B1 foul. A1 attempts 2 free throws, the second free throw is successful. The error is recognised during the half-time. The error shall be corrected.
YES If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R2005)
1997
B1 fouls A1 in the act of shooting in the second quarter. After that, the team B head coach is charged with a technical foul. Team A is erroneously awarded only 2 free throws for the B1 foul. A1 attempts 2 free throws, the second free throw is successful. The error is recognised with 1:54 on the game clock in the fourth quarter. The error shall be corrected.
NO If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3.1)
1998
B1 fouls dribbler A1 in the third quarter. This is the fifth team B foul in the quarter. A1 is awarded 2 free throws. After the first unsuccessful free throw, B1 rebounds the ball and the game erroneously continues. The error is recognised when B2 dribbles on the court. The error shall be corrected. (R2007)
YES If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R2007)
1999
B1 fouls dribbler A1 in the third quarter. This is the fifth team B foul in the quarter. A1 is awarded 2 free throws. After the first unsuccessful free throw, B1 rebounds the ball and the game erroneously continues. The error is recognised with 2:54 on the game clock in the fourth quarter. The error shall be corrected. (R2008)
YES If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R2008)
2000
B1 fouls dribbler A1 in the third quarter. This is the fifth team B foul in the quarter. A1 is awarded 2 free throws. After the first unsuccessful free throw, B1 rebounds the ball and the game erroneously continues. The error is recognised, with 0:39 on the game clock in the fourth quarter. The error shall be corrected. (R2009)
NO If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R2009)
2001
B1 fouls dribbler A1 in the third quarter. This is the fifth team B foul in the quarter. A1 is awarded 2 free throws. After the first unsuccessful free throw, B1 rebounds the ball and the game erroneously continues. The error is recognised with 4:32 on the game clock in the overtime. The error shall be corrected. (R2010)
NO If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R2010)
2002
B1 fouls dribbler A1 when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the third quarter. This is the sixth team B foul in the quarter. The referees decide that B1’s foul occurred with 0.3 of a second on the game clock. A1 is awarded 2 free throws. Instead of A1, it is A2 who attempts 2 free throws. The error is recognised after the ball has left A2’s hands for the first free throw. The error shall be corrected. (R2011)
YES
2003
B1 fouls dribbler A1 when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the third quarter. This is the sixth team B foul in the quarter. The referees decide that B1’s foul occurred with 0.3 of a second on the game clock. A1 is awarded 2 free throws. Instead of A1, it is A2 who attempts 2 free throws. The error is recognised when the ball is dead after the last free throw. The error shall be corrected.
YES If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R2012)
2004
With 3 seconds on the game clock in the third quarter, B1 fouls A1 in the act of shooting. A1 is awarded 2 free throws. Instead of A1, it is A2 who attempts 2 free throws. The third quarter ends. The error is recognised, during the interval of play between the third and fourth quarter. The error shall be corrected. (R2013)
YES
2005
With 3 seconds on the game clock in the third quarter, B1 fouls A1 in the act of shooting. A1 is awarded 2 free throws. Instead of A1, it is A2 who attempts 2 free throws. The third quarter ends. The error is recognised, after the ball is live to start the fourth quarter, with more than 2:00 minutes on the game clock in the fourth quarter. The error shall be corrected. (R2014)
YES If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R2014)
2006
With 3 seconds on the game clock in the third quarter, B1 fouls A1 in the act of shooting. A1 is awarded 2 free throws. Instead of A1, it is A2 who attempts 2 free throws. The third quarter ends. The error is recognised with 2:00 minutes or less on the game clock in the fourth quarter. The error shall be corrected. (R2015)
NO If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R2015)
2007
B1 fouls dribbler A1 when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the third quarter. This is the sixth team B foul in the quarter. The referees decide that B1’s foul occurred with 0.3 of a second on the game clock. A1 is awarded 2 free throws. Instead of A1, the referees direct A2 to attempt the 2 free throws. The error is recognised after the ball has left A2’s hands for the first free throw. The error shall be corrected.
YES If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R2016)
2008
B1 fouls dribbler A1 when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the third quarter. This is the sixth team B foul in the quarter. The referees decide that B1’s foul occurred with 0.3 of a second on the game clock. A1 is awarded 2 free throws. Instead of A1, the referees direct A2 to attempt the 2 free throws. The error is recognised when the ball is dead after the last free throw. The error shall be corrected. (R2017)
YES
2009
B1 fouls A1 in the act of shooting. A1 is awarded 2 free throws. Instead of A1, the referee directs A2 to attempt 2 free throws. During the second free throw the ball touches the ring, A3 rebounds it and scores 2 points. The error is recognised before the ball is at the disposal of team B for the throw-in from behind its endline. The error shall be corrected. (R2018)
YES
2010
B1 fouls A1 in the act of shooting. A1 is awarded 2 free throws. Instead of A1, the referee directs A2 to attempt 2 free throws. During the second free throw the ball touches the ring, A3 rebounds it and scores 2 points. The error is recognised after the ball is at the disposal of team B for the throw-in from behind its endline. The error shall be corrected. (R2019)
YES
2011
With 0:57 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, A1 has released the ball on a shot for a goal when A2 commits a foul away from the ball. The ball legally enters the basket, but the referees erroneously cancel the goal. The error is recognised with 0:43 seconds on the game clock in the fourth quarter, when the game is stopped by the referees for the first time following the error. The error shall be corrected. (R2020)
YES If the error occurs after the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before the ball becomes live after the first time the referees have stopped the game for any reason following the error. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R2020)
2012
With 0:57 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, A1 has released the ball on a shot for a goal when A2 commits a foul away from the ball. The ball legally enters the basket, but the referees erroneously cancel the goal. The error is recognised after the ball is live after the game was stopped with 0:43 on the game clock in the fourth quarter. The error shall be corrected.
NO If the error occurs after the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before the ball becomes live after the first time the referees have stopped the game for any reason following the error. (OBR Art. 44.3.1)
2013
With 3:32 on the game clock in the second quarter, B1 fouls A1 in the act of shooting for a 2-point goal. The ball does not enter the basket. The referee erroneously awards A1 2 points and 1 additional free throw. The error is recognised when the game is stopped with, 5:21 on the game clock in the third quarter. The error shall be corrected. (R2022)
YES If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R2022)
2014
With 3:32 on the game clock in the second quarter, B1 fouls A1 in the act of shooting for a 2-point goal. The ball does not enter the basket. The referee erroneously awards A1 2 points and 1 additional free throw. The error is recognised when the game is stopped with1:02 in the fourth quarter or any time in the overtime. The error shall be corrected
NO If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R2023)
2015
With 5:47 on the game clock in the first quarter, B1 fouls A1. The referee reports the foul on B2. The error is recognised during the half-time. The error shall be corrected. (R2024)
YES If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R2024)
2016
With 5:47 on the game clock in the first quarter, B1 fouls A1. The referee reports the foul on B2. The error is recognised when the game is stopped with 2:21 on the game clock in the fourth quarter. The error shall be corrected. (R2025)
YES If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R2025)
2017
With 5:47 on the game clock in the first quarter, B1 fouls A1. The referee reports the foul on B2. The error is recognised, when the game is stopped with 2:00 on the game clock in the fourth quarter or any time in the overtime. The error shall be corrected. (R2026)
NO If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R2026)
2018
With 3:45 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, team A requests a second time-out in the second half. The scorer erroneously records the time-out as the second team B time-out in the second half. The ball goes out-of-bounds and the referees stop the game with 2:02 on the game clock in the fourth quarter. Team B is awarded a time-out. The error shall be corrected. (R2027)
YES If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R2027)
2019
With 3:45 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, team A requests a second time-out in the second half. The scorer erroneously records the time-out as the second team B time-out in the second half. The ball goes out-of-bounds and the referees stop the game with 1:45 on the game clock in the fourth quarter. Team B is awarded a time-out. The error shall be corrected. (R2028)
NO If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R2028)
2020
With 3:34 on the game clock in the first quarter, the team A head coach is charged with a technical foul. The scorer erroneously records the technical foul against the team B head coach. The error is recognised during the half-time. The error shall be corrected. (R2029)
YES If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R2029)
2021
With 3:34 on the game clock in the first quarter, the team A head coach is charged with a technical foul. The scorer erroneously records the technical foul against the team B head coach. The error is recognised when the game is stopped with 3:31 on the game clock in the fourth quarter. The error shall be corrected.
YES If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R2030)
2022
With 3:34 on the game clock in the first quarter, the team A head coach is charged with a technical foul. The scorer erroneously records the technical foul against the team B head coach. The error is recognised when the game is stopped with 1:02 on the game clock in the fourth quarter or any time in the overtime. The error shall be corrected.
NO If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3.1)
2023
With 2:44 on the game clock in the first quarter, the game clock is stopped for an out-of-bounds violation. After the throw-in, with 24 seconds on the shot clock, due to a game clock malfunction, it has no visible display. The referees stop the game, with 15 seconds on the shot clock. The error shall be corrected. (R2032)
YES If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R2032)
2024
With 2:43 on the game clock in the first quarter, the game clock is stopped for an out-of-bounds violation. Before the throw-in, the visible display on the game clock disappears. The timer resets the system. When the system is again working, the game clock is erroneously set to 1:43. The error is recognised, when the game is stopped with 0:27 on the game clock in the first quarter. The error shall be corrected. (R2033)
YES If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R2033)
2025
With 2:43 on the game clock in the first quarter, the game clock is stopped for an out-of-bounds violation. Before the throw-in, the visible display on the game clock disappears. The timer resets the system. When the system is again working, the game clock is erroneously set to 1:43. The error is recognised during the half-time. The error shall be corrected. (R2034)
YES If the error occurs before the GC show 2:00 of les in the 4th Q, the error must be corrected before 2:00 or less are remaining on the GC.
2026
With 2:43 on the game clock in the first quarter, the game clock is stopped for an out-of-bounds violation. Before the throw-in, the visible display on the game clock disappears. The timer resets the system. When the system is again working, the game clock is erroneously set to 1:43. The error is recognised during the interval between the third and fourth quarters. The error shall be corrected. (R2035)
YES If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R2035)
2027
With 2:43 on the game clock in the first quarter, the game clock is stopped for an out-of-bounds violation. Before the throw-in, the visible display on the game clock disappears. The timer resets the system. When the system is again working, the game clock is erroneously set to 1:43. The error is recognised when the game is stopped with 2:21 on the game clock in the fourth quarter. The error shall be corrected. (R2036)
YES If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R2036)
2028
With 2:43 on the game clock in the first quarter, the game clock is stopped for an out-of-bounds violation. Before the throw-in, the visible display on the game clock disappears. The timer resets the system. When the system is again working, the game clock is erroneously set to 1:43. The error is recognised when the game is stopped with 1:15 on the game clock in the fourth quarter or any time in the overtime. The error shall be corrected. (R2037)
NO If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3.1) (R2037)
2029
With 20 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when the shot clock is suddenly reset to 24 seconds. The error is recognised 4 seconds later, when the referees stop the game. The error shall be corrected. (R2038)
YES To be correctable, the error must be identified by the referees when the ball is live immediately after the error and the referees stop the game to correct the error. (OBR Art. 44.5 and 44.6.1) (R2038)
2030
With 20 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when the shot clock is suddenly reset to 24 seconds. The error is recognised 4 seconds later, when the game is stopped as a result of B3 tapping the ball out-of-bounds. The error shall be corrected. (R2039)
YES To be correctable, the error must be identified by the referees when the referees have stopped the game for the first time for any reason, and the team entitled to the possession of the ball at the time of the error shall stay entitled to the possession of the ball. (OBR Art. 44.5 and 44.6.1) (R2039)
2031
Team A is awarded a frontcourt throw-in. The shot clock should be set to 14 seconds but it is incorrectly set to 24 seconds. A1 catches the ball on the court and dribbles in the frontcourt for 10 seconds. The error is recognised when the referees stop the game. The error shall be corrected. (R2040)
YES To be correctable, the error must be identified by the referees when the referees have stopped the game for the first time for any reason, and the team entitled to the possession of the ball at the time of the error shall stay entitled to the possession of the ball. (OBR Art. 44.5 and 44.6.1) (R2040)
2032
Team A is awarded a frontcourt throw-in. The shot clock should be set to 14 seconds but it is incorrectly set to 24 seconds. A1 catches the ball on the court and dribbles in the frontcourt for 10 seconds. The error is recognised when the game is stopped as a result of B3 tapping the ball out-of-bounds. The error shall be corrected.
YES o be correctable, the error must be identified by the referees when the referees have stopped the game for the first time for any reason, and the team entitled to the possession of the ball at the time of the error shall stay entitled to the possession of the ball. (OBR Art. 44.5 and 44.6.1) (R2041)
2033
Team A is awarded a backcourt throw-in. The shot clock should be set to 24 seconds but it is incorrectly set to 14 seconds. A1 catches the ball on the court and dribbles into the frontcourt. The error is recognised 8 seconds later, when the referees stop the game. The error shall be corrected.
YES To be correctable, the error must be identified by the referees when the referees have stopped the game for the first time for any reason, and the team entitled to the possession of the ball at the time of the error shall stay entitled to the possession of the ball. (OBR Art. 44.5 and 44.6.1) (R2042)
2034
Team A is awarded a backcourt throw-in. The shot clock should be set to 24 seconds but it is incorrectly set to 14 seconds. A1 catches the ball on the court and dribbles into the frontcourt. The error is recognised 8 seconds later, when the game is stopped as a result of B1 tapping the ball out-of-bounds. The error shall be corrected. (R2043)
YES
2035
Team A is awarded a backcourt throw-in. The shot clock should be set to 24 seconds but it is incorrectly set to 14 seconds. A1 catches the ball on the court, dribbles into the frontcourt and attempts a shot for a goal. The shot clock signal sounds while the ball is in the air. The ball misses the ring and is immediately rebounded by A2. The referees stop the game for a shot clock violation. The table officials recognise the error of incorrectly setting the shot clock. The error shall be corrected. (R2044)
NO The shot clock errors are no longer correctable after a change of the possession of a live ball after the error. (OBR Art. 44.5 and 44.6.2) (R2044)
2036
Team A is awarded a backcourt throw-in. The shot clock should be set to 24 seconds but it is incorrectly set to 14 seconds. A1 catches the ball on the court, dribbles into the frontcourt and attempts a shot for a goal. The shot clock signal sounds while the ball is in the air. The ball misses the ring and is immediately rebounded by B2. The referees stop the game for a shot clock violation. The table officials recognise the error of incorrectly setting the shot clock. The error shall be corrected. (R2045)
NO The shot clock errors are no longer correctable after a change of the possession of a live ball after the error. (OBR Art. 44.5 and 44.6.2) (R2045)
2037
Team A is awarded a backcourt throw-in. The shot clock should be set to 24 seconds but it is incorrectly set to 14 seconds. A1 catches the ball on the court, dribbles into the frontcourt and attempts a shot for a goal. A1’s shot is unsuccessful after which B2 gains control of the ball and starts a dribbling. The referees recognise the error and stop the game to correct the shot clock. The error shall be corrected. (R2046)
NO The shot clock errors are no longer correctable after a change of the possession of a live ball after the error. (OBR Art. 44.5 and 44.6.2) (R2046)
2038
Team A is awarded a backcourt throw-in. The shot clock should be set to 24 seconds but it is incorrectly set to 14 seconds. A1 catches the ball on the court, dribbles into the frontcourt and attempts a shot for a goal. A1’s shot is successful. The referees recognise the error and stop the game to correct the shot clock. The error shall be corrected.
NO Shot clock errors are no longer correctable after the team in control of the ball scores a valid goal. (OBR Art. 44.5 and 44.6.2) (R2047)
2039
The table officials shall be a maximum of 4 persons: a scorer, an assistant scorer, a timer and a shot clock operator. (R2048)
YES The table officials shall be a scorer, an assistant scorer, a timer and a shot clock operator. (OBR Art. 45.2) (R2048)
2040
The table officials shall be a maximum of 4 persons: a scorer, an assistant scorer, a timer and a shot clock operator. (R2049)
YES The table officials shall be a scorer, an assistant scorer, a timer and a shot clock operator. (OBR Art. 45.2.) (R2049)
2041
The primary duty of the commissioner during the game shall be to supervise the work of the table officials. (R2050)
NO The primary duty of the commissioner during the game is to supervise the work of the table officials and to assist the crew chief and umpire(s) in the smooth functioning of the game. (OBR Art. 45.3) (R2050
2042
The opinion of the commissioner shall decide when the referees disagree. (R2051)
NO The crew chief shall make the final decision when the referees disagree. To make a final decision the crew chief may consult the commissioner, if present. (OBR Art. 46.11) (R2051)
2043
The crew chief has the power to make decisions on any point not specifically covered by the rules.
YES The crew chief shall have the power to make decisions on any point not specifically covered by the rules. (OBR Art. 46.14) (R2052)
2044
The game ball shall be provided by the home team. (R2053)
YES The crew chief shall select a game ball from at least 2 used balls provided by the home team. Should neither of these balls be suitable as the game ball, the crew chief may select the best quality ball available. (OBR Art. 46.3) (R2053)
2045
The crew chief shall administer all alternating possession throw-ins.
NO The crew chief shall administer only a jump ball at the start of the first quarter and an alternating possession throw-in to start all other quarters and overtimes. (OBR Art. 46.5) (R2054)
2046
The commissioner shall have the authority to overrule a decision made by a referee. (R2055)
NO The crew chief shall make the final decision when the referees disagree. To make a final decision the crew chief may consult the commissioner, if present. (OBR Art. 46.11) (R2055)
2047
The used ball shall be selected as the game ball. (R2056)
YES The crew chief shall select a game ball from at least 2 used balls provided by home team. (OBR Art. 46.3.) (R2056)
2048
A1 disrespectfully communicates with a referee after the game clock signal has sounded for the end of the 4th quarter. The game ends with score A70 - B76. A1 is charged with a technical foul. (R2057)
NO The referees' power shall end when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the game. The crew chief shall record on the reverse side of the scoresheet any unsportsmanlike behaviour by the team members, head coaches, assistant coaches and accompanying delegation members that occurs between the end of the game and the approval and signing of the scoresheet. (OBR Art. 46.9. and 46.10.) (R2057)
2049
In case of a successful goal, a referee shall indicate to the scorer the number of the player who scored a goal
NO There is not a rule which obliges the referees to indicate to the scorer the number of the player who scored a goal. (OBR Art. 46.14.) (R2058)
2050
A referee shall blow the whistle when a successful goal is made. (R2059)
NO The referee shall not blow the whistle after a successful goal. (OBR Art. 47.2) (R2059)
2051
A referee who is administering a throw-in shall blow the whistle in order for the ball to become live. (R2060)
NO The referee shall not blow the whistle when the ball becomes live. (OBR Art. 47.2) (R2060)
2052
A referee shall blow the whistle when a successful free throw is made
NO The referee shall not blow the whistle after a successful free throw. (OBR Art. 47.2) (R2061)
2053
A referee shall blow the whistle when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the quarter. (R2062)
YES 0
2054
A referee shall blow the whistle to indicate to the timer to start the game clock. (R2063)
NO The referee shall blow the whistle when an infraction of the rules occurs, a quarter or overtime ends or the referee find it necessary to stop the game. (OBR Art. 47.2) (R2063)
2055
For all international games, if verbal communication is necessary to make a decision clear, it shall be conducted in the English language. (R2064)
YES For all international games, if verbal communication is necessary to make a decision clear, it shall be conducted in the English language. (OBR Art. 47.6) (R2064)
2056
The crew chief may overrule a decision made by the other referee(s), if crew chief feels it is important. (R2065)
NO Each referee has the power to make decisions within the limits of the respective duties, but the referee has no authority to disregard or question decisions made by the other referee(s). (OBR Art. 47.7) (R2065)
2057
The referee calls B1's foul on A1. This is the 3rd team B foul in the quarter. Team A is awarded a throw-in. The crew chief changes the referee's decision and awards A1 2 free throws, as according to the crew chief's opinion A1 was fouled in the act of shooting. The decision of the crew chief is correct. (R2066)
NO Each referee has the power to make decisions within the limits of the respective duties, but the referee has no authority to disregard or question decisions made by the other referee(s). (OBR Art. 47.7) (R2066)
2058
A referee calls B1's foul on dribbler A1 and awards a throw-in to team A. The crew chief changes the referee's decision and awards A1 2 free throws, as to the crew chief's opinion A1 was fouled during the act of shooting. The decision of the crew chief is correct. (R2067)
NO The crew chief has no authority to disregard or question decisions made by the other referee(s). (OBR Art. 47.7.) (R2067)
2059
In the case of any discrepancy between the scoreboard and the scoresheet which cannot be resolved, the scoresheet shall take precedence and the scoreboard shall be corrected accordingly. (R2068)
YES In the case of any discrepancy between the scoreboard and the scoresheet which cannot be resolved, the scoresheet shall take precedence and the scoreboard shall be corrected accordingly. (OBR Art. 48.2.) (R2068)
2060
In the case of any discrepancy between the scoreboard and the scoresheet which cannot be resolved, the scoreboard shall take precedence and the scoresheet shall be corrected accordingly. (R2069)
NO In the case of any discrepancy between the scoreboard and the scoresheet which cannot be resolved, the scoresheet shall take precedence and the scoreboard shall be corrected accordingly. (OBR Art. 48.2.) (R2069)
2061
The game ends with the score A 76 - B 75. Before the crew chief has signed the scoresheet, the scorer realises that with 3:44 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, B1's goal has been erroneously credited to team A. The error shall be corrected and the final score shall be changed. (R2070)
NO If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3) (R2070)
2062
The game ends with the score A 76 - B 75. Before the crew chief has signed the scoresheet, the scorer realises that team B1's 2-point goal has been erroneously credited to team A. The crew chief shall order the scorer to correct the final score to A 74 - B 77. (R2071)
NO If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 44.3.) (R2071)
2063
The scorer is responsible for administering the alternating possession arrow. (R2072)
YES The scorer shall keep a record of the next alternating possession, by operating the alternating possession arrow. (OBR Art. 48.1) (R2072)
2064
The game ends with the score A 90 - B 89. Before the crew chief has signed the scoresheet, the scorer realises that with 6:22 on the game clock in the second quarter, team B should have been awarded 2 additional points. The error shall be corrected and the final score shall be changed. (R2073)
NO
2065
The scorer shall effect substitutions. (R2074)
NO
2066
The scorer shall indicate to the referees, by raising the GD marker, when a coach has been given 2 technical fouls for incorrect behaviour
NO The timer shall indicate that a player or a head coach has been game disqualified by raising the GD marker. (OBR Art. 49.1) (R2075)
2067
The scorer indicates to the referees, by raising the GD marker, when a coach has been given 2 technical fouls for the behaviour of members of his bench. (R2076)
NO The timer shall indicate that a player or a head coach has been game disqualified by raising the GD marker. (OBR Art. 49.1.) (R2076)
2068
The scorer shall indicate to the referees, by raising the GD marker, when a player has been given 2 technical fouls. (R2077)
NO The timer shall indicate that a player or a head coach has been game disqualified by raising the GD marker. (OBR Art. 49.1) (R2077)
2069
The scorer indicates to the referees, by raising the GD marker, when a player has been given 2 unsportsmanlike fouls. (R2078)
NO The timer shall indicate that a player or a head coach has been game disqualified by raising the GD marker. (OBR Art. 49.1) (R2078)
2070
The scorer indicates to the referees, by raising the GD scoreboard, when a player has been given 1 technical foul and 1 unsportsmanlike foul.
NO The timer shall indicate that a player or a head coach has been game disqualified by raising the GD marker. (OBR Art. 49.1) (R2079)
2071
The scorer indicates to the referees, by raising the GD scoreboard, when a player has been given 1 technical foul and 1 double foul. (R2080)
NO The timer shall indicate that a player or a head coach has been game disqualified by raising the GD marker. (OBR Art. 49.1) (R2080)
2072
The scorer indicates to the referees, by raising the GD scoreboard, when a player has been given 1 direct disqualifying foul by the referees. (R2081)
NO The timer shall indicate that a player or a head coach has been game disqualified by raising the GD marker. (OBR Art. 49.1) (R2081)
2073
The timer indicates to the referees, by raising the GD scoreboard, when a coach has been given 2 technical fouls for personal incorrect behaviour. (R2082)
YES The timer shall indicate that a player or a head coach has been game disqualified by raising the GD marker. (OBR Art. 49.1) (R2082)
2074
The timer indicates to the referees, by raising the GD marker, when a coach has been given 2 technical fouls for the behaviour of the team members of the bench. (R2083)
NO The timer shall indicate that a player or a head coach has been game disqualified by raising the GD marker. (OBR Art. 49.1) (R2083)
2075
The timer indicates to the referees, by raising the GD marker, when a player has been given 2 technical fouls
YES The timer shall indicate that a player or a head coach has been game disqualified by raising the GD marker. (OBR Art. 49.1)
2076
The timer indicates to the referees, by raising the GD marker, when a player has been given 2 unsportsmanlike fouls. (R2085)
YES
2077
The timer indicates to the referees, by raising the GD scoreboard, when a player has been given 1 technical foul and 1 unsportsmanlike foul. (R2086)
YES The timer shall indicate that a player or a head coach has been game disqualified by raising the GD marker. (OBR Art. 49.1.) (R2086)
2078
The timer indicates to the referees, by raising the GD scoreboard, when a player has been given 1 technical foul and 1 double foul.
NO The timer shall indicate that a player or a head coach has been game disqualified by raising the GD marker. (OBR Art. 49.1.) (R2087)
2079
The timer indicates to the referees, by raising the GD scoreboard, when a player has been given 1 direct disqualifying foul by the referees. (R2088)
NO The crew chief shall indicate that a player or a head coach has been disqualified raising 2 fists above the head. (OBR Art. 49.1.) (R2088)
2080
B4 fouls A4. This is the 5th team B foul in the quarter. A referee places the ball at the thrower-in A3 disposal. The timer shall now position the team foul marker on the scorer's table. (R2089)
NO The timer shall operate the team foul markers, positioned on both ends of the scorer's table. The team foul marker shall show the current number of fouls and it shall be fully in red after the ball becomes live again after the 4th team's foul in a quarter. (OBR Art. 49.1.) (R2089)
2081
The timer's signal shall stop the game clock. (R2090)
NO The sound of the timer's signal does not stop the game clock. (OBR Art. 49.1.) (R2090)
2082
The timer's signal shall cause the ball to become dead. (R2091)
NO The sound of the timer's signal does not cause the ball to become dead. (OBR Art. 49.1.) (R2091)
2083
A4 fouls B4. This is the 4th team A foul in the quarter. The team foul marker on the scorer's table shall be fully in red immediately after a referee completed reporting the foul to the scorer's table.
NO The timer shall operate the team foul markers, positioned on both ends of the scorer's table. The team foul marker shall show the current number of fouls and it shall be fully in red after the ball becomes live again after the 4th team's foul in a quarter. (OBR Art. 49.1.)
2084
B4 fouls A4 in the act of shooting. This is the 4th team B foul in the quarter. A referee places the ball at A4's disposal for the 1st free throw. The team foul marker on the table shall be turned red at this time. (R2093)
YES The timer shall operate the team foul markers, positioned on both ends of the scorer's table. The team foul marker shall show the current number of fouls and it shall be fully in red after the ball becomes live again after the 4th team's foul in a quarter. (OBR Art. 49.1.) (R2093)
2085
B4 fouls A4 in the act of shooting. This is the 4th team B foul in the quarter. A referee places the ball at A4's disposal for the 2nd free throw. The team foul marker on the table shall be turned red at this time. (R2094)
NO The timer shall operate the team foul markers, positioned on both ends of the scorer's table. The team foul marker shall show the current number of fouls and it shall be fully in red after the ball becomes live again after the 4th team's foul in a quarter, when A4 had the ball at the disposal for the 1st free throw. (OBR Art. 49.1.) (R2094)
2086
The team foul marker on the scorer's table, at the end nearest to the bench of the team in a team foul penalty situation, shall be in red when the ball becomes live after the 4th team foul in a quarter. (R2095)
YES The timer shall operate the team foul markers, positioned on both ends of the scorer's table. The team foul marker shall show the current number of fouls and it shall be fully in red after the ball becomes live again after the 4th team's foul in a quarter. (OBR Art. 49.1.) (R2095)
2087
In case of a time-out, the timer shall start the stopwatch immediately when the referee blows the whistle and gives the time-out signal. (R2096)
YES The timer shall measure the time-outs. The timer shall start the stopwatch immediately when the referee blows the whistle and gives the time-out signal. (OBR Art. 49.3) (R2096)
2088
With 2:02 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A3 scores a goal. The ball is now rolling on the court. The timer shall stop the game clock when it shows 2:00. (R2097)
NO The timer shall stop the game clock when a goal is scored and the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the 4th quarter. (OBR Art. 49.2.) (R2097)
2089
B1 commits a 3-second violation. A1's throw-in from behind the endline touches a referee on the court. The game clock shall be started at this time. (R2098)
NO The timer shall start the game clock when during a throw-in, the ball touches or is legally touched by any player on the court. (OBR Art. 49.2.) (R2098)
2090
The timer shall sound the signal before the 2nd and 4th quarter and each overtime when 30 seconds remain until the start of the quarter or overtime. (R1978)
YES The timer shall sound the signal before the 2nd and 4th quarter and each overtime when 30 seconds remain until the start of the quarter or overtime. (OBR Art. 49.4.) (R2099)
2091
With 2:02 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A3 scores a goal. The ball is now rolling on the court. The timer shall stop the game clock now. (R2100)
NO The timer shall stop the game clock when the goal is scored and the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the 4th quarter. If the ball rolls on the court, the timer shall stop the game clock only if a referee has stopped the game. (OBR Art. 49.2.) (R2100)
2092
With 56 seconds on the game clock in the 2nd quarter, A1 scores a goal. The ball rolls far away from the court. The timer shall stop the game clock. (R2101)
NO The timer shall stop the game only if a referee has stopped the game. (OBR Art. 49.2.) (R2101)
2093
The timer shall use the game clock to measure the time-outs.
NO The timer shall be provided with a stopwatch to measure the time-outs. (OBR Art. 49.1) (R2102)
2094
The timer shall use the stopwatch to measure the time-outs. (R2103)
YES The timer shall be provided with a stopwatch to measure the time-outs. (OBR Art. 49.1)
(R2103)
2095
The timer shall notify the teams and the referees before the 1st and 3rd quarter when 3 minutes and 1.5 minutes remain until the start of the quarter. (R2104)
YES The timer shall notify the teams and the referees before the 1st and 3rd quarter when 3 minutes and 1.5 minutes remain until the start of the quarter. (OBR Art. 49.4.) (R2104)
2096
The scorer shall notify the teams and the referees at least 3 minutes before the start of the 3rd quarter. (R2105)
NO The timer shall notify the teams and the referees before the 3rd quarter when 3 minutes remain until the start of the quarter. (OBR Art. 49.4.) (R2105)
2097
In case of a last free throw, the game clock shall start when the ball touches the ring.
NO The timer shall start the game clock when, after an unsuccessful last free throw, the ball touches or is touched by any player on the court. (OBR Art. 49.2) (R2106)
2098
A3's shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The shot clock signal shall cause the game clock to be stopped immediately. (R2107)
NO The shot clock signal neither stops the game clock or the game, nor causes the ball to become dead, unless a team is in a control of the ball. (OBR Art. 49.1. and 50.1) (R2107)
2099
In case of a throw-in, the game clock and the shot clock shall start at the same time. (R2108)
YES In case of a throw-in, the game clock and the shot clock shall start when the ball touches or is legally touched by any player on the court. (OBR Art. 49.2 and 50.1) (R2108)
2100
The game clock and the shot clock shall always start simultaneously
NO Only in case of a throw-in, the game clock and the shot clock shall be started simultaneously when the ball touches or is legally touched by any player on the court. (OBR Art. 49.2 and 50.1) (R2109)
2101
In case of a jump ball, the game clock and the shot clock shall start at the same time. (R2110)
NO In case of a jump ball, the game clock shall start when the ball is legally tapped by a jumper. The shot clock shall start when a team gains control of a live ball on the court. (OBR Art. 49.2 and 50.1) (R2110)
2102
Whenever the game clock signal sounds in error, the referee shall stop the game
YES The game clock signal stops the game clock and therefore a referee shall stop the game. (OBR Art. 0) (R2111)
2103
With 1:52 on the game clock in the overtime, the timer shall stop the game clock when a goal is made. (R2112)
YES The timer shall stop the game clock when a goal is scored and the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in each overtime. (OBR Art. 49.2) (R2112)
2104
During an overtime, the timer shall stop the game clock when a goal is scored. (R2113)
NO
2105
Immediately after the start of a quarter, A1 scores a goal. The timer notifies a referee that the game clock has not started. The referee cancels the goal and restarts the quarter. (R2114)
NO If the error occurs before the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before 2:00 minutes or less are remaining on the game clock. (OBR Art. 49.2 and 44.3.1) (R2114)
2106
The game clock shall be stopped during the game whenever a goal is made. (R2115)
NO
2107
In case of a throw-in, the game clock shall start when the ball touches or is legally touched by a player on the court. (R2116)
YES In case of a throw-in, the timer shall start the game clock when the ball touches or is legally touched by any player on the court. (OBR Art. 49.2) (R2116)
2108
In case of a jump ball, the game clock and the shot clock shall start at a different time. (R2117)
YES In case of a jump ball, the game clock shall start when the ball is legally tapped by a jumper. The shot clock shall start when a team gains control of a live ball on the court. (OBR Art. 49.2 and 50.1) (R2117)
2109
In case of an unsuccessful last free throw, the game clock and the shot clock shall start at the same time. (R2118)
NO In case of an unsuccessful last free throw, the game clock shall start when the ball touches or is touched by a player on the court. The shot clock shall start when a team gains control of a live ball on the court. (OBR Art. 49.2 and 50.1) (R2118)
2110
The scorer shall sound the signal when 50 seconds of the time-out have elapsed. (R2119)
NO The timer shall sound the signal when 50 seconds of the time-out have elapsed. (OBR Art. 49.3) (R2119)
2111
A1 last free throw rebounds from the ring. The timer shall start the game clock when the ball touches the ring. (R2120)
NO
2112
When the ball is dead, the game clock must be always stopped. (R2121)
NO The game clock shall not be stopped when a goal is scored within the first 38 minutes of a game. (OBR Art. 49.2.) (R2121)
2113
In case of a time-out, the timer shall start the stopwatch immediately when a referee blows the whistle and gives the time-out signal. (R2122)
YES The timer shall measure the time-outs. The timer shall start the stopwatch immediately when the referee blows the whistle and gives the time-out signal. (OBR Art. 49.3) (R2122)
2114
With 10 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when B2 is charged with a technical foul. Any team A player shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where the ball was located when the technical foul occurred. Team A shall have 24 seconds on the shot clock. (R2123)
NO If a technical foul is committed, the opponents shall be awarded 1 free throw. After the free throw, the throw-in shall administered by the team who was in control of the ball when the technical foul occurred, from the place nearest to where the ball was located when the game was stopped. Team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. 50.4. and 36.3.2) (R2123)
2115
Following a successful goal, A5 takes a throw-in from behind the endline, with 22 seconds on the game clock. The shot clock remains on 14 seconds until the game clock shows 13 seconds when the shot clock operator shall switch-off the shot clock. This is a correct procedure by the shot clock operator. (R2124)
NO The shot clock operator shall be provided with a shot clock which shall be switched off, after the ball becomes dead and the game clock has been stopped, when there is a new control of the ball for either team and there are less then 14 seconds on the game clock. (OBR Art. 50.5) (R2124)
2116
The referee shall signal to the shot clock operator whenever the operator should start the shot clock. (R2125)
NO The shot clock operator shall start the shot clock when a team gains control of a live ball on the court and on a throw-in, when the ball touches or is legally touched by any player on the court. (OBR Art. 50.1) (R2125)
2117
On a throw-in, the shot clock operator shall start the shot clock when a player legally touches the ball on the court. (R2126)
YES The shot clock operator shall start the shot clock when on a throw-in, the ball touches or is legally touched by any player on the court. (OBR Art. 50.1) (R2126)
2118
A1 dribbles for 6 seconds in the backcourt when B4 deliberately contacts the ball with the foot. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the backcourt. Team A shall have 2 seconds to advance the ball into the frontcourt
NO The 8-second period shall not continue when the same team that previously had control of a live ball is awarded a throw-in in the backcourt as a result of a violation by the team not in control of the ball. (OBR Art. 50.2 and 28.1.3) (R2127)
2119
A1 dribbles for 5 seconds in the backcourt when B3 deliberately contacts the ball with the foot. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the backcourt. Team A shall have 8 seconds to advance the ball into the frontcourt. Team A shall have 24 seconds on the shot clock
YES The 8-second period and shot clock period shall not continue when the same team that previously had control of a live ball is awarded a throw-in in the backcourt as a result of a violation by the team not in control of the ball. (OBR Art. 50.2 and 28.1.3) (R2128)
2120
With 2 seconds on the shot clock, thrower-in A1's pass to A2 is touched by B1 and then controlled by A2. The shot clock shall be restarted when the ball is touched by B1.
YES The shot clock shall be restarted when on a throw-in, the ball is legally touched by any player on the court. (OBR Art. 50.1) (R2129)
2121
A new shot clock period shall be awarded, when a foul is called and the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a throw-in regardless whether in the backcourt or in the frontcourt. (R2130)
NO The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds only when the team is awarded a backcourt throw-in, as the result of a foul. (OBR Art. 50.3) (R2130)
2122
A new 24 seconds shot clock period shall be awarded whenever the ball touches the ring. (R2131)
NO The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds when, after the ball has touched the ring on an unsuccessful shot for a goal, an unsuccessful last free throw or on a pass and the team which regains control of the ball is the same team that was in control of the ball before the ball touched the ring. (OBR Art. 50.4.) (R2131)
2123
B4 causes the ball to go out-of-bounds in team A frontcourt. The shot clock shows 8 seconds. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds.
NO The shot clock shall not be reset to 14 seconds when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a throw-in, as the result of a ball having gone out-ofbounds. (OBR Art. 50.2) (R2132)
2124
With 10 seconds on the shot clock, a held ball occurs in team A frontcourt. The arrow favours team A. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in in the frontcourt. The shot clock shall remain on 10 seconds. (R2133)
YES The shot clock shall not be reset when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a throw-in, as the result of a jump ball situation. (OBR Art. 50.2.) (R2133)
2125
With 10 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles when the fight between A2 and B2 starts. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in. The shot clock shall remain on 10 seconds. (R2134)
YES If after the fight all penalties have cancelled each other, the team which was in control of the ball when the fight started shall be awarded a throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt and shall have on the shot clock only the time remaining when the game was stopped. (OBR Art. 50.4. and 39.1) (R2134)
2126
With 15 seconds on the shot clock, a held ball occurs. The arrow favours team A. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in and 15 seconds on the shot clock, regardless whether the throw-in shall be administered in the frontcourt or in the backcourt
YES
2127
With 10 seconds on the shot clock, A3 dribbles when A2 and B2 commit the unsportsmanlike fouls. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in. The shot clock shall remain on 10 seconds. (R2136)
YES The shot clock shall not be reset when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a throw-in, as the result of a cancellation of equal penalties against both teams. (OBR Art. 50.2) (R2136)
2128
With 10 seconds on the shot clock, A1 shot for a goal misses the ring, after which a held ball occurs. The arrow favours team A. The game shall be resumed with a team A alternating possession throw-in. The shot clock shall remain on 10 seconds. (R2137)
YES The shot clock shall not be reset when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a throw-in, as the result of a jump ball situation. (OBR Art. 50.2) (R2137)
2129
A new shot clock period shall be awarded, when the ball goes out-of-bounds and the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a throw-in. (R2138)
NO
2130
A new shot clock period shall be awarded, when a held ball occurred and the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a throw-in. (R2139)
NO The shot clock shall not be reset when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a throw-in, as the result of a jump ball situation. (OBR Art. 50.2) (R2139)
2131
With 5 seconds on the shot clock, A4 dribbles when B4 and team A head coach commit the technical fouls. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in. The shot clock shall remain on 5 seconds. (R2140)
YES The shot clock shall not be reset when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a throw-in, as the result of a cancellation of equal penalties against both teams. (OBR Art. 50.2) (R2140)
2132
A4 shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball lodges between the ring and the backboard. The arrow favours team A. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in. The shot cock shall be reset on 14 seconds. (R2141)
YES The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a throw-in after the ball has lodged between the ring and the backboard. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from behind the endline next to the backboard. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds. (OBR Art. 50.4) (R2141)
2133
A4 shot for a goal is in the air when the shot clock signal sounds. The ball lodges between the ring and the backboard. This is a jump ball situation. (R2142)
YES A jump ball situation occurs when a live ball lodges between the ring and the backboard, except between the free throws and after the last free throw is followed by a throw-in from the throw-in line in the team's frontcourt. (OBR Art. 12.3.) (R2142)
2134
With 4 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles when the fight on the court starts. A referee disqualifies A6 and B6 for leaving the team bench areas during the fight on the court. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in. The shot clock shall be reset to14 seconds. (R2143)
NO If after the fight all penalties have cancelled each other, the team which was in control of the ball when the fight started shall be awarded a throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt and shall have on the shot clock only the time remaining when the game was stopped. (OBR Art. 50.4. and 39.1.) (R2143)
2135
With 17 seconds on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 scores a goal. Team B is granted a time-out. Team B head coach decided to resume the game with a team B throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds. (R2144)
YES The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds when the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in fourth quarter, following a time-out taken by the team entitled to the possession of the ball in the backcourt and the head coach of that team decides that the game shall be resumed with a throw-in for that team from the throw-in line in the frontcourt and 14 seconds or more were on the shot clock when the game was stopped. (OBR Art. 50.4.) (R2144)
2136
With 11 seconds on the game clock in the 4th quarter, and with 5 seconds on the shot clock for team A, B1 deliberately kicks the ball in the backcourt causing the ball to go out-of-bounds. The game shall be resumed with a team A frontcourt throw-in. The shot clock shall be switched off. (R2145)
YES
2137
With 8 seconds on the shot clock, A1 has the ball at the disposal for the frontcourt throw-in. A1's pass is touched by B2 after which the ball touches the ring and is rebounded by A3. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds. (R2146)
NO The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds when the team which regains control of the ball is the same team that was in the control of the ball before the ball touched the ring on the pass. (OBR Art. 50.4. ) (R2146)
2138
With 10 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles when A1 and B1 start fighting each other. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in. The shot clock shall remain on 10 seconds. (R2147)
YES If after the fight all penalties have cancelled each other, the team which was in control of the ball when the fight started shall be awarded a throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt and shall have on the shot clock only the time remaining when the game was stopped. (OBR Art. 50.4 and 39.1.) (R2147)
2139
With 16 seconds on the shot clock, thrower-in A1 in the frontcourt passes the ball to A2. A2 dribbles for 4 seconds when B1 taps the ball out-of-bounds in team A backcourt. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds. (R2148)
NO The shot clock shall not be reset when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a throw-in, as the result of a ball having gone out-of-bounds. (OBR Art. 50.2.) (R2148)
2140
With 5 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles when A2 and B1 commit technical fouls. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in. The shot clock shall remain on 5 seconds
YES The shot clock shall not be reset when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a throw-in, as the result of a cancellation of equal penalties against both teams. (OBR Art. 50. 2.) (R2149)
2141
With 12 seconds on the shot clock, A1 shot for a goal misses the ring, after which a held ball occurs. The arrow favours team A. The shot clock shall be reset. (R2150)
NO The shot clock shall not be reset when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a throw-in, as the result of a jump ball situation. (OBR Art. 50.2.) (R2150)
2142
During a fight on the court, the shot clock shall be switched off, showing no time. (R2151)
NO The shot clock shall be switched off only when there is a new control of the ball for either team and there are less than 14 seconds on the game clock. (OBR Art. 50.5.) (R2151)
2143
With 3 seconds on the shot clock, A1's throw-in pass is deflected by B1. The shot clock shall start now. (R2152)
YES The shot clock shall be restarted when on a throw-in, the ball touches or is legally touched by any player on the court. (OBR Art. 50.1.) (R2152)
2144
A1 dribbles in the backcourt when team B head coach commits a technical foul. After the free throw, the game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where the ball was located when the game was stopped. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds. (R2153)
YES The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds when a team is awarded a backcourt throw-in, as the result of a foul. (OBR Art. 50.3. and 36.3.2.) (R2153)
2145
With 1:21 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, B1 commits an unsportsmanlike foul against dribbler A1 in the backcourt. The shot clock shows 18 seconds. Team A is granted a time-out. Team A head coach decided to resume the game with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds. (R2154)
NO The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds when a team shall be awarded a throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt, as the result of an unsportsmanlike foul. (OBR Art. 50.2.) (R2154)
2146
With 9 seconds on the shot clock, A1's pass to A2 is deflected by B1. The ball goes out-of-bounds in team A frontcourt. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds.
NO The shot clock shall not be reset when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a throw-in, as the result of a ball having gone out-of-bounds. (OBR Art. 50.2.) (R2155)
2147
With 6 seconds on the shot clock, A1's shot for a goal is in the air when a double foul occurs. The ball misses the ring. The arrow favours team A. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in. The shot clock shall remain on 6 seconds. (R2156)
YES The shot clock shall not be reset when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a throw-in, as the result of a double foul. (OBR Art. 50.2.) (R2156)
2148
With 3 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt. A technical foul is called against team B head coach, followed by a technical foul against A3. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in. The shot clock shall remain on 3 seconds. (R2157)
YES The shot clock shall not be reset when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a throw-in, as the result of a cancellation of equal penalties against both teams. (OBR Art. 50.2) (R2157)
2149
A2 pass to A4 in the frontcourt is deflected by B1. The ball then touches the ring of team B basket and is rebounded by A3. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds. (R2158)
YES The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds when the ball has touched the ring of the opponents' basket on the pass and the team which regains control of the ball is the same team that was in the control of the ball before the ball touched the ring. (OBR Art. 50.4.) (R2158)
2150
With 3 seconds on the shot clock, A2 is fouled by B1 on the pass to A3 in the frontcourt. This is the 5th team B foul in the quarter. After B1's foul, the ball is touched by B2 and enters the basket. A2's goal shall count. (R2159)
NO The ball becomes dead when a referee blows the whistle while the ball is live. The goal should have counted if the ball was on the shot for a goal (which is not a case). A2's goal shall not count. A2 shall be awarded 2 free throws. (OBR Art. 10.3) (R2159)
2151
With 18 seconds on the shot clock, A2's pass to A3 is deliberately kicked by B1 in a team A frontcourt. The shot clock shall remain on 18 seconds. (R2160)
YES The shot clock shall not be reset when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a frontcourt throw-in and 14 or more seconds are displayed on the shot clock, as the result of a violation. (OBR Art. 50.2.) (R2160)
2152
With 15 seconds on the shot clock, A5's shot for a goal lodges between the ring and the backboard. The arrow favours team B. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds. (R2161)
YES A jump ball situation occurs when a live ball lodges between the ring and the backboard. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds when the team is awarded a backcourt throw-in, as the result of a jump ball situation for the team that previously was not in control of the ball. (OBR Art. 50.3. and 12.3.) (R2161)
2153
With 1:23 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A4 dribbles in the backcourt for 6 seconds when B4 taps the ball out-of-bounds. Team A is granted a time-out. Team A head coach decided to resume the game with a team A throw-in from the backcourt. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds. (R2162)
NO If as the result of the ball having gone out-of-bounds the throw-in shall be administered from the team's backcourt, the shot clock shall continue from the time it was stopped. (OBR Art. 29.2.3.) (R2162)
2154
With 3 seconds on the shot clock, A1's throw-in is deflected by B4. The game clock starts and after the ball bounces on the court, the shot clock signal sounds. This is a shot clock violation by team A
YES Whenever on a throw-in, the ball is legally touched by any player on the court and the team of that player taking the throw-in remains in control of the ball, that team must attempt a shot for a goal within 24 seconds. (OBR Art. 29.1.1) (R2163)
2155
A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when B1 deliberately kicks the ball. The shot clock shows 13 seconds. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds. (R2164)
YES The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds, when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a frontcourt throw-in and 13 seconds or less are displayed on the shot clock, as the result of a violation. (OBR Art. 50.4) (R2164)
2156
A1 dribbles in the backcourt when team B head coach commits a technical foul. After the free throw, the game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds. (R2165)
YES The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds when the team is awarded a backcourt throw-in, as the result of a foul. (OBR Art. 50.3.) (R2165)
2157
With 8 seconds on the shot clock, A5's shot for a goal lodges between the ring and the backboard. The arrow favours team A. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds.
YES The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds, when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a frontcourt throw-in and 13 seconds or less are displayed on the shot clock, as the result of a ball lodging between the ring and the backboard. (OBR Art. 50.4.) (R2166)
2158
A1 dribbles when A4 is injured and the game is stopped. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds.
NO The shot clock shall not be reset when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a throw-in, as the result of a player of the same team having been injured. (OBR Art. 50.2.) (R2167)
2159
With 1:36 on the game clock and with 12 seconds on the shot clock in the 4th quarter, A1 scores a goal. After B3's throw-in from the endline, B2 has already moved to the frontcourt when a referee realises that the shot clock was not reset and it shows 3 seconds. The referee stopped the game. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in in the frontcourt. The shot clock shall be corrected to 15 seconds. (R2168)
YES If the error occurs after the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, the error must be corrected before the ball becomes live after the first time the referees have stopped the game for any reason following the error. (OBR Art. 44 and 44.3.1) (R2168)
2160
A5 shot for a goal misses the ring, after which a held ball occurs. The arrow favours team A. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds. (R2169)
NO The shot clock shall not be reset when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a throw-in, as a result of the jump ball situation. (OBR Art. 50.2.) (R2169)
2161
A1 dribbles in the backcourt when B4 is injured and the game is stopped. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds. (R2170)
YES The SC shall be reset to 24 sec when the team is awarded a backcourt throw in and the game is stopped, because of an action not connected with the team in control of the ball.
2162
With 5 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when B4 is injured and the game is stopped. The shot clock be reset to 24 seconds. (R2171)
NO The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a frontcourt throw-in and 13 seconds or less are displayed on the shot clock when the game was stopped, because of an action not connected with the team in control of the ball. (OBR Art. 50.4) (R2171)
2163
A1 dribbles when a double foul occurs. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds. (R2172)
NO The shot clock shall not be reset when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a throw-in, as the result of a double foul. (OBR Art. 50.2.) (R2172)
2164
With 58 seconds on the game clock in the 4th quarter and with 19 seconds on the shot clock, A1 is fouled in the backcourt. This is the 3rd team B foul in the quarter. Team A is granted a time-out. Team A head coach decided to resume the game with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds. (R2173)
YES The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds when the game clock shows 2:00 or less in fourth quarter, following a time-out taken by the team entitled to the possession of the ball in its backcourt and the head coach decides that the game shall be resumed with a throw-in for the team from the throw-in line in its frontcourt and 14 seconds or more were on the shot clock when the game was stopped. (OBR Art. 50.4) (R2173)
2165
With 4 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles in the frontcourt when A2 is injured and the game is stopped. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the frontcourt. The shot clock shall remain on 4 seconds.
YES The shot clock shall not be reset, when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a throw-in, as the result of a player of the same team having been injured. (OBR Art. 50.2)
2166
With 10 seconds on the shot clock, A1 pass to A2 is deflected from A3's shoulder, then touches the ring and is rebounded by A4. The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds.
YES The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds after the ball has touched the ring on a pass, if the team which regains control of the ball is the same team that was in control of the ball before the ball touched the ring. (OBR Art. 50.4.) (R2175)
2167
With 3 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles when A4 and then team B head coach commit technical fouls. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in. The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds. (R2176)
NO The equal penalties against both teams shall be cancelled. The shot clock shall not be reset, when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a throw-in, as the result of a cancellation of equal penalties on both teams. (OBR Art. 50.2.) (R2176)
2168
With 18 seconds on the shot clock, A1 dribbles in the backcourt when the game is stopped due to the referee's injury. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the backcourt. The shot clock shall be rest to 24 seconds
YES The shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds when a team is awarded a backcourt throw-in, after the game is stopped because of an action not connected with either team. (OBR Art. 50.3) (R2177)
2169
With 5 seconds on the shot clock, A1's throw-in lodges between the ring and the backboard. The arrow favours team A. The game shall be resumed with a team A alternating possession throw-in. The shot clock shall remain on 5 seconds. (R2178)
NO The shot clock shall be reset to 14 seconds, when the same team that previously had control of the ball is awarded a frontcourt throw-in and 13 seconds or less are displayed on the shot clock, as the result of a ball lodging between the ring and the backboard. (OBR Art. 50.4) (R2178)
2170
A6 substitute is disqualified. A6's disqualifying foul shall be entered on the scoresheet as 'D' and against the head coach as 'B2'. (R2179)
YES A disqualifying foul against a substitute shall be entered on the scoresheet as 'D' and against the head coach as 'B2'. (OBR Art. B.8.3.13.) (R2179)
2171
The crew chief has recognised a scorekeeping error on the scoresheet. The crew chief shall report the error to the governing body of the competition. (R2180)
NO The referees may correct any error in scorekeeping involving the score, number of fouls or number of time-outs. The crew chief shall sign the corrections. Extensive corrections shall be documented on the reverse side of the scoresheet. (OBR Art. 44.2.) (R2180)
2172
A1 and B1 commit a double foul. The scorer shall enter it on the scoresheet against A1 and B1 as a 'DF'. (R2181)
NO The personal fouls shall be entered on the scoresheet against A1 and B1 as a 'P'. (OBR Art. B.8.3.1.) (R2181)
2173
Team A head coach A and team A first assistant coach are not present before the start of the game. The president of the club shall sign the scoresheet 10 minutes before the start of the game. (R2182)
NO At least 10 minutes before the game is scheduled to start, each head coach shall sign the scoresheet. The captain shall sign the scoresheet, if there is no head coach or first assistant coach available. (OBR Art. B.4. and 7.9.) (R2182)
2174
Team A head coach and team A first assistant coach are not present before the start of the game. The team A captain shall sign the scoresheet 10 minutes before the start of the game. (R2183)
YES At least 10 minutes before the game is scheduled to start, each head coach shall sign the scoresheet. The captain shall sign the scoresheet, if there is no head coach or first assistant coach available. (OBR Art. B.4. and 7.9.) (R2183)
2175
Team A head coach and team A first assistant coach are not present before the start of the game. Team A captain shall sign the scoresheet 10 minutes before the start of the game. The scorer shall enter on the scoresheet at the team A head coach's section the captain's name, initial and (CAP). (R2184)
YES At least 10 minutes before the game is scheduled to start, each head coach shall sign the scoresheet. The captain shall sign the scoresheet, if there is no head coach or first assistant coach available. (OBR Art. B.4. and 7.9.) (R2184)
2176
All fouls committed by the accompanying delegation members and substitutes shall be entered on the scoresheet against the head coach. (R2185)
YES Fouls committed by the head coach, first assistant coach, substitutes, excluded players and accompanying delegation members shall be entered on the scoresheet against the head coach. (OBR Art. B.8.2.) (R2185)
2177
A1 commits a disqualifying foul. A1's foul shall be entered on the scoresheet against A1 as 'GD'.
NO A disqualifying foul shall be entered on the scoresheet as a 'D2'. (OBR Art. B.8.3.7. and B.8.3.8.) (R2186)
2178
Team A head coach commits a disqualifying foul. The foul shall be entered on the scoresheet against head coach as 'GD'.
NO A disqualifying foul shall be entered on the scoresheet as a 'D2'. (OBR Art. B.8.3.12. and B.8.3.8.) (R2187)
2179
In the FIBA competitions, the scoresheet shall be completed on the original only. After the game, one copy of the original scoresheet shall be made and both sheets shall be signed by the crew chief. (R2188)
NO
2180
The scorer shall use 2 different coloured pens, red for the first and third quarter and blue or black for the second and fourth quarter. (R2189)
YES
2181
It is recommended that the scorer uses 4 different coloured pens, 1 for each quarter. (R2190)
NO The scorer shall use 2 different coloured pens, red for the first and third quarter and blue or black for the second and fourth quarter. (OBR Art. B.2 and B.2.1.) (R2190)
2182
Team A doctor commits a disqualifying foul. The foul shall be entered on the scoresheet against team A head coach as 'GD'. (R2191)
NO A disqualifying foul shall be entered on the scoresheet against team A head coach as a 'B2'. (OBR Art. B.8.3.13 and B.8.3.8.) (R2191)
2183
A1 and B1 start a fight on the court. A6 and team A doctor enter the court and get actively involved in the fight. A1 and B1 are disqualified. The penalties for both disqualifying fouls shall cancel each other. Team A head coach shall be charged with a technical foul entered on the scoresheet as a circled 'B2',as a result of A6's and team A doctor's disqualification. (R2192)
NO Irrespective of the number of the persons disqualified for leaving the team bench area, a single technical foul shall be charged on the head coach, entered on the scoresheet as a 'B2'. In addition, A6 shall be disqualified, entered on the scoresheet as a 'D'. Team A's doctor shall be disqualified, entered on the scoresheet against the team A head coach as a circled 'B2'. All 6 free throws shall be administered. (OBR Art. B.8.3.15) (R2192)
2184
After the fight, each disqualification of an accompanying delegation member shall be charged against the head coach, entered on the scoresheet as a circled 'B2' and shall count to the 3 technical fouls for the head coach's game disqualification. (R2193)
NO
2185
Team A doctor commits a disqualifying foul for the active involvement in the fight on the court. The foul shall be entered on the scoresheet against team A head coach as a 'GD'. (R2194)
NO The head coach shall be charged with a technical foul entered as a 'B2'. In addition, the head coach shall be charged with a technical foul entered as a circled 'B2'. All 4 free throws shall be administered. (OBR Art. B.8.3.15) (R2194)
2186
A1 and B1 start a fight on the court. A1 shall be charged with a disqualifying foul, entered on the scoresheet against A1 as 'D2'. B1 shall be charged with an unsportsmanlike foul, entered on the scoresheet against B1 as 'U2'.
NO
2187
A1 and B1 start a fight on the court. A1 and B1 are disqualified, entered on the scoresheet as a 'Dc'. Both disqualifying fouls penalties shall cancel each other. (R2196)
YES All fouls against both teams involving equal penalties shall be cancelled and entered on the scoresheet by adding a small 'c' beside the 'D'. (OBR Art. B.8.3.9) (R2196)
2188
A1 and B1 start a fight on the court. A1 and B1 shall be charged with a technical foul, entered on the scoresheet as a 'Tc'. (R2197)
NO
2189
The disqualification of each accompanying delegation member for the active involvement in the fight on the court shall be charged against the head coach, entered on the scoresheet as a 'D2' and shall count to the 3 technical fouls for the disqualification. (R2198)
NO Each disqualification of an accompanying delegation member for the active involvement in the fight on the court shall be charged against the head coach, entered as a 'B2'. In addition, the technical foul shall be charged against the head coach, entered on the scoresheet as a circled 'B2'. These fouls shall not count to the 3 technical fouls for the head coach's disqualification. (OBR Art. B.8.3.15) (R2198)
2190
A situation on the court occurs which may lead to a fight. A6 enters the court without being actively involved in the fight. A6 is disqualified and the disqualifying foul shall be entered on the scoresheet against A6 as a 'D'. Team A head coach shall be charged with a technical foul, entered on the scoresheet against the head coach as a 'B2'. (R2199)
NO The disqualifying foul against A6 not actively involved in the fight shall be entered on the scoresheet against A6 as the 'D' and 'F' in all remaining foul spaces. In addition, the technical foul against the head coach shall be entered on the scoresheet against the head coach as a 'B2'. (OBR Art. B.8.3.14) (R2199)
2191
The scorer shall prepare the scoresheet at least 40 minutes before the game is scheduled to start. (R2200)
YES The scorer shall prepare the scoresheet at least 40 minutes before the game is scheduled to start. (OBR Art. B.3) (R2200)
2192
The scorer shall prepare the scoresheet at least 30 minutes before the game is scheduled to start. (R2201)
NO The scorer shall prepare the scoresheet at least 40 minutes before the game is scheduled to start. (OBR Art. B.3) (R2201)
2193
The scorer shall enter on the scoresheet the last 3 digits of each player's licence. (R2202)
YES The scorer shall enter on the scoresheet the licence number (last 3 digits) of each player. (OBR Art. B.3.3.1) (R2202)
2194
The head coach and the first assistant coach of each team shall sign the scoresheet before the game. (R2203)
NO The head coach only shall sign the scoresheet at least 10 minutes before the game is scheduled to start. (OBR Art. B.4 and B.4.4) (R2203)
2195
The head coach shall sign the scoresheet 20 minutes before the game. (R2205)
NO The head coach shall sign the scoresheet at least 10 minutes before the game is scheduled to start. (OBR Art. B.4 and B.4.4) (R2205)
2196
Team A head coach (home team) shall be the first to provide the scorer with the starting 5 players. (R2206)
YES Team A head coach (home team) shall be the first to enter a small x beside the player's number for the 5 players to start the game. (OBR Art. B.4.4 and B.4.4) (R2206)
2197
Team B head coach (visiting team) shall be the first to provide the scorer with the starting five players. (R2207)
NO Team A head coach (home team) shall be the first to enter a small x beside the player's number for the 5 players to start the game. (OBR Art. B.4.4 and B.4.4) (R2207)
2198
The personal foul without free throw shall be entered on the scoresheet as a 'P'. (R2208)
YES The personal foul without the free throw shall be entered on the scoresheet as a 'P'. (OBR Art. B.8.3. and B.8.3.1) (R2208)
2199
The personal foul with 2 free throws shall be entered on the scoresheet as 'P2'.(R2209)
YES The personal foul with 2 free throws shall be entered on the scoresheet as a 'P2'. (OBR Art. B.8.3.1 and B.8.3.8.) (R2209)
2200
The technical foul committed by a player or a head coach shall be entered on the scoresheet as a 'T'. (R2210)
NO
2201
The 3-point goal shall be entered on the scoresheet by drawing a circle around the player's number. (R2211)
YES The 3-point goal scored by a player shall be entered on the scoresheet by drawing a circle around the player's number. (OBR Art. B.11.1) (R2211)
2202
The 3-point goal shall be entered on the scoresheet by drawing a circle around the running score. (R2212)
NO The 3-point goal scored by a player shall be entered on the scoresheet by drawing a circle around the player's number. (OBR Art. B.11.1) (R2212)
2203
The names of the scorer, assistant scorer, timer and the shot clock operator shall be entered on the scoresheet before the game. (R2213)
YES At least 40 minutes before the game is scheduled to start, the scorer shall enter (in block capital letters) the names of scorer, assistant scorer, timer and shot clock operator. (OBR Art. B.3.5. and 7.1.) (R2213)
2204
After the game, the scorer shall circle the final score and draw 2 thick horizontal lines under the final score, the players who scored the last points and mark the diagonal line to the bottom of each column. (R2214)
YES At the end of the game, the scorer shall draw 2 thick horizontal lines under the final number of points scored by each team and the numbers of the players who scored the last points. The scorer shall also draw a diagonal line to the bottom of the column in order to obliterate the remaining numbers (running score) for each team. (OBR Art. B.12.3. and B.11.4.) (R2214)
2205
After the crew chief has signed the scoresheet, the errors cannot be corrected anymore. (R2215)
YES The crew chief shall be the last to approve and sign the scoresheet. This act terminates the referees' administration and connection with the game. After the end of the game and before the scoresheet has been signed by the crew chief, the error can be still corrected. (OBR Art. B.12.6. and 44.3.2.) (R2215)
2206
The disqualifying foul against an excluded player shall be entered on the scoresheet against a player as a 'D'. In addition, the technical foul against the head coach shall be entered on the scoresheet against the head coach as a circled 'B2'. (R2216)
NO A disqualifying foul against an excluded player shall be entered on the scoresheet against that player as a 'D' and also entered on the scoresheet against the head coach without circled 'B2'. (OBR Art. B 8.3.12) (R2216)
2207
A1's free throw is not successful. A1's shirt number shall be entered on the scoresheet in the respective column. (R2217)
NO The scorer shall keep a chronological running summary only of the points scored by each team. (OBR Art. B.10.1.) (R2217)
2208
The time-outs granted shall be entered on the scoresheet by entering the minute of the playing time of the quarter or overtime in the appropriate boxes below the team's name. (R2218)
YES Time-outs granted shall be entered on the scoresheet by entering the minute of the playing time of the quarter or overtime in the appropriate boxes below the team's name. (OBR Art. B.7.1.) (R2218)
2209
The direction of the alternating possession arrow shall be reversed immediately when the alternating possession throw-in ends. (R2219)
YES The scorer shall reverse the direction of the alternating possession arrow immediately after the alternating possession throw-in ends. (OBR Art. 48.1. and 12.6.4) (R2219)
2210
After each quarter the scorer shall, with the blue or black coloured pen, draw a thick line between the used and not used spaces in the player's personal foul boxes and in the head coach's and first assistant coach's foul boxes. (R2220)
NO At the end of the game, the scorer shall obliterate the remaining spaces with a thick horizontal line. (OBR Art. B.12.3.) (R2220)
2211
At the end of the game, the scorer must enter the time at the designated place at the bottom of the scoresheet. (R2221)
YES Immediately at the end of the game, the scorer shall enter the time in the 'Game ended at (hh:mm)' column. (OBR Art. B.12.2) (R2221)
2212
At the end of the game, the scorer must enter at the designated place at the bottom of the scoresheet the time when the crew chief has signed the scoresheet. (R2222)
NO Immediately at the end of the game, the scorer shall enter the time in the 'Game ended at (hh:mm)' column. (OBR Art. B.12.2) (R2222)
2213
At the end of the game, the scorer must enter at the bottom of the scoresheet the duration of the game. (R2223)
NO Immediately at the end of the game, the scorer shall enter the time in the 'Game ended at (hh:mm)' column. (OBR Art. B.12.2) (R2223)
2214
A captain (CAP) has signed the scoresheet in the column 'Captain's signature in case of protest'. The crew chief, the umpires and the table officials must remain in the building until the crew chief gives them the permission to leave. (R2224)
YES Should the captain (CAP) sign the scoresheet under protest (using the 'Captain's signature in case of protest' column), the table officials and the umpire(s) shall remain at the disposal of the crew chief until the crew chief gives them the permission to leave. (OBR Art. B.12.6) (R2224)
2215
Only the team A head coach is disqualified for leaving the team bench area and not assisting the referees during the fight on the court. Team A head coach's disqualification shall be entered on the scoresheet against the head coach as the 'D2', 'F', 'F'. (R2225)
YES
2216
Only the team A head coach is disqualified for leaving the team bench area and not assisting the referees during the fight on the court. Team A head coach's disqualification shall be entered on the scoresheet against the head coach as a circled 'D2' and 'F', 'F'. (R2226)
NO Each disqualification of the head coach for leaving the team bench area and not assisting the referees during the fight on the court shall be entered on the scoresheet in the head coach's box as the 'D2' (without a circle), 'F', 'F'. (OBR Art. B.8.3.14) (R2226)
2217
Only the team A first assistant coach is disqualified for leaving the team bench area and the active involvement in the fight on the court. The team A first assistant coach's disqualification shall be entered on the scoresheet against the head coach as a D2' and against the team A first assistant coach as a 'D2'. (R2227)
NO Each disqualification of the first assistant coach for leaving the team bench area and the active involvement in the fight on the court shall be entered on the scoresheet against the head coach as a 'B2' and against the first assistant coach as a 'D2', 'F', 'F'. (OBR Art. B.8.3.15) (R2227)
2218
Only the team A first assistant coach is disqualified for leaving the team bench area and the active involvement in the fight on the court. The team A first assistant coach's disqualification shall be entered on the scoresheet against the head coach as a 'B2' and against the first assistant coach as a 'D2', 'F', 'F'. (R2228)
YES Each disqualification of the first assistant coach for leaving the team bench area and the active involvement in the fight on the court shall be entered on the scoresheet against the head coach as a 'B2' and against the first assistant coach as a 'D2', 'F', 'F'. (OBR Art. B.8.3.15) (R2228)
2219
Both the team A head coach and the team A first assistant coach are disqualified for leaving the team bench area and not assisting the referees during the fight on the court. The disqualifications shall be entered on the scoresheet against the head coach as a 'D2' and against the first assistant coach as the 'D2', 'F', 'F'. (R2229)
NO Both the team A head coach and the team A first assistant coach are disqualified for leaving the team bench area and not assisting or attempting to assist the referees during the fight on the court. Their disqualifications shall be entered on the scoresheet against the head coach as the 'D2, 'F', 'F' and against the first assistant coach as the 'D', 'F', 'F'. (OBR Art. B.8.3.14) (R2229)
2220
Both the team A head coach and the team A first assistant coach are disqualified for leaving the team bench area and not assisting the referees during the fight on the court. The disqualifications shall be entered on the scoresheet against the head coach as a 'D' and against the first assistant coach as the 'D2', 'F', 'F'. (R2230)
NO Both the team A head coach and the team A first assistant coach are disqualified for leaving the team bench area and not assisting or attempting to assist the referees during the fight on the court. The disqualifications shall be entered on the scoresheet against the head coach as the 'D2', 'F', 'F' and against the first assistant coach as the 'D', 'F', 'F'. (OBR Art. B.8. 3.13) (R2230)
2221
Both the team A head coach and the team A first assistant coach are disqualified for leaving the team bench area and not assisting the referees during the fight on the court. The disqualifications shall be entered on the scoresheet against the head coach as the 'D2', 'F', 'F' and against the first assistant coach as the 'D', 'F', 'F'. (R2231)
YES Both the team A head coach and the team A first assistant coach are disqualified for leaving the team bench area and not assisting or attempting to assist the referees during the fight on the court. The disqualifications shall be entered on the scoresheet against the head coach as the 'D2', 'F', 'F' and against the first assistant coach as the 'D', 'F', 'F'. (OBR Art. B.8.3.13) (R2231)
2222
Both the team A head coach and the team A first assistant coach are disqualified for leaving the team bench area and the active involvement in the fight on the court. The disqualifications shall be entered on the scoresheet against the head coach as the 'D2', 'F', 'F' and against the first assistant coach as the 'D2', 'F', 'F'. (R2232)
YES Both the team A head coach and the team A first assistant coach are disqualified for leaving the team bench area and their active involvement in the fight on the court. The disqualifications shall be entered on the scoresheet against the head coach as the 'D2', 'F', 'F' and against the first assistant coach as the 'D2', 'F', 'F'. (OBR Art. B.8.3.15) (R2232)
2223
Both the team A head coach and the team A first assistant coach are disqualified for leaving the team bench area and the active involvement in the fight on the court. The disqualifications shall be entered on the scoresheet against the head coach as the 'D2' and against the first assistant coach as the 'D2', 'F', 'F'. (R2233)
NO Both the team A head coach and the team A first assistant coach are disqualified for leaving the team bench area and the active involvement in the fight on the court. The disqualifications shall be entered on the scoresheet against the head coach as the 'D2', 'F', 'F' and against the first assistant coach as the 'D2', 'F', 'F'. (OBR Art. B.8.3.15) (R2233)
2224
Both the team A head coach and the team A first assistant coach are disqualified for leaving the team bench area and the active involvement in the fight on the court. The disqualifications shall be entered on the scoresheet against the head coach as the 'D2', 'F', 'F' and against the first assistant coach as a 'D2'. (R2234)
NO Both the team A head coach and the team A first assistant coach are disqualified for leaving the team bench area and the active involvement in the fight on the court. The disqualifications shall be entered on the scoresheet against the head coach as the 'D2', 'F', 'F' and against the first assistant coach as the 'D2', 'F', 'F'. (OBR Art. B.8.3.15) (R2234)
2225
Team A substitute and team A excluded player are disqualified for leaving the team bench area and not assisting the referees during the fight on the court. The disqualifications shall be entered on the scoresheet against the head coach as a 'B2', against the substitute and against the excluded player as the 'D', 'F' in the players' boxes behind the last foul space. (R2235)
YES Both team A substitute and team A excluded player are disqualified for leaving the team bench area and not assisting the referees during the fight on the court. The disqualifications shall be entered on the scoresheet against the head coach as a 'B2', against the substitute and against the excluded player as the 'D', 'F' in the players' boxes behind the last foul space. (OBR Art. B.8.3.14) (R2235)
2226
Team A substitute and team A excluded player are disqualified for leaving the team bench area and not assisting the referees during the fight on the court. The disqualifications shall be entered on the scoresheet against the head coach as a 'D2', against the substitute and against the excluded player as the 'D', 'F', in the players' boxes behind the last foul space. (R2236)
NO Both team A substitute and team A excluded player are disqualified for leaving the team bench area and not assisting the referees during the fight on the court. The disqualifications shall be entered on the scoresheet against the head coach as a 'B2', against the substitute and against the excluded player as the 'D', 'F' in the players' boxes behind the last foul space. (OBR Art. B.8.3.14) (R2236)
2227
Team A substitute and team A excluded player are disqualified for leaving the team bench area and the active involvement in the fight on the court. The disqualifications shall be entered on the scoresheet against the head coach as a 'B2', against the substitute and against the excluded player as the 'D2', 'F', 'F', in players' boxes behind the last foul spaces. (R2237)
YES Both team A substitute and team A excluded player are disqualified for leaving the team bench area and the active involvement in the fight on the court. The disqualifications shall be entered on the scoresheet against the head coach with a 'B2', against the substitute and against the excluded player as the 'D2', 'F', 'F' in the players' boxes behind the last foul space. (OBR Art. B.8.3.15) (R2237)
2228
The 2 team A accompanying delegation members are disqualified for leaving the team bench area during the fight on the court. The disqualifications shall be entered on the scoresheet against the head coach as the 'B2', 'B'. (R2238)
NO The 2 team A accompanying delegation members are disqualified for leaving the team bench area during the fight on the court. The disqualifications shall be entered on the scoresheet against the head coach as a 'B2' and an additional circled 'B' for each of the disqualified accompanying delegation member. (OBR Art. B.8.3.14) (R2238
2229
The 2 team A accompanying delegation members are disqualified for leaving the team bench area during the fight on the court. The disqualifications shall be entered on the scoresheet against the head coach as a 'B2' and a circled 'B' for each of the disqualified accompanying delegation member. (R2239)
YES
2230
The 2 team A accompanying delegation members are disqualified for leaving the team bench area and the active involvement during the fight on the court. The disqualifications shall be entered on the scoresheet against the head coach as the 'B2', 'B', 'B'. (R2240)
NO
2231
The 2 team A accompanying delegation members are disqualified for leaving the team bench area and the active involvement during the fight on the court. The disqualifications shall be entered on the scoresheet against the head coach as the 'B2', 'B2', 'B2'. (R2241)
YES The 2 team A accompanying delegation members are disqualified for leaving the team bench area and the active involvement during the fight on the court. The disqualifications shall be entered on the scoresheet against the head coach as a 'B2' and an additional circled 'B2' for each of the disqualified accompanying delegation members. Team B shall be awarded 6 free throws with no line-up. (OBR Art. B.8.3.15) (R2241)
2232
The scorer shall record the head coach's challenge (HCC) request on the scoresheet. The scorer shall enter in the first box of the HCC the quarter or overtime (Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4 or OT) and in the second box the minute of the playing time of the quarter or overtime. (R2242)
YES The HCC shall be entered on the scoresheet below the team's name in the boxes next to the HCC. In the first box the scorer shall enter the quarter or overtime (Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4 or OT) and in the second box the minute of the playing time of the quarter or overtime. (OBR Art. B.13.1) (R2242)
2233
The scorer shall record the head coach's challenge (HCC) request on the scoresheet. The scorer shall enter in the first box of the HCC the half of the game (H1, H2) and in the second box the minute of the playing time of the quarter or overtime. (R2243)
NO The HCC shall be entered on the scoresheet below the team's name in the boxes next to the HCC. In the first box the scorer shall enter the quarter or overtime (Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4 or OT) and in the second box the minute of the playing time of the quarter or overtime. (OBR Art. B.13.1) (R2243)
2234
The scorer shall record the head coach's challenge (HCC) request on the scoresheet. The scorer shall enter in the first box of the HCC the half of the game (H1, H2) and in the second box the quarter or overtime (Q1, Q2, Q3, O4 or OT). (R2244)
NO The HCC shall be entered on the scoresheet below the team's name in the boxes next to the HCC. In the first box the scorer shall enter the quarter or overtime (Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4 or OT) and in the second box the minute of the playing time of the quarter or overtime. (OBR Art. B.13.1) (R2244)
2235
A referee calls an offensive team control foul against B4. Team B head coach is convinced that the call should have been a defensive foul against A3. After the game, team B may file a protest against the given decision. (R2245)
NO The decision of the referees against whom the foul has been has committed is not listed as a valid reason for a team's protest. (OBR Art. C.1) (R2245)
2236
A referee calls a technical foul against A1. Team B is awarded 2 free throws. After the game, team A may file the protest against the given decision. (R2246)
NO
2237
A referee calls an unsportsmanlike foul against A1, followed by a technical foul against team B head coach. The referees cancel both penalties and award the ball to the team entitled to the alternating possession throw-in. After the game, either team may file the protest against the given decision. (R2247)
NO The decision of the referees on cancelling the free throws is not listed as a valid reason for a teams' protest. (OBR Art. C.1) (R2247)
2238
A1 commits a technical foul. The scorer notifies the referees that A1 has committed the 2nd technical foul. A1 is disqualified. Team A head coach is convinced that A1 has committed only 1 technical foul. After the game, team A may file a protest against A1's disqualification. (R2248)
NO The decision of the referees whether a player is disqualified is not listed as a valid reason for a team's protest. (OBR Art. C.1) (R2248)
2239
A referee calls a foul against A1. The scorer notifies the referees that A1 has committed 5 fouls. A1 becomes an excluded player. Team A head coach is convinced that A1 has committed only 4 fouls. After the game, team A may file a protest against A1's being declared an excluded player. This is a correct procedure by team A. (R2249)
NO The decision of the referees whether a player becomes an excluded player is not listed as a valid reason for a team's protest. (OBR Art. C.1) (R2249)
2240
The referees must sign the scoresheet after the game. However, in order to give the teams a time to protest, the referees should wait with the signatures until 15 minutes after the end of the game. (R2250)
YES The captain (CAP) of the protesting team shall, no later than 15 minutes following the end of the game, inform the crew chief that the team is protesting against the result of the game and sign the scoresheet in the 'Captain's signature in case of protest' column. (OBR Art. C.2.a) (R2250)
2241
The referees must sign the scoresheet after the game. However, in order to give the teams a time to protest, the referees should wait with the signatures until 30 minutes after the end of the game. (R2251)
NO The captain (CAP) of the protesting team shall, no later than 15 minutes following the end of the game, inform the crew chief that the team is protesting against the result of the game and sign the scoresheet in the 'Captain's signature in case of protest' column. (OBR Art. C.2.a) (R2251)
2242
The referees must sign the scoresheet on the court immediately at the end of the game. (R2252)
NO The captain (CAP) of the protesting team shall, no later than 15 minutes following the end of the game, inform the crew chief that the team is protesting against the result of the game and sign the scoresheet in the 'Captain's signature in case of protest' column. (OBR Art. C.2.a) (R2252)
2243
After having signed the column 'Captain's signature in case of protest', the team has 1 hour after the end of game to submit the protest reasons in writing. (R2253)
YES The team shall submit the protest reasons to the crew chief in writing no later than 1 hour following the end of the game. (OBR Art. C.2.b) (R2253)
2244
After having signed the column 'Captain's signature in case of protest', the team has 45 minutes after the end of the game to submit the protest reasons in writing. (R2254)
NO The team shall submit the protest reasons to the crew chief in writing no later than 1 hour following the end of the game. (OBR Art. C.2.b) (R2254)
2245
When receiving a team's protest, the crew chief shall record the time when the protest has been received and shall report the protest in writing to the FIBA representative. (R2255)
YES The crew chief (or commissioner, if present) shall, following receipt of the protest reasons, report in writing the incident which leads to the protest, to the FIBA representative or to the competent body. (OBR Art. C.3) (R2255)
2246
During the game, the shot clock error has been corrected by the referees. Team B is convinced that its interests have been negatively affected and shall have the right to sign the scoresheet in the column 'Captain's signature in case of protest'. (R2256)
NO
2247
B1 fouls A1 with an hard, excessive contact. B1 seems to be injured and the referees stop the game. The referees can use the IRS review to decide on the level of B1's contact even without making any decision before using the IRS. (R2257)
YES In situations when an act of violence occurs which is not called immediately, the referees are authorised to stop the game at any time to review the act of violence or potential act of violence. The referees must identify a need for the IRS review and the review must take place when the referees have stopped the game for the first time. (OBR Art. F.3.3.) (R2257)
2248
B1 fouls A1 with an hard, excessive contact. B1 seems to be injured and the referees stop the game. The referees can use the IRS review to decide on the level of B1's contact only when they made any decision before using the IRS. (R2258)
NO In situations when an act of violence occurs which is not called immediately, the referees are authorised to stop the game at any time to review the act of violence or potential act of violence. The referees must identify a need for the IRS review and the review must take place when the referees have stopped the game for the first time. (OBR Art. F.3.3) (R2258)
2249
With 1:27 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, the referees call a goaltending violation committed by B1. The ball enters the basket. Referees decide to use IRS to review if the called goaltending violation is correct. The IRS review provides that the goaltending violation did not occur. The goal shall count. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from behind the endline. Team B shall have 24 seconds on the shot clock
YES
2250
With 1:27 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, the referees call a goaltending violation committed by B1. The ball enters the basket. Referees decide to use IRS to review if the called goaltending violation is correct. The IRS review provides that the goaltending violation did not occur. The goal shall count. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from its frontcourt. Team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (R2260)
NO The referees can use the IRS review, when the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the fourth quarter, to decide whether the goaltending was called correctly. The IRS review can be used only when the referees have called a goaltending. If the referees decide that the ball was on the upward flight, the goal if made shall count. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in from behind the endline, with 24 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. F.3.2 and 50) (R2260)
2251
With 1:27 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, the referees call a goaltending violation committed by B1. The ball does not enter the basket. Referees decide to use IRS to review if the called goaltending violation is correct. The IRS review provides that the goaltending violation did not occur. If the ball did not enter the basket or did not touch the ring, the team which gained an immediate and clear control of the ball shall be entitled to a throw-in from the place nearest to where the ball was located when the call was made. If the throw-in shall be awarded to a team A, that team shall have the time remaining on the shot clock. (R2261)
YES If the throw-in shall be awarded to a team A, that team shall have the time remaining on the shot clock. (OBR Art. F.3.2 and 50) (R2261)
2252
With 1:27 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, the referees call a goaltending violation committed by B1. The ball does not enter the basket. Referees decide to use IRS to review if the called goaltending violation is correct. The IRS review provides that the goaltending violation did not occur. If the ball did not enter the basket or did not touch the ring, the team which gained an immediate and clear control of the ball shall be entitled to a throw-in from the place nearest to where the ball was located when the call was made. If the throw-in shall be awarded to a team B in the backcourt, team B shall have 24 seconds on the shot clock. If in the frontcourt, team B shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (R2262)
YES If the throw-in shall be awarded to a team B in the backcourt, team B shall have 24 seconds on the shot clock. If in the frontcourt, team B shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. F.3.2 and 50.4) (OBRI F-3.11) (R2262)
2253
With 1:11 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, the referees call a goaltending violation committed by B1. The ball does not enter the basket and goes directly out-of-bounds without either team gaining immediate and clear control of the ball on the court. Referees decide to use IRS to review if the called goaltending violation is correct. The IRS review provides that the goaltending violation did not occur. Team A which did not cause the ball to go out-of-bounds shall be awarded a throw-in. (R2263)
YES The team (A) which did not cause the ball to go out-of-bounds shall be awarded a throw-in. Team A shall have the time remaining on the shot clock. (OBR Art. F.3.2 and 50.2) (OBRI F-3.13a) (R2263)
2254
With 1:11 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, the referees call a goaltending violation by committed by A1. The ball does not enter the basket and goes directly out-of-bounds without either team gaining immediate and clear control of the ball on the court. Referees decide to use IRS to review if the called goaltending violation is correct. The IRS review provides that the goaltending violation did not occur. Team B which did not cause the ball to go out-of-bounds shall be awarded a throw-in. (R2264)
YES The team (B) which did not cause the ball to go out-of-bounds shall be awarded a throwin. Team B shall have 24 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. F.3.2 and 50.3) (R2264)
2255
With 1:11 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, the referees call a goaltending violation committed by A1. The ball does not enter the basket and goes directly out-of-bounds without either team gaining immediate and clear control of the ball on the court. Referees decide to use IRS to review if the called goaltending violation is correct. The IRS review provides that the goaltending violation did not occur. This is a jump ball situation. (R2265)
NO If the ball does not enter the basket and goes directly out-of-bounds without either team gaining immediate and clear control of the ball on the court, the team which did not cause the ball to go out-of-bounds shall be awarded a throw-in. (OBR Art. F.3.2 and 50) (OBRI F-3.13) (R2265)
2256
With 1:07 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, the referees call a goaltending violation by B1. The ball does not enter the basket. After the call, the ball is tapped by A2 then by B2 and B3 and finally A4 catches it. Referees decide to use IRS to review if the called goaltending violation is correct. The IRS review provides that the goaltending violation did not occur. Neither team gained an immediate and clear control. This is a jump ball situation. (R2266)
YES If the ball does not enter the basket and neither team gained an immediate and clear control of the ball, a jump ball situation occurred. If the throw-in shall be awarded to team A, that team shall have the time remaining on the shot clock. If the throw-in shall be awarded to team B in the backcourt, team B shall have 24 seconds on the shot clock. If in the frontcourt, team B shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. F.3.2 and 50) (OBRI F-3.14a) (R2266)
2257
With 1:07 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, the referees call a goaltending violation by A1. The ball does not enter the basket. After the call, the ball is tapped by A2 then by B2 and B3 and finally A4 catches it. Referees decide to use IRS to review if the called goaltending violation is correct. The IRS review provides that the goaltending violation did not occur. Neither team gained an immediate and clear control. This is a jump ball situation. (R2267)
YES
2258
With 1:07 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, the referees call a goaltending violation by A1. The ball does not enter the basket. After the call the ball is tapped by A2 then by B2 and B3 and finally A4 catches it. Referees decide to use IRS to review if the called goaltending violation is correct. The IRS review provides that the goaltending violation did not occur. Neither team gained an immediate and clear control. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in. (R2268)
NO If the ball does not enter the basket and neither team gained an immediate and clear control of the ball, a jump ball situation occurred. If the throw-in shall be awarded to team A, that team shall have the time remaining on the shot clock. If the throw-in shall be awarded to team B in the backcourt, team B shall have 24 seconds on the shot clock. If in the frontcourt, team B shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. F.3.2 and 50) (R2268)
2259
With 1:07 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, the referees call a goaltending violation by B1. The ball does not enter the basket. After the call the ball is tapped by A2 then by B2 and B3 and finally A4 catches it. Referees decide to use IRS to review if the called goaltending violation is correct. The IRS review provides that the goaltending violation did not occur. Neither team gained an immediate and clear control. The game shall be resumed with a team B throw-in. (R2269)
NO If the ball does not enter the basket and neither team gained an immediate and clear control of the ball, a jump ball situation occurred. If the throw-in shall be awarded to team A, that team shall have the time remaining on the shot clock. If the throw-in shall be awarded to team B in the backcourt, team B shall have 24 seconds on the shot clock. If in the frontcourt, team B shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. F.3.2 and 50) (R2269)
2260
With 1:03 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, the referees call a goaltending violation by B1. The ball does not enter the basket or touches the ring. During the rebound a foul is called against B2 or A2 before an immediate and clear control is established. Referees decide to use IRS to review if the called goaltending violation is correct. The IRS review provides that the goaltending violation did not occur. The penalty for the foul against B2 or A2 shall be disregarded, unless the foul is called as an unsportsmanlike foul or disqualifying foul. This is a jump ball situation. (R2270)
YES If the ball does not enter the basket or touches the ring and neither team gained an immediate and clear control of the ball, a jump ball situation occurred. If the throw-in shall be awarded to team A, that team shall have the time remaining on the shot clock. If the throw-in shall be awarded to team B, that team B shall have 24 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. F.3.2 and 50) (OBRI F-3.15a) (R2270)
2261
With 1:03 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, the referees call a goaltending violation by A1. The ball does not enter the basket or touches the ring. During the rebound a foul is called against B2 or A2 before an immediate and clear control is established. Referees decide to use IRS to review if the called goaltending violation is correct. The IRS review provides that the goaltending violation did not occur. The penalty for the foul against B2 or A2 shall be disregarded, unless the foul is called as an unsportsmanlike foul or disqualifying foul. This is a jump ball situation. (R2271)
YES
2262
B1 is charged with an unsportsmanlike foul against A1 in the act of shooting for a 3-point goal. The ball does not enter the basket. Four seconds before B1’s unsportsmanlike foul occurred, A1 hits B1 with the elbow. The referees did not call a foul against A1. If the IRS review provides that A1 has hit B1 with the elbow, the referees can charge A1 with an unsportsmanlike foul for the act of violence. Both unsportsmanlike fouls occurred in the same game clock stopped period. The penalties shall be administered in the order the fouls occurred. B1 shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. Then A1 shall attempt 3 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. Team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. Team A possession of the ball shall cancel the prior team B right to possession of the ball. (R2272)
YES The IRS review can be used to identify, at any time of the game, the involvement of the team members during any act of violence. If the review provides that A1 has hit B1 with the elbow, the referees can charge A1 with an unsportsmanlike foul for the act of violence. After the free throws, the game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. Team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. F.3.3) (OBRI F-4.24) (R2272)
2263
B1 is charged with an unsportsmanlike foul against A1 in the act of shooting for a 3-point goal. The ball does not enter the basket. Four seconds before B1’s unsportsmanlike foul occurred, A1 hits B1 with the elbow. The referees did not call a foul against A1. If the IRS review provides that A1 has hit B1 with the elbow, the referees can charge A1 with an unsportsmanlike foul for the act of violence. Both unsportsmanlike fouls occurred in the same game clock stopped period. The penalties shall be administered in the order the fouls occurred. B1 shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. Then A1 shall attempt 3 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. Team A shall have 24 seconds on the shot clock. Team A possession of the ball shall cancel the prior team B right to possession of the ball. (R2273)
NO The IRS review can be used to identify, at any time of the game, the involvement of the team members during any act of violence. If the review provides that A1 has hit B1 with the elbow, the referees can charge A1 with an unsportsmanlike foul for the act of violence. After the free throws, the game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. Team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR Art. F.3.3) (R2273)
2264
B1 is charged with an unsportsmanlike foul against A1 in the act of shooting for a 2-point goal. The ball enters the basket. Four seconds before B1’s unsportsmanlike foul occurred, A1 hits B1 with the elbow. The referees did not call a foul against A1. If the IRS review provides that A1 has hit B1 with the elbow, the referees can charge A1 with an unsportsmanlike foul for the act of violence. Both unsportsmanlike fouls occurred in the same game clock stopped period. A1’s goal shall count. The equal unsportsmanlike foul penalties shall cancel each other. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where A1’s foul occurred. Team A shall have the time remaining on the shot clock. (R2274)
YES The IRS review can be used to identify, at any time of the game, the involvement of the team members during any act of violence. If the review provides that A1 has hit B1 with the elbow, the referees can charge A1 with an unsportsmanlike foul for the act of violence. The penalties shall be administered in the order the fouls occurred. B1 shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. Then A1 shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. Team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. Team A possession of the ball shall cancel the prior team B right to possession of the ball. (OBR Art. F.3.3) (R2274)
2265
B1 is charged with an unsportsmanlike foul against A1 in the act of shooting for a 2-point goal. The ball enters the basket. Four seconds before B1’s unsportsmanlike foul occurred, A1 hits B1 with the elbow. The referees did not call a foul against A1.If the IRS review provides that A1 has hit B1 with the elbow, the referees can charge A1 with an unsportsmanlike foul for the act of violence. Both unsportsmanlike fouls occurred in the same game clock stopped period. A1’s goal shall not count. The equal unsportsmanlike foul penalties shall cancel each other. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where A1’s foul occurred. Team A shall have 24 seconds on the shot clock. (R2275)
NO
2266
B1 is charged with an unsportsmanlike foul against A1 in the act of shooting for a 2-point goal. The ball enters the basket. Four seconds before B1’s unsportsmanlike foul occurred, A1 hits B1 with the elbow. The referees did not call a foul against A1. If the IRS review provides that A1 has hit B1 with the elbow, the referees can charge A1 with an unsportsmanlike foul for the act of violence. Both unsportsmanlike fouls occurred in the same game clock stopped period. A1’s goal shall not count. The equal unsportsmanlike foul penalties shall cancel each other. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the place nearest to where A1’s foul occurred. Team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (R2276)
NO
2267
B1 is charged with an unsportsmanlike foul against A1 in the act of shooting for a 3-point goal. The ball enters the basket. Four seconds before B1’s unsportsmanlike foul occurred, A1 hits B1 with the elbow. The referees did not call a foul against A1. If the IRS review provides that A1 has hit B1 with the elbow, the referees can charge A1 with an unsportsmanlike foul for the act of violence. Both unsportsmanlike fouls occurred in the same game clock stopped period. A1’s goal shall count. The penalties shall be administered in the order the fouls occurred. B1 shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. Then A1 shall attempt 1 free throw with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. Team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock
YES
2268
B1 is charged with an unsportsmanlike foul against A1 in the act of shooting for a 3-point goal. The ball enters the basket. Four seconds before B1’s unsportsmanlike foul occurred, A1 hits B1 with the elbow. The referees did not call a foul against A1. If the IRS review provides that A1 has hit B1 with the elbow, the referees can charge A1 with an unsportsmanlike foul for the act of violence. Both unsportsmanlike fouls occurred in the same game clock stopped period. A1’s goal shall not count. The penalties shall be administered in the order the fouls occurred. B1 shall attempt 2 free throws with no line-up. Then A1 shall attempt 3 free throws with no line-up. The game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. Team A shall have 24 seconds on the shot clock. Team A possession of the ball shall cancel the prior team B right to possession of the ball. (R2278)
NO The IRS review can be used to identify, at any time of the game, the involvement of the team members during any act of violence. If the review provides that A1 has hit B1 with the elbow, the referees can charge A1 with an unsportsmanlike foul for the act of violence. After the free throws, the game shall be resumed with a team A throw-in from the throw-in line in the frontcourt. Team A shall have 14 seconds on the shot clock. (OBR
2269
With 1:27 on the game clock in the fourth quarter, a goaltending violation is committed by B1. The ball does not enter the basket but it touches the ring. The IRS review provides that the goaltending violation did not occur. The team which gained an immediate and clear control of the ball shall be entitled for a throw-in from the place nearest to where the ball was located when the call was made. (R2279)
YES If the ball does not enter the basket and a team gained an immediate and clear control of the ball, that team shall be entitled for a throw-in from the place nearest to where the ball was located when the call was made. (OBR Art. F.3.2) (OBRI F-3.12) (R2279)
2270
With 22 seconds on the game clock in the second quarter, A1 attempts a shot for a goal. The ball touches the backboard above the level of the ring and is then touched by B1. The referee decides that B1’s touch is legal and therefore the referee does not call a goaltending violation. The team A head coach believes the decision is not correct and requests the HCC, using the proper procedure. The request shall be granted. (R2280)
NO Only the goaltending violations called can be IRS reviewed. B1's touch of the ball was not called therefore the request shall not be granted. (OBR Art. F.3 and F.3.2.) (R2280)
2271
With 22 seconds on the game clock in the second quarter, A1 attempts a shot for a goal. The ball touches the backboard above the level of the ring and is then touched by B1. The referee calls a goaltending violation. The team B head coach believes the decision is not correct and requests the HCC, using the proper procedure. The request shall be granted. (R2281)
YES Only the goaltending violations called can be IRS reviewed. B1's touch of the ball was called therefore the request shall be granted. (OBR Art. F.3. and F.3.2) (R2281)
2272
With 3:23 on the game clock in the second quarter the ball goes out-of-bounds. The referees award the ball to team A. The team B head coach believes the decision is not correct and requests the HCC, using the proper procedure. This is the first team B head coach’s challenge requested in the game. The request shall be granted. (R2282)
YES The game situations may be reviewed when the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, to identify the player who caused the ball to go out-of-bounds. The time restrictions within Article F.3 do not apply. The request shall be granted. (OBR Art. F.3. and F.3.2) (OBRI F.5.4a) (R2282)
2273
With 3:23 on the game clock in the second quarter the ball goes out-of-bounds. The referees award the ball to team A. The team B head coach believes the decision is not correct and requests the HCC, using the proper procedure. This is the second team B head coach’s challenge requested in the game. The challenge request is granted. (R2283)
NO The game situations may be reviewed, when the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, to identify the player who caused the ball to go out-of-bounds. The time restrictions within Article F.3 do not apply. The head coach may request only one head coach's challenge in a game, regardless of whether the challenge is successful or not. The request shall not be granted. (OBR Art. F.3. and F.3.2) (R2283)
2274
With 3:23 on the game clock in the second quarter the ball goes out-of-bounds. The referees award the ball to team A. The team B head coach believes the decision is not correct and requests the HCC, using the proper procedure. This is the first team B head coach’s challenge requested in the game. The request shall be rejected. (R2284)
NO The game situations may be reviewed, when the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, to identify the player who caused the ball to go out-of-bounds. The time restrictions within Article F.3 do not apply. The request shall be granted. (OBR Art. F.3 and F.3.2) (R2284)
2275
With 3:23 on the game clock in the second quarter the ball goes out-of-bounds. The referees award the ball to team A. The team B head coach believes the decision is not correct and requests the HCC, using the proper procedure. This is the second team B head coach’s challenge requested in the game. The request shall be rejected
YES The game situations may be reviewed, when the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, to identify the player who caused the ball to go out-of-bounds. The time restrictions within Article F.3 do not apply. The head coach may request only one head coach's challenge in a game, regardless of whether the challenge is successful or not. The request shall not be granted. (OBR Art. F.3 and F.3.2) (OBRI F-5.4b) (R2285)
2276
With 2:35 on the game clock in the second quarter, A1 attempts a successful shot for a goal close to the end of the shot clock period. The ball enters the basket and the game continues. The team B head coach believes that the shot clock signal had sounded before the shot was released. B1 dribbles when the team B head coach requests the challenge. The request shall be granted. (R2286)
YES The game situations may be reviewed, when the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, whether a shot for a successful goal was released before the shot clock sounded. The time restrictions within Article F.3 do not apply. If the game continues without a stoppage, the referees are authorised to stop the game immediately when they become aware of a head coach's challenge, unless neither team is placed at a disadvantage. The request shall be granted. (OBR Art. F.3.3 and F.3.2) (R2286)
2277
With 2:35 on the game clock in the second quarter, A1 attempts a successful shot for a goal close to the end of the shot clock period. The ball enters the basket and the game continues. The team B head coach believes that the shot clock signal had sounded before the shot was released. B1 dribbles when the team B head coach requests the challenge. The request shall be rejected. (R2287)
NO The game situations may be reviewed, when the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, whether a shot for a successful goal was released before the shot clock sounded. The time restrictions within Article F.3 do not apply. If the game continues without a stoppage, the referees are authorised to stop the game immediately when they become aware of a head coach's challenge, unless neither team is placed at a disadvantage. The request shall be granted. (OBR Art. F.3. and F.3.2) (R2287)
2278
With 2:29 on the game clock in the second quarter, A1 attempts a successful shot for a goal close to the end of the shot clock period. The ball enters the basket and the game continues. The referees stop the game in the team B frontcourt when A2 causes the ball to go out-of-bounds. At that time, the team B head coach believes that the shot clock signal has sounded before the A1's shot was released and requests the HCC. The request shall be granted. (R2288)
YES
2279
With 2:29 on the game clock in the second quarter. A1 attempts a successful shot for a goal close to the end of the shot clock period. The ball enters the basket and the game continues. The referees stop the game in the team B frontcourt when A2 causes the ball to go out-of-bounds. At that time, the team B head coach believes that the shot clock signal has sounded before the A1's shot was released and requests the HCC. The request shall be rejected. (R2289)
NO The game situations may be reviewed, when the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, whether a shot for a successful goal was released before the shot clock sounded. The time restrictions within Article F.3 do not apply. A head coach's challenge may be requested at any time in the game. The request shall be granted. (OBR Art. F.3 and F.3.2) (R2289)
2280
With 7:22 on the game clock in the third quarter, B1 fouls dribbler A1. This is the second team B foul in the quarter. The team A head coach believes that there was no legitimate attempt to play the ball and that B1’s personal foul should be upgraded to an unsportsmanlike foul. The team A head coach requests the HCC. The request shall be granted. (R2290)
YES The game situations may be reviewed, at any time during the game, whether a personal foul shall be upgraded. The request shall be granted. (OBR Art. F.3 and F.3.3) (OBRI F-5.7) (R2290)
2281
With 7:22 on the game clock in the third quarter, B1 fouls dribbler A1. This is the second team B foul in the quarter. The team A head coach believes that there was no legitimate attempt to play the ball and that B1’s personal foul should be upgraded to an unsportsmanlike foul. The team A head coach request the HCC. The request shall be rejected. (R2291)
NO The game situations may be reviewed, at any time during the game, whether a personal foul shall be upgraded. The request shall be granted. (OBR Art. F.3 and F.3.3) (R2291)
2282
With 7:22 on the game clock in the third quarter, A1drives to the basket and scores a goal. The team B head coach believes that there was a clear A1's travelling violation before the goal was scored. The team B head coach requests the HCC. The request shall be granted. (R2292)
NO Only the game situations in the Appendix F, Article 3 may be challenged. The possibility to challenge the travelling violation is not listed there. (OBR Art. F.3. and F.4) (R2292)
2283
With 7:16 on the game clock in the third quarter, B1 fouls dribbler A1. This is the 2nd team B foul in the quarter. The game is resumed with a team A throw-in. A2 then scores a 2-point goal. The team A head coach now believes that there was no legitimate attempt to play the ball and that B1’s personal foul should be upgraded to an unsportsmanlike foul. The team A head coach requests the HCC. The request is granted. (R2293)
NO The game situations may be reviewed, at any time during the game, whether a personal foul shall be upgraded. The review must take the place at the latest when the referees have stopped the game for the first time after the decision. After the ball is at team's A player disposal for a throw-in, it is too late for the head coach's challenge to have it granted. The request shall not be granted. (OBR Art. F.3.2. and F.4.) (R2293)
2284
With 7:16 on the game clock in the third quarter, B1 fouls dribbler A1. This is the 2nd team B foul in the quarter. The game is resumed with a team A throw-in. A2 then scores a 2-point goal. The team A head coach now believes that there was no legitimate attempt to play the ball and that B1’s personal foul should be upgraded to an unsportsmanlike foul. The team A head coach requests the HCC. The request shall be rejected. (R2294)
YES The game situations may be reviewed, at any time during the game, whether a personal foul shall be upgraded. The review must take the place at the latest when the referees have stopped the game for the first time after the decision. After the ball is at team's A player disposal for a throw-in, it is too late for the head coach's challenge to have it granted. The request shall not be granted. (OBR Art. F.3.2 and F.4) (R2294)
2285
A1 attempts a successful shot for a goal close to the end of the shot clock period. The ball enters the basket and the game continues. The team B first assistant coach believes that the shot clock signal had sounded before the shot was released and requests the HCC. The request shall be granted. (R2295)
NO The team B first assistant coach request is not granted. The IRS review can be requested only by the team B head coach. (OBR Art. F.4 and F.4.1) (R2295)
2286
A1 attempts a successful shot for a goal close to the end of the shot clock period. The ball enters the basket and the game continues. The team B first assistant coach believes that the shot clock signal had sounded before the shot was released and requests the HCC. The request shall be rejected.
YES
2287
A1 passes the ball to A2 in the backcourt when a referee realises that the shot clock has not started yet. A referee blows the whistle and the shot clock shall be reset to 24 seconds. (R2297)
NO The crew chief shall decide, at any time of the game, after the malfunction of the shot clock occurs, on how much time the shot clock shall be corrected. (OBR Art. F.3.3.) (R2297)
2288
A1's successful shot for a goal is in the air when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the game. The referees have doubts whether the ball was released before the end of the game and they decide to use the IRS. During the review, the referees decided that the shot was released before the end of the game. However they have also noticed the out-of-bounds violation of the shooter A1. A1's goal shall count. (R2298)
NO
2289
During the IRS review, the crew chief is authorised to allow the head coaches to review the play. (R2299)
NO The crew chief and a minimum of 1 umpire (who made a call) shall take part at the review. During the IRS review the crew chief shall ensure that no authorised persons have access to the IRS monitor. (OBR Art. F.2 and F.2.3) (R2299)
2290
In a case of a fight, the referees can use the IRS without making a decision before using the IRS. (R2300)
YES Once the order is restored on the court, the referees can use the IRS review to identify the involvement of team members and accompanying delegation members during any act of violence. After gathering the clear and conclusive evidence of the fight, the final decision shall be clearly reported by the crew chief in front of the scorer's table and communicated to both head coaches. (OBR Art. F.2. and F.2.3) (OBRI F.4.15) (R2300)
2291
B1 fouls A1 shooter. After that, B2 fouls A1. The referees became uncertain if B2's foul was correctly called as a personal foul and whether it shall be upgraded to an unsportsmanlike foul. The referees decided to use the IRS review. When doing so, the referees realised that B2's foul can be called as an unsportsmanlike foul. B2's personal foul shall be upgraded to an unsportsmanlike foul. (R2301)
YES The referees can use the IRS review, at any time of the game, to decide whether a personal foul met the criteria for such a foul and shall be upgraded or downgraded. (OBR Art. F.2.2. and F.3.3.) (OBRI F.4.7) (R2301)
2292
With 1:34 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 attempts a shot for a goal. B1 touches the ball on the flight and the referee called a goaltending violation. However, the referees become uncertain if the ball was already on the downward flight to the basket. The referees decided to use the IRS review. When doing so, the referees realised it was a legal play. This is a jump ball situation. (R2302)
YES The referees can use the IRS review, when the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the fourth quarter, to decide whether a goaltending was called correctly. The IRS review can be used only when the referees have called a goaltending. If the referees decide that the ball was on the upward flight, the goaltending decision shall be withdrawn. The game shall be resumed according to the alternating possession rule. (OBR Art. F.3.2.) (OBRI F.3.5) (R2302)
2293
B1 fouls A1 shooter. After that, B2 is charged with an unsportsmanlike foul against A1. The referees became uncertain if B2`s foul was correctly called as an unsportsmanlike foul and whether it shall be upgraded to a disqualifying foul. The referees decided to use the IRS review. When doing so, the referees realised that no contact between B2 and A1 has occurred. The crew chief shall cancel the unsportsmanlike foul. (R2303)
NO The referees can use the IRS review, at any time of the game, to decide whether a personal, unsportsmanlike or disqualifying foul met the criteria for such a foul and shall be upgraded or downgraded. However, if the foul did not occur, the foul cannot be cancelled. (OBR Art. F.3.3.) (R2303)
2294
With 0:45 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, the ball goes out-of-bonds. At this time, A1 and B1 strongly contact each other. The referees consider both contacts were legal and did not make any call. Team A is granted a time-out. The referees decided now to use the IRS to review both contacts. When doing so, the referees realised that B1's contact was a clear unsportsmanlike foul. They made the call now and charged B1 with an unsportsmanlike foul. (R2304)
NO The referees can use the IRS review, at any time of the game, to decide whether a personal, unsportsmanlike or disqualifying foul shall be upgraded or downgraded. However, if the fouls were not called, they cannot be upgraded or downgraded. (OBR Art. F.3.3.) (R2304)
2295
In a case of a fight, the crew chief must make some decision before using the IRS review. (R2305)
NO Once the order is restored on the court, the referees can use the IRS review to identify the involvement of team members and accompanying delegation members during any act of violence. After gathering the clear and conclusive evidence of the fight, the final decision shall be clearly reported by the crew chief in front of the scorer's table and communicated to the both head coaches. (OBR Art. F.3.3.) (R2305)
2296
B1 fouls A1. The referees decided to use the IRS to review whether B1's personal foul shall be upgraded to an unsportsmanlike foul. When doing so, the referees realised that A1 has committed a travelling violation before A1 was fouled by B1. The referees cancelled the foul and called now the traveling violation. (R2306)
NO The referees can use the IRS review, at any time of the game, to decide whether a foul shall be upgraded. The IRS review cannot be used on the travelling violations. (OBR Art. F.3.3.) (R2306)
2297
The referees shall be authorised to use the approved technical equipment to decide whether the successful shot for a goal at the end of a quarter was released during the playing time. (R2307)
YES
2298
A5's shot for a goal is in the air when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the 1st quarter. The ball enters the basket. The referees are uncertain whether the shot was released from the 2-point or 3-point goal area. The referees shall be authorised to use the IRS review before making a final decision. (R2308)
YES The referees can use the IRS review, at any time of the game, to decide whether a successful goal shall count for 2 or 3 points. (OBR Art. F.3.3.) (OBRI F.4.4) (R2308)
2299
A1's shot for a goal is in the air when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the 4th quarter. The ball enters the basket. The referee decided the goal shall count. Team B head coach insists that the game clock signal sounded before the ball has left A1's hands on the shot. The referees are absolutely sure that the ball had been released before the signal sounded. It is up to the crew chief to decide whether the referees shall use the IRS review or not. (R2309)
YES The crew chief makes a decision whether the IRS review shall be used or not. If not, the initial referee's decision remains valid. (OBR Art. F.2.2.) (R2309)
2300
With 0:45 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, the ball goes out-of-bounds. At this time, A1 and B1 strongly contact each other. The referees consider both contacts were legal and did not make any call. Team A is granted a time-out. The referees decided now to use the IRS to review both contacts. When doing so, the referees realised that B1's contact was a clear unsportsmanlike foul. They made the call now and charged B1 with an unsportsmanlike foul. (R2310)
NO
2301
With 0:38 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 attempts a shot for a 2-point goal. The ball touches the backboard above the level of the ring and it is then touched by B1 before ball goes out-of-bounds. The referees consider B1's touch was legal and did not call a goaltending violation. Team B is granted a time-out. The referees decided now to use the IRS to review B1's touch of the ball. When doing so, the referees realised that B1 has committed a goaltending violation. A1 shall be awarded 2 points. (R2311)
NO The referees can use the IRS review, when the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth quarter, to decide whether a goaltending was called correctly. The IRS review can be used only when the referees have called a goaltending. (OBR Art. F.3.2.) (R2311)
2302
B1 is charged with an unsportsmanlike foul against A1 for hitting A1 with the elbow. The referees decided to use the IRS to review B1's foul. When doing so, the referees realised that no contact has occurred. B1's foul shall be downgraded to a technical foul. (R2312)
YES The referees can use the IRS review, at any time of the game, to decide whether a personal, unsportsmanlike or disqualifying foul met the criteria for such a foul or shall be considered as a technical foul. If the IRS shows that no contact has occurred, B1's foul shall be downgraded to a technical foul. (OBR Art. F.3.3.) (OBRI F.4.6) (R2312)
2303
A1 attempts a successful shot for a goal when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the game. There is no approved IRS on the court. Team B manager states that the game was filmed by the team's video camera from an elevated position and presents the video material to the referees for a review. Team B's video shall be accepted for the IRS review. (R2313)
NO The crew chief shall approve the IRS equipment, if available, before the game. Only the IRS approved equipment can be used for the IRS review. (OBR Art. F.2.1.) (R2313)
2304
B1 fouls A1. The referees decided to use the IRS to review whether B1's personal foul shall be upgraded to an unsportsmanlike foul. When doing so, the referees realised that A1 has committed a travelling violation before A1 was fouled by B1. The referees cancelled the foul and called now A1's traveling violation. (R2314)
NO
2305
With 0:38 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, the ball touches the backboard and goes out-of-bounds. Team A is granted a time-out. The referees decided to use the IRS to identify a player who has caused the ball to go out-of-bounds. (R2315)
YES The referees can use the IRS review, when the game clock shows 2:00 or less in the fourth quarter, to identify the player who caused the ball to go out-of-bounds. The time-out period of 1-minute duration shall start only after the IRS review has ended. (OBR Art. F.3.2.) (OBRI F.3.21) (R2315)
2306
With 0:38 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, the ball touches the backboard and goes out-of-bounds. Team A is granted a time-out. The referees decided to use the IRS to identify a player who has caused the ball to go out-of-bounds. (R2316)
YES
2307
With 0:38 on the game clock in the 4th quarter, A1 attempts a shot for a 2-point goal. The ball touches the backboard above the level of the ring and it is then touched by B2 before ball goes out-of-bounds. The referees consider B2's touch was legal and did not call a goaltending violation. Team B is granted a time-out. The referees decided now to use the IRS to review B2's touch of the ball. When doing so, the referees realised that B2 has committed a goaltending violation. B1 shall be awarded 2 points. (R2317)
NO
2308
B1 is charged with an unsportsmanlike foul against A1 for hitting A1 with the elbow. The referees decided to use the IRS to review B1's foul. When doing so, the referees realised that no contact has occurred. B1's foul shall be downgraded to a technical foul. (R2318)
YES The referees can use the IRS review, at any time of the game, to decide whether a personal, unsportsmanlike or disqualifying foul met the criteria for such a foul or shall be considered as a technical foul. If the IRS shows that no contact has occurred, B1's foul shall be downgraded to a technical foul. (OBR Art. F.3.3.) (OBRI F.4.6) (R2318)
2309
A1 attempts a successful shot for a goal when the game clock signal sounds for the end of the game. There is no approved IRS on the court. Team B manager states that the game was filmed by the team's video camera from an elevated position and presents the video material to the referees for a review. Team B video shall be accepted for the IRS review. (R2319)
NO The crew chief shall approve the IRS equipment, if available, before the game. Only the IRS approved equipment can be used for the IRS review. (OBR Art. F.2.1.) (R2319)
2310
Team B head coach requests the HCC. The head coach has established a visual contact with the nearest referee and said loudly in English "challenge". At the same time the head coach showed the signal for the IRS review, rotating the hand with horizontal extended index finger. This is a legal procedure by team B head coach. (R2320)
NO The head coach requesting a challenge shall establish visual contact with the nearest referee and ask clearly for the HCC. The head coach shall say loudly in English "challenge" and at the same time show the head coach's signal, drawing a rectangle with the hands. (OBR Art. F.4 and F.4.2.) (R2320)
2311
With 3:23 on the game clock in the second quarter the ball goes out-of-bounds. The referees award the ball to team A. The team B head coach believes the decision is not correct and requests the HCC, using the proper procedure. The challenge is granted. Immediately after, team B head coach has changed the mind and asks that the HCC request should not be taken into consideration. The referees accepted the request. (R2321)
NO Once the team head coach has requested the HCC, the request shall be final and irreversible. (OBR Art. F.4 and F.4.2.) (R2321)
2312
White 4 commits a personal foul against Blue 5 during an act of shooting. Blue 5 is awarded 2 free throws. Immediately after, Blue 5 hits White 4 with the elbow. The referees did not make any call. After Blue 5 first free throw, White team head coach requests an HCC for Blue 5 act of violence hitting White 4 with the elbow. The request shall be granted. (R2322)
YES Regardless of whether the first free throw is made of missed, the game clock shall remain stopped, therefore the HCC shall be granted. (OBR Art. 10.3) (R2322)
2313
White 4 commits a personal foul against Blue 5 during an act of shooting. Blue 5 is awarded 2 free throws. Immediately after, Blue 5 hits White 4 with the elbow. The referees did not make any call. After Blue 5 successful second free throw, White team head coach requests an HCC for Blue 5 act of violence hitting White 4 with the elbow. The request shall be granted (R2323)
YES The possible HCC request shall end when the ball is at the disposal of the thrower-in from behind the endline. (OBR Art. 10.2) (R2323)
2314
After Blue 5’s successful second free throw, thrower-in A1 passes the ball to dribbler White 2 when the White team head coach requests an HCC for Blue 5 act of violence hitting White 4 with the elbow. The referees stop the game without placing either team at a disadvantage. The request shall be granted. (R2324)
NO The possible HCC request shall end when the ball is at the disposal of the thrower-in from behind the endline. (OBR Art. 10.2) (R2324)
2315
White 4 commits a personal foul against Blue 5 during a throw-in. This is the 6th White team foul in the quarter. Blue 5 is awarded 2 free throws. Before Blue 5 first free-throw attempts start, Blue 2 hits White 3 with the elbow. The referees did not make any call. After B5`s first free throw, White team head coach requests an HCC for Blue 2 act of violence hitting White 3 with an elbow. The request shall be granted (R2325)
YES Regardless of whether the first free throw is made or missed, the game clock shall remain stopped, therefore the HCC shall be granted. (OBR Art. 10.3) (R2325)
2316
A1 on the lay-up shot for a goal is closely guarded by B1 and B2. The ball enters the basket. Almost immediately after, B1 is on the floor, having the face in the hands trying to give an impression being hit by A1. The referee stops the game and use the IRS to verify the involvement of A1 during the potential act of violence. The IRS review provides that there was not any contact between A1 and B1 and if yes, the contact was very negligible. The referee shall show B1 fake a foul signal. (R2326)
YES A1 goal shall count. The referee shall show B1 fake a foul signal (if first warning) or B1 shall be charged with a technical foul (if the second warning). (OBR Art. 32.2.1) (R2326)
